Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 26, 2013

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware  

7372

  94-3322844

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor,

San Mateo, California 94404

(650) 472-4100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Vladimir G. Shmunis

Chief Executive Officer

RingCentral, Inc.

1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor,

San Mateo, California 94404

(650) 472-4100

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Jeffrey D. Saper

Nathaniel P. Gallon

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

John H. Marlow

Senior Vice President

and General Counsel

RingCentral, Inc.

1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th  Floor,

San Mateo, California 94404

(650) 472-4100

 

Eric C. Jensen

Andrew S. Williamson

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5 th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 693-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after of this Registration Statement becomes effective .

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
 

Amount of
Registration

Fee

Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $100,000,000.00   $13,640.00

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2) Includes an additional             shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated August 26, 2013.

             Shares

 

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of Class A common stock of RingCentral, Inc. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. RingCentral, Inc. is offering             shares of Class A common stock, and the selling stockholders are offering             shares of Class A common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is expected to be between $         and $         per share.

Following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to 10 votes per share and will be convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering.

We expect to apply for listing of our Class A common stock on the                                          under the symbol “RNG.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements for so long as we remain an emerging growth company.

 

 

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 10 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds to RingCentral, Inc., before expenses

   $         $     

Proceeds to selling stockholders, before expenses

   $         $     

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to              additional shares of Class A common stock, with up to an additional              shares sold by us and up to an additional              shares sold by the selling stockholders.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our Class A common stock on or about                     , 2013.

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.        J.P. Morgan   BofA Merrill Lynch
Allen & Company LLC      Raymond James

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     10   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     46  

Industry and Market Data

     47   

Use of Proceeds

     48  

Dividend Policy

     49  

Capitalization

     50   

Dilution

     52   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     54  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     56  

Business

     92  

Management

     108   

Executive Compensation

     116   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     128   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     131   

Description of Capital Stock

     134   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     142   

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Class A Common Stock

     144   

Underwriting

     148   

Legal Matters

     154   

Experts

     154   

Where You Can Find More Information

     154   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any related free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or any related free writing prospectus. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

For investors outside the U.S.: neither we, the selling stockholders nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the U.S. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

 

-i-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our Class A common stock discussed under “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless otherwise noted or indicated by the context, the term “RingCentral” refers to RingCentral, Inc., and “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to RingCentral and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

We are a leading provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions for business communications. We believe that our innovative, cloud-based approach disrupts the large market for business communications solutions by providing flexible and cost-effective services that support distributed workforces, mobile employees and the proliferation of “bring-your-own” communications devices. We enable convenient and effective communications for our customers across all their locations, all their employees, all the time, thus fostering a more productive and dynamic workforce. RingCentral Office, our flagship service, is a multi-user, enterprise-grade communications solution that enables our customers and their employees to communicate via voice, text and fax, on multiple devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones.

Traditionally, businesses have used on-premise hardware-based communications systems, commonly referred to as private branch exchanges, or PBXs. These systems generally require specialized and expensive hardware that must be deployed at every business location and are primarily designed for employees working only at that location and using only their desk phones. In addition, these systems generally require significant upfront investment and ongoing maintenance and support costs. Furthermore, according to Gartner’s April 2013 report entitled “Bring Your Own Device: The Facts and the Future,” by 2017, half of employers will require their employees to supply their own devices for work purposes. We believe that this trend will create additional challenges for businesses using legacy communications solutions.

Our solutions have been developed with a mobile-centric approach and can be configured, managed and used from a smartphone or tablet. We have designed our user interfaces to be intuitive and easy to use for both administrators and end-users. We believe that we can provide substantial savings to our customers because our services do not require the significant upfront investment in on-premise infrastructure hardware or ongoing maintenance costs commonly associated with on-premise systems. Our solutions generally use existing broadband connections. We design our solutions to be delivered to our customers with high reliability and quality of service using our proprietary high-availability and scalable infrastructure.

The market for business communications solutions is large. According to Infonetics Research, from 2008 through 2012, there were 61 million PBX lines sold in North America. Assuming our current base selling price of approximately $20 per user per month, we believe that the potential replacement market is approximately $15 billion in North America. We also believe that this estimate significantly understates the potential market opportunity for our cloud-based solutions because a significant number of businesses today have not historically deployed a business communications system due to functionality limitations, cost and other factors.

We primarily generate revenues by selling subscriptions for our cloud-based services. We focus on acquiring and retaining our customers and increasing their spending with us through adding

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents

additional users, upselling current customers to premium service editions, and providing additional features and functionality. We market and sell our services directly, through both our website and inside sales teams, as well as indirectly through a network of over 1,000 sales agents and resellers, including AT&T, which we refer to collectively as resellers. We have a differentiated business model that reduces the time and cost to purchase, activate and begin using our services. We generally offer free trials to prospective customers, allowing them to evaluate our solutions before making a purchasing decision.

We have a diverse and growing customer base comprised of over 300,000 businesses across a wide range of industries, including advertising, consulting, finance, healthcare, legal, real estate, retail and technology. To date, we have focused our principal efforts on the market for small and medium-sized businesses, defined by IDC as less than 1,000 employees, in the U.S. and Canada. We are making investments in an effort to address larger customers. We also believe that there is an additional growth opportunity in international markets.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, with total revenues of $50.2 million, $78.9 million and $114.5 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, generating year-over-year increases of 57% and 45%, respectively. We have continued to make significant expenditures and investments, including in research and development, brand marketing and channel development, infrastructure and operations, and incurred net losses of $7.3 million, $13.9 million and $35.4 million, in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, our total revenues were $51.8 million and $73.2 million, respectively, and our net losses were $18.7 million and $23.9 million, respectively.

Industry Background

Communications systems are critical to any business. In recent years, there have been significant changes in how people work and communicate with customers, co-workers and other third parties. Traditionally, business personnel worked primarily at a single office, during business hours, and utilized desk phones as their primary communications devices connected through a PBX. With the proliferation of smartphones and tablets that offer much of the functionality of PCs, combined with the pervasiveness of inexpensive broadband Internet access, businesses are increasingly working around the clock across geographically dispersed locations, and their employees are using a broad array of communications devices and utilizing text, along with voice and fax, for business communications.

These changes have created new challenges for business communications. Traditional on-premise systems are generally not designed for workforce mobility, “bring-your-own” communications device environments, or the use of multiple communication channels, including text. Today, businesses require flexible, location- and device-agnostic communications solutions that provide users with a single identity across multiple locations and devices.

Fundamental advances in cloud technologies have enabled a new generation of business software to be delivered as a service over the Internet. Today, mission-critical applications such as customer relationship management, human capital management, enterprise resource planning and information technology, or IT, support are being delivered securely and reliably to businesses through cloud-based platforms. While on-premise systems typically require significant upfront and ongoing costs, as well as trained and dedicated IT personnel, cloud-based services enable cost-effective and easy delivery of business applications to users regardless of location or access device.

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents

We believe that there is a significant opportunity to leverage the benefits of cloud computing to provide next-generation, cloud-based business communications solutions that address the new realities of workforce mobility, multi-device environments and multi-channel communications, thereby enabling people to communicate the way they do business.

Our Solutions

Our cloud-based business communications solutions provide a single user identity across multiple locations and devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, and allow for communication across multiple channels, including voice, text and fax. Our proprietary solutions enable a more productive and dynamic workforce, and have been architected using industry standards to meet modern business communications requirements, including workforce mobility, “bring-your-own” communications device environments and multiple communications channels.

The key benefits of our solutions include:

 

  Ÿ  

Location Independence.     We seamlessly connect distributed and mobile users, enabling employees to communicate with a single identity whether working from a central location, a branch office, on the road, or at home.

 

  Ÿ  

Device Independence. Our solutions are designed to work with a broad range of devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, enabling businesses to successfully implement a “bring-your-own” communications device strategy.

 

  Ÿ  

Instant Activation; Easy Account Management.     Our solutions are designed for rapid deployment and ease of management. Our simple and intuitive graphical user interfaces allow administrators and users to set up and manage their business communications system with little or no IT expertise, training or dedicated staffing.

 

  Ÿ  

Scalability.     Our cloud-based solutions scale easily and efficiently with the growth of our customers. Customers can add users, regardless of their location, without having to purchase additional infrastructure hardware or software upgrades.

 

  Ÿ  

Lower Cost of Ownership.     We believe that our customers experience significantly lower cost of ownership compared to legacy on-premise systems. Using our cloud-based solutions, our customers can avoid the significant upfront costs of infrastructure hardware, software, ongoing maintenance and upgrade costs, and the need for dedicated and trained IT personnel.

 

  Ÿ  

Seamless and Intuitive Integration with Other Cloud-Based Applications.     Our platform provides seamless and intuitive integration with multiple popular cloud-based business applications such as salesforce.com, Google Drive, Box and Dropbox.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our competitive strengths include:

 

  Ÿ  

Proprietary Core Technology Platform.      We have developed our core multi-tenant, cloud-based, high-availability, scalable platform in-house over several years using industry standards. Our platform incorporates our communications and messaging services, delivery and billing infrastructure and open application programming interfaces, or APIs, for integration with third parties.

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Mobile-Centric Approach.     Our platform was developed with a mobile-centric approach and can be provisioned, configured, managed and used from a smartphone or tablet as well as from PCs and the Web.

 

  Ÿ  

Rapid Innovation and Release Cycle.     We strive to continuously innovate in an effort to regularly release new features and functionality to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Quality and Reliability of Service.     Our platform employs a number of technologies and tools to provide the quality of service that our customers expect while using their existing broadband connections.

 

  Ÿ  

Effective Go-to-Market Strategy.     We employ a broad range of direct and indirect marketing channels to target potential customers, including search-engine marketing, search-engine optimization, referral, affiliate, radio and billboard advertising.

Our Growth Strategy

Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

  Ÿ  

Focus on Larger RingCentral Office Customers.     We believe that these larger customers are more likely to have employees working in distributed locations or multiple offices and are more likely to require additional services, purchase premium service editions, have higher retention rates and enter into longer-term contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to Innovate.     We intend to continue to invest in development efforts to introduce new features and functionality to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Grow Revenues from Existing Customers.      We intend to grow our revenues from our existing customers as they add new users and as we provide them with new features and functionality.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand Our Distribution Channels.     Our indirect sales channel currently consists of a network of over 1,000 resellers, including AT&T. We intend to continue to foster these relationships and to develop additional relationships with other resellers.

 

  Ÿ  

Scale Internationally.     To date, we have derived most of our total revenues from the North American market. We believe that there is an additional growth opportunity for our cloud-based business communications solutions in international markets.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risks, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

Significant Losses.     We have incurred significant losses in the past and anticipate continuing to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we may therefore not be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

 

  Ÿ  

Limited Operating History.     Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects, which may increase the risk of your investment.

 

  Ÿ  

Reliance on Third Parties.     We rely on third parties for all of the network connectivity that is needed to deliver our services. We also lease third-party co-location facilities to house our data centers. We use purchased or leased hardware and licensed software from third parties, as well as rely on third parties for some software development, quality assurance, operations and customer support.

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Third-Party Facilities Risks.     Interruptions or delays in service from our third-party data center hosting facilities and co-location facilities could impair the delivery of our services and harm our business.

 

  Ÿ  

Security Risks.     A security breach could delay or interrupt service to our customers, harm our reputation or subject us to significant liability.

 

  Ÿ  

Threats of IP Infringement.      Accusations of infringement of third-party intellectual property rights could materially and adversely affect our business.

 

  Ÿ  

Interruptions of Services.     Interruptions in our services, whether caused by us or third parties, could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our services.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, there are additional risks related to an investment in our common stock.

You should carefully read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 for an explanation of the foregoing risks before investing in our common stock.

Corporate Background and Information

We were incorporated in California in February 1999 and plan to reincorporate in Delaware immediately prior to or upon the closing of this offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor, San Mateo, California 94404. The phone number of our principal executive offices is (650) 472-4100, and our main corporate website is www.ringcentral.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

We have rights to a number of marks used in this prospectus that are important to our business, including, without limitation, RingCentral, RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional, RingCentral Fax and Plug&Ring. This prospectus also contains trademarks and trade names of other businesses that are the property of their respective holders. We have omitted the ® and ™ designations, as applicable, for the trademarks we name in this prospectus.

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

  

            shares

Class A common stock offered by selling stockholders

  

            shares

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

            shares

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

            shares

Total Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

            shares

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us and the selling stockholders

  

 

            shares

Use of proceeds

  

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our Class A common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering for working capital or other general corporate purposes, including additional marketing expenditures, the expansion of our sales organization, international expansion and further development of our solutions. We may use a portion of the net proceeds to repay in part or in full the outstanding principal and accrued interest on our term loans with our two lenders, the outstanding principal of which totaled $20.0 million in aggregate as of June 30, 2013 and the additional $20.8 million that we borrowed in August 2013 under our amended credit agreements. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds for capital expenditures for expansion of our network infrastructure as we grow our customer base in the U.S. and internationally. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds” beginning on page 48.

Concentration of ownership

   Upon completion of this offering, our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.

Proposed                  symbol

  

“RNG”

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

 

The total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering used in this prospectus is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 53,298,648 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as converted basis) outstanding as of June 30, 2013, excluding:

 

  Ÿ  

3,737,232 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2013 granted pursuant to our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.95 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

6,005,875 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2013 granted pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.22 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

                 additional shares of Class A common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, consisting of:

 

  Ÿ  

            shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, and

 

  Ÿ  

            shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness; and

 

  Ÿ  

370,159 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.15 per share.

Unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, all information contained in this prospectus (except for our historical financial statements) assumes:

 

  Ÿ  

our reincorporation in Delaware immediately prior to or upon the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the reclassification of all of our common stock immediately prior to completion of this offering into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will file in connection with the completion of this offering, is in effect;

 

  Ÿ  

the automatic conversion of all shares of our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 30,368,527 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the automatic conversion of warrants to purchase 110,000 shares of our common stock and 260,159 shares of our preferred stock into warrants to purchase 370,159 shares of our Class B common stock upon completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our Class A common stock from us and the selling stockholders in this offering.

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the summary consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the following summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair statement of our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the six months ended June 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2013 or any other period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
           (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:           

Revenues:

          

Services

   $ 46,385      $ 71,915      $ 105,693      $ 47,699      $ 66,744   

Product

     3,837        6,962        8,833        4,115        6,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     50,222        78,877        114,526        51,814        73,229   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

        

Services (1)

     17,915        26,475        36,215        17,119        22,098   

Product

     4,537        6,523        8,688        4,182        6,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     22,452        32,998        44,903        21,301        28,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     27,770        45,879        69,623        30,513        44,830   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development (1)

     7,208        12,199        24,450        11,037        16,110   

Sales and marketing (1)

     22,922        34,550        54,566        25,844        33,466   

General and administrative (1)

     4,934        12,969        24,434        12,079        17,781   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     35,064        59,718        103,450        48,960        67,357   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,294     (13,839     (33,827     (18,447     (22,527
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest expense

     (184     (158     (1,503     (230     (1,227

Other income (expense), net

     172        109        32        (28     (247
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     (12     (49     (1,471     (258     (1,474
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (7,306     (13,888     (35,298     (18,705     (24,001

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1        15        92        33        (120
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,307   $ (13,903   $ (35,390   $ (18,738     (23,881
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

        

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.35   $ (0.64   $ (1.58   $ (0.84   $ (1.05
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share:

        

Basic and diluted

     20,871        21,678        22,353        22,251        22,699   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited):

        

Basic and diluted

       $ (0.67     $ (0.45
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share (unaudited):

          

Basic and diluted

         52,722          53,068   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Share-based compensation expense is included in our results of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010      2011      2012      2012      2013  
            (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Cost of services revenues

   $ 58       $ 141       $ 235       $ 109       $ 168   

Research and development

     111         260         837         313         517   

Sales and marketing

     340         297         651         330         404   

General and administrative

     311         490         1,379         463         1,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 820       $ 1,188       $ 3,102       $ 1,215       $ 2,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

     As of
June 30, 2013
 
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,366      $ 19,366      $                

Working capital (deficit)

     (22,776     (22,776  

Total assets

     48,500        48,500     

Deferred revenue

     13,707        13,707     

Debt and capital lease obligations, current and long-term

     20,726        20,726     

Convertible preferred stock

     74,020        -     

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

     (20,725     (20,725  

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock into an aggregate of 53,298,648 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the conversion of all warrants to purchase preferred stock and common stock into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 370,159 shares of Class B common stock, as if such conversions had occurred on June 30, 2013.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote 1 above and the sale by us of shares of Class A common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face and include risks we consider material of which we are currently aware. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially harmed. In that event, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We have incurred significant losses and negative cash flows in the past and anticipate continuing to incur losses and negative cash flows for the foreseeable future, and we may therefore not be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred substantial net losses since our inception, including net losses of $7.3 million for fiscal 2010, $13.9 million for fiscal 2011, $35.4 million for fiscal 2012 and $23.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, and had an accumulated deficit of $107.5 million as of June 30, 2013. Over the past year, we have spent considerable amounts of time and money to develop new business communications solutions and enhanced versions of our existing business communications solutions to position us for future growth. Additionally, we have incurred substantial losses and expended significant resources upfront to market, promote and sell our solutions and expect to continue to do so in the future. We also expect to continue to invest for future growth, including for advertising, customer acquisition, technology infrastructure, storage capacity, services development and international expansion. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.

As a result of our increased expenditures, we will have negative operating cash flows for the foreseeable future and will have to generate and sustain increased revenues to achieve future profitability. Achieving profitability will require us to increase revenues, manage our cost structure and avoid significant liabilities. Revenue growth may slow, revenues may decline or we may incur significant losses in the future for a number of possible reasons, including general macroeconomic conditions, increasing competition (including competitive pricing pressures), a decrease in the growth of the markets in which we compete, or if we fail for any reason to continue to capitalize on growth opportunities. Additionally, we may encounter unforeseen operating expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, service delivery and quality problems and other unknown factors that may result in losses in future periods. If these losses exceed our expectations or our revenue growth expectations are not met in future periods, our financial performance will be harmed and our stock price could be volatile or decline.

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects, which may increase the risk of your investment.

Although we were incorporated in 1999, we did not formally introduce RingCentral Office, our current flagship service, until 2009. We have encountered and expect to continue to encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing markets. If our assumptions regarding these uncertainties are incorrect or change in reaction to changes in our markets, or if we do not manage or address these risks successfully, our results of operations could differ materially from our expectations, and our business could suffer. Any success that we may experience in the future will depend, in large part, on our ability to, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

retain and expand our customer base;

 

  Ÿ  

increase revenues from existing customers as they add users and, in the future, purchase additional functionalities and premium service editions;

 

-10-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

successfully acquire customers on a cost-effective basis;

 

  Ÿ  

improve the performance and capabilities of our services and applications through research and development;

 

  Ÿ  

successfully expand our business domestically and internationally;

 

  Ÿ  

successfully compete in our markets;

 

  Ÿ  

continue to innovate and expand our service offerings;

 

  Ÿ  

successfully protect our intellectual property and defend against intellectual property infringement claims;

 

  Ÿ  

generate leads and convert potential customers into paying customers;

 

  Ÿ  

maintain and enhance our third-party data center hosting facilities to minimize interruptions in the use of our services; and

 

  Ÿ  

hire, integrate, and retain professional and technical talent.

Our quarterly and annual results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may continue to do so in the future. As a result, we may fail to meet or to exceed the expectations of research analysts or investors, which could cause our stock price to fluctuate.

Our quarterly and annual results of operations have varied historically from period to period, and we expect that they will continue to fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to retain existing customers, expand our existing customers’ user base and attract new customers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to introduce new solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

the actions of our competitors, including pricing changes or the introduction of new solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to successfully penetrate the market for larger businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

the mix of annual and multi-year subscriptions at any given time;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing, cost and effectiveness of our advertising and marketing efforts;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing, operating cost and capital expenditures related to the operation, maintenance and expansion of our business;

 

  Ÿ  

service outages or security breaches and any related impact on our reputation;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to accurately forecast revenues and appropriately plan our expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to realize our deferred tax assets;

 

  Ÿ  

costs associated with defending and resolving intellectual property infringement and other claims;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in tax laws, regulations, or accounting rules;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing and cost of developing or acquiring technologies, services or businesses and our ability to successfully manage any such acquisitions; and

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of worldwide economic, industry and market conditions.

Any one of the factors above, or the cumulative effect of some or all of the factors referred to above, may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results of operations. This

 

-11-


Table of Contents

variability and unpredictability could result in our failure to meet our internal operating plan or the expectations of securities analysts or investors for any period, which could cause our stock price to decline. In addition, a significant percentage of our operating expenses is fixed in nature and is based on forecasted revenues trends. Accordingly, in the event of revenue shortfalls, we may not be able to mitigate the negative impact on net income (loss) and margins in the short term. If we fail to meet or exceed the expectations of research analysts or investors, the market price of our shares could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class-action suits.

To deliver our services, we rely on third parties for all of our network connectivity and co-location facilities.

We currently use the infrastructure of third-party network service providers, in particular, the services of Level 3 Communications, Inc. and Bandwidth.com, Inc., to deliver all of our services over their networks rather than deploying our own networks. Our service providers provide access to their Internet protocol, or IP, networks, and public switched telephone networks, or PSTN, and provide call termination and origination services, including 911 emergency calling in the U.S. and equivalent services in Canada and the United Kingdom, and local number portability for our customers. We expect that we will continue to rely heavily on third-party network service providers to provide these services for the foreseeable future. Historically, our reliance on third-party networks has reduced our operating flexibility and ability to make timely service changes, and we expect that this will continue for the foreseeable future. If any of these network service providers stop providing us with access to their infrastructure, fail to provide these services to us on a cost-effective basis, cease operations, or otherwise terminate these services, the delay caused by qualifying and switching to another third-party network service provider, if one is available, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In addition, we currently use and may in the future use third-party service providers to deliver certain features of our services. For example, we rely on Free Conference Call Global, LLC for conference calling features. If any of these service providers elects to stop providing us with access to their services, fails to provide these services to us on a cost-effective basis, ceases operations, or otherwise terminates these services, the delay caused by qualifying and switching to another third-party service provider, if one is available, or building a proprietary replacement solution could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Finally, if problems occur with any of these third-party network or service providers, it may cause errors or poor call quality in our service, and we could encounter difficulty identifying the source of the problem. The occurrence of errors or poor call quality in our service, whether caused by our systems or a third-party network or service provider, may result in the loss of our existing customers, delay or loss of market acceptance of our services, termination of our relationships and agreements with our resellers, and may seriously harm our business and results of operations.

Interruptions or delays in service from our third-party data center hosting facilities and co-location facilities could impair the delivery of our services and harm our business.

We currently serve our North American customers from two data center hosting facilities located in northern California and northern Virginia, where we lease space from Equinix, Inc. In the near future, we expect to serve customers in Europe from two third-party data center hosting facilities in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and Zurich, Switzerland. In addition, our wholly owned subsidiary, RCLEC, Inc., uses two third-party co-location facilities to provide us with network services, and we expect RCLEC to use additional third-party co-location facilities in the future. Any damage to, or failure of, these facilities, the communications network providers with whom we or they contract, or with the systems by which our communications providers allocate capacity among their customers, including us, could result in interruptions in our service. Additionally, in connection with the expansion or

 

-12-


Table of Contents

consolidation of our existing data center facilities, we may move or transfer our data and our customers’ data to other data centers. Despite precautions that we take during this process, any unsuccessful data transfers may impair or cause disruptions in the delivery of our service. Interruptions in our service may reduce our revenues, may require us to issue credits or pay penalties, subject us to claims and litigation, cause customers to terminate their subscriptions and adversely affect our renewal rates and our ability to attract new customers. Because our ability to attract and retain customers depends on our ability to provide customers with a highly reliable service, even minor interruptions in our service could harm our brand and reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business.

As part of our current disaster recovery arrangements, our North American infrastructure and all of our North American customers’ data is currently replicated in near real-time at our two data center facilities in the U.S., and our European production environment and all of our United Kingdom and other European customers’ data will be replicated in near real-time at our two European data center facilities. We do not control the operation of these facilities or of RCLEC’s co-location facilities, and they are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures, and similar events. They may also be subject to break-ins, sabotage, acts of vandalism, and similar misconduct. Despite precautions taken at these facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our service. Even with the disaster recovery arrangements in place, our service could be interrupted.

We may also be required to transfer our servers to new data center facilities in the event that we are unable to renew our leases on acceptable terms, if at all, or the owners of the facilities decide to close their facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy or foreclosure, faced by our third-party data center operators, or any of the service providers with which we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. Additionally, if our data centers are unable to keep up with our increasing needs for capacity, our ability to grow our business could be materially and adversely impacted.

Failures in Internet infrastructure or interference with broadband access could cause current or potential users to believe that our systems are unreliable, leading our customers to switch to our competitors or to avoid using our services.

Unlike traditional communications services, our services depend on our customers’ high-speed broadband access to the Internet, usually provided through a cable or digital subscriber line, or DSL, connection. Increasing numbers of users and increasing bandwidth requirements may degrade the performance of our services and applications due to capacity constraints and other Internet infrastructure limitations. As our customer base grows and their usage of communications capacity increases, we will be required to make additional investments in network capacity to maintain adequate data transmission speeds, the availability of which may be limited, or the cost of which may be on terms unacceptable to us. If adequate capacity is not available to us as our customers’ usage increases, our network may be unable to achieve or maintain sufficiently high data transmission capacity, reliability or performance. In addition, if Internet service providers and other third parties providing Internet services have outages or deteriorations in their quality of service, our customers will not have access to our services or may experience a decrease in the quality of our services. Furthermore, as the rate of adoption of new technologies increases, the networks on which our services and applications rely may not be able to sufficiently adapt to the increased demand for these services, including ours. Frequent or persistent interruptions could cause current or potential users to believe that our systems are unreliable, leading them to switch to our competitors or to avoid our services, and could permanently harm our reputation and brands.

In addition, users who access our services and applications through mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablets, must have a high-speed connection, such as Wi-Fi, 3G or 4G, to use our

 

-13-


Table of Contents

services and applications. Currently, this access is provided by companies that have significant and increasing market power in the broadband and Internet access marketplace, including incumbent phone companies, cable companies and wireless companies. Some of these providers offer products and services that directly compete with our own offerings, which can potentially give them a competitive advantage. Also, these providers could take measures that degrade, disrupt or increase the cost of user access to third-party services, including our services, by restricting or prohibiting the use of their infrastructure to support or facilitate third-party services or by charging increased fees to third parties or the users of third-party services, any of which would make our services less attractive to users, and reduce our revenues.

In the U.S., there is some uncertainty regarding whether suppliers of broadband Internet access have a legal obligation to allow their customers to access and use our services without interference. In December 2010, the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, adopted net neutrality rules that make it more difficult for broadband Internet access service providers to block, degrade or discriminate against our services. These rules apply to wired broadband Internet providers, but not all of the rules apply to wireless broadband service. We cannot assure you that current net neutrality rules will not change in the future. Any instances of broadband interference could result in a loss of existing users and increased costs, which could impair our ability to attract new users, and materially and adversely affect our business and opportunities for growth.

Most of our customers may terminate their subscriptions for our service at any time without penalty, and increased customer turnover, or costs we incur to retain our customers and encourage them to add users and, in the future, to purchase additional functionalities and premium service editions, could materially and adversely affect our financial performance.

Our customers generally do not have long-term contracts with us and these customers may terminate their subscription for our service at any time without penalty or early termination charges. We cannot accurately predict the rate of customer terminations or average monthly service cancellations or failures to renew, which we refer to as turnover. Our customers with subscription agreements have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our service after the expiration of their initial subscription period, which is typically between 1 and 36 months. In the event that these customers do renew their subscriptions, they may choose to renew for fewer users, shorter contract lengths, or for a less expensive service plan or edition. We cannot predict the renewal rates for customers that have entered into subscription contracts with us.

Customer turnover, as well as reductions in the number of users for which a customer subscribes, each have a significant impact on our results of operations, as does the cost we incur in our efforts to retain our customers and encourage them to upgrade their services and increase their number of users. Our turnover rate could increase in the future if customers are not satisfied with our service, the value proposition of our services or our ability to otherwise meet their needs and expectations. Turnover and reductions in the number of users for whom a customer subscribes may also increase due to factors beyond our control, including the failure or unwillingness of customers to pay their monthly subscription fees due to financial constraints and the impact of a slowing economy. Because of turnover and reductions in the number of users for whom a customer subscribes, we have to acquire new customers, or acquire new users within our existing customer base, on an ongoing basis simply to maintain our existing level of customers and revenues. If a significant number of customers terminate, reduce or fail to renew their subscriptions, we may be required to incur significantly higher marketing expenditures than we currently anticipate in order to increase the number of new customers or to upsell existing customers, and such additional marketing expenditures could harm our business and results of operations.

Our future success also depends in part on our ability to sell additional subscriptions and additional functionalities to our current customers. This may also require increasingly sophisticated and

 

-14-


Table of Contents

more costly sales efforts and a longer sales cycle. Any increase in the costs necessary to upgrade, expand and retain existing customers could materially and adversely affect our financial performance. If our efforts to convince customers to add users and, in the future, to purchase additional functionalities are not successful, our business may suffer. In addition, such increased costs could cause us to increase our subscription rates, which could increase our turnover rate.

If we are unable to attract new customers to our services on a cost-effective basis, our business will be materially and adversely affected.

In order to grow our business, we must continue to attract new customers and expand the number of users in our existing customer base on a cost-effective basis. We use and periodically adjust the mix of advertising and marketing programs to promote our services. Significant increases in the pricing of one or more of our advertising channels would increase our advertising costs or cause us to choose less expensive and perhaps less effective channels to promote our services. As we add to or change the mix of our advertising and marketing strategies, we may need to expand into channels with significantly higher costs than our current programs, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. We will incur advertising and marketing expenses in advance of when we anticipate recognizing any revenues generated by such expenses, and we may fail to otherwise experience an increase in revenues or brand awareness as a result of such expenditures. We have made in the past, and may make in the future, significant expenditures and investments in new advertising campaigns, and we cannot assure you that any such investments will lead to the cost-effective acquisition of additional customers. If we are unable to maintain effective advertising programs, our ability to attract new customers could be materially and adversely affected, our advertising and marketing expenses could increase substantially, and our results of operations may suffer.

Some of our potential customers learn about us through leading search engines, such as Google, Yahoo! and Bing. While we employ search engine optimization and search engine marketing strategies, our ability to maintain and increase the number of visitors directed to our website is not entirely within our control. If search engine companies modify their search algorithms in a manner that reduces the prominence of our listing, or if our competitors’ search engine optimization efforts are more successful than ours, fewer potential customers may click through to our website. In addition, the cost of purchased listings has increased in the past and may increase in the future. A decrease in website traffic or an increase in search costs could materially and adversely affect our customer acquisition efforts and our results of operations.

We market our products and services principally to small and medium-sized businesses, which may have fewer financial resources to weather an economic downturn.

We market our products and services principally to small and medium-sized businesses. These customers may be materially and adversely affected by economic downturns to a greater extent than larger, more established businesses. These businesses typically have more limited financial resources, including capital-borrowing capacity, than larger entities. Because the vast majority of our customers pay for our services through credit and debit cards, weakness in certain segments of the credit markets and in the U.S. and global economies has resulted in and may in the future result in increased numbers of rejected credit and debit card payments, which could materially affect our business by increasing customer cancellations and impacting our ability to engage new customers. If small and medium-sized businesses experience financial hardship as a result of a weak economy, industry consolidation or the overall demand for our services could be materially and adversely affected.

 

-15-


Table of Contents

We face significant risks in our strategy to target medium-sized and larger businesses for sales of our services and, if we do not manage these efforts effectively, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We currently derive only a small portion of our revenues from sales from medium-sized businesses. As we target more of our sales efforts to medium-sized and larger businesses, we expect to incur higher costs and longer sales cycles and we may be less effective at predicting when we will complete these sales. In this market segment, the decision to purchase our services may require the approval of more technical personnel and management levels within a potential customer’s organization than we have historically encountered, and if so, these types of sales would require us to invest more time educating these potential customers about the benefits of our services. In addition, larger customers may demand more features, integration services and customization. Also, we have only limited experience in developing and managing sales channels and distribution arrangements for larger businesses. As a result of these factors, these sales opportunities may require us to devote greater research and development resources and sales, support and professional services resources to individual customers, resulting in increased costs and would likely lengthen our typical sales cycle, which could strain our limited sales and professional services resources. Moreover, these larger transactions may require us to delay recognizing the associated revenues we derive from these customers until any technical or implementation requirements have been met. Furthermore, because we have limited experience selling to larger businesses, our investment in marketing our services to these potential customers may not be successful, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and our overall ability to grow our customer base. Following sales to medium-sized or larger customers, we may experience fewer opportunities to expand these customers’ user base or sell them additional functionalities, or experience increased subscription terminations as compared to our experience with smaller businesses, any of which could materially and adversely impact our results of operations.

We rely significantly on a network of resellers to sell our services; our failure to effectively develop, manage, and maintain our indirect sales channels could materially and adversely affect our revenues.

Our future success depends on our continued ability to establish and maintain a network of channel relationships, and we expect that we will need to maintain and expand our network as we expand into international markets. An increasing portion of our revenues is derived from our network of over 1,000 sales agents and resellers, including AT&T, which we refer to collectively as resellers, many of which sell or may in the future decide to sell their own services or services from other cloud-based business communications providers. We generally do not have long-term contracts with these resellers, and the loss of or reduction in sales through these third parties could materially reduce our revenues. Our competitors may in some cases be effective in causing our resellers or potential resellers to favor their services or prevent or reduce sales of our services. If we fail to maintain relationships with our resellers, fail to develop relationships with new resellers in new markets or expand the number of resellers in our network in existing markets, or if we fail to manage, train, or provide appropriate incentives to our existing resellers, or if our resellers are not successful in their sales efforts, sales of our services may decrease and our results of operations would suffer.

Recruiting and retaining qualified resellers in our network and training them in our technology and service offerings requires significant time and resources. To develop and expand our indirect sales channels, we must continue to scale and improve our processes and procedures to support these channels, including investment in systems and training. Many resellers may not be willing to invest the time and resources required to train their staff to effectively market our services.

 

-16-


Table of Contents

Support for smartphones and tablets are an integral part of our solutions. If we are unable to develop robust mobile applications that operate on mobile platforms that our customers use, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Our solutions allow our customers to use and manage our cloud-based business communications solution on smart devices. As new smart devices and operating systems are released, we may encounter difficulties supporting these devices and services, and we may need to devote significant resources to the creation, support, and maintenance of our mobile applications. In addition, if we experience difficulties in the future integrating our mobile applications into smart devices or if problems arise with our relationships with providers of mobile operating systems, such as those of Apple Inc. or Google Inc., our future growth and our results of operations could suffer.

We face intense competition in our markets and may lack sufficient financial or other resources to compete successfully.

The cloud-based business communications industry is competitive, and we expect it to become increasingly competitive in the future. We face intense competition from other providers of business communications systems and solutions. Our competitors include traditional on-premise, hardware business communications providers such as Alcatel-Lucent, S.A., Avaya Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., Mitel Networks Corporation, ShoreTel, Inc., Siemens Enterprise Networks, LLC and their resellers; and companies such as Microsoft Corporation and Broadsoft, Inc. that generally license their software, and their resellers. In addition, certain of our resellers are also our competitors. For example, AT&T serves as one of our resellers but is also a competitor for business communications. All of these companies may now or in the future also host their solutions through the cloud. We also face competition from other cloud companies such as j2 Global, Inc. and 8x8, Inc., as well as from established communications providers, such as AT&T Inc., Verizon Communications Inc. and Comcast Corporation, that resell on-premise hardware, software and hosted solutions. We may also face competition from other large Internet companies, such as Google Inc., Yahoo! Inc. and Amazon.com, Inc., any of which might launch its own cloud-based business communications services or acquire other cloud-based business communications companies in the future.

Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater resources and name recognition, more diversified service offerings and larger customer bases than we have. As a result, these competitors may have greater credibility with our existing and potential customers and may be better able to withstand an extended period of downward pricing pressure. In addition, certain of our competitors have partnered with, or been acquired by, and may in the future partner with or acquire, other competitors to offer services, leveraging their collective competitive positions, which makes it more difficult to compete with them and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. They also may be able to adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services than we can to ours. Some of these service providers have in the past and may choose in the future to sacrifice revenues in order to gain market share by offering their services at lower prices or for free. Our competitors may also offer bundled service arrangements offering a more complete service offering, despite the technical merits or advantages of our services. Competition could force us to decrease our prices, slow our growth, increase our customer turnover, reduce our sales or decrease our market share. The adverse impact of a shortfall in our revenues may be magnified if we are unable to adjust spending adequately to compensate for such shortfall.

If we are unable to develop, license or acquire new services or applications on a timely and cost-effective basis, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

The cloud-based business communications industry is an emerging market that is characterized by rapid changes in customer requirements, frequent introductions of new and enhanced services, and

 

-17-


Table of Contents

continuing and rapid technological advancement. We cannot predict the effect of technological changes on our business. To compete successfully in this emerging market, we must anticipate and adapt to technological changes and evolving industry standards, and continue to design, develop, manufacture and sell new and enhanced services that provide increasingly higher levels of performance and reliability at lower cost. Currently, we derive a majority of our revenues from subscriptions to RingCentral Office, and we expect this will continue for the foreseeable future. However, our future success will also depend on our ability to introduce and sell new services, features and functionality that enhance or are beyond the voice, fax and text communications services we currently offer, as well as to improve usability and support and increase customer satisfaction. Our failure to develop solutions that satisfy customer preferences in a timely and cost-effective manner may harm our ability to renew our subscriptions with existing customers and create or increase demand for our services, and may materially and adversely impact our results of operations.

The introduction of new services by competitors or the development of entirely new technologies to replace existing offerings could make our solutions obsolete or adversely affect our business and results of operations. Announcements of future releases and new services and technologies by our competitors or us could cause customers to defer purchases of our existing services, which also could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may experience difficulties with software development, operations, design or marketing that could delay or prevent our development, introduction or implementation of new or enhanced services and applications. We have in the past experienced delays in the planned release dates of new features and upgrades, and have discovered defects in new services and applications after their introduction. We cannot assure you that new features or upgrades will be released according to schedule, or that, when released, they will not contain defects. Either of these situations could result in adverse publicity, loss of revenues, delay in market acceptance or claims by customers brought against us, all of which could harm our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition. Moreover, the development of new or enhanced services or applications may require substantial investment, and we must continue to invest a significant amount of resources in our research and development efforts to develop these services and applications to remain competitive. We do not know whether these investments will be successful. If customers do not widely adopt any new or enhanced services and applications, we may not be able to realize a return on our investment. If we are unable to develop, license, or acquire new or enhanced services and applications on a timely and cost-effective basis, or if such new or enhanced services and applications do not achieve market acceptance, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

A security breach could delay or interrupt service to our customers, harm our reputation, or subject us to significant liability.

Our operations depend on our ability to protect our network from interruption by damage from unauthorized entry, computer viruses or other events beyond our control. In the past, we may have been subject to denial or disruption of service, or DDOS, attacks by hackers intent on bringing down our services, and we may be subject to DDOS attacks in the future. We cannot assure you that our backup systems, regular data backups, security protocols and other procedures are currently in place, or that may be in place in the future, will be adequate to prevent significant damage, system failure or data loss. Also, our services are web-based, and the amount of data we store for our users on our servers has been increasing as our business has grown. Despite the implementation of security measures, our infrastructure may be vulnerable to hackers, computer viruses, worms, other malicious software programs or similar disruptive problems caused by our customers, employees, consultants or other Internet users who attempt to invade public and private data networks. Further, in some cases we do not have in place disaster recovery facilities for certain ancillary services, such as email delivery of messages. Currently, nearly all of our customers authorize us to bill their credit or debit card accounts directly for all transaction fees that we charge. We rely on encryption and authentication

 

-18-


Table of Contents

technology to ensure secure transmission of confidential information, including customer credit and debit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect transaction data.

Additionally, third parties may have attempted in the past, and may attempt in the future, to fraudulently induce domestic and international employees, consultants or customers into disclosing sensitive information, such as user names, passwords or customer proprietary network information, or CPNI, or other information in order to gain access to our customers’ data or to our data. CPNI includes information such as the phone numbers called by a consumer, the frequency, duration, and timing of such calls, and any services purchased by the consumer, such as call waiting, call forwarding, and caller ID, in addition to other information that may appear on a consumer’s bill. Third parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, consultants or customers into disclosing sensitive information regarding our intellectual property and other confidential business information, or our information technology systems. In addition, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, or to sabotage systems, change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any system failure or security breach that causes interruptions or data loss in our operations or in the computer systems of our customers or leads to the misappropriation of our or our customers’ confidential or personal information, or CPNI, could result in significant liability to us, cause our service to be perceived as not being secure, cause considerable harm to us and our reputation (including requiring notification to customers, regulators or the media), and deter current and potential customers from using our services. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We rely on third parties for some of our software development, quality assurance, operations and customer support.

We currently depend on various third parties for some of our software development efforts, quality assurance, operations and customer support services. Specifically, we outsource some of our software development, quality assurance and operations activities to third-party contractors that have employees and consultants located in St. Petersburg, Russia and Odessa, Ukraine. In addition, we outsource a significant portion of our customer support, inside sales and network operation control functions to a third-party contractor located in Manila, the Philippines. Our dependence on third-party contractors creates a number of risks, in particular, the risk that we may not maintain service quality, control or effective management with respect to these business operations.

Our agreements with these third-party contractors are either not terminable by them (other than at the end of the term or upon an uncured breach by us) or require at least 60 days’ prior written notice of termination. If we experience problems with our third-party contractors, the costs charged by our third-party contractors increase or our agreements with our third-party contractors are terminated, we may not be able to develop new solutions, enhance or operate existing solutions or provide customer support in an alternate manner that is equally or more efficient and cost-effective.

We anticipate that we will continue to depend on these and other third-party relationships in order to grow our business for the foreseeable future. If we are unsuccessful in maintaining existing and, if needed, establishing new relationships with third parties, our ability to efficiently operate existing services or develop new services and provide adequate customer support could be impaired, and, as a result, our competitive position or our results of operations could suffer.

Growth may place significant demands on our management and our infrastructure.

We have recently experienced substantial growth in our business. This growth has placed and may continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial

 

-19-


Table of Contents

infrastructure. As our operations grow in size, scope and complexity, we will need to increase our sales and marketing efforts and add additional sales and marketing personnel in various regions worldwide, and improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to attract, service and retain an increasing number of customers. For example, we expect the volume of simultaneous calls to increase significantly as our customer base grows. Our network hardware and software may not be able to accommodate this additional simultaneous call volume. The expansion of our systems and infrastructure will require us to commit substantial financial, operational, and technical resources in advance of an increase in the volume of business, with no assurance that the volume of business will increase. Any such additional capital investments will increase our cost base. Continued growth could also strain our ability to maintain reliable service levels for our customers, develop and improve our operational, financial and management controls, enhance our reporting systems and procedures and recruit, train and retain highly skilled personnel. In addition, given our expected growth, we expect to move our offices or secure additional space in our current building or another building within the next 12 months. If we fail to achieve the necessary level of efficiency in our organization as we grow, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Accusations of infringement of third-party intellectual property rights could materially and adversely affect our business.

There has been substantial litigation in the areas in which we operate regarding intellectual property rights. In the past, we have been sued by third parties claiming infringement of their intellectual property rights and we may be sued for infringement from time to time in the future. Excluding any current litigation, in the past we have settled infringement litigation brought against us; however, we cannot assure you that we will be able to settle any ongoing or future claims or, if we are able to settle any such claims, that the settlement will be on terms favorable to us. Our broad range of technology may increase the likelihood that third parties will claim that we infringe their intellectual property rights. In this regard, in June 2011, j2 Global, Inc. and Advanced Messaging Technologies, Inc. named us in a patent infringement lawsuit seeking a permanent injunction, damages and attorneys’ fees. In April 2013, we entered into a license and settlement agreement with j2 Global, Inc. and one of its affiliates to settle the matter, as described in greater detail under the heading “Business—Legal Proceedings.” In addition, in December 2012, we were named as a defendant in a patent infringement lawsuit by CallWave Communications, LLC, or CallWave, which we believe to be a non-practicing entity, as further described under “Business—Legal Proceedings.” CallWave has asserted similar claims against other companies, including Google Inc., AT&T Inc., AT&T Mobility LLC, Sprint Nextel Corp., T-Mobile US, Inc., Verizon Communications, Inc., Research in Motion Limited and Telovations, Inc.

We have in the past received, and may in the future receive, notices of claims of infringement, misappropriation or misuse of other parties’ proprietary rights. We cannot assure you that we will resolve or settle these claims, or prevail in any resulting legal actions (if ultimately litigated). Furthermore, regardless of their merits, accusations and lawsuits like these may require significant time and expense to defend, may negatively affect customer relationships, may divert management’s attention away from other aspects of our operations and, upon resolution, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Certain technology necessary for us to provide our services may, in fact, be patented by other parties either now or in the future. If such technology were validly patented by another person, we would have to negotiate a license for the use of that technology. We may not be able to negotiate such a license at a price that is acceptable to us or if at all. The existence of such a patent, or our inability to negotiate a license for any such technology on acceptable terms, could force us to cease using the technology and cease offering services incorporating the technology, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

-20-


Table of Contents

If we were found to be infringing on the intellectual property rights of any third party, we could be subject to liability for such infringement, which could be material. We could also be prohibited from using or selling certain services, prohibited from using certain processes, or required to redesign certain services, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

These and other outcomes may:

 

  Ÿ  

result in the loss of a substantial number of existing customers or prohibit the acquisition of new customers;

 

  Ÿ  

cause us to pay license fees for intellectual property we are deemed to have infringed;

 

  Ÿ  

cause us to incur costs and devote valuable technical resources to redesigning our services;

 

  Ÿ  

cause our cost of goods sold to increase;

 

  Ÿ  

cause us to accelerate expenditures to preserve existing revenues;

 

  Ÿ  

cause existing or new vendors to require prepayments or letters of credit;

 

  Ÿ  

materially and adversely affect our brand in the marketplace and cause a substantial loss of goodwill;

 

  Ÿ  

cause us to change our business methods or services;

 

  Ÿ  

require us to cease certain business operations or offering certain services; and

 

  Ÿ  

lead to our bankruptcy or liquidation.

Our limited ability to protect our intellectual property rights could materially and adversely affect our business.

We rely, in part, on patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret law to protect our intellectual property in the U.S. and abroad. We seek to protect our technology, software, documentation and other information under trade secret and copyright law, which afford only limited protection. For example, we typically enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, third-party contractors, customers and vendors in an effort to control access to use and distribution of our technology, software, documentation and other information. These agreements may not effectively prevent authorized use or disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of such unauthorized use or disclosure, and it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use our technology without authorization. In addition, improper disclosure of trade secret information by our current or former employees, consultants, third-party contractors, customers or vendors to the public or others who could make use of the trade secret information would likely preclude that information from being protected as a trade secret.

We also rely, in part, on patent law to protect our intellectual property in the U.S. and internationally. Our intellectual property portfolio includes 18 issued U.S. patents, which expire between 2026 and 2032. We also have 49 patent applications pending for examination in the U.S. and 21 patent applications pending for examination in foreign jurisdictions, all of which are related to U.S. applications. We cannot predict whether such pending patent applications will result in issued patents that effectively protect our intellectual property. Even if a pending patent application results in an issued patent, the patent may be circumvented or its validity may be challenged in various proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, such as reexamination, which may require legal representation and involve substantial costs and diversion of management time and resources. In addition, we cannot assure you that every significant feature of our solutions is protected by our patents.

The unlicensed use of our brand, including domain names, by third parties could harm our reputation, cause confusion among our customers and impair our ability to market our products and

 

-21-


Table of Contents

services. To that end, we have registered numerous trademarks and service marks and have applied for registration of additional trademarks and service marks and have acquired a large number of domain names in and outside the U.S. to establish and protect our brand names as part of our intellectual property strategy. If our applications receive objections or are successfully opposed by third parties, it will be difficult for us to prevent third parties from using our brand without our permission. Moreover, successful opposition to our applications might encourage third parties to make additional oppositions or commence trademark infringement proceedings against us, which could be costly and time consuming to defend against. If we are not successful in protecting our trademarks, our trademark rights may be diluted and subject to challenge or invalidation, which could materially and adversely affect our brand.

Despite our efforts to implement our intellectual property strategy, we may not be able to protect or enforce our proprietary rights in the U.S. or internationally (where effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited). For example, we have entered into agreements containing confidentiality and invention assignment provisions in connection with the outsourcing of certain software development and quality assurance activities to third-party contractors located in St. Petersburg, Russia and Odessa, Ukraine. We have also entered into an agreement containing a confidentiality provision with a third-party contractor located in Manila, the Philippines, where we have outsourced a significant portion of our customer support function. We cannot assure you that such agreements with these third-party contractors or their agreements with their employees and contractors will adequately protect our proprietary rights in the applicable jurisdictions and foreign countries, as their respective laws may not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. In addition, our competitors may independently develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology, duplicate our technology in a manner that does not infringe our intellectual property rights or design around any of our patents. Furthermore, detecting and policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and resource-intensive. Moreover, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation, whether successful or not, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management time and resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends on the public acceptance of our services and applications.

Our future success depends on our ability to significantly increase revenues generated from our cloud-based business communications solutions. The market for cloud-based business communications is evolving rapidly and is characterized by an increasing number of market entrants. As is typical of a rapidly evolving industry, the demand for, and market acceptance of, these applications is uncertain. If the market for cloud-based business communications fails to develop, develops more slowly than we anticipate or develops in a manner different than we expect, our services could fail to achieve market acceptance, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business.

Our growth depends on the continued use of voice communications by businesses, as compared to email and other data-based methods. A decline in the overall rate of voice communications by businesses would harm our business. Furthermore, our continued growth depends on future demand for and adoption of Internet voice communications systems and services. Although the number of broadband subscribers worldwide has grown significantly in recent years, a small percentage of businesses have adopted Internet voice communications services to date. For demand and adoption of Internet voice communications services by businesses to increase, Internet voice communications networks must improve the quality of their service for real-time communications by managing the effects of and reducing packet loss, packet delay and packet jitter, as well as unreliable bandwidth, so that toll-quality service can be consistently provided. Additionally, the cost and feature benefits of Internet voice communications must be sufficient to cause customers to switch from traditional phone

 

-22-


Table of Contents

service providers. We must devote substantial resources to educate customers and their end users about the benefits of Internet voice communications solutions, in general, and our services in particular. If any or all of these factors fail to occur, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

Interruptions in our services could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us, and impair our ability to sell our services.

Because our services are complex and we have incorporated a variety of new computer hardware, as well as software that is developed in-house and acquired from third-party vendors, our services may have errors or defects that customers identify after they begin using them that could result in unanticipated interruptions of service. Internet-based services frequently contain undetected errors and bugs when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. While the substantial majority of our customers are small and medium-sized businesses, the use of our services in complicated, large-scale network environments may increase our exposure to undetected errors, failures or bugs in our services. Although we test our services to detect and correct errors and defects before their general release, we have from time to time experienced significant interruptions in our service as a result of such errors or defects and may experience future interruptions of service if we fail to detect and correct these errors and defects. The costs incurred in correcting such defects or errors may be substantial and could harm our results of operations. In addition, we rely on hardware purchased or leased and software licensed from third parties to offer our services.

Any defects in, or unavailability of, our or third-party software or hardware that cause interruptions of our services could, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

cause a reduction in revenues or delay in market acceptance of our services;

 

  Ÿ  

require us to issue refunds to our customers or expose us to claims for damages;

 

  Ÿ  

cause us to lose existing customers and make it more difficult to attract new customers;

 

  Ÿ  

divert our development resources or require us to make extensive changes to our software, which would increase our expenses and slow innovation;

 

  Ÿ  

increase our technical support costs; and

 

  Ÿ  

harm our reputation and brand.

If we fail to continue to develop our brand or our reputation is harmed, our business may suffer.

We believe that continuing to strengthen our current brand will be critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our services and will require continued focus on active marketing efforts. The demand for and cost of online and traditional advertising have been increasing and may continue to increase. Accordingly, we may need to increase our investment in, and devote greater resources to, advertising, marketing, and other efforts to create and maintain brand loyalty among users. Brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenues, and even if they do, any increased revenues may not offset the expenses incurred in building our brands. If we fail to promote and maintain our brand, or if we incur substantial expense in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brands, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

Our services, as well as those of our competitors, are regularly reviewed and commented upon by online media sources, as well as computer and other business publications. Negative reviews, or reviews in which our competitors’ products and services are rated more highly than our solutions, could negatively affect our brand and reputation. From time to time, our customers have expressed dissatisfaction with our services, including dissatisfaction with our customer support, our billing policies and the way our services operate. If we do not handle customer complaints effectively, our brand and reputation may suffer, we may lose our customers’ confidence, and they may choose to terminate,

 

-23-


Table of Contents

reduce or not to renew their subscriptions. In addition, many of our customers participate in social media and online blogs about Internet-based services, including our services, and our success depends in part on our ability to minimize negative and generate positive customer feedback through such online channels where existing and potential customers seek and share information. If actions we take or changes we make to our services upset these customers, their blogging could negatively affect our brand and reputation. Complaints or negative publicity about our services or customer service could materially and adversely impact our ability to attract and retain customers and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we experience excessive fraudulent activity or cannot meet evolving credit card association merchant standards, we could incur substantial costs and lose the right to accept credit cards for payment, which could cause our customer base to decline significantly.

Nearly all of our customers authorize us to bill their credit card accounts directly for service fees that we charge. If people pay for our services with stolen credit cards, we could incur substantial third-party vendor costs for which we may not be reimbursed. Further, our customers provide us with credit card billing information online or over the phone, and we do not review the physical credit cards used in these transactions, which increases our risk of exposure to fraudulent activity. We also incur charges, which we refer to as chargebacks, from the credit card companies from claims that the customer did not authorize the credit card transaction to purchase our service, something that we have experienced in the past. If the number of unauthorized credit card transactions becomes excessive, we could be assessed substantial fines for excess chargebacks and we could lose the right to accept credit cards for payment. In addition, credit card issuers may change merchant standards, including data protection and documentation standards, required to utilize their services from time to time. We currently are not in compliance with all current merchant standards, such as the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI, but intend to become PCI compliant in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom in the future. If we fail to maintain compliance with current merchant standards, such as PCI, or fail to meet new standards, the credit card associations could fine us or terminate their agreements with us, and we would be unable to accept credit cards as payment for our services. Our services may also be subject to fraudulent usage, including but not limited to international revenue share fraud, domestic traffic pumping, subscription fraud, premium text message scams, and other fraudulent schemes. Although our customers are required to set Personal Identification Numbers, or PINs, to protect their accounts and may configure in which destinations international calling is enabled from their extensions, third parties have in the past and may be able to access and use their accounts through fraudulent means. In addition, third parties may have attempted in the past, and may attempt in the future, to fraudulently induce domestic and international employees or consultants into disclosing customer PINs and other account information. Communications fraud can result in unauthorized access to customer accounts and customer data, unauthorized use of customers’ services, charges to customers for fraudulent usage and expense that we must pay to carriers. We may be required to pay for these charges and expenses with no reimbursement from the customer, and our reputation may be harmed if our services are subject to fraudulent usage. Although we implement multiple fraud prevention and detection controls, we cannot assure you that these controls will be adequate to protect against fraud. Substantial losses due to fraud or our inability to accept credit card payments, which could cause our paid customer base to significantly decrease, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and ability to grow our business.

Potential problems with our information systems could interfere with our business and operations.

We rely on our information systems and those of third parties for processing customer orders, distribution of our services, billing our customers, processing credit card transactions, customer relationship management, supporting financial planning and analysis, accounting functions and financial statement preparation and otherwise running our business. Information systems may experience

 

-24-


Table of Contents

interruptions, including interruptions of related services from third-party providers, which may be beyond our control. Such business interruptions could cause us to fail to meet customer requirements. All information systems, both internal and external, are potentially vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources, including without limitation, computer viruses, security breaches, energy blackouts, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication failures and employee or other theft, as well as third-party provider failures. Any disruption in our information systems and those of the third parties upon which we rely could have a significant impact on our business.

In addition, we recently transitioned from a number of disparate systems and implemented NetSuite, a SaaS enterprise resource planning system, to handle various business, operating and financial processes. We plan to transition from a spreadsheet-based financial modeling system and implement a third-party corporate performance management system. In addition, in the future we intend to implement a third-party SaaS billing system to replace our current internally developed billing system. We may also implement further and enhanced information systems in the future to meet the demands resulting from our growth and to provide additional capabilities and functionality. The implementation of new systems and enhancements is frequently disruptive to the underlying business of an enterprise, and can be time-consuming and expensive, increase management responsibilities and divert management attention. Any disruptions relating to our systems enhancements or any problems with the implementation, particularly any disruptions impacting our operations or our ability to accurately report our financial performance on a timely basis during the implementation period, could materially and adversely affect our business. Even if we do not encounter these material and adverse effects, the implementation of these enhancements may be much more costly than we anticipated. If we are unable to successfully implement the information systems enhancements as planned, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be negatively impacted.

Our use of open source technology could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our services.

We use open source software in our platform on which our services operate. There is a risk that the owners of the copyrights in such software may claim that such licenses impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market or provide our services. If such owners prevail in such claim, we could be required to make the source code for our proprietary software (which contains our valuable trade secrets) generally available to third parties, including competitors, at no cost, to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our services, to re-engineer our technology, or to discontinue offering our services in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis or at all, any of which could cause us to discontinue our services, harm our reputation, result in customer losses or claims, increase our costs or otherwise materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our services are subject to regulation, and future legislative or regulatory actions could adversely affect our business and expose us to liability.

Federal Regulation

Our business is regulated by the FCC. As a communications services provider, we are subject to existing or potential FCC regulations relating to privacy, disability access, porting of numbers, Federal Universal Service Fund, or USF, contributions, E-911, and other requirements. FCC classification of our Internet voice communications services as telecommunications services could result in additional federal and state regulatory obligations. If we do not comply with FCC rules and regulations, we could be subject to FCC enforcement actions, fines, loss of licenses, and possibly restrictions on our ability to operate or offer certain of our services. Any enforcement action by the FCC, which may be a public process, would hurt our reputation in the industry, possibly impair our ability to sell our services to customers and could have a materially adverse impact on our revenues.

 

-25-


Table of Contents

Through our wholly owned subsidiary, RCLEC, Inc., we also plan to provide competitive local exchange carrier services, or CLEC services, which are regulated by the FCC as traditional telecommunications services. Our CLEC services depend on certain provisions of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 that permit us to procure facilities and services from incumbent local exchange carriers, or ILECs, that are necessary to provide our services. Over the past several years, the FCC has reduced or eliminated a number of regulations governing ILECs’ offerings. If ILECs are not required by law to provide services to us or do not continue to permit us to purchase these services from them under commercial arrangements at reasonable rates, our business could be adversely affected and our cost of providing CLEC services could increase. This could have a materially adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows.

Our services are also subject to a number of other FCC regulations. Among others, we must comply (in whole or in part) with:

 

  Ÿ  

the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA, which requires covered entities to assist law enforcement in undertaking electronic surveillance;

 

  Ÿ  

requirements to provide E-911 to our customers;

 

  Ÿ  

contributions to the USF which requires that we pay a percentage of our revenues to support certain federal programs;

 

  Ÿ  

payment of annual FCC regulatory fees based on our interstate and international revenues;

 

  Ÿ  

rules pertaining to access to our services by people with disabilities and contributions to the Telecommunications Relay Services fund; and

 

  Ÿ  

FCC rules regarding CPNI, which requires that we not use such information without customer approval, subject to certain exceptions.

If we do not comply with any current or future rules or regulations that apply to our business, we could be subject to substantial fines and penalties, we may have to restructure our service offerings, exit certain markets or raise the price of our services, any of which could ultimately harm our business and results of operations.

State Regulation

States currently may not regulate our Internet voice communications services. However, states are allowed to assess state USF requirements, E-911 fees and other surcharges on nomadic VoIP providers. A number of states require us to contribute to state USF, contribute to E-911 and pay other surcharges, while others are actively considering extending their programs to include the services we provide. We pass USF, E-911 fees and other surcharges through to our customers, which may result in our services becoming more expensive or require that we absorb these costs. We expect that state public utility commissions will continue their attempts to apply state telecommunications regulations to Internet voice communications services like ours.

Our subsidiary’s CLEC services are subject to regulation by the public utility regulatory agency in those states where we provide local telecommunications services. This regulation includes the requirement to obtain a certificate of public necessity or other similar licenses prior to offering our CLEC services. We may also be required to file tariffs that describe our CLEC’s services and provide rates for those services. We are also required to comply with state regulations that vary from state to state concerning service quality, disconnection and billing requirements. State commissions also have authority to review and approve interconnection agreements between incumbent phone carriers and CLECs such as our subsidiary, and to conduct arbitration of disputes arising in the negotiation of such agreements.

 

-26-


Table of Contents

International Regulation

As we expand internationally, we may be subject to telecommunications, consumer protection, data privacy and other laws and regulations in the foreign countries where we offer our services. Internationally, we currently offer our services in Canada and the United Kingdom, or UK.

We are a provider of Internet voice telecommunications services in Canada. As a provider of internet voice communications services, we are subject to regulation in Canada by the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission, or CRTC. We are registered with the CRTC as a reseller of telecommunications services and have been issued a basic international telecommunications services, or BITS, licence by the CRTC. As a internet voice communications provider, we are subject to obligations imposed by the CRTC, including providing access to emergency call E-911 services, providing access to operator assistance, directory information services, number portability, providing minimum customer information, charge customers certain regulatory charges and pay contribution charges. We are also subject to Canadian federal privacy laws and provincial consumer protection legislation. As a holder of a BITS license, we also must comply with various annual reporting requirements.

As a provider of electronic communications services in the UK, we are subject to regulation in the UK by the Office of Communications, or Ofcom. Some of these regulatory obligations include providing access to emergency call services (E999/112); providing access to operator assistance, directories and directory enquiry services, offering contracts with minimum terms, providing and publishing certain information transparently, providing itemized billing, protecting customer information (including personal data); porting phone numbers upon a valid customer request and implementing a code of practice. We are required to comply with laws and matters relating to, among other things, competition law, distance selling, e-commerce and consumer protection. We must also comply with various reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

We process, store, and use personal information and other data, which subjects us and our customers to a variety of evolving governmental regulation, industry standards and self-regulatory schemes, contractual obligations, and other legal obligations related to privacy, which may increase our costs, decrease adoption and use of our products and services and expose us to liability.

There are a number of federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations, as well as contractual obligations and industry standards, that provide for certain obligations and restrictions with respect to data privacy and security, and the collection, storage, retention, protection, use, processing, transmission, sharing, disclosure and protection of personal information and other customer data. The scope of these obligations and restrictions is changing, subject to differing interpretations, and may be inconsistent among countries or conflict with other rules, and their status remains uncertain. Within the European Union, or EU, strict laws already apply in connection with the collection, storage, retention, protection, use, processing, transmission, sharing, disclosure and protection of personal information and other customer data. The EU model has been replicated in many jurisdictions outside the U.S., including Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation countries. Regulators have the power to fine non-compliant organizations significant amounts. There are proposals to increase the maximum level of fines that EU regulators may impose to 2% of worldwide annual sales. As Internet commerce and communication technologies continue to evolve, increasing online service providers’ and network users’ capacity to collect, store, retain, protect, use, process and transmit large volumes of personal information, increasingly restrictive regulation by federal, state or foreign agencies becomes more likely. For example, a variety of regulations that would increase restrictions on online service providers in the area of data privacy is currently being proposed, both in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions, and we believe that the adoption of increasingly restrictive regulation in the field of data privacy and security is likely, possibly as restrictive as the EU model. Obligations and restrictions imposed by

 

-27-


Table of Contents

current and future applicable laws, regulations, contracts and industry standards may affect our ability to provide all the current features of our products and services and our customers’ ability to use our products and services, and could require us to modify the features and functionality of our products and services. Such obligations and restrictions may limit our ability to collect, store, process, use, transmit and share data with our customers, and to allow our customer to collect, store, retain, protect, use, process, transmit, share and disclose data with others through our products and services. Compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such obligations and restrictions could increase the cost of our operations. Failure to comply with obligations and restrictions related to data privacy and security could subject us to lawsuits, fines, criminal penalties, statutory damages, consent decrees, injunctions, adverse publicity and other losses that could harm our business.

Our customers can use our services to store contact and other personal or identifying information, and to process, transmit, receive, store and retrieve a variety of communications and messages, including information about their own customers and other contacts. In addition, customers may use our services to store protected health information, or PHI, that is protected under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, notwithstanding that we inform customers that our services should not be used for these purposes. Noncompliance with laws and regulations relating to privacy and HIPAA may lead to significant fines, penalties or liabilities. Our actual compliance, our customers’ perception of our compliance, costs of compliance with such regulations and customer concerns regarding their own compliance obligations (whether factual or in error) may limit the use and adoption of our service and reduce overall demand. Furthermore, privacy concerns, including the inability or impracticality of providing advance notice to customers of privacy issues related to the use of our services, may cause our customers’ customers to resist providing the personal data necessary to allow our customers to use our services effectively. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our service in certain industries.

In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups and industry groups have adopted and are considering the adoption of various self-regulatory standards and codes of conduct that may place additional burdens on us and our customers, which may further reduce demand for our services and harm our business.

While we try to comply with all applicable data protection laws, regulations, standards, and codes of conduct, as well as our own posted privacy policies and contractual commitments to the extent possible, any failure by us to protect our users’ privacy and data, including as a result of our systems being compromised by hacking or other malicious or surreptitious activity, could result in a loss of user confidence in our services and ultimately in a loss of users, which could materially and adversely affect our business. Our customers may also accidentally disclose their passwords or store them on a mobile device that is lost or stolen, creating the perception that our systems are not secure against third-party access. Additionally, our third-party contractors in the Philippines, Russia and Ukraine may have access to customer data. If these or other third-party vendors violate applicable laws or our policies, such violations may also put our customers’ information at risk and could in turn have a material and adverse effect on our business.

Use or delivery of our services may become subject to new or increased regulatory requirements, taxes or fees.

The increasing growth and popularity of Internet voice communications heighten the risk that governments will regulate or impose new or increased fees or taxes on Internet voice communications services. To the extent that the use of our services continues to grow, regulators may be more likely to seek to regulate or impose new or additional taxes, surcharges or fees on our services. Similarly, advances in technology, such as improvements in locating the geographic origin of Internet voice communications, could cause our services to become subject to additional regulations, fees or taxes, or could require us to invest in or develop new technologies, which may be costly. In addition, as we

 

-28-


Table of Contents

continue to expand our user base and offer more services, we may become subject to new regulations, taxes, surcharges or fees. Increased regulatory requirements, taxes, surcharges or fees on Internet voice communications services, which could be assessed by governments retroactively or prospectively, would substantially increase our costs, and, as a result, our business would suffer. In addition, the tax status of our services could subject us to conflicting taxation requirements and complexity with regard to the collection and remittance of applicable taxes. Any such additional taxes could harm our results of operations.

Our emergency and E-911 calling services may expose us to significant liability.

The FCC requires Internet voice communications providers, such as our company, to provide E-911 service in all geographic areas covered by the traditional wire-line E-911 network. Under the FCC’s rules, Internet voice communications providers must transmit the caller’s phone number and registered location information to the appropriate public safety answering point, or PSAP, for the caller’s registered location. Our CLEC services are also required by the FCC and state regulators to provide E-911 service to the extent that they are accessed by end users.

We provide E-911 service in compliance with the FCC’s rules to substantially all of our customers’ interconnected VoIP lines. In some circumstances, 911 calls may be routed to a national emergency call center that routes the call to the appropriate PSAP. In addition, certain of our Internet voice communications services that work with mobile devices and are accessed through Wi-Fi networks may not be able to complete 911 calls. The FCC is considering requiring providers of Internet voice communications services on mobile devices to provide E-911 service. The adoption of such a requirement could increase our costs and make our service more expensive, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

In May 2013, the FCC issued an order requiring all providers of interconnected text messaging services to provide, by September 30, 2013, an automatic bounce-back text message in situations where a consumer attempts to text message to 911 in a location where text-to-911 is not available. We are currently evaluating our ability to comply with the FCC order by the September 30, 2013 deadline.

In connection with the FCC requirement that we provide E-911 to all of our interconnected VoIP customers, we must obtain from each customer, prior to the initiation of service, the physical locations at which the service will first be used for each VoIP line. For services that can be utilized from more than one physical location, we must provide customers one or more methods of updating their physical location. Because we do not validate the physical address at each location where the services may be used by our customers, and because customers may use the services in locations that differ from the registered location without providing us with the updated information, it is possible that E-911 calls may get routed to the wrong public safety answering point, or PSAP. We are also aware that certain customer registered addresses are incorrect, or may not have been updated. If E-911 calls are not routed to the correct PSAP, and if the delay results in serious injury or death, we could be sued and the damages substantial. We are evaluating measures to attempt to verify and update the addresses for locations where our services are used.

We could be subject to enforcement action by the FCC for our customer lines that do not have E-911 service or an FCC challenge to our implementation in full. This enforcement action could result in significant monetary penalties and restrictions on our ability to offer non-compliant services.

Customers may in the future attempt to hold us responsible for any loss, damage, personal injury, or death suffered as a result of delayed or uncompleted emergency service calls. The New and Emerging Technologies 911 Improvement Act of 2008 provides that Internet voice communications providers have the same protections from liability for the operation of 911 service as traditional wire-line and wireless

 

-29-


Table of Contents

providers. Limitations on liability for the provision of 911 service are normally governed by state law, and these limitations typically are not absolute. It is also unclear under the FCC’s rules whether the limitations on liability would apply to those customer lines for which we do not provide E-911 service.

We rely on third parties to provide the majority of our customer service and support representatives and to fulfill various aspects of our E-911 service. If these third parties do not provide our customers with reliable, high-quality service, our reputation will be harmed, and we may lose customers.

We offer customer support through both our online account management website and our toll-free customer support number. Our customer support is currently provided via a third-party provider located in the Philippines, as well as our employees in the U.S. We currently offer support almost exclusively in English. Our third-party providers generally provide customer service and support to our customers without identifying themselves as independent parties. The ability to support our customers may be disrupted by natural disasters, inclement weather conditions, civil unrest, strikes and other adverse events in the Philippines. Furthermore, as we expand our operations internationally, we may need to make significant expenditures and investments in our customer service and support to adequately address the complex needs of international customers, such as support in multiple foreign languages.

We also contract with third parties to provide E-911 services, including assistance in routing emergency calls and terminating E-911 calls. Our providers operate a national call center that is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week, to receive certain emergency calls and maintain PSAP databases for the purpose of deploying and operating E-911 services. On mobile devices, we generally rely on the underlying cellular or wireless carrier to provide E-911 services. Interruptions in service from our vendors could cause failures in our customers’ access to E-911 services and expose us to liability and damage our reputation.

If any of these third parties do not provide reliable, high-quality service, our reputation and our business will be harmed. In addition, industry consolidation among providers of services to us may impact our ability to obtain these services or increase our costs for these services.

We are in the process of expanding our international operations, which exposes us to significant risks.

To date, we have not generated significant revenues from outside of the U.S. and Canada. However, we already have significant operations outside the U.S. and Canada, and we expect to grow our international revenues in the future. The future success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our operations and customer base worldwide. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the U.S. Because of our limited experience with international operations and developing and managing sales and distribution channels in international markets, our international expansion efforts may not be successful. In addition, we will face risks in doing business internationally that could materially and adversely affect our business, including:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to comply with differing technical and environmental standards, data privacy and telecommunications regulations and certification requirements outside the U.S.;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties and costs associated with staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

  Ÿ  

potentially greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles;

 

  Ÿ  

the need to adapt and localize our services for specific countries;

 

  Ÿ  

the need to offer customer care in various native languages;

 

-30-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

availability of reliable broadband connectivity and wide area networks in targeted areas for expansion;

 

  Ÿ  

lower levels of adoption of credit or debit card usage for Internet related purchases by foreign customers and compliance with various foreign regulations related to credit or debit card processing and data privacy requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in understanding and complying with local laws, regulations, and customs in foreign jurisdictions;

 

  Ÿ  

export controls and economic sanctions administered by the Department of Commerce Bureau of Industry and Security and the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control;

 

  Ÿ  

tariffs and other non-tariff barriers, such as quotas and local content rules;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with various anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010;

 

  Ÿ  

more limited protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

  Ÿ  

adverse tax consequences;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could increase the price of our services outside of the U.S., increase the expenses of our international operations, including expenses related to foreign contractors, and expose us to foreign currency exchange rate risk;

 

  Ÿ  

exchange control regulations, which might restrict or prohibit our conversion of other currencies into U.S. Dollars;

 

  Ÿ  

restrictions on the transfer of funds;

 

  Ÿ  

new and different sources of competition;

 

  Ÿ  

deterioration of political relations between the U.S. and other countries, particularly Russia, Ukraine, China and the Philippines; and

 

  Ÿ  

political or social unrest or economic instability in a specific country or region.

Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully could harm our future international operations and our overall business.

We depend largely on the continued services of our senior management and other key employees, the loss of any of whom could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our future performance depends on the continued services and contributions of our senior management and other key employees to execute on our business plan, and to identify and pursue opportunities and services innovations. The loss of services of senior management or other key employees could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives. In particular, we depend to a considerable degree on the vision, skills, experience and effort of our co-founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Vladimir Shmunis. None of our executive officers or other senior management personnel is bound by a written employment agreement and any of them may therefore terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. The replacement of any of these senior management personnel would likely involve significant time and costs, and such loss could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives. In addition, certain members of our senior management team, including our President, who joined us in June 2013, and our Chief Financial Officer, who joined us in August 2013, have worked together for only a relatively short period of time and it may be difficult to evaluate their effectiveness, on an individual or collective basis, and ability to address future challenges to our business. The loss of the services of our senior management or other key employees for any reason could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

-31-


Table of Contents

If we are unable to hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, our business will suffer.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel. We believe that there is, and will continue to be, intense competition for highly skilled technical and other personnel with experience in our industry in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our headquarters is located, and in other locations where we maintain offices. We must provide competitive compensation packages and a high-quality work environment to hire, retain and motivate employees. If we are unable to retain and motivate our existing employees and attract qualified personnel to fill key positions, we may be unable to manage our business effectively, including the development, marketing and sale of existing and new services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or divulged proprietary or other confidential information.

Volatility in, or lack of performance of, our stock price may also affect our ability to attract and retain key personnel. Many of our key personnel are, or will soon be, vested in a substantial amount of shares of common stock or stock options. Employees may be more likely to terminate their employment with us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares or the exercise prices of the options, or if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly above the market price of our Class A common stock. If we are unable to retain our employees, our business, results of operations, and financial condition will be harmed.

We may expand through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies, each of which may divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders, increase expenses, disrupt our operations and harm our results of operations.

Our business strategy may, from time to time, include acquiring or investing in complementary services, technologies or businesses. We cannot assure you that we will successfully identify suitable acquisition candidates, integrate or manage disparate technologies, lines of business, personnel and corporate cultures, realize our business strategy or the expected return on our investment, or manage a geographically dispersed company. Any such acquisition or investment could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. Acquisitions and other strategic investments involve significant risks and uncertainties, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the potential failure to achieve the expected benefits of the combination or acquisition;

 

  Ÿ  

unanticipated costs and liabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in integrating new products and services, software, businesses, operations and technology infrastructure in an efficient and effective manner;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in maintaining customer relations;

 

  Ÿ  

the potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

the diversion of the attention of our senior management from the operation of our daily business;

 

  Ÿ  

the potential adverse effect on our cash position to the extent that we use cash for the purchase price;

 

  Ÿ  

the potential significant increase of our interest expense, leverage, and debt service requirements if we incur additional debt to pay for an acquisition;

 

  Ÿ  

the potential issuance of securities that would dilute our stockholders’ percentage ownership;

 

  Ÿ  

the potential to incur large and immediate write-offs and restructuring and other related expenses; and

 

  Ÿ  

the inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, policies and procedures.

 

-32-


Table of Contents

Any acquisition or investment could expose us to unknown liabilities. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we will realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition or investment. In addition, our inability to successfully operate and integrate newly acquired businesses appropriately, effectively, and in a timely manner could impair our ability to take advantage of future growth opportunities and other advances in technology, as well as on our revenues, gross margins and expenses.

We may be subject to liabilities on past sales for taxes, surcharges and fees.

Prior to 2012, we did not collect or remit U.S. state or municipal sales, use, excise, utility user and ad valorem taxes, fees or surcharges on the charges to our customers for our services or goods, except that we have historically complied with the collection of certain California sales/use taxes and financial contributions to the California 9-1-1 system (the Emergency Telephone Users Surcharge) and federal USF. For periods prior to 2012, with limited exception, we believe that we were generally not subject to taxes, fees, or surcharges imposed by other U.S. state and municipal jurisdictions or that such taxes, fees, or surcharges did not apply to our service. There is uncertainty as to what constitutes sufficient “in state presence” for a state to levy taxes, fees and surcharges for sales made over the Internet. Therefore, taxing authorities may challenge our position and may decide to audit our business and operations with respect to sales, use, telecommunications and other taxes, which could result in increased tax liabilities for us or our customers, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and our relationships with our customers.

In 2012, we voluntarily began collecting and remitting U.S. state sales, use or other taxes, surcharges, and fees. The collection of these taxes, fees, or surcharges could have the effect of decreasing or eliminating price advantages we may have had over other providers. We may not accurately calculate these taxes, particularly in foreign jurisdictions. In addition, we have recorded a contingent sales tax liability for sales prior to 2012. If our ultimate liability exceeds the collected and accrued amount, it could result in significant charges to our earnings.

Finally, the application of other indirect taxes (such as sales and use tax, value added tax, or VAT, goods and services tax, business tax, and gross receipt tax) to e-commerce businesses, such as ours, is a complex and evolving area. In November 2007, the U.S. federal government enacted legislation extending the moratorium on states and other local authorities imposing access or discriminatory taxes on the Internet through November 2014. This moratorium does not prohibit federal, state, or local authorities from collecting taxes on our income or from collecting taxes that are due under existing tax rules. The application of existing, new, or future laws, whether in the U.S. or internationally, could have adverse effects on our business, prospects, and results of operations. There have been, and will continue to be, substantial ongoing costs associated with complying with the various indirect tax requirements in the numerous markets in which we conduct or will conduct business.

Changes in effective tax rates, or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns, could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

expiration of, or lapses in, the research and development tax credit laws;

 

  Ÿ  

expiration or non-utilization of net operating loss carryforwards;

 

  Ÿ  

tax effects of share-based compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

certain non-deductible expenses as a result of acquisitions;

 

-33-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

expansion into new jurisdictions;

 

  Ÿ  

costs related to intercompany arrangements; and

 

  Ÿ  

changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof.

We may be unable to use some or all of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could materially and adversely affect our reported financial condition and results of operations.

As of December 31, 2012, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, due to prior period losses, which, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2023 and 2013 for federal and state purposes, respectively. We also have federal research tax credit carryforwards that will begin to expire in 2028. Realization of these net operating loss and research tax credit carryforwards depends on future income, and there is a risk that our existing carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, such as research tax credits, in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders, who own at least 5% of our stock, increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws.

As of December 31, 2012, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $61.9 million and $60.4 million, respectively, available to offset future taxable income, which expire in various years through 2023 if not utilized. No deferred tax assets have been recognized on our balance sheet related to these NOLs, as they are fully reserved by a valuation allowance. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs before they expire. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and similar state law provisions, substantial changes in our ownership may limit the amount of pre-change NOLs that can be utilized annually in the future to offset taxable income. Section 382 of the Code imposes limitations on a company’s ability to use NOLs if a company experiences a more-than-50-percent ownership change over a three-year testing period. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs, even if we achieve profitability. If we are limited in our ability to use our NOLs in future years in which we have taxable income, we will pay more taxes than if we were able to fully utilize our NOLs. This could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will need to further develop and maintain our internal control over financial reporting. If our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, it may adversely affect investor confidence in our company.

We may be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting.

We are in the early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. For example, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2011, our

 

-34-


Table of Contents

independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness that our independent registered public accounting firm identified related to our lack of sufficient, qualified personnel in accounting and financial reporting matters to perform process level controls and other controls. We believe that we remediated this material weakness in 2012.

However, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2012, our independent registered public accounting firm identified two significant deficiencies. A “significant deficiency” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of our financial reporting. The significant deficiencies that our independent registered public accounting firm identified in connection with our fiscal 2012 audit related to our lack of sufficient controls to enable our timely remittance of sales tax liabilities and inadequate controls related to the accounting process and incomplete documentation of accounting and financial period close procedures.

If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls when it is required to do so by the applicable rules, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the recently enacted Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. As a result, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future.

We may not be successful in obtaining local access services through our newly-created CLEC.

We have formed a competitive local exchange carrier subsidiary, RCLEC, to allow us to purchase network services directly from ILECs and from other CLECs in certain geographic markets, at lower prices than we pay for such services through third-party network service providers, such as Level 3 Communications, Inc. and Bandwidth.com, Inc., and to help us improve our quality of service. However, the ILECs may favor themselves and their affiliates and may not provide network services to us at lower prices than we could obtain through Level 3 Communications, Inc., Bandwidth.com, Inc., other third-party CLECs, or at all. If we are unable to reduce our pricing as a result of obtaining network services through our subsidiary, we may be forced to rely on other third-party network service providers and be unable to effectively lower our cost of service. Further, creation and maintenance of a CLEC requires significant expenditures, and we may not realize much or any benefit from our investment in our subsidiary if we do not reduce our costs of network service through our subsidiary. In addition, if ILECs or other CLECs do not provide us with any access, we will not be able to use our RCLEC subsidiary as intended to improve the quality of our services or lower the cost of our services.

 

-35-


Table of Contents

If we are unable to effectively process local number and toll-free number portability provisioning in a timely manner, our growth may be negatively affected.

We support local number and toll-free number portability, which allows our customers to transfer to us and thereby retain their existing phone numbers when subscribing to our services. Transferring numbers is a manual process that can take up to 15 business days or longer to complete. A new customer of our services must maintain both our service and the customer’s existing phone service during the number transferring process. Any delay that we experience in transferring these numbers typically results from the fact that we depend on third-party carriers to transfer these numbers, a process that we do not control, and these third-party carriers may refuse or substantially delay the transfer of these numbers to us. Local number portability is considered an important feature by many potential customers, and if we fail to reduce any related delays, we may experience increased difficulty in acquiring new customers. Moreover, the FCC requires Internet voice communications providers, which are companies like us that provide services similar to traditional phone companies, including the ability to make calls to and receive calls from the public phone network, to comply with specified number porting timeframes when customers leave our service for the services of another provider. If we, or our third-party carriers, are unable to process number portability requests within the requisite timeframes, we could be subject to fines and penalties. Additionally, both customers and carriers may seek relief from the relevant state public utility commission, the FCC, or in state or federal court for violation of local number portability requirements.

Our business could suffer if we cannot obtain or retain direct inward dialing numbers, or DIDs, are prohibited from obtaining local or toll-free numbers , or are limited to distributing local or toll-free numbers to only certain customers.

Our future success depends on our ability to procure large quantities of local and toll-free DIDs in the U.S. and foreign countries in desirable locations at a reasonable cost and without restrictions. Our ability to procure and distribute DIDs depends on factors outside of our control, such as applicable regulations, the practices of the communications carriers that provide DIDs, the cost of these DIDs, and the level of demand for new DIDs. Due to their limited availability, there are certain popular area code prefixes that we generally cannot obtain. Our inability to acquire DIDs for our operations would make our services less attractive to potential customers in the affected local geographic areas. In addition, future growth in our customer base, together with growth in the customer bases of other providers of cloud-based business communications, has increased, which increases our dependence on needing sufficiently large quantities of DIDs.

We rely on third-party hardware and software that may be difficult to replace or which could cause errors or failures of our service.

We rely on purchased or leased hardware and software licensed from third parties in order to offer our service. In some cases, we integrate third-party licensed software components into our platform. This hardware and software may not continue to be available at reasonable prices or on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could significantly increase our expenses and otherwise result in delays in the provisioning of our service until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated. Any errors or defects in third-party hardware or software could result in errors or a failure of our service which could harm our business.

We depend on two vendors and one fulfillment agent to configure and deliver the phones that we sell, and any delay or interruption in manufacturing, configuring and delivering by these third parties would result in delayed or reduced shipments to our customers and may harm our business.

We rely on Cisco Systems, Inc. and Polycom, Inc. for phones that we offer for sale to our customers that use our services. In addition, we rely on one fulfillment agent to configure and deliver

 

-36-


Table of Contents

our phones to our customers. We currently do not have long-term contracts with these vendors or with the fulfillment agent. As a result, these third parties are not obligated to provide products to or perform services for us for any specific period, in any specific quantities or at any specific price, except as may be provided in a particular purchase order. If these third parties are unable to deliver phones of acceptable quality or in a timely manner, our ability to bring services to market, the reliability of our services and our reputation could suffer. We expect that it could take several months to effectively transition to new third-party manufacturers or fulfillment agents.

If our vendor-supplied phones are not able to interoperate effectively with our own back-end servers and systems, our customers may not be able to use our service, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Phones must interoperate with our back-end servers and systems, which contain complex specifications and utilize multiple protocol standards and software applications. Currently, the phones we sell are manufactured by only two third-party providers, Cisco Systems, Inc. and Polycom, Inc. If either of these providers changes the operation of their phones, we will be required to undertake development and testing efforts to ensure that the new phones interoperate with our system. These efforts may require significant capital and employee resources, and we may not accomplish these development efforts quickly or cost-effectively, if at all. If our vendor-supplied phones do not interoperate effectively with our system, our customers’ ability to use our services could be delayed or orders for our services could be cancelled, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to manage our inventory levels effectively, which may lead to inventory obsolescence that would force us to incur inventory write-downs.

Our vendor-supplied phones have lead times of up to 20 weeks for delivery and are built to forecasts that are necessarily imprecise. It is likely that from time to time we will have either excess or insufficient product inventory. In addition, because we rely on third-party vendors for the supply of our vendor-supplied phones, our inventory levels are subject to the conditions regarding the timing of purchase orders and delivery dates that are not within our control. Excess inventory levels would subject us to the risk of inventory obsolescence, while insufficient levels of inventory may negatively affect relations with customers. For instance, our customers rely upon our ability to meet committed delivery dates, and any disruption in the supply of our services could result in loss of customers or harm to our ability to attract new customers. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may require additional capital to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances. If capital is not available to us, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We intend to continue to make expenditures and investments to support the growth of our business and may require additional capital to pursue our business objectives and respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances, including the need to develop new solutions or enhance our existing solutions, enhance our operating infrastructure, and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. However, additional funds may not be available when we need them, on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Any debt financing that we secure in the future could involve further restrictive covenants, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities. In addition, volatility in the credit markets may have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain debt financing. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of

 

-37-


Table of Contents

our Class A common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Our corporate headquarters, one of our data centers and co-location facilities, our sole third-party customer service and support facility, and a research and development facility are located near known earthquake fault zones, and the occurrence of an earthquake, tsunami or other catastrophic disaster could damage our facilities or the facilities of our contractors, which could cause us to curtail our operations.

Our corporate headquarters, one of our data centers and one of our subsidiary’s co-location facilities are located in northern California, our customer service call center operated by our contractor is located in the Philippines, and one of our research and development facilities is located on the coast of China. All of these locations are on the Pacific Rim near known earthquake fault zones and, therefore, are vulnerable to damage from earthquakes and tsunamis. Additionally, our China facility, our sole third-party customer service and support facility in the Philippines, and our CLEC subsidiary’s co-location facility in Florida are located in areas subject to hurricanes. We and our contractors are also vulnerable to other types of disasters, such as power loss, fire, floods, pandemics, cyber attack, war, political unrest and terrorist attacks and similar events that are beyond our control. If any disasters were to occur, our ability to operate our business could be seriously impaired, and we may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, loss of intellectual property, delays in our services development, lengthy interruptions in our services, breaches of data security and loss of critical data, all of which could harm our future results of operations. In addition, we do not carry earthquake insurance and we may not have adequate insurance to cover our losses resulting from other disasters or other similar significant business interruptions. Any significant losses that are not recoverable under our insurance policies could seriously impair our business and financial condition.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the securities exchange on which our Class A common stock will be traded and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and results of operations. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which will increase our costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are

 

-38-


Table of Contents

subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. Our failure to comply with these laws, regulations and standards could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

However, for as long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act we will take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, exemption from the requirement to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of (i) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (iv) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in more litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor. These claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we will take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that apply to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

-39-


Table of Contents

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of this extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

Risks Related to Owning Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

An active trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop and the market price for our Class A common stock may decline below the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock. An active trading market for our Class A common stock may never develop or be sustained, which could adversely impact your ability to sell your shares and could depress the market price of your shares. In addition, the public offering price for our Class A common stock has been determined through negotiations among us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market upon completion of this offering. Consequently, you may be unable to sell your shares of our Class A common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid for them.

The market price of our Class A common stock is likely to be volatile and could decline following this offering, resulting in a substantial loss of your investment.

The stock market in general, and the market for technology-related stocks in particular, has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price and trading volume for our Class A common stock may also be highly volatile, and investors in our Class A common stock may experience a decrease in the value of their shares, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. Factors that could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate significantly include:

 

  Ÿ  

our operating and financial performance and prospects and the performance of other similar companies;

 

  Ÿ  

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

  Ÿ  

conditions that impact demand for our services;

 

  Ÿ  

the public’s reaction to our press releases, financial guidance, and other public announcements, and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities or research analysts who track our Class A common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

market and industry perception of our success, or lack thereof, in pursuing our growth strategy;

 

  Ÿ  

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in government and other regulations;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

  Ÿ  

arrival and departure of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the number of shares to be publicly traded after this offering;

 

-40-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

sales of common stock by us, our investors or members of our management team; and

 

  Ÿ  

changes in general market, economic, and political conditions in the U.S. and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from natural disasters, telecommunications failure, cyber attack, civil unrest in various parts of the world, acts of war, terrorist attacks, or other catastrophic events.

Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the trading volume and market price of our Class A common stock and may prevent you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for your shares of our Class A common stock. Following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, stockholders often file securities class-action lawsuits against such company. Our involvement in a class-action suit could divert our senior management’s attention and, if adversely determined, could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market could cause our share price to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Based upon the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2013, upon completion of this offering, we will have            shares of Class B common stock and            shares of Class A common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options and the sale of            shares of Class A common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders.

All of the shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining            shares of Class B common stock outstanding after this offering, based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2013 and assuming the conversion of all shares of our preferred stock into shares of our Class B common stock, will be restricted as a result of securities laws, lock-up agreements, or other contractual restrictions that restrict transfers for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions.

After the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 31,956,794 shares of Class B common stock, or    % of our total outstanding common stock, based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2013 and giving effect to the sale of shares by the selling stockholders, including holders of warrants exercisable for 260,159 shares of Class B common stock, in each case calculated on a fully diluted basis, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to registration of these shares under the Securities Act pursuant to an investors’ rights agreement. Shares of our Class B common stock automatically will convert into shares of our Class A common stock upon any sale or transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective upon completion of this offering. If these holders of our Class B common stock, by exercising their registration rights, sell a large number of shares, they could materially and adversely affect the market price for our Class A common stock. If we file a registration statement for the purposes of selling additional shares to raise capital and are required to include shares held by these holders pursuant to the exercise of their registration rights, our ability to raise capital may be impaired. In addition, as of June 30, 2013, there were outstanding options to purchase 9,743,107 shares of our Class B common stock, 4,386,462 shares of which were vested as of June 30, 2013. Immediately following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement registering the shares issuable upon the exercise of these existing options, and for the             shares reserved for

 

-41-


Table of Contents

issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Assuming effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-8, these shares will be freely tradable, although they will be subject to the lock-up arrangements we describe below and elsewhere in this prospectus and vesting limitations.

In connection with this offering, we, our directors and officers, and substantially all of our stockholders and holders of options to purchase our stock, have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or enter into, any transaction that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition of any shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. In the case of releases with respect to our officers or directors, the representatives of the underwriters will, at least three business days before the effective date of such release, notify us of the impending release. We have agreed to announce such release by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of securities held by our stockholders or the availability of these securities for future sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock. See “Underwriting” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling our securities after this offering.

We may also issue shares of our Class A common stock or other securities from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares of our Class A common stock, or the number or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be, of other securities that we may issue may in turn be substantial. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of our Class A common stock or other securities in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.

The dual class structure of our common stock as contained in our charter documents has the effect of concentrating voting control with a limited number of stockholders that held our stock prior to this offering, including our founders and our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, and venture capital investors, and limiting your ability to influence corporate matters.

Our Class B common stock has 10 votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this offering, has one vote per share. Stockholders who hold shares of Class B common stock, including our founders, previous investors and our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, will together hold approximately    % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following this offering. As a result, for the foreseeable future, our existing stockholders will have significant influence over the management and affairs of our company and over the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger, consolidation or sale of substantially all of our assets.

In addition, the holders of Class B common stock collectively will continue to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if their stock holdings represent less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock so long as the shares of Class B common stock represent at least 10% of all outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, and, as a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, which will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative

 

-42-


Table of Contents

voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. If, for example, Mr. Shmunis retains a significant portion of his holdings of Class B common stock for an extended period of time, he could, in the future, control a majority of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock. As a board member, Mr. Shmunis owes a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of our stockholders. As a stockholder, even a controlling stockholder, Mr. Shmunis is entitled to vote his shares in his own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally. For a description of the dual class structure, see “Description of Capital Stock—Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Anti-Takeover Law.”

Because the initial public offering price for shares of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock immediately following this offering, new investors will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A and Class B common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase Class A common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $        per share, representing the difference between the price per share you paid for our Class A common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2013, after giving effect to the issuance of            shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. Furthermore, investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will only own approximately    % of our outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock (and have    % of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock) after the offering even though the new investors’ aggregate investment will represent    % of the total consideration received by us in connection with all initial sales of            shares of our capital stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013, after giving effect to the issuance of            shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering and            shares of our Class A common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders. See “Dilution” on page 52 for a more complete description of how the value of your investment in our Class A common stock will be diluted upon the completion of this offering.

We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

We intend to use the net proceeds from our offering for working capital or other general corporate purposes. We may also repay in part or in full the outstanding principal and accrued interest on our term loans. In addition, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for capital expenditures and for possible acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. Therefore, you must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. The failure by our management to apply these proceeds effectively could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our results of operations or market value. Until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce significant income or that may lose value.

We have never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock.

We currently do not plan to declare dividends on share of our common stock in the foreseeable future and plan to, instead, retain any earnings to finance our operations and growth. Because we have

 

-43-


Table of Contents

never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, the only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our company will be if the market price of our Class A common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. There is no guarantee that the price of our Class A common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering will ever exceed the price that you pay.

If research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our Class A common stock, our stock price and trading volume may decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that research analysts publish about us and our business. If we do not establish and maintain adequate research coverage or if one or more analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our Class A common stock may decline. If one or more of the research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common stock may decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect at or upon consummation of this offering and under Delaware corporate law could make an acquisition of us more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will include provisions that:

 

  Ÿ  

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 100,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock;

 

  Ÿ  

require that, once our outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock, any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent; specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the Chair of our board of directors, or our Chief Executive Officer;

 

  Ÿ  

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

  Ÿ  

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

  Ÿ  

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

  Ÿ  

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of a supermajority of our outstanding shares of capital stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation; and

 

  Ÿ  

reflect two classes of common stock, as discussed above.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board

 

-44-


Table of Contents

of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we intend to reincorporate in Delaware, we will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder.

 

-45-


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends affecting our business. Forward-looking statements should not be read as guarantees of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available to our management at the date of this prospectus and our management’s good faith belief as of such date with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

 

  Ÿ  

our financial performance, including our revenues, margins, costs, expenditures, growth rates, operating expenses, the ability to generate positive cash flow and to become profitable;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to successfully maintain our relationships with our resellers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to attract and retain customers, including large customers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to adapt to changing market conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

the effects of increased competition in our markets;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to successfully enter new markets and manage our international expansion;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our brand and intellectual property;

 

  Ÿ  

costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to develop and launch new services and features; and

 

  Ÿ  

other factors discussed in this prospectus under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

In addition, in this prospectus, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “seek,” “might,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “approximately,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative or plural of these words or similar expressions, as they relate to our company, business and management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the future events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which we base on many assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions based on new information, future events or otherwise. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and other statistical data that we have obtained or derived from industry publications and reports, including reports from Infonetics Research, Gartner, Inc., or Gartner, and International Data Corporation, or IDC. These industry publications and reports generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. This information involves a number of assumptions, limitations and estimates, and we cannot assure you that any of them will prove to be accurate. Based on our industry experience, we believe that these publications and reports are reliable and that the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are reasonable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the industry publications and reports.

The Gartner report described herein, or the Gartner Report, represents data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner. The Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report are subject to change without notice.

 

-47-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the Class A common stock that we are offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Our net proceeds will increase by approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us of this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as listed on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from shares sold by the selling stockholders.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our Class A common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering for working capital or other general corporate purposes, including additional marketing expenditures, the expansion of our sales organization, international expansion, and further development of our solutions. We also intend to use a portion of the net proceeds for capital expenditures for expansion of our network infrastructure as we grow our customer base in the U.S. and internationally.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding principal and accrued interest on our existing loans with TriplePoint Capital LLC. As of June 30, 2013, the outstanding balance of our equipment line was approximately $6.9 million and bore interest at a fixed rate of 5.75%, and the outstanding balance of our growth capital loan was approximately $8.5 million and bore interest at a fixed rate of 8.5%. We borrowed an additional $5.0 million in August 2013 under our amended growth capital loan and security agreement with TriplePoint Capital LLC.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding principal and accrued interest on our existing loan with Silicon Valley Bank. As of June 30, 2013, the outstanding balance of this loan was approximately $4.7 million and bore interest at a floating rate of 2.75% above the prime rate per annum. We borrowed an additional $15.8 million in August 2013 under our amended loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank.

In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds that we receive from this offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets.

The amount and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the cash used in or generated by our operations, the status of our development, the level of our sales and marketing activities, and our technology investments and acquisitions. Our management has discretion over many of these factors. Therefore, we are unable to estimate the amount or timing of net proceeds from this offering that will be used for any of the purposes described above. Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We cannot predict whether the invested proceeds will yield a favorable return.

 

-48-


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund business development and growth, and we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, under the terms of our current credit facilities, we are prohibited from declaring or paying cash dividends without the prior consent of Silicon Valley Bank and TriplePoint Capital LLC.

 

-49-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table shows our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June 30, 2013 on:

 

  Ÿ  

an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to (1) the filing and effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation in Delaware, which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock into an aggregate of 53,298,648 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (3) the conversion of all warrants to purchase preferred stock and common stock into warrants to purchase 370,159 shares of Class B common stock, as if such conversions had occurred on June 30, 2013; and

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the sale by us of              shares of Class A common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing as well as our actual expenses. You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2013  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As  Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,366      $ 19,366      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt and capital lease obligations, current and long-term

     20,726        20,726     

Shareholder’s equity:

      

Convertible preferred stock, no par value; 32,294 shares authorized as of June 30, 2013; 30,369 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013; aggregate liquidation preference of $74,496 as of June 30, 2013, actual; no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013, pro forma; no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013, pro forma as adjusted

     74,020        -        -   

Common stock, no par value; 65,000 shares authorized as of June 30, 2013; 22,930 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013, actual; no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013, pro forma; no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013, pro forma as adjusted

     -        -        -   

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013, actual; no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013, pro forma;              shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013, pro forma as adjusted

     -        -     

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013, actual; 53,180 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013, pro forma; 53,180 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013, pro forma as adjusted

     -        5     

Additional paid-in capital

     12,634        86,649     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     159        159     

Accumulated deficit

     (107,538     (107,538  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (20,725     (20,725  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1      $ 1      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by

 

-50-


Table of Contents
 

approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock reflected in the discussion and table above is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 53,298,648 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as converted basis) outstanding on a pro forma basis, as of June 30, 2013, and excludes, as of June 30, 2013:

 

  Ÿ  

3,737,232 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2013 granted pursuant to our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.95 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

6,005,875 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2013 granted pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.22 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

             additional shares of Class A common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, consisting of:

 

  Ÿ  

             shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness; and

 

  Ÿ  

370,159 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.15 per share.

 

-51-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of June 30, 2013 was $(20.7) million, or $(0.91) per share. Historical net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of outstanding common stock.

After giving effect to the (i) automatic conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into our Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of             shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2013 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2013

   $                   

Increase per share attributable to this offering

     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share and the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share and the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholders in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A and Class B common stock, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $         per share of Class A common stock.

The table below summarizes as of June 30, 2013, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the

 

-52-


Table of Contents

midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price

Per Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                             $                

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

               $                 
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock reflected in the discussion and tables above is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 53,298,648 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as converted basis) outstanding, as of June 30, 2013, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

3,737,232 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2013 granted pursuant to our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.95 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

6,005,875 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2013 granted pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.22 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

             additional shares of Class A common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, consisting of:

 

  Ÿ  

            shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness; and

 

  Ÿ  

370,159 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.15 per share.

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to              shares, or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to             shares, or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new options are issued under our share-based compensation plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all outstanding options under our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan and 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2013 were exercised, then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering. In such event, the total consideration paid by our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would be approximately $         million, or     %, the total consideration paid by our new investors would be $         million, or     %, the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders would be $         and the average price per share paid by our new investors would be $        .

 

-53-


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2013 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair statement of our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the six months ended June 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2013 or any other period.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
          (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenues:

         

Services

  $ 46,385      $ 71,915      $ 105,693      $ 47,699      $ 66,744   

Product

    3,837        6,962        8,833        4,115        6,485   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    50,222        78,877        114,526        51,814        73,229   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

         

Services (1)

    17,915        26,475        36,215        17,119        22,098   

Product

    4,537        6,523        8,688        4,182        6,301   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    22,452        32,998        44,903        21,301        28,399   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    27,770        45,879        69,623        30,513        44,830   

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development (1)

    7,208        12,199        24,450        11,037        16,110   

Sales and marketing (1)

    22,922        34,550        54,566        25,844        33,466   

General and administrative (1)

    4,934        12,969        24,434        12,079        17,781   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    35,064        59,718        103,450        48,960        67,357   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (7,294     (13,839     (33,827     (18,447     (22,527
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

         

Interest expense

    (184     (158     (1,503     (230     (1,227

Other income (expense), net

    172        109        32        (28     (247
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

    (12     (49     (1,471     (258     (1,474
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (7,306     (13,888     (35,298     (18,705     (24,001

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    1        15        92        33        (120
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (7,307   $ (13,903   $ (35,390   $ (18,738   $ (23,881
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

         

Basic and diluted

  ($ 0.35   ($ 0.64   ($ 1.58   ($ 0.84   ($ 1.05
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share:

         

Basic and diluted

    20,871        21,678        22,353        22,251        22,699   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited):

         

Basic and diluted

      $ (0.67     $ (0.45
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share (unaudited):

         

Basic and diluted

        52,722          53,068   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

-54-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Share-based compensation expense is included in our results of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010      2011      2012      2012      2013  
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Cost of services revenues

   $ 58       $ 141       $ 235       $ 109       $ 168   

Research and development

     111         260         837         313         517   

Sales and marketing

     340         297         651         330         404   

General and administrative

     311         490         1,379         463         1,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 820       $ 1,188       $ 3,102       $ 1,215       $ 2,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of
December 31,
    As of
June 30,
2013
 
     2011     2012    
                 (unaudited)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,577      $ 37,864      $ 19,366   

Working capital (deficit)

     (5,147     (484     (22,776

Total assets

     27,362        63,354        48,500   

Deferred revenue

     9,042        11,291        13,707   

Debt and capital lease obligations, current and long-term

     979        21,079        20,726   

Convertible preferred stock

     44,109        74,020        74,020   

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

     1,452        71        (20,725

 

-55-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.” Our fiscal year end is December 31 and our fiscal quarters end on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31. Our fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 are referred to as fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, respectively.

Overview

We are a leading provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions for business communications. We believe that our innovative, cloud-based approach disrupts the large market for business communications solutions by providing flexible and cost-effective services that support distributed workforces, mobile employees and the proliferation of “bring-your-own” communications devices. We enable convenient and effective communications for our customers, across all their locations, all their employees, all the time, thus enabling a more productive and dynamic workforce. RingCentral Office, our flagship service, is a multi-user, enterprise-grade communications solution that enables our customers and their employees to communicate via voice, text and fax, on multiple devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones.

We founded our business in 1999 and currently offer three services: RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional, and RingCentral Fax. Prior to 2009, substantially all of our revenues were derived from RingCentral Professional, which we previously sold as RingCentral Mobile, and, RingCentral Fax and Extreme Fax, a discontinued service. In 2009, we began selling RingCentral Office, our current flagship service, to deliver an enterprise-grade SaaS multi-user communications solution, with advanced inbound and outbound voice, text and fax capabilities, delivered as a scalable solution.

We primarily generate revenues by selling subscriptions for our RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional, and RingCentral Fax offerings. RingCentral Office is offered at monthly subscription rates, varying with the specific functionalities and services and the number of users. RingCentral Professional is offered at monthly subscription rates that vary based on the desired number of minutes usage and extensions allotted to the plan. RingCentral Fax is offered at monthly subscription rates that vary based on the desired number of pages and phone numbers allotted to the plan. RingCentral Office customers generally pay higher monthly subscription rates than customers of our other service offerings. Our subscription plans have historically had monthly or annual contractual terms, although we also have subscription plans with multi-year contractual terms, generally with larger customers. We believe that this flexibility in contract duration and termination is important to meet the different needs of our customers. Generally, our fees for subscription plans have been billed in advance via credit card. However, as the number of RingCentral Office customers grows, we expect to bill more customers through commercial invoices with customary payment terms and, accordingly, our levels of accounts receivable may increase. For fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2012, services revenues accounted for more than 90% of our total revenues. The remainder of our revenues are comprised of product revenues from the sale of pre-configured office phones, which we offer as a convenience to our customers in connection with subscriptions to our services.

We make significant upfront investments to acquire customers. Until 2009, we acquired most of our customer subscriptions through e-commerce transactions on our website driven by online marketing

 

-56-


Table of Contents

channels. Beginning in 2009, in connection with our introduction of RingCentral Office, we established a direct, inside sales force. Since then, we have continued investing in our direct, inside sales force while also developing indirect sales channels to market our brand and our service offerings. Our indirect sales channel consists of a network of over 1,000 sales agents and resellers, including AT&T, which we refer to collectively as resellers. We intend to continue to foster this network and to expand our network with other resellers. Beginning in 2011, we also began expanding into more traditional forms of media advertising, such as radio and billboard advertising.

In the last three years, our revenue growth has primarily been driven by our flagship RingCentral Office service offering, which has resulted in an increased number of customers, increased average subscription revenues per customer, and increased retention of our existing customer and user base. We define a “customer” as one individual billing relationship for the subscription to our services, which generally correlates to one company account per customer. We define a “user” as one person within a customer who has been granted a subscription license to use our services, such that the number of users per customer generally correlates closely to the number of employees within a customer account. For fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2013, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues, and our 10 largest non-reseller customers accounted for less than 10% of our total revenues. As of June 30, 2013, we had over 300,000 customers from industries including advertising, finance, healthcare, legal services, non-profit organizations, real estate, retail and technology, and ranging in size from businesses with fewer than 10 users to more than 500 users. For fiscal 2012, 99% of our total revenues were generated in the U.S. and Canada, although we expect the percentage of our total revenues derived outside of the U.S. and Canada to grow as we expand internationally.

The growth of our business and our future success depend on many factors, including our ability to expand our customer base to medium-sized and larger customers, continue to innovate, grow revenues from our existing customer base, expand our distribution channels and scale internationally. While these areas represent significant opportunities for us, they also pose risks and challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain the growth of our business and improve our operating results. For example, as a result of our efforts to expand our customer base to target medium-sized and larger businesses, we expect to incur additional research and development and support and professional services costs and may experience longer sales cycles that may delay revenues associated with these costs. Furthermore, because we have limited experience selling to larger businesses and international customers, our investment in marketing our services to these potential customers may not be successful, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and our overall ability to grow our customer base. In addition, there has been substantial litigation in the areas in which we operate regarding intellectual property rights, including third parties claiming patent infringement such as the lawsuit that CallWave filed against us in December 2012, as further described under “Business—Legal Proceedings.” We cannot assure you that we will be successful in defending against any such claims or that we will be able to settle any ongoing or future claims or that any such settlement would be on terms that are favorable to us.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, with total revenues of $50.2 million, $78.9 million and $114.5 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, generating year-over-year increases of 57% and 45%, respectively. We have continued to make significant expenditures and investments, including in research and development, brand marketing and channel development, infrastructure and operations, and incurred net losses of $7.3 million, $13.9 million and $35.4 million, in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, our total revenues were $51.8 million and $73.2 million, respectively, and our net losses were $18.7 million and $23.9 million, respectively.

 

-57-


Table of Contents

Our Business Model

Our business model focuses on acquiring and retaining our customers, as well as increasing the number of users within our customer base and, in the future, encouraging our customers to purchase additional functionalities, both of which we refer to as upselling. We evaluate the value of a customer relationship over its anticipated lifecycle. While we generally incur customer acquisition costs in advance of, or at the time of, the acquisition of a customer, we recognize services revenues ratably over the subscription period. As a result, a customer relationship is typically not profitable at the beginning of the subscription period, even though we expect it to have value to us over the lifetime of that customer relationship.

In connection with our acquisition of new customers, we typically incur and recognize significant upfront costs. These costs include sales and marketing costs, including sales commission expenses associated with the acquisition of new customer contracts that we recognize fully in the period in which we execute a customer contract. We recognize cost of services revenues, including our data center and communications costs, in the period in which they are incurred.

When a customer renews its subscription or purchases additional services in subsequent periods, the value realized from that customer increases because we generally do not incur significant incremental acquisition costs for the renewal or expansion of services. We also benefit from decreasing phone fulfillment costs, as well as economies of scale in our capital, operating, and other support expenditures. As we support more and larger customers with an increasing number of users over time, our support costs per user decline due to economies of scale and increased customer familiarity with our services, as well as reduced phone fulfillment costs.

Key Business Metrics

In addition to generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, financial measures such as total revenues, gross margin and cash flows from operations, we regularly review a number of key business metrics to evaluate growth trends, measure our performance, and make strategic decisions. We discuss revenues and gross margin under “Key Components of Our Results of Operations” and cash flow from operations under “Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Other key business metrics are discussed below.

Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions

We believe that our Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions is a leading indicator of our anticipated services revenues. Our Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions equals our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions multiplied by 12. Our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions equals the monthly value of all customer subscriptions in effect at the end of a given month. For example, our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at December 31, 2012 was $10.3 million. As such, our Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at December 31, 2012 were $124.2 million. Our Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 were $54.4 million, $86.1 million and $124.2 million, respectively, and at June 30, 2012 and 2013 were $105.0 million and $147.6 million, respectively.

RingCentral Office Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions

We calculate our RingCentral Office Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions in the same manner as we calculate our Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions, except that only customer subscriptions from RingCentral Office customers are included when determining Monthly Recurring Subscriptions for the purposes of calculating this key business metric. Our RingCentral Office Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 were $17.1 million, $37.5 million and $67.1 million, respectively, and at June 30, 2012 and 2013 were $50.4 million and $88.3 million, respectively.

 

-58-


Table of Contents

Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate

We believe that our Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate provides insight into our ability to retain and grow services revenues, as well as our customers’ potential long-term value to us. We define our Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate as (i) one plus (ii) the quotient of Dollar Net Change divided by Average Dollar Monthly Recurring Subscriptions.

We define Dollar Net Change as the quotient of (i) the difference of our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at the end of a period minus our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at the beginning of a period minus our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at the end of the period from new customers we added during the period, (ii) all divided by the number of months in the period. We define our Average Monthly Recurring Subscriptions as the average of the Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at the beginning and end of the measurement period.

As an illustrative example, if our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions were $118 at the end of a quarterly period and $100 at the beginning of period, and $20 at the end of the period from new customers we added during the period, then the Dollar Net Change would be equal to ($0.67), or the amount equal to the difference of $118 minus $100 minus $20, all divided by three months. Our Average Monthly Recurring Subscriptions would equal $109, or the sum of $100 plus $118, divided by two. Our Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate would then equal 99.4%, or approximately 99%, or one plus the quotient of the Dollar Net Change divided by the Average Monthly Recurring Subscriptions.

Our key business metrics at December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and at June 30, 2012 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

Metric

   As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
   2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  

Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate

     ~98     ~99     ~99     ~98     ~99

Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions

   $ 54.4      $ 86.1      $ 124.2      $ 105.0      $ 147.6   

RingCentral Office Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions

   $ 17.1      $ 37.5      $ 67.1      $ 50.4      $ 88.3   

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenues

Our revenues consist of services revenues and product revenues. Our services revenues include all fees billed in connection with subscriptions to our RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional, and RingCentral Fax services. These fees include recurring fixed plan subscription fees, variable usage-based fees for usage in excess of plan limits, recurring administrative cost recovery fees, and one-time fees. We provide our services to our customers pursuant to contractual arrangements that range in duration from one month to three years. We provide our services to our customers pursuant to either “click through” online agreements for service terms up to one year or written agreements when the arrangement is expected to be one year or longer. Our multi-year engagements do not typically exceed three years. We offer our services based on the functionalities and services selected by a customer, and generally our service arrangements automatically renew for some additional period at the end of the initial subscription term. We believe that this flexibility in contract duration and termination is important to meet the different needs of our customers.

We generally bill our service fees in advance. We recognize services revenues over the term of the subscription, except for one-time fees, which we recognize ratably on a straight-line basis over the

 

-59-


Table of Contents

period of the estimated average customer life and variable usage-based fees, which we recognize over an estimated usage period. Amounts billed in excess of revenues recognized for the period are reported as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet.

Our product revenues consist primarily of the sale of pre-configured office phones used in connection with our services and include shipping and handling fees. Product revenues are billed at the time the order is received and recognized when the product has been delivered to the customer.

We also generate services revenues and product revenues through sales of our services and products by resellers. When we assume a majority of the business risks associated with performance of the contractual obligations, we record the revenues on a gross basis and amounts retained by our resellers are recorded as sales and marketing expenses. Our assumption of such business risks is evidenced when, among other things, we take responsibility for delivery of the service or product, establish pricing of the arrangement, assume credit and inventory risk, and are the primary obligor in the arrangement. When a reseller assumes the majority of the business risks associated with the performance of the contractual obligations, we record the associated revenues at the net amount remitted to us by the reseller. Revenues from resellers have predominantly been recorded on a gross basis for all periods presented.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

Our cost of services revenues primarily consists of fees that we pay to third-party telecommunications providers, network operations, costs to build out and maintain data centers, including co-location fees for the right to place our servers in data centers owned by third parties, depreciation of the servers and equipment, along with related utilities and maintenance costs, personnel costs associated with customer care and support of the functionality of our platform and data center operations, including share-based compensation expenses, and allocated costs of facilities and information technology.

Services gross margin, which we define as services revenues minus cost of services revenues expressed as a percentage of services revenues, can fluctuate based on a number of factors, including the costs we pay to third-party telecommunications providers, the timing of capital expenditures and related depreciation charges and changes in headcount. We expect to continue investing in our network infrastructure and customer support function to maintain high availability, quality of service, and security. As our business grows, we expect to continue to reduce the percentage of our services revenues that we spend on telecommunications origination and termination, driven by increased purchasing leverage and from our deployment of hardware to carry our own telecommunications traffic in several regional markets. We also expect to realize economies of scale in network infrastructure, personnel, and customer support. We expect our services gross margin to increase modestly over time, although it may fluctuate from period to period depending on all of these factors.

Cost of product revenues is comprised primarily of the cost associated with purchased phones, as well as personnel costs for employees and contractors, and allocated costs of facilities and information technology related to the procurement, management, and shipment of phones, including share-based compensation expenses.

We sell our products as a convenience to our customers when they subscribe to our services. We price our products at approximately our cost and occasionally offer additional product discounts as an incentive for customers to subscribe to our services. We therefore expect our product gross margin, which we define as product revenues minus cost of product revenues expressed as a percentage of product revenues, to remain negligible to negative for the foreseeable future. The discounts that we offer on sales of our products are partially allocated to services revenues when sold in multiple-deliverable arrangements.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

We classify our operating expenses as research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses.

Our research and development efforts are focused on developing new and expanded features for our services and improvements to our platform and backend architecture. Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for employees and contractors, including share-based compensation expenses, and allocated costs of facilities and information technology, software tools, and product certification. We expense research and development costs as incurred, except for certain internal-use software development costs that we capitalize. We believe that continued investment in our services is important for our future growth, and we expect our research and development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future, although these expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenues from period to period depending on the timing of these expenses.

Sales and marketing expenses are the largest component of our operating expenses and consist primarily of personnel costs for employees and contractors directly associated with our sales and marketing activities, including share-based compensation expenses, Internet advertising fees, radio and billboard advertising, public relations, commissions paid to resellers and other third parties, trade shows, travel expenses, credit card fees, marketing and promotional activities and allocated costs of facilities and information technology. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we expand our sales and marketing efforts domestically and internationally and continue to build our brand, although these expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenues from period to period depending on the timing of these expenses.

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including share-based compensation expenses, for employees and contractors engaged in back-office and administrative activities to support the day-to-day operations of our business. Other significant components of general and administrative expenses include professional service fees, allocated costs of facilities and information technology, cost of compliance with certain government imposed taxes, and the costs of legal matters and loss contingencies. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, costs related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, and increased expenses for insurance, investor relations, and professional services. We expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future, although these expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenues from period to period, depending on the timing of these expenses.

 

-61-


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table shows our results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of our total revenues. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Revenues:

          

Services

   $ 46,385      $ 71,915      $ 105,693      $ 47,699      $ 66,744   

Product

     3,837        6,962        8,833        4,115        6,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     50,222        78,877        114,526        51,814        73,229   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

          

Services

     17,915        26,475        36,215        17,119        22,098   

Product

     4,537        6,523        8,688        4,182        6,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     22,452        32,998        44,903        21,301        28,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     27,770        45,879        69,623        30,513        44,830   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     7,208        12,199        24,450        11,037        16,110   

Sales and marketing

     22,922        34,550        54,566        25,844        33,466   

General and administrative

     4,934        12,969        24,434        12,079        17,781   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     35,064        59,718        103,450        48,960        67,357   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,294     (13,839     (33,827     (18,447     (22,527
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

          

Interest expense

     (184     (158     (1,503     (230     (1,227

Other income (expense), net

     172        109        32        (28     (247
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     (12     (49     (1,471     (258     (1,474
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (7,306     (13,888     (35,298     (18,705     (24,001

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1        15        92        33        (120
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (7,307   $ (13,903   $ (35,390   $ (18,738   $ (23,881
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-62-


Table of Contents

Percentage of Total Revenues:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Revenues:

          

Services

     92     91     92     92     91

Product

     8        9        8        8        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     100        100        100        100        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

          

Services

     36        34        32        33        30   

Product

     9        8        7        8        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     45        42        39        41        39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     55        58        61        59        61   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     14        16        22        21        22   

Sales and marketing

     46        44        48        50        46   

General and administrative

     10        16        21        23        24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     70        76        91        94        92   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15     (18     (30     (35     (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

          

Interest expense

     -        -        (1     (1     (2

Other income (expense), net

     -        -        -        -        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     -        -        (1     -        (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (15     (18     (31     (36     (33

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     -        -        -        -        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (15 )%      (18 )%      (31 )%      (36 )%      (33 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (dollars in thousands):

Revenues

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,        
     2012      % of
Revenues
    2013      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Revenues:

               

Services

   $ 47,699         92   $ 66,744         91   $ 19,045         40

Product

     4,115         8     6,485         9     2,370         58
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 51,814         100   $ 73,229         100   $ 21,415         41
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Services revenues increased by $19.0 million, or 40%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to the acquisition of new customers and an increase in the number of users within our existing customer base. In addition, our services revenues mix contained a higher proportion of RingCentral Office customers for the six months ended June 30, 2013. While the acquisition of new customers and the increase in the number of users within our customer base were the primary reasons for the increase, the trends for these factors have varied from period to period as some customers made a small initial user subscription followed by a larger additional user subscription, while other customers made a large initial user subscription followed by a

 

-63-


Table of Contents

smaller additional user subscription. In addition, the period of time between a customer’s initial subscription and the purchase of additional subscriptions also varied significantly, ranging from one month to a few years.

Product revenues increased by $2.4 million, or 58%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to increased phone sales driven by the growth of new customers to RingCentral Office, which was partially offset by a decline in average selling price per phone.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,        
     2012      % of
Revenues
    2013      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Cost of revenues:

               

Services

   $ 17,119         33   $ 22,098         30   $ 4,979         29

Product

     4,182         8     6,301         9     2,119         51
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 21,301         41     28,399         39     7,098         33
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Cost of services revenues increased by $5.0 million, or 29%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $1.8 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $1.3 million and third-party service provider fees of $1.3 million. The increases in headcount and other expense categories described above were driven primarily by investments in our infrastructure and capacity to improve the availability of our service offerings, while also supporting the growth in new customers and increased usage of our services by our customer base.

Cost of product revenues increased by $2.1 million, or 51%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012 due to an increase in phone sales, which was primarily driven by the growth in new RingCentral Office customers.

Overall gross margin increased from 59% to 61% and services gross margin increased from 64% to 67% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to reduction in per usage fees that we paid to third-party telecommunications service providers as a result of increased call traffic, partially offset by increased phone sales. As a percentage of our services revenues, fees paid to third-party telecommunications service providers decreased from 17% for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to 14% for the six months ended June 30, 2013. Phone sales increased by $2.4 million, or 58%, from the six months ended June 30, 2012 to the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Operating Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,        
     2012      % of
Revenues
    2013      % of
Revenues
    Increase
(Decrease)
     % Increase
(Decrease)
 

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 11,037         21   $ 16,110         22     5,073         46

Sales and marketing

     25,844         50     33,466         46     7,622         29

General and administrative

     12,079         23     17,781         24     5,702         47
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 48,960         94   $ 67,357         92     18,397         38
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

-64-


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses increased by $5.1 million, or 46%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $3.3 million, including share-based compensation expenses of $0.2 million. The higher personnel costs were primarily due to a 20% increase in research and development headcount. The increase in research and development headcount was in support of the development of additional software development projects for our cloud-based and desktop applications. The increase in other research and development related activities related primarily to an increase in third-party telecommunications fees of $0.4 million and depreciation of $0.4 million. As a percentage of our total revenues, research and development expenses increased slightly from 21% for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to 22% for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $7.6 million, or 29%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $3.5 million and other sales and marketing related activities. The higher personnel costs were primarily due to a 40% increase in sales and marketing headcount. The increase in other sales and marketing related activities relate primarily to an increase in Internet advertising costs of $0.8 million and third-party sales commissions of $1.8 million. The increases in sales and marketing headcount and other expense categories described above supported our growth strategy to acquire new customers and establish brand recognition to achieve greater penetration into the North America market. As a percentage of our total revenues, sales and marketing expenses decreased from 50% for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to 46% for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

General and administrative expenses increased by $5.7 million or 47%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to increases in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $3.5 million, including share-based compensation expenses of $0.8 million, and loss contingencies of $3.4 million. These increases were offset by a decrease in taxes on revenue-producing transactions of $1.0 million. The increases in personnel costs were due to an 11% increase in general and administrative headcount. The increases in headcount supported the increased infrastructure required to support the growth in our business and to expand our financial reporting and internal control capabilities. The increased loss contingencies were primarily due to a loss contingency recorded with respect to an outstanding litigation matter in the three months ended June 30, 2013. As a percentage of our total revenues, general and administrative expenses increased from 23% for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to 24% for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Other Income and Expense, Net

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,        
     2012     % of
Revenues
    2013     % of
Revenues
    Increase/
(Decrease)
    % Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Other income (expense), net:

            

Interest expense

   $ (230     (1 )%    $ (1,227     (2 )%      (997     433

Other Income (expense), net

   $ (28     0     (247     0     (219     782

Interest expense increased by $1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to interest accrued on a larger outstanding principal balance under our various credit facilities.

 

-65-


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,               
     2011      % of
Revenues
    2012      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Revenues:

               

Services

   $ 71,915         91   $ 105,693         92   $ 33,778         47

Product

     6,962         9     8,833         8     1,871         27
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 78,877         100   $ 114,526         100   $ 35,649         45
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Services revenues increased by $33.8 million, or 47%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to the acquisition of new customers and an increase in the number of users within our existing customer base, and to a lesser extent, the growth in our overall installed base for RingCentral Office. While the acquisition of new customers and the increase in the number of users within our customer base were the primary reasons for the increase, the trends for these factors have varied from period to period as some customers made a small initial user subscription followed by a larger additional user subscription, while other customers made a large initial user subscription followed by a smaller additional user subscription. In addition, the period of time between a customer’s initial subscription and the purchase of additional subscriptions also varied significantly, ranging from one month to a few years.

Product revenues increased by $1.9 million, or 27%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to phone sales driven by the growth in new customers to RingCentral Office.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2011      % of
Revenues
    2012      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Cost of revenues:

               

Services

   $ 26,475         34   $ 36,215         32   $ 9,740         37

Product

     6,523         8     8,688         7     2,165         33
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 32,998         42   $ 44,903         39   $ 11,905         36
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Cost of services revenues increased by $9.7 million, or 37%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $3.9 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $1.7 million, third-party telecommunications service providers and network fees of $4.2 million, and software tools expense of $0.4 million. The increases in headcount and other expense categories described above were primarily driven by investments in our infrastructure and capacity to improve the availability of our service offerings, while also supporting the growth in new customers.

Cost of product revenues increased by $2.2 million, or 33%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, due to an increase in phone sales, which was primarily driven by growth in new customers to RingCentral Office.

Overall gross margin increased from 58% to 61% and services gross margin increased from 63% to 66% for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to reduction in per usage fees that we paid to third-party telecommunications service providers as a result of increased call traffic, partially

 

-66-


Table of Contents

offset by increased phone sales. As a percentage of services revenues, fees paid to third-party telecommunications service providers decreased from 18% for fiscal 2011 to 16% for fiscal 2012. Phone sales increased by $1.9 million, or 27%, from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2011      % of
Revenues
    2012      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 12,199         16   $ 24,450         22   $ 12,251         100

Sales and marketing

     34,550         44     54,566         48     20,016         58

General and administrative

     12,969         16     24,434         21     11,465         88
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 59,718         76   $ 103,450         91   $ 43,732         73
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Research and development expenses increased by $12.3 million, or 100%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $11.2 million, including an increase in share-based compensation expense of $0.6 million. The increase in personnel costs was primarily due to a 114% increase in research and development headcount. The increases in research and development headcount supported additional software applications development projects, improving the design of our user interface, and building redundancy into our databases to improve availability of our service offerings. As a percentage of our total revenues, research and development expenses increased from 16% for fiscal 2011 to 22% for fiscal 2012.

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $20.0 million, or 58%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to an increase in sales and marketing personnel costs for employees and contractors of $7.1 million, including an increase in share-based compensation of $0.4 million, and other sales and marketing related activities. The increase in sales and marketing personnel costs was primarily due to a 62% increase in sales and marketing headcount. Internet advertising increased by $4.8 million and other marketing related expenses, including third party commissions, increased by $5.9 million. The increases in headcount and other expense categories described above supported our growth strategy to acquire new customers, increase the number of users within our existing customer base and establish brand recognition to achieve greater penetration into the North American market. As a percentage of our total revenues, sales and marketing expenses increased from 44% for fiscal 2011 to 48% for fiscal 2012.

General and administrative expenses increased by $11.5 million, or 88%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for general and administrative employees and contractors of $6.5 million, including an increase in share-based compensation of $0.9 million, and fees for professional services of $1.2 million. The increase in general and administrative personnel costs was primarily due to a 65% increase in general and administrative headcount. Outside professional fees related primarily to legal and accounting costs. In addition, we incurred legal settlement costs of $1.1 million and the cost of certain taxes on revenue-producing transactions that exceeded amounts collected from customers of $1.1 million in 2012. As a percentage of our total revenues, general and administrative expenses increased from 16% for fiscal 2011 to 21% for fiscal 2012.

 

-67-


Table of Contents

Other Income and Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,      
     2011     % of
Revenues
    2012     % of
Revenues
    Increase
(decrease)
    % Increase
(decrease)

Other income (expense), net:

            

Interest expense

   $ (158     0   $ (1,503     (1 )%    $ (1,345   851%

Other income (expense), net

   $ 109        0   $ 32        0   $ (77 )%    (71)%

Interest expense increased by $1.3 million for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to higher levels of debt outstanding at December 31, 2012 as compared to December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, there was $0.6 million of debt outstanding. At December 31, 2012, there was $20.1 million of debt outstanding.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2010      % of
Revenues
    2011      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Revenues:

               

Services

   $ 46,385         92   $ 71,915         91   $ 25,530         55

Product

     3,837         8     6,962         9     3,125         81
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 50,222         100   $ 78,877         100   $ 28,655         57
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Services revenues increased by $25.5 million, or 55%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to growth in the total number of customers and an increase in the number of users per customer. To a lesser extent, the growth in services revenues was attributable to the growth in new RingCentral Office customers. While the acquisition of new customers and the increase in the number of users within our customer base were the primary reasons for the increase, the trends for these factors have varied from period to period as some customers made a small initial user subscription followed by a larger additional user subscription, while other customers made a large initial user subscription followed by a smaller additional user subscription. In addition, the period of time between a customer’s initial subscription and the purchase of additional subscriptions also varied significantly, ranging from one month to a few years.

Product revenues increased by $3.1 million, or 81%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to the increase in phone shipments driven by growth in RingCentral Office subscriptions.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2010      % of
Revenues
    2011      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Cost of revenues:

               

Services

   $ 17,915         36   $ 26,475         34   $ 8,560         48

Product

     4,537         9     6,523         8     1,986         44
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 22,452         45   $ 32,998         42   $ 10,546         47
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

-68-


Table of Contents

Cost of services revenues increased by $8.6 million, or 48%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to fees paid to third-party telecommunications service providers and network fees of $3.2 million and an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $5.1 million. The increases in headcount and other expense categories described above were primarily driven by investments in our infrastructure and capacity to improve the availability of our service offerings, while also supporting the growth in new customers.

Cost of product revenues increased by $2.0 million, or 44%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, due to an increase in phone sales, which was primarily driven by growth in new RingCentral Office customers.

Overall gross margin increased from 55% to 58% and services gross margin increased from 61% to 63% for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to reduction in per usage fees that we paid to third-party telecommunications service providers as a result of increased call traffic, partially offset by increased phone sales. As a percentage of services revenues, fees paid to third-party telecommunications service providers decreased from 21% for fiscal 2010 to 18% for fiscal 2011. Phone sales increased by $3.1 million, or 81%, from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2010      % of
Revenues
    2011      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 7,208         14   $ 12,199         16   $ 4,991         69

Sales and marketing

     22,922         46     34,550         44     11,628         51

General and administrative

     4,934         10     12,969         16     8,035         163
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 35,064         70   $ 59,718         76   $ 24,654         70
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Research and development expenses increased by $5.0 million, or 69%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $5.2 million, including share-based compensation of $0.2 million. The increase in personnel costs was primarily due to a 79% increase in research and development headcount. The increases in headcount supported additional software applications development projects, improving the design of a new user interface, and building redundancy into our databases to improve the availability of our service offerings. As a percentage of our total revenues, research and development expenses increased from 14% for the fiscal 2010 to 16% for fiscal 2011.

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $11.6 million, or 51%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to an increase in sales and marketing personnel costs for employees and contractors of $4.8 million, and other sales and marketing related activities. The increase in sales and marketing personnel costs were primarily due to a 60% increase in sales and marketing headcount. The increase in other sales and marketing related activities resulted from an increase in Internet advertising of $3.7 million. The increases in headcount and other expense categories described above supported our growth strategy to acquire new customers and establish brand recognition to achieve greater penetration into the North America market. As a percentage of our total revenues, sales and marketing expenses decreased from 46% for fiscal 2010 to 44% for fiscal 2011.

General and administrative expenses increased by $8.0 million, or 163%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $3.5 million, including share-based compensation of $0.2 million and fees for professional services,

 

-69-


Table of Contents

including accounting, tax and other professional fees of $2.9 million and loss contingencies for sales and use tax of $2.9 million. The increase in general and administrative personnel costs were primarily due to 108% increase in general and administrative headcount. Outside professional fees related primarily to legal and accounting costs to support the growth in our business. As a percentage of our total revenues, general and administrative expenses increased from 10% for fiscal 2010 to 16% for fiscal 2011.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each quarter of fiscal 2012 and the first two quarters of fiscal 2013. We have prepared the statement of operations for each of these quarters on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and, in our opinion, it includes all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. This information should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations for any future period.

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
 

Revenues:

            

Services

   $ 22,745      $ 24,954      $ 27,290      $ 30,704      $ 32,273      $ 34,471   

Product

     2,063        2,051        2,298        2,421        3,252        3,233   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     24,808        27,005        29,588        33,125        35,525        37,704   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

            

Services

     8,130        8,989        9,191        9,905        10,709        11,389   

Product

     2,109        2,073        2,041        2,465        3,028        3,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     10,239        11,062        11,232        12,370        13,737        14,662   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     14,569        15,943        18,356        20,755        21,788        23,042   

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

     5,023        6,015        6,544        6,868        7,504        8,606   

Sales and marketing

     12,248        13,596        13,781        14,941        17,142        16,324   

General and administrative

     7,021        5,057        7,069        5,287        6,550        11,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     24,292        24,668        27,394        27,096        31,196        36,161   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (9,723     (8,725     (9,038     (6,341     (9,408     (13,119
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

            

Interest expense

     (40     (191     (553     (719     (639     (588

Other income (expense), net

     55        (83     48        12        (203     (44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     15        (274     (505     (707     (842     (632
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (9,708     (8,999     (9,543     (7,048     (10,250     (13,751

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     21        11        25        35        12        (132
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (9,729   $ (9,010   $ (9,568   $ (7,083   $ (10,262     (13,619
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-70-


Table of Contents

The following table presents the unaudited consolidated statement of operations data as a percentage of revenues:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
 

Revenues:

            

Services

     92     92     92     93     91     91

Product

     8        8        8        7        9        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     100        100        100        100        100        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

            

Services

     33        33        31        30        30        30   

Product

     8        8        7        7        9        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     41        41        38        37        39        39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     59        59        62        63        61        61   

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

     21        22        22        21        21        23   

Sales and marketing

     49        50        47        45        48        43   

General and administrative

     28        19        24        16        19        30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     98        91        93        82        88        96   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (39     (32     (31     (19     (27     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

            

Interest expense

     -        (1     (1     (2     (2     (1

Other income (expense), net

     -        -        -        -        -        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     -        (1     (1     (2     (2     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (39     (33     (32     (21     (29     (36

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     -        -        -        -        -        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (39 )%      (33 )%      (32 )%      (21 )%      (29 )%      (36 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Revenue Trends

Our services revenues are primarily driven by recurring subscription services. Historically, we have acquired more new customers in the first and third quarters of a fiscal year. However, we have seen this trend become less pronounced as our business has grown and sales of RingCentral Office have accounted for a higher percentage of our total revenues.

Quarterly Operating Expenses Trends

Operating expenses are primarily driven by headcount and headcount-related expenses, including share-based compensation expenses, and by sales and marketing programs, and have been relatively consistent as a percentage of revenues over the last five quarters. We experience some seasonality in spending on sales and marketing as we spend relatively less on marketing programs in the third and fourth quarters because of the summer vacation periods and November and December holidays. However, we cannot assure you that this trend will continue.

Our research and development expenses increased in the second quarter of 2012 as a percentage of our total revenues due to increased headcount in development and quality assurance. Our sales and marketing expenses increased in the second quarter of 2012 as a percentage of our total revenues due to increased marketing headcount and increased advertising expenses due to our expansion of our San Francisco Bay Area advertising campaign. Our general and administrative expenses have fluctuated significantly as a percentage of our total revenues from quarter to quarter, primarily due to the increase in finance and accounting headcount and consultants, costs related to transaction tax compliance and legal costs related to current and past litigation matters.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2011, our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the U.S. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness that our independent registered public accounting firm identified related to our lack of sufficient, qualified personnel in our accounting and financial reporting function to perform process level controls during the period under audit to prevent misstatements in our financial statements.

In fiscal 2012 we took steps to remedy this material weakness, including hiring additional finance and accounting personnel and implementing additional policies and procedures associated with the preparation of our financial statements. We believe that we have remediated this material weakness, and our independent registered public accounting firm no longer identified a material weakness in connection with the audit of our fiscal 2012 financial statements.

However, in connection with the 2012 audit, our independent registered public accounting firm identified two significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. A “significant deficiency” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of our financial reporting.

The first significant deficiency related to having insufficient controls to enable timely remittance of sales tax liabilities. During 2012, we began collecting and remitting sales taxes in the jurisdictions in which we operate. However, our process requires refinement due to delays in remittance of amounts collected. We have since undertaken measures to remediate this significant deficiency, including hiring a dedicated staff for sales tax collection and remittances, and are in the process of implementing a new billing system with a sales tax engine integrated to automate the process.

The second significant deficiency related to having inadequate controls with respect to accounting processes and sufficient documentation of accounting and close procedures. We are continuing to take steps to improve our controls, including hiring qualified personnel, upgrading our accounting system and implementing additional control activities.

While we believe that our efforts will be sufficient to remediate the two identified significant deficiencies and prevent further internal control deficiencies, we cannot assure you that our remediation efforts will be successful.

Critical Accounting Policies

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the U.S., or U.S. GAAP. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by U.S. GAAP and does not require management’s judgment in its application. In other cases, management’s judgment is required in selecting among available alternative accounting standards that provide for different accounting treatment for similar transactions. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts we report as assets, liabilities, revenues, costs, and

 

-72-


Table of Contents

expenses, and affect the related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could reasonably use different accounting estimates, and in some instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, our actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenues from two sources: (1) services revenues, which are generated from the sale of subscriptions to our SaaS applications and related services, which have contractual terms typically ranging from one month to three years, and include recurring fixed plan subscription fees, recurring administrative cost recovery fees, variable usage-based fees and one-time upfront fees; and (2) product revenues, which are generated from the sale of pre-configured office phones used in connection with our services and include shipping and handling fees.

We recognize revenues when the following criteria are met:

 

  Ÿ  

there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

  Ÿ  

the service is being provided to the customer or the product has been delivered;

 

  Ÿ  

the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and

 

  Ÿ  

the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

Revenues under service subscription plans are recognized as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

fixed plan subscription and administrative cost recovery fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over their contractual service term;

 

  Ÿ  

fees for additional minutes of usage in excess of plan limits are recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated usage period; and

 

  Ÿ  

one-time upfront fees are initially deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated average customer life.

Product revenues are billed at the time the order is received and recognized when the product has been delivered to the customer.

We frequently enter into arrangements with multiple deliverables that generally include services to be provided under the subscription plan and the sale of products used in connection with our services. We allocate revenues to each deliverable in a multiple-deliverable arrangement based upon its relative selling price. We determine the selling price for each deliverable using vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price or third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price, if it exists. If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists for a deliverable, we use our best estimated selling price, or BESP, for that deliverable. Revenues allocated to each deliverable, limited to the amount not contingent on future performance, are then recognized when the basic revenue recognition criteria are met for the respective deliverable.

We determine VSOE of fair value based on historical standalone sales to customers. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the selling prices for a product or service

 

-73-


Table of Contents

fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range of the median selling price. VSOE exists for all of our SaaS subscription plans. We use BESP as the selling price for product sales because we are not able to determine VSOE or TPE from the observable pricing data of standalone sales. We estimate BESP for a product by considering company-specific factors such as pricing strategies, direct product and other costs, and bundling and discounting practices.

We also generate services revenues and product revenues through sales of our services and products by resellers. When we assume a majority of the business risks associated with performance of the contractual obligations, we record the revenues on a gross basis and amounts retained by our resellers are recorded as sales and marketing expenses. Our assumption of such business risks is evidenced when, among other things, we take responsibility for delivery of the product or service, establish pricing of the arrangement, assume credit and inventory risk, and are the primary obligor in the arrangement. When a reseller assumes the majority of the business risks associated with the performance of the contractual obligations, we record the associated revenues at the net amount remitted to us by the reseller. We recognize revenues from our resellers when the following criteria are met:

 

  Ÿ  

persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists through a contract with the customer;

 

  Ÿ  

the service is being provided to the customer or the product has been delivered;

 

  Ÿ  

the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and

 

  Ÿ  

the collection of the fees is reasonably assured.

Our deliverables sold through our reseller agreements consist of our products and subscription services. Products sold through resellers are shipped directly to the end customer and are recognized when title transfers to the end customer. We recognize service subscriptions sold through our resellers on a straight-line basis over the period the underlying services are provided to the end customer. Revenues from resellers have predominantly been recorded on a gross basis for all periods presented.

We record reductions to revenues for estimated sales returns and customer credits at the time the related revenues are recognized. Sales returns and customer credits are estimated based on our historical experience, current trends and our expectations regarding future experience. We monitor the accuracy of our sales reserve estimates by reviewing actual returns and credits and adjust them for our future expectations to determine the adequacy of our current and future reserve needs. If actual future returns and credits differ from past experience, additional reserves may be required.

Income Taxes

Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and evaluating our tax positions. We record income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, we generally consider all expected future events other than enactments or changes in the tax law or rates. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

We provide reserves as necessary for uncertain tax positions taken on our tax filings. First, we determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit. Second, based on the largest amount of benefit, which is more likely than not to be realized on ultimate settlement, we recognize any such differences as a liability. Because of our full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets, any change in our uncertain tax positions would not impact our effective tax rate.

 

-74-


Table of Contents

In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, in full or in part, we consider the available positive and negative evidence, including our past results of operations, our forecast of future market growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. The assumptions utilized in determining future taxable income require significant judgment, in consultation with outside tax advisors, and are consistent with the plans and estimates we use to manage the underlying businesses. Due to the net losses we have incurred and the uncertainty of realizing our deferred tax assets, for all the periods presented, we have a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2012, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $61.9 million and $60.4 million, respectively, and federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards in the amount of $0.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively. In the future, we intend to utilize any carryforwards available to us to reduce our tax payments. A limited amount of these carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations that may result in their expiration before some portion of them has been fully utilized.

Capitalized Internal-Use Software Development Costs

We use significant judgment in determining whether certain internal-use software development costs are capitalized or expensed and over what period the amounts capitalized should be amortized to expense. We capitalize internal-use software development costs related to our SaaS applications that are incurred during the application development stage provided that it is probable the project will be successfully completed and such costs will be recovered from future revenues. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life starting when the underlying project is ready for its intended use, generally three to four years. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. We capitalized $1.5 million and $0.6 million of internal-use software development costs during fiscal 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. The carrying value of internal-use software development costs, net of amortization, was $2.1 million and $2.2 million at December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, respectively.

Share-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock options granted to our employees and directors, based on the estimated fair value of the award on the grant date. We use the Black-Scholes valuation model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards. The fair value is recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award on a straight-line basis. We believe that the fair value of stock options granted to non-employees is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. As such, the fair value of the unvested portion of the options granted to non-employees is re-measured each period. The resulting increase in value, if any, is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered.

The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value, as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. In addition to the fair value of our common stock, these variables include the following:

Expected Term

The expected term represents the period that share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Since we did not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations

 

-75-


Table of Contents

about future exercise behavior, the expected term for options issued to employees was calculated as the mean of the option vesting period and contractual term. The expected term for options issued to non-employees is the contractual term.

Expected Volatility

The expected stock price volatility of common stock was derived from the historical volatilities of a peer group of similar publicly traded companies over a period that approximates the expected term of the option.

Risk-Free Interest Rate

The risk-free interest rate was based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term that approximates the expected term of the option.

Expected Dividends

The expected dividend yield was 0% as we have not paid, and do not expect to pay, cash dividends.

We periodically estimate the portion of awards which will ultimately vest based on our historical forfeiture experience. These estimates are adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from our prior estimates.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Six months ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Expected term for employees (in years)

     6.2        6.1        6.0        6.1   

Expected term for non-employees (in years)

     10.0        10.0        10.0        10.0   

Expected volatility

     67     61     66     55

Risk-free interest rate

     2.08     0.97     1.07     1.36

Expected dividends

     -     -     -     -

We are also required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our share-based awards when performing the fair-value calculations with the Black-Scholes valuation model. The fair values of the shares of common stock underlying our share-based awards were estimated on each grant date by our board of directors. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, our board of directors considered contemporaneous valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provide by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants 2004 Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including:

 

   

contemporaneous valuations of our common stock performed by unrelated third-party valuation firms;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of development;

 

  Ÿ  

our operational and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

the nature of our services and our competitive position in the marketplace;

 

-76-


Table of Contents
   

the value of companies that we consider peers based on a number of factors, including similarity to us with respect to industry and business model;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale given prevailing market conditions, and the nature and history of our business;

 

   

issuances of preferred stock and the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

current business conditions and projections;

 

  Ÿ  

the history of our company and our introduction of new products; and

 

  Ÿ  

the lack of marketability of our common stock.

To determine the fair value of our common stock and underlying option grants, we considered contemporaneous valuations of our stock from an independent third-party valuation firm that provided us with its estimation of our enterprise value and the allocation of that value to each element of our capital structure (preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). Management provides the independent third-party valuation firm with our historical financial statements, forecast and capitalization information, in addition to other qualitative factors which could impact our enterprise value.

In connection with these valuations, the equity value of our company was determined by applying either or both the market approach and the income approach. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that we will generate over the forecast horizon and a terminal value at the end of the forecast horizon. These future cash flows and terminal value are discounted to their present values using a discount rate derived from an analysis of the cost of capital for other companies in a similar stage of development as of each valuation date. The market comparable approach estimates value based on a comparison of our company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined which is applied to our historical and projected results of operations to estimate the value of our company. In our valuations, the multiples of the comparable companies was determined using a ratio of the market value of invested capital less cash to the last 12 month revenues, or the historical multiple, and the estimated future revenues for the each company’s next fiscal year and the fiscal year subsequent to next fiscal year, or the forward multiple. The estimated equity value is then allocated to determine the estimated value of common stock. In addition, we also considered an appropriate discount adjustment to the value of common stock to reflect the lack of marketability of the common stock of a privately-held entity.

For this allocation, the option pricing method, or OPM, was used for grants made prior to November 20, 2012, which treats each class of stock as a call option on all or part of the enterprise’s value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Under this method, the common stock has value only if funds available for distribution to stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event. The common stock is treated as a call option that gives the owner the right but not the obligation to buy the underlying enterprise value at an exercise price that is priced using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For options granted on or after December 31, 2012, the probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM, was used. The change to PWERM was made because it was deemed a more appropriate method when the time to our potential initial public offering was expected to be short. Under the PWERM, the value of equity is estimated based on analyses of future values for the enterprise assuming various possible outcomes. Share value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future returns to the equity investor, considering the likely future scenarios available to the enterprise and the rights and preferences of each share class. After the enterprise value is determined and allocated to the various classes of stock using either the OPM or PWERM allocation methodologies, a discount for lack of

 

-77-


Table of Contents

marketability, or DLOM, is applied to arrive at the fair value of our common stock. DLOM is applied based on the premise that a private company valuation analysis relies on data from publicly traded companies, which may have substantially different characteristics; thus, discount adjustment is needed to accurately estimate the fair value of the private company common stock.

The following discussion relates primarily to our determination of the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of calculating share-based compensation costs. In certain cases, when warranted, we considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation determined pursuant to one of the methods described below or a straight-line calculation between the two valuation dates. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date. No noted single event caused the valuation of our common stock to increase or decrease through March 2013. Instead, a combination of the factors described below in each period led to the changes in the fair value of our common stock. We granted stock options with the following exercise prices between January 1, 2012 and June 30, 2013:

 

Grant Date

   Number of
Shares
Granted
     Exercise
Price
     Fair Value Per
Share of
Common Stock
 

February 1, 2012

     731,834       $ 2.73       $ 3.35   

March 2, 2012

     1,039,712         2.73         3.92   

March 7, 2012

     30,000         2.73         4.02   

May 9, 2012

     305,000         4.48         5.16   

August 2, 2012

     825,712         6.78         6.78   

August 23, 2012

     164,000         6.78         6.78   

September 26, 2012

     982,500         6.78         6.78   

November 20, 2012

     190,000         6.94         6.94   

January 30, 2013

     211,500         7.62         7.92   

February 20, 2013

     192,300         7.62         8.14   

June 12, 2013

     1,367,300         10.42         10.82   

June 20, 2013

     63,402         10.42         11.08   

The aggregate intrinsic value of vested and unvested stock options as of June 30, 2013, based on an initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, was $     million and $     million, respectively.

The following discussion relates primarily to our determination of the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of calculating share-based compensation expense. The combination of the factors described below in each period led to the changes in the fair value of our common stock.

February 1, 2012, March 2, 2012 and March 7, 2012 grants

The factors our board of directors considered in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock in connection with the grant of stock options on February 1, 2012, March 2, 2012, and March 7, 2012 primarily included the results of our operations for the most recent quarter, which were in line with our expectations, and the most recent contemporaneous valuation prepared by a third-party valuation firm obtained as of December 31, 2011. Our enterprise value in this valuation incorporated a market approach, including the use of a market value revenue multiple of comparable public companies. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 1.25 years, a risk-free rate of 0.15%, dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 60% over the time to a liquidity event. The fair value of our common stock resulting from this method, and after applying a marketability discount, was $2.73. The fair value was

 

-78-


Table of Contents

assessed as $2.73 on February 1, 2012, March 2, 2012 and March 7, 2012 as our board of directors determined that there were no material changes in our business since December 31, 2011 or in the assumptions upon which the valuation was based.

For financial reporting purposes, we applied a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $2.73 per share as of December 31, 2011 and $4.48 per share as of March 31, 2012 to determine the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted during this period. Using the benefit of hindsight, we determined that the straight-line calculation would provide the most reasonable determination for the valuation of our common stock on this interim date between valuations because we did not identify any single event or series of events that occurred during this interim period that would have caused a material change in fair value. In March 2012, we were in the process of updating our financial forecasts and there was no single event identified during the interim period that resulted in the increase in fair value but rather a series of events related to our continued growth, including the overall improvement of the US economy, continued adoption of VOIP and mobile technologies in business, increasing volume of multi-user customers, continued expansion of our indirect channel via addition of new resellers, continued expansion of advertising campaigns beyond the Internet, such as radio and billboards, the hiring of our Chief Financial Officer, and the receipt of $8.0 million of proceeds from debt financing. Based on the straight-line calculation, we assessed the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted on February 1, 2012, March 2, 2012, and March 7, 2012 to be $3.35, $3.92 and $4.02, respectively.

May 9, 2012 grants

The factors our board of directors considered in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock in connection with the grant of stock options on May 9, 2012 primarily included the results of our operations for the most recent quarter, which were in line with our expectations, and the contemporaneous valuation prepared by a third-party valuation firm as of March 31, 2012. Our enterprise value in this valuation incorporated a market approach using a market value revenue multiple of comparable public companies. The enterprise value was allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of nine months, a risk-free rate of 0.17%, dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 51% over the time to a liquidity event. The fair value of our common stock as determined by an OPM, and after applying a marketability discount, was $4.48 per share as of March 31, 2012. The fair value of common stock was assessed as $4.48 per share on May 9, 2012 as our board of directors determined that there were no material changes in our business since March 31, 2012 or in the assumptions upon which the valuation was based.

For financial reporting purposes, we applied a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $4.48 per share as of March 31, 2012 and $6.06 per share as of June 30, 2012 to determine the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted during this period. Using the benefit of hindsight, we determined that the straight-line calculation would provide the most reasonable determination for the valuation of our common stock on this interim date between valuations because we did not identify any single event or series of events that occurred during this interim period that would have caused a material change in fair value. There was no single event identified during the interim period that resulted in the increase in fair value but rather a series of events related to our continued growth including the overall improvement of the US economy, continued adoption of VOIP and mobile technologies in business, increasing volume of multi-user customers, continued expansion of our indirect channel via the addition of new resellers, continued expansion of advertising campaigns beyond the Internet, such as radio and billboards, the receipt of $6.0 million of proceeds from debt financing and securitization of additional debt financing of up to an additional $14.0 million, as well as continued progress towards an initial public offering, such as hiring of additional accounting staff and implementation of a new ERP system. Based on the straight-line calculation, we assessed the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted on May 9, 2012 to be $5.16.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

August 2, 2012, August 23, 2012 and September 26, 2012 grants

The factors our board of directors considered in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock in connection with the grant of stock options on August 2, 2012, August 23, 2012 and September 26, 2012 primarily included the results of our operations for the most recent quarter, which were in line with our expectations, and the contemporaneous valuation prepared by a third-party valuation firm as of July 30, 2012. Our enterprise value in this valuation incorporated both an income approach utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis and market approach utilizing market value forward revenue multiples of comparable public companies. The income approach utilized a discount rate of 22% based primarily on benchmark venture capital studies of discount rates for other companies in a similar stage of development. The total enterprise value was then derived by applying a weighting factor of 25% to the indicated value of the income approach and 75% to the indicated value of the market approach. We believe the incorporation of the income approach and its relative weighting were reasonable based on an analysis of our industry and stage of development. The enterprise value was allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of eight months, a risk-free rate of 0.16%, dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 50% over the time to a liquidity event. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by an OPM and, after applying a marketability discount, was $6.78 per share as of July 30, 2012. The fair value of common stock was assessed as $6.78 per share on August 2, 2012, August 23, 2012 and September 26, 2012 as our board of directors determined that there were no material changes in our business since July 30, 2012 or in the assumptions upon which the valuation was based.

November 20, 2012 grant

The factors our board of directors considered in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock in connection with the grant of stock options on November 20, 2012 primarily included the results of our operations for the most recent quarter and the issuance of Series E preferred stock in November 2012. Our enterprise value in this valuation incorporated both an income approach utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis and market approach utilizing market value forward revenue multiples of comparable public companies. The valuation utilized a discount rate of 21% based primarily on benchmark venture capital studies of discount rates for other companies in a similar stage of development. The total enterprise value was then derived by applying a weighting factor of 25% to the indicated value of the income approach and 75% to the indicated value of the market approach. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of one year, a risk-free rate of 0.18%, dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 50% over the time to a liquidity event. The fair value of our common stock as determined by an OPM and, after applying a marketability discount, was $6.94 per share as of November 16, 2012. Our board of directors assessed the fair value of our common stock on November 20, 2012 to be $6.94 per share, which was consistent with the conclusion of the November 16, 2012 contemporaneous independent valuation.

January 31, 2013 and February 20, 2013 grants

The factors our board of directors considered in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock in connection with the grant of stock options on January 31, 2013 and February 20, 2013 primarily included the results of our operations for the most recent quarter which were in line with our expectations and the most recent contemporaneous valuation prepared by a third-party valuation firm obtained as of December 31, 2012. Our enterprise value in this valuation incorporated both an income approach utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis and market approach utilizing market value forward revenue multiples of comparable public companies. The valuation utilized a discount rate of 21% based primarily on benchmark venture capital studies of discount rates for other companies in a similar stage of development. The total enterprise value was then derived by applying a weighting factor of 50% to the indicated value of the income approach and 50% to the indicated value of the

 

-80-


Table of Contents

market approach as the values did not differ significantly. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing PWERM assuming various possible future events, including a 75% probability of an initial public offering. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by PWERM, and after applying a marketability discount, was $7.62 per share as of December 31, 2012. Our board of directors assessed the fair value of our common stock on January 31, 2013 and February 20, 2013 to be $7.62 per share, which was consistent with the conclusion of the December 31, 2012 valuation. Our board of directors determined that there were no material changes in our business since December 31, 2012, or in the assumptions upon which the valuation was based.

For financial reporting purposes, we applied a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $7.62 per share as of December 31, 2012 and $8.53 per share as of March 31, 2013 to determine the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted during this period. Using the benefit of hindsight, we determined that the straight-line calculation would provide the most reasonable determination for the valuation of our common stock on this interim date between valuations because we did not identify any single event or series of events that occurred during this interim period that would have caused a material change in fair value. There was no single event identified during the interim period that resulted in the increase in fair value but rather a series of events related to our continued growth, including the overall improvement of the U.S. economy and capital markets, continued adoption of VOIP and mobile technologies in business, increasing volume of multi-user customers, increasing volume of customers signing contracts longer than 30 days, continued expansion of our indirect channel via the addition of new resellers, and continued expansion of advertising campaigns beyond the Internet, such as radio and billboards. Therefore, we determined that the straight-line calculation would provide the most reasonable conclusion for the value of our common stock on grant dates occurring during this period. Based on the straight-line calculation, we assessed the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted on January 31, 2013 and February 20, 2013 to be $7.92 and $8.14, respectively.

Our enterprise value in the March 31, 2013 valuation incorporated both an income approach utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis and market approach utilizing market value forward revenue multiples of comparable public companies. The valuation utilized a discount rate of 20% based primarily on benchmark venture capital studies of discount rates for other companies in a similar stage of development. The total enterprise value was then derived by applying a weighting factor of 50% to the indicated value of the income approach and 50% to the indicated value of the market approach. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing PWERM assuming various possible future events, including a 75% probability of an initial public offering. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by PWERM, and after applying a marketability discount, was $8.53 per share as of March 31, 2013.

June 12, 2013 and June 20, 2013 grants

The factors our board of directors considered in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock in connection with the grant of stock options on June 12, 2013 and June 20, 2013 primarily included the results of our operations for the most recent quarter which were in line with our expectations and the most recent contemporaneous valuation prepared by a third-party valuation firm obtained as of June 1, 2013. Our enterprise value in this valuation incorporated both an income approach utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis and market approach utilizing market value forward revenue multiples of comparable public companies. The total enterprise value was then derived by applying a weighting factor of 50% to the indicated value of the income approach and 50% to the indicated value of the market approach, as the values did not differ significantly. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing PWERM assuming various possible future events, including a 75% probability of an initial public offering. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by PWERM, and after applying a marketability discount, was $10.42 per share as of

 

-81-


Table of Contents

June 1, 2013. Our board of directors assessed the fair value of our common stock on June 12, 2013 and June 20, 2013 to be $10.42 per share, which was consistent with the conclusion of the June 1, 2013 valuation. Our board of directors determined that there were no material changes in our business since June 1, 2013.

For financial reporting purposes, we applied a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $10.42 per share as of June 1, 2013 and $11.41 per share as of June 30, 2013 to determine the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted during this period. Using the benefit of hindsight, we determined that the straight-line calculation would provide the most reasonable determination for the valuation of our common stock on this interim date between valuations because we did not identify any single event or series of events that occurred during this interim period that would have caused a material change in fair value. Therefore, we determined that the straight-line calculation would provide the most reasonable conclusion for the value of our common stock on grant dates occurring during this period. Based on the straight-line calculation, we assessed the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted on June 12, 2013 and June 20, 2013 to be $10.82 and $11.08, respectively.

Our enterprise value in the June 30, 2013 valuation incorporated both an income approach utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis and market approach utilizing market value forward revenue multiples of comparable public companies. The total enterprise value was then derived by applying a weighting factor of 50% to the indicated value of the income approach and 50% to the indicated value of the market approach. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing PWERM assuming various possible future events, including a 80% probability of an initial public offering. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by PWERM, and after applying a marketability discount, was $11.41 per share as of June 30, 2013.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Six months ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (614   $ (779   $ (15,015   $ (8,896   $ (12,357

Net cash used in investing activities

     (4,764     (6,664     (10,172     (5,563     (6,081

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 11,713      $ 9,887      $ 49,475      $ 13,670      $ (50

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our preferred stock, proceeds from issuance of debt and sales to our customers. As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, we had $37.9 million and $19.4 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents.

During 2012, we raised $30.0 million through the private placement of 3.1 million shares of our Series E preferred stock. The shares are not mandatorily redeemable but do contain a liquidation preference equal to the original issue price plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares.

During 2012, we borrowed $24.5 million under three different loan and security agreements. In March 2012, we borrowed $8.0 million from Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, under our loan and security agreement, or our SVB Credit Agreement, which is required to be repaid over three years and accrues interest at a floating annual rate equal to prime plus 2.75%. In June 2012, we borrowed $6.0 million under a growth capital loan from TriplePoint Capital LLC, or TriplePoint, which is required to be repaid

 

-82-


Table of Contents

over 36 months as follows: three months of interest-only payments at an annual fixed rate of 9.0% followed by 33 equal monthly installments of principal and interest at an annual fixed rate of 8.5%. In addition, a final payment equal to 4.0% of the original loan principal is due at maturity. In August 2012, we borrowed $9.7 million under an equipment loan with TriplePoint, which is required to be repaid over three years and accrues interest at an annual fixed rate of 5.75%.

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we borrowed $4.0 million under our existing growth capital loan and security agreement with TriplePoint. The loan is required to be repaid over 36 months as follows: three months of interest-only payments at an annual fixed rate of 9.0%, followed by 33 equal monthly installments of principal and interest at an annual fixed rate of 8.5%. In addition, a final payment equal to 4.0% of the original loan principal is due at maturity.

In August 2013, we borrowed $5.0 million under a term loan, pursuant to an amendment to our growth capital loan and security agreement with TriplePoint. This term loan accrues monthly interest at an annual fixed rate of 11.0% and must be repaid in 36 equal monthly installments of principal plus interest until it matures on August 13, 2016. A final payment equal to 2.75% of the original principal amount is due at maturity.

In August 2013, we borrowed $10.8 million under a revolving line of credit and $5.0 million under a term loan, pursuant to an amendment to our SVB Credit Agreement, or our Amended SVB Credit Agreement. The revolving line of credit bears monthly interest at a floating annual rate of prime plus 2.0%, and all outstanding amounts must be repaid on August 13, 2015. The term loan bears interest at an annual fixed rate of 11.0%, and all outstanding amounts must be repaid on August 1, 2016. A final payment of 2.75% of the amount advanced under the term loan is due at maturity of the term loan.

A significant majority of our customers are on 30-day subscription periods and billed at the beginning of each subscription period via credit card. Some of our customers enter into subscription periods longer than 30 days. A small number of our customers are invoiced net 30 days. Therefore, a substantial source of our cash provided by operating activities is our deferred revenue, which is included on our consolidated balance sheet as a liability. Deferred revenue consists of the unearned portion of billed fees for our subscriptions, which is recognized as revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policy. As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, we had deferred revenue of $11.3 million and $13.7 million, respectively, recorded as a current liability. This deferred revenue will be recognized as revenue when all of the revenue recognition criteria are met.

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

As of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, we had working capital deficits of $5.1 million, $0.5 million and $22.8 million, and current ratios of 0.77, 0.99 and 0.56, respectively. Cash used in operating activities is significantly influenced by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business, the increase in the number of customers using our cloud-based software, and the amount and timing of customer payments. For the periods presented, we have continued to experience increases in customer acquisition costs combined with increases in investments in personnel and infrastructure, all of which have significantly exceeded the growth in our customer base, driving net losses, which have resulted from negative working capital for the periods presented. Cash used in operating activities has historically come from a net loss driven by sales of subscriptions for our software services offset by non-cash expense items, such as depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, and stock-based compensation, as well as working capital sources of cash driven by increases in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and deferred revenue. As we continue to invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business, we expect these working capital deficits, and uses of cash by operations, to continue.

 

-83-


Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities increased by $0.2 million from fiscal 2010 to 2011 primarily due to increases in our net loss from operations of $6.6 million and inventory of $1.3 million offset by $2.6 million in non-cash charges, including depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation expense, accounts payable of $0.8 million and deferred revenue of $0.5 million. The increase in net loss in fiscal 2011 is a reflection of higher customer acquisition costs driven by a significant increase in our customer base, combined with investments in our own infrastructure (data center and customer support operations) and personnel to support the increased volume of business. The growth in our business also explains why accounts payable and deferred revenue increased and why we are carrying more inventory in fiscal 2011 as compared to 2010. The increase in depreciation and amortization charges are the result of significant expenditures and investments made in capital equipment over the past two fiscal years.

Net cash used in operating activities during fiscal 2012 increased by $14.2 million from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012, primarily due to our increase in net loss from operations of $21.5 million, an increase of $2.0 million in accounts receivable, an increase of $2.2 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets and a decrease of $3.6 million in accounts payable. These uses were offset by an increase of $10.3 million in accrued liabilities and an increase of $4.6 million in non-cash charges, including depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation expense. The increases in net loss, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, accrued liabilities and depreciation and amortization expense reflect the additional investments necessary to support the growing requirements of our research and development, sales and marketing, data center, and customer support operations functions.

Net cash used in operating activities increased by $3.5 million from the six months ended June 30, 2012 to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to an increase in net loss from operations of $5.1 million, and a decrease of $6.2 million in accrued liabilities. These uses of cash were offset by the following sources of cash: (i) a decrease of $1.2 million in accounts receivable, (ii) an increase of $3.3 million in accounts payable, (iii) an increase of $0.7 million in deferred revenue and (iv) a $2.8 million increase in non-cash charges, including depreciation, amortization, and share-based compensation expenses. The changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities result primarily from the timing of payments to our vendors.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of capital expenditures to purchase equipment necessary to support our data center facilities and our network and other operations. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures to continue to increase.

Net cash used in investing activities increased by $1.9 million from fiscal 2010 to 2011 due to an increase in payments on purchases of property and equipment of $2.2 million. The level of investment in capital equipment during fiscal 2011 was continued to support sustained growth of headcount levels in all functions of the business.

Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2012 increased by $3.5 million from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012 due to an increase of $3.5 million in purchase volumes of property and equipment. Additional investments in capital equipment were necessary to support the increase in headcount levels in all functions of the business, as well as additional capacity in our platform to support our increasing customer base.

Net cash used in investing activities increased by $0.5 million from the six months ended June 30, 2012 to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to purchases of equipment related to the build out of our overseas data centers.

 

-84-


Table of Contents

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Our primary financing activities have consisted of equity issuances of preferred stock raised to fund our operations as well as proceeds from and payments on equipment debt and capital lease obligations entered into to finance investments in personnel and infrastructure.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased by $1.8 million from fiscal 2010 to 2011 primarily due to the fact that no additional borrowing from our lenders occurred in 2011, whereas we borrowed $2.5 million in fiscal 2010.

Net cash provided by financing activities increased during fiscal 2012 by $39.6 million from fiscal 2011 to 2012, primarily due to $29.9 million in proceeds from the sale of preferred stock in 2012, and $24.5 million in proceeds from the term loans, offset by $4.8 million in principal repayments of term loans and capital lease obligations.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased by $13.7 million from the six months ended June 30, 2012 to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to the borrowing of $15.0 million from a bank loan in the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the borrowing of $4.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013, to fund working capital, and an increase of $2.3 million in principal repayments in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Capital Resources

We have satisfied our capital and liquidity needs primarily through private sales of equity securities, sales to customers and debt financings. As of June 30, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $19.4 million, which were predominately denominated in U.S. dollars and consisted of bank deposits. As of June 30, 2013, $0.4 million of cash was held by our foreign subsidiaries. We have incurred net losses of $13.9 million and $35.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and $18.7 million and $23.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Our accumulated deficit as of June 30, 2013 was $107.5 million.

We require access to capital to fund our operations, including general working capital for operating expenses, purchases of property and equipment for our operations, and other needs. We believe that our existing liquidity sources will satisfy our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. Our existing sources of liquidity include our existing cash and cash equivalent balances, which includes an additional $20.8 million of debt financing, which we borrowed in August 2013, and an exercisable put right to issue an additional $7.5 million of preferred stock to our existing investors. Excluding the exercisable put right, we believe that our existing sources of liquidity are sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. We expect our future sources of liquidity will increase as a result of the cash proceeds we receive from this offering. We expect that our operating losses and negative cash flows from operations will continue through at least the next 12 months and we expect to raise additional debt or equity financing needed to fund operations until we achieve positive cash flows from profitable operations. We cannot assure you that such additional financing will be available at terms acceptable to us, or at all.

 

-85-


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Less than
1 year
     1 to 3 years      4 to 5 years      more than
5 years
     Total  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 1,313       $ 2,139       $ 1,383       $         -       $ 4,835   

Capital lease obligations

     388         775         -         -         1,163   

Short- and long-term debt obligations

     7,919         12,580         -         -         20,499   

Purchase obligations

     16,216         -         -         -         16,216   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 25,836       $ 15,494       $ 1,383       $ -       $ 42,713   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchase obligations represent an estimate of all open purchase orders and contractual obligations in the normal course of business for which we have not received the goods or services as of December 31, 2012. Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, except for our purchase orders with our inventory suppliers, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services. Our purchase orders with our inventory suppliers are non-cancellable. In addition, we have other obligations for goods and services entered into in the normal course of business. These obligations, however, are either not enforceable or legally binding, or are subject to change based on our business decisions. The aggregate of these items represents our estimate of purchase obligations.

Silicon Valley Bank Credit Facility

In August 2013, we entered into our Amended SVB Credit Agreement, which provides for a revolving line of credit of up to $15.0 million and a term loan of up to $5.0 million. The revolving line of credit bears interest at a floating annual rate of prime plus 2.0%, which must be paid monthly, and all outstanding principal and unpaid interest must be repaid by August 13, 2015. The term loan bears interest at a fixed annual rate of 11.0%, which must be paid monthly, and all principal amounts and unpaid interest must be repaid by August 1, 2016, unless we voluntarily repay the balance at an earlier date without penalty. A final payment of 2.75% of the amount advanced under the term loan is due upon repayment of this loan at maturity or prepayment of this loan. On August 14, 2013, we borrowed $10.8 million under the revolving line of credit, which represented our full available borrowing capacity on that date. The borrowing limit available under the revolving line of credit increases as the principal balance of our existing $8.0 million term loan from SVB is repaid. The existing term loan had an outstanding principal balance of $4.2 million on the amendment date. On August 16, 2013, we borrowed the full $5.0 million available under the new term loan.

In connection with our Amended SVB Credit Agreement, we issued SVB warrants to purchase 90,324 shares of our Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.69 per share. We have pledged all of our assets, excluding intellectual property, as collateral to secure our obligations under our Amended SVB Credit Agreement.

As of June 30, 2013, we were not in compliance with the covenant regarding maintaining a minimum cash balance as defined in our SVB Credit Agreement. However, SVB waived this non-compliance in connection with entering into the Amended SVB Credit Agreement. Our Amended SVB Credit Agreement contains customary negative covenants that limit our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, repurchase stock, pay dividends, transfer assets and merge or consolidate. Our Amended SVB Credit Agreement also contains customary affirmative covenants, including requirements to, among other things, (1) maintain minimum cash

 

-86-


Table of Contents

balances representing the greater of $5.0 million or two times our quarterly cash burn rate, as defined in the amended agreement, from and after our initial public offering, and (2) deliver audited financial statements.

TriplePoint Capital Credit Facility

In June 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement for a secured term facility, or our Growth Capital Loan Facility, and an equipment loan and security agreement for a secured equipment loan facility, or our Equipment Loan Facility, both with TriplePoint.

Our Equipment Loan Facility provides for a $10.0 million term loan, which we may increase by an additional $10.0 million, subject to certain conditions, to finance the purchase of equipment and software. This facility was available to be drawn through June 21, 2013, at which date the additional $10.0 million expired unused. On August 27, 2012, we borrowed an aggregate of $9.7 million under our Equipment Loan Facility, which accrues interest at an annual interest rate of 5.75% and matures on August 1, 2015. A final payment equal to 10.0% of each advance made under our Equipment Loan Facility is due at maturity. In connection with entering into our Equipment Loan Facility, we issued TriplePoint a warrant to purchase shares of our Series D preferred stock with the exercise price set at the lower of: (i) $6.03 or (ii) the lowest price per share in the next round of preferred stock financing. The shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant are issuable in two tranches: (i) 29,043 shares, in connection with establishing our Equipment Loan Facility in June 2012, and (ii) 1.75% of the amount advanced, up to an additional 29,043 shares, of which 28,144 shares were issued under our Equipment Loan Facility. As a result of our Series E preferred stock financing, the exercise price became fixed at $6.03 per share. Our Equipment Loan Facility is secured by the equipment financed under this facility.

Our Growth Capital Loan Facility provides for a $6.0 million term loan, which was increased by an additional $4.0 million upon our submission of an S-1 registration statement contemplating an initial public offering of our common stock with expected total net proceeds of at least $50.0 million. On June 29, 2012, we borrowed $6.0 million under our Growth Capital Loan Facility, which is required to be repaid over 36 months as follows: three months of interest-only payments at an annual fixed rate of 9.0% followed by 33 equal monthly installments of principal and interest at an annual fixed rate of 8.5%. In addition, a final payment equal to 4.0% of each advance made under our Growth Capital Loan Facility is due at maturity. On June 28, 2013, we borrowed the additional $4.0 million under our Growth Capital Loan Facility. In connection with entering into our Growth Capital Loan Facility in June 2012, we issued TriplePoint a warrant to purchase 49,788 shares of Series D preferred stock with the exercise price set at the lower of: (i) $6.03 or (ii) the lowest price per share in the next round of preferred stock financing. As a result of our Series E preferred stock financing, the exercise price became fixed at $6.03 per share. In connection with borrowing the additional $4.0 million that became available in June 2013, we issued TriplePoint a warrant to purchase 33,192 shares of Series D preferred stock with the exercise price set at the lower of: (i) $6.03 or (ii) the lowest price per share in the next round of preferred stock financing. At June 30, 2013, the exercise price of the warrant to purchase 33,192 shares of Series D preferred stock remains adjustable. We have pledged all of our assets, excluding intellectual property, as collateral to secure our obligations under our Growth Capital Loan Facility.

In August 2013, we amended the loan and security agreement for our Growth Capital Loan Facility to provide for an additional $5.0 million term loan. This term loan accrues monthly interest at a fixed annual rate of 11.0% and must be repaid in equal monthly installments of principal plus interest until it matures on August 13, 2016. A final payment of 2.75% of the original principal amount is due at maturity. On August 19, 2013, we borrowed the full $5.0 million under this term loan. In connection with amending this agreement, we issued TriplePoint a warrant to purchase 51,614 shares of Series E

 

-87-


Table of Contents

preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.69 per share. We have pledged all of our assets, excluding intellectual property, as collateral to secure our obligations under this agreement.

As of June 30, 2013, we are in compliance with all covenants under our credit agreements with TriplePoint. Our credit agreements contain customary negative covenants that limit our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, repurchase stock, pay dividends, transfer assets and merge or consolidate. The credit agreements also contain customary affirmative covenants, including requirements to, among other things, deliver audited financial statements.

Indemnification Obligations

Certain of our agreements with sales agents, resellers and customers include provisions for indemnification against liabilities if our services infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnification provisions and have not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 or June 30, 2013.

Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to certain legal proceedings described below, and from time to time may be involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations, and proceedings relating to contractual disputes, intellectual property rights, employment matters, regulatory compliance matters, and other litigation matters relating to various claims that arise in the normal course of business. We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing specific litigation and regulatory matters using reasonably available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with inside and outside counsel, which involves a subjective analysis of potential results and outcomes, assuming various combinations of appropriate litigation and settlement strategies. Legal fees are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. No accrued liability for loss contingencies related to legal matters is recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, we recorded accrued liabilities of $1.1 million and $4.3 million, respectively, for the probable and estimable amount of all loss contingencies related to legal matters.

In June 2011, j2 Global, Inc., or j2, and Advanced Messaging Technologies, Inc. filed a joint complaint against us in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Case No. 2:11-cv-04686-DDP-AJW, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 6,208,638, 6,350,066, and 7,020,132, and seeking a permanent injunction, damages, and attorneys’ fees should judgment be found against us. On March 4, 2013, Advanced Messaging Technologies filed a second complaint against us in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Case No. 2:13-CV-01526, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 7,975,368. On April 26, 2013, we entered into a license and settlement agreement with j2 and one of its affiliates to settle the matters. Under the terms of the settlement, the parties granted each other certain patent cross-licenses for over 10 years and the parties have dismissed all claims in these matters with prejudice.

On December 21, 2012, CallWave Communications, LLC, or CallWave, which we believe is a non-practicing entity, filed a lawsuit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, CallWave Communications, LLC v. RingCentral, Inc. , Case No. 1:12-cv-01748-RGA. CallWave has asserted similar claims against other companies, including Google Inc., AT&T Inc., AT&T Mobility LLC,

 

-88-


Table of Contents

Sprint Nextel Corp., T-Mobile US, Inc., Verizon Communications, Inc., Research in Motion Limited and Telovations, Inc. Since then, CallWave has amended its complaint twice such that they are currently asserting U.S. Patents Nos. 7,397,910 (the ‘910 patent), 7,555,110 (the ‘110 patent), 7,822,188 (the ‘188 patent), 8,325,901 (the ‘901 patent), 7,636,428 (the ‘428 patent), 8,351,591 (the ‘591 patent), 8,064,588 (the ‘588 patent), and 7,839,987 (the ‘987 patent) against our products and services and AT&T’s Office@Hand products and services, seeking damages but no injunction. AT&T has sought and RingCentral has agreed to indemnify and to defend AT&T for losses that are solely attributable to CallWave’s infringement allegations against our products and services. On April 1, 2013, we filed an Answer and Counterclaims denying all claims by CallWave in the First Amended Complaint. On June 3, 2013, we filed an Answer and Counterclaims denying all claims by CallWave in the Second Amended Complaint. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against CallWave’s claims to the extent necessary. The result of this litigation is inherently uncertain, and, at this time, we believe that there is no material exposure above the loss contingencies that have been recorded.

Sales Tax Liability

During 2010 and 2011, we increased our sales and marketing activities in the U.S., which may be asserted by a number of states to create an obligation under nexus regulations to collect sales taxes on sales to customers in the state. Prior to 2012, we did not collect sales taxes from our customers on sales in all states. In the second quarter of 2012, we commenced collecting and remitting sales taxes on sales in all states, therefore the loss contingency is applicable to sales and marketing activities in 2010, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, we recorded a long-term sales tax liability of $3.5 million, $3.9 million, and $4.0 million, respectively, based on our best estimate of the probable liability for the loss contingency incurred as of those dates. Our estimate of a probable outcome under the loss contingency is based on analysis of our sales and marketing activities, revenues subject to sales tax, and applicable regulations in each state in each period. No significant adjustments to the long-term sales tax liability have been recognized in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for changes to the assumptions underlying the estimate.

Employee Agreements

We have signed various employment agreements with executives and key employees pursuant to which if we terminate their employment without cause or if the employee does so for good reason following a change of control of our company, the employees are entitled to receive certain benefits, including severance payments, and accelerated vesting of stock options and continued COBRA coverage. To date, no triggering events which would cause these provisions to become effective have occurred. Therefore, no liabilities have been recorded for these agreements in the consolidated financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices

 

-89-


Table of Contents

and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. Most of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore our net revenues are not currently subject to significant foreign currency risk. Our operating expenses are denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, which are primarily in the U.S., Canada, the Philippines, Russia, Ukraine, UK and China. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we also formed a wholly owned subsidiary in the Netherlands and in the second quarter of 2013, we formed a wholly owned subsidiary in Switzerland. Our consolidated results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. To date, we have not entered into any hedging arrangements with respect to foreign currency risk or other derivative financial instruments. During 2012 and during the six months ended June 30, 2013, the effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We had cash and cash equivalents of $37.9 million and $19.4 million as of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, respectively. We hold our cash and cash equivalents for working capital purposes. Our cash and cash equivalents are held in cash and short-term money market funds. Due to the short-term nature of these instruments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce future interest income. During fiscal 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, the effect of a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in overall interest rates would not have had a material impact on our interest income. In addition, as of December 31, 2012, we had approximately $6.0 million in short and long-term debt with variable interest rate components. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease would have had a $0.6 million impact on our interest expense. At June 30, 2013, we had approximately $4.7 million in short- and long-term debt with variable interest rate components. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease would have had a $0.5 million impact on our interest expense.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued an accounting standards update on foreign currency matters that provides additional guidance with respect to the reclassification into income of the cumulative translation adjustment, or CTA, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income associated with a parent company’s ownership interest in a foreign entity. The standard differentiates between transactions occurring within a foreign entity and transactions affecting an investment in a foreign entity. For transactions within a foreign entity, the full CTA associated with the foreign entity would be reclassified into income only when the sale of a subsidiary or group of net assets within the foreign entity represents the substantially complete liquidation of that foreign entity. For transactions affecting an investment in a foreign entity, the full CTA associated with the foreign entity would be reclassified into income only if the parent no longer has a controlling interest in that foreign entity as a result of the transaction. In addition, acquisitions of a foreign entity completed in stages will trigger release of the CTA associated with an equity method investment in that entity at the point a controlling interest in the foreign entity is obtained. We are required to adopt this standard for our interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013. This standard would impact our consolidated financial condition or results of operations only in the instance a transaction described above occurs.

 

-90-


Table of Contents

In July 2013, the FASB issued an accounting standards update on presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists. The standard requires that unrecognized tax benefits should be presented as a reduction to deferred tax assets for net operating loss carry forwards, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carry forward, or collectively, a Carryforward, if such Carryforward is required or expected to settle the additional income taxes in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. The standard also requires in situations that a Carryforward cannot be used or the deferred tax asset is not intended to be used for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be recorded as a liability and should not offset deferred tax assets. We are required to adopt this standard for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance, but do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

 

-91-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions for business communications. We believe that our innovative, cloud-based approach disrupts the large market for business communications solutions by providing flexible and cost-effective services that support distributed workforces, mobile employees and the proliferation of “bring-your-own” communications devices. We enable convenient and effective communications for our customers across all their locations, all their employees, all the time, thus enabling a more productive and dynamic workforce. RingCentral Office, our flagship service, is a multi-user, enterprise-grade communications solution that enables our customers and their employees to communicate via voice, text and fax, on multiple devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones.

Traditionally, businesses have used on-premise hardware-based communications systems, commonly referred to as private branch exchanges, or PBXs. These systems generally require specialized and expensive hardware that must be deployed at every business location and are primarily designed for employees working only at that location and using only their desk phones. In addition, these systems generally require significant upfront investment and ongoing maintenance and support costs. Furthermore, according to Gartner’s April 2013 report entitled “Bring Your Own Device: The Facts and the Future,” by 2017, half of employers will require their employees to supply their own devices for work purposes. We believe that this trend will create additional challenges for businesses using legacy communications solutions.

Our solutions have been developed with a mobile-centric approach and can be configured, managed and used from a smartphone or tablet. We have designed our user interfaces to be intuitive and easy to use for both administrators and end-users. We believe that we can provide substantial savings to our customers because our services do not require the significant upfront investment in on-premise infrastructure hardware or ongoing maintenance costs commonly associated with on-premise systems. Our solutions generally use existing broadband connections. We design our solutions to be delivered to our customers with high reliability and quality of service using our proprietary high-availability and scalable infrastructure.

The market for business communications solutions is large. According to Infonetics Research, from 2008 through 2012, there were 61 million PBX lines sold in North America. Assuming our current base selling price of approximately $20 per user per month, we believe that the potential replacement market is approximately $15 billion in North America. We also believe that this estimate significantly understates the potential market opportunity for our cloud-based solutions because a significant number of businesses today have not historically deployed a business communications system due to functionality limitations, cost and other factors.

We primarily generate revenues by selling subscriptions for our cloud-based services. We focus on acquiring and retaining our customers and increasing their spending with us through adding additional users, upselling current customers to premium service editions, and providing additional features and functionality. We market and sell our services directly, through both our website and inside sales teams, as well as indirectly through a network of over 1,000 sales agents and resellers, including AT&T, which we refer to collectively as resellers. We have a differentiated business model that reduces the time and cost to purchase, activate and begin using our services. We generally offer free trials to prospective customers, allowing them to evaluate our solutions before making a purchasing decision.

We have a diverse and growing customer base comprised of over 300,000 businesses across a wide range of industries, including advertising, consulting, finance, healthcare, legal, real estate, retail

 

-92-


Table of Contents

and technology. To date, we have focused our principal efforts on the market for small and medium-sized businesses, defined by IDC as less than 1,000 employees, in the U.S. and Canada. We are making investments in an effort to address larger customers. We also believe that there is an additional growth opportunity in international markets.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, with total revenues of $50.2 million, $78.9 million and $114.5 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, generating year-over-year increases of 57% and 45%, respectively. We have continued to make significant expenditures and investments, including in research and development, brand marketing and channel development, infrastructure and operations, and incurred net losses of $7.3 million, $13.9 million and $35.4 million, in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, our total revenues were $51.8 million and $73.2 million, respectively, and our net losses were $18.7 million and $23.9 million, respectively.

Industry Background

The Market for Business Communications Solutions is Large

According to Infonetics Research, from 2008 through 2012, there were 61 million PBX lines sold in North America. Assuming our current base selling price of approximately $20 per user per month, we believe that the potential replacement market is approximately $15 billion in North America. We also believe that this estimate significantly understates the potential market opportunity for our cloud-based solutions, because a significant number of businesses today have not historically deployed a business communications system due to functionality limitations, cost and other factors.

Evolution in the Way People Work and Communicate

In recent years, there have been significant changes in how people work and communicate with customers, co-workers and other third parties. Traditionally, business personnel worked primarily at a single office, during business hours, and utilized desk phones as their primary communications devices connected through a PBX. With the proliferation of smartphones and tablets that offer much of the functionality of PCs, combined with the pervasiveness of inexpensive broadband Internet access, businesses are increasingly working around the clock across geographically dispersed locations, and their employees are using a broad array of communications devices and utilizing text, along with voice and fax, for business communications.

These changes have created new challenges for business communications. Traditional on-premise systems are generally not designed for workforce mobility, “bring-your-own” communications device environments, or the use of multiple communication channels, including text. Today, businesses require flexible, location- and device-agnostic communications solutions that provide users with a single identity across multiple locations and devices.

 

-93-


Table of Contents

Limitations of Existing Business Communications Systems

 

LOGO

We believe that legacy on-premise systems have several limiting characteristics, including being:

 

  Ÿ  

Location-Specific.     On-premise systems are typically hardware-based and primarily manage desk phones at a single office location. These systems are complex to use for businesses with multiple office locations and employees working remotely or largely outside an office.

 

  Ÿ  

Device-Specific.     On-premise systems are generally designed to work with a specific fixed-line phone provisioned to work only with a certain type of system. As a result, on-premise systems do not work well with smartphones, tablets and PCs and can have difficulty supporting a “bring-your-own” communications device business environment.

 

  Ÿ  

Difficult to Deploy, Use and Manage.     On-premise systems can be difficult and time-consuming to set up, deploy, manage and support. They generally require the installation and configuration of complex hardware infrastructure, a connection to phone networks, time-consuming set up and activation and training for administrators and end-users. They also generally lack simple and intuitive user interfaces for easy configuration and use. As a result, on-premise systems generally are not “user-friendly,” have long deployment cycles and require technical expertise to set up, manage and use.

 

  Ÿ  

Challenging to Scale.     On-premise systems do not efficiently scale with business growth, as additional hardware and software upgrades are often required to support additional employees and offices. Costly upgrades are also typically required to support additional features and functionality.

 

  Ÿ  

Expensive.     On-premise systems are typically expensive to deploy and manage. They not only require upfront costs on hardware and software, but also ongoing maintenance and upgrade costs. These legacy systems also often require trained and dedicated IT personnel to support ongoing use of the system.

 

  Ÿ  

Difficult to Integrate.     On-premise systems are relatively inflexible and often require extensive investments of time and IT personnel to integrate with other commonly used business applications, such as content management, email and collaboration applications.

 

-94-


Table of Contents

Opportunity for Next-Generation, Cloud-Based Business Communications Platform

Fundamental advances in cloud technologies have enabled a new generation of business software to be delivered as a service over the Internet. Today, mission-critical applications such as customer relationship management, human capital management, enterprise resource planning and information technology, or IT, support are being delivered securely and reliably to businesses through cloud-based platforms. While on-premise systems typically require significant upfront and ongoing costs, as well as trained and dedicated IT personnel, cloud-based services enable cost-effective and easy delivery of business applications to users regardless of location or access device.

We believe that there is a significant opportunity to leverage the benefits of cloud computing to provide next-generation, cloud-based business communications solutions that address the new realities of workforce mobility, multi-device environments and multi-channel communications, thereby enabling people to communicate the way they do business. In addition to location and device independence, these next-generation solutions should also provide the scalability, ease of use and affordability that are lacking in legacy on-premise business communications systems today.

We believe both large and small businesses currently served by on-premise systems may embrace this opportunity to replace those systems. We also believe that businesses not currently served by on-premise business communications systems, due to functionality and cost limitations, may embrace the opportunity to use cloud-based business communications solutions.

Our Solutions

Our cloud-based business communications solutions provide a single user identity across multiple locations and devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, and allow for communication across multiple channels, including voice, text and fax. Our proprietary solutions enable a more productive and dynamic workforce, and has been architected using industry standards to meet modern business communications requirements, including workforce mobility, “bring-your-own” communications device environments and multiple communications channels.

Our solutions are delivered using a high-availability and, scalable infrastructure and are designed for easy self-service activation, provisioning and management with minimal technical expertise or training required. Our solutions scale easily and rapidly, allowing our customers to add new users regardless of where they are located. They are generally affordable, requiring little to no upfront infrastructure hardware costs or ongoing maintenance and upgrade costs commonly associated with on-premise systems. RingCentral Office, our flagship offering, is a multi-user, enterprise-grade communications solution. We also offer RingCentral Professional, primarily an inbound call routing service with additional text and fax capabilities targeting smaller deployments, and RingCentral Fax, an Internet fax service that permits sending and receiving faxes over the Internet.

 

-95-


Table of Contents

RingCentral Solutions

LOGO

We believe that our solutions provide not only the core functionality of existing on-premise communications solutions, but also additional key benefits that address the changing requirements of business. The key benefits of our solutions include:

 

  Ÿ  

Location Independence.     Our cloud-based solution is designed to be location independent. We seamlessly connect distributed and mobile users, enabling employees to communicate with a single identity whether working from a central location, a branch office, on the road, or at home.

 

-96-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Device Independence.     Our solution is designed to work with a broad range of devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, enabling businesses to successfully implement a “bring-your-own” communications device strategy.

 

  Ÿ  

Instant Activation; Easy Account Management.     Our solutions are designed for rapid deployment and ease of management. Our simple and intuitive graphical user interfaces allow administrators and users to set up and manage their business communications system with little or no IT expertise, training or dedicated staffing. Our solutions work with users’ existing smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones. Additionally, if a customer desires new desk phones, we also sell pre-configured, Plug&Ring -ready phones that can be easily connected to the customer’s existing broadband service.

 

  Ÿ  

Scalability.     Our cloud-based solutions scale easily and efficiently with the growth of our customers. Customers can add users, regardless of their location, without having to purchase additional infrastructure hardware or software upgrades.

 

  Ÿ  

Lower Cost of Ownership.     We believe that our customers experience significantly lower cost of ownership compared to legacy on-premise systems. Using our cloud-based solutions, our customers can avoid the significant upfront costs of infrastructure hardware, software, ongoing maintenance and upgrade costs, and the need for dedicated and trained IT personnel.

 

  Ÿ  

Seamless and Intuitive Integration with Other Cloud-Based Applications.      Cloud-based applications are proliferating within businesses of all sizes. Integration of these cloud-based business applications with legacy on-premise systems is typically complex and expensive, which limits the ability of businesses to leverage cloud-based applications. Our platform provides seamless and intuitive integration with multiple popular cloud-based business applications such as salesforce.com, Google Drive, Box and Dropbox.

 

-97-


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

Our competitive strengths include:

 

  Ÿ  

Proprietary Core Technology Platform.      We have developed our core multi-tenant, cloud-based, high-availability, scalable platform in-house over several years using industry standards. Our platform incorporates our communications and messaging services, delivery and billing infrastructure and application programming interfaces, or APIs, for integration with third parties. We believe that owning our own technology allows us to regularly improve our platform to meet new customer needs and to seamlessly and rapidly deliver new features and functionality to our customers via our SaaS platform.

 

LOGO

 

Ÿ      Mobile-Centric Approach.     Our platform was developed with a mobile-centric approach and can be provisioned, configured, managed and used from a smartphone or tablet as well as from PCs and the Web. Our solutions are designed to work with a broad range of devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, enabling businesses to successfully implement a “bring-your-own” communications device strategy.

 

Ÿ      Rapid Innovation and Release Cycle.    We strive to continuously innovate in an effort to regularly release new features and functionality to our customers. We intend to continue to invest significantly in research and development to increase the quality of our services and develop and deliver new services quickly to meet evolving customer demand. We believe that our ability to rapidly innovate and enhance our communications solutions is an important competitive advantage.

 

Ÿ      Quality and Reliability of Service.     Our platform employs a number of technologies and tools to provide the quality of service that our customers expect while using their existing broadband connections. We can optimize for quality of end-user broadband connectivity as well as the type of devices used. We operate our multi-tenant platform on a high-availability, scalable-on-demand, redundant infrastructure.

  

LOGO

 

-98-


Table of Contents

 

Ÿ       Effective Go-to-Market Strategy.     We employ a broad range of direct and indirect marketing channels to target potential customers, including search-engine marketing, search-engine optimization, referral, affiliate, radio and billboard advertising. We offer simple, easy-to-understand pricing plans. We generally offer customers a free trial and provide post-sale implementation assistance for larger customers to help them configure their communications solutions and to familiarize them with the benefits of our services. In addition, we offer ongoing customer support to help retain our customers and encourage them to add more users and functionality.

Our Growth Strategy

Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

  Ÿ  

Focus on Larger RingCentral Office Customers.     We intend to broaden our focus to larger potential RingCentral Office customers. We believe that these customers are more likely to have employees working in distributed locations or multiple offices and thus will derive additional benefits from deploying our solution. We believe that these customers are more likely to require additional services, purchase premium service editions, have higher retention rates and enter into longer-term contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to Innovate.     Our ability to develop new features and functionality is central to our success. We intend to continue to invest in development efforts to introduce new features and functionality to our customers. We plan to further invest in research and development, including continuing to hire top available technical talent, to expand our core cloud-based business communications solution and launch new services.

 

  Ÿ  

Grow Revenues from Existing Customers.      We intend to grow our revenues from our existing customers as they add new users and as we provide them with new features and functionality.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand Our Distribution Channels.     Our indirect sales channel currently consists of a network of over 1,000 resellers, including AT&T. We intend to continue to foster these relationships and develop additional relationships with other resellers.

 

  Ÿ  

Scale Internationally.     To date, we have derived most of our revenues from the North American market. We believe that there is an additional growth opportunity for our cloud-based business communications solutions in international markets.

Our Services

Our services are RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional and RingCentral Fax. RingCentral Office is our most comprehensive solution and provides our full suite of features and functionality for businesses, while RingCentral Professional and RingCentral Fax deliver subsets of RingCentral’s Office’s features and functionality.

RingCentral Office.      RingCentral Office, our flagship service, is a multi-location, multi-user, enterprise-grade communications solution that enables employees to communicate via different channels, including voice, text and fax, on multiple devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones. RingCentral Office also offers out-of-the-box integration with other cloud-based business applications. This service is designed primarily for businesses that require a communications solution, regardless of location, type of device, expertise, size or budget. Businesses are able to seamlessly connect users working in multiple office locations on smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones.

 

-99-


Table of Contents

Key features of RingCentral Office include:

 

Ÿ      Cloud-Based Business Communications Solutions.     We offer multi-user, multi-extension, cloud-based business communications solutions that do not require installation, configuration, management or maintenance on-premise hardware and software. Our services are instantly activated, and deliver a rich set of functionality across multiple locations and devices.

Ÿ      Mobile-Centric Approach.      Our solution includes smartphone and tablet mobile applications that customers can use to set up and manage company, department and user settings from anywhere. Our applications turn iOS and Android smartphones and tablets into business communication devices. Users can change their personal settings instantly and communicate via voice, text and fax. Personal mobile devices are fully integrated into the customer’s cloud-based communication solution, using the company’s numbers, and displaying one of the company’s caller ID for calls made through our mobile applications.

  LOGO

Ÿ      Easy Set-Up and Control.     Our user interfaces have a familiar smartphone touch-screen “look and feel” and provide a consistent user experience across smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, making it intuitive and easy for our customers to quickly discover and use our solution across devices. Among other capabilities, administrators can specify and modify company, department, and user settings, auto-receptionist settings, call-handling, and routing rules, and add, change, and customize users and departments.

Ÿ      Flexible Call Routing.     Our solution includes an auto-attendant to easily customize call routing for the entire company, departments, groups, or individual employees. It includes a robust suite of communication management options, including time of day, caller ID, and call queuing, and sophisticated routing rules for complex call handling for the company, departments, groups and individual employees.

 

-100-


Table of Contents

Ÿ     Integrated Voice, Text and Fax Communications with One Business Number.     By eliminating the need for multiple business numbers, users are able to easily control how, when and where they conduct their business communications through routing logic with one number. Employees can stay connected, thus increasing efficiency, productivity and responsiveness to their customers. Having one business number also enables users to keep personal mobile numbers private.

  LOGO

Ÿ     Cloud-based Business Application Integrations.     Our solution seamlessly integrates with other cloud-based business applications such as salesforce.com, Google Drive, Box and Dropbox. For example, integration with salesforce.com brings up customer records immediately based on inbound caller IDs, resulting in increased productivity and efficiency. Additionally, users can easily fax documents directly from their cloud-based storage accounts.

  LOGO

RingCentral Professional.     Our RingCentral Professional solution provides a subset of our RingCentral Office solution capabilities designed primarily for smaller businesses. RingCentral Professional is principally used as an inbound call routing service with text and fax capabilities.

RingCentral Fax.     Our RingCentral Fax solution provides Internet fax capabilities that allow businesses to send and receive fax documents without the need for a fax machine.

Our Customers

We have a diverse and growing customer base comprised of over 300,000 businesses across a wide range of industries, including advertising, consulting, finance, healthcare, legal, real estate, retail and technology. Our revenues are highly diversified across our customer base, with no single non-reseller customer accounting for more than 1% of our total revenues in 2010, 2011, 2012 or the six

 

-101-


Table of Contents

months ended June 30, 2013. To date, we have focused our principal efforts on the market for small and medium-sized businesses, defined by IDC as less than 1,000 employees, in the U.S. and Canada. We believe that there is an additional growth opportunity in international markets. We are also making investments that will allow us to address larger enterprise customers. The following are examples of our current RingCentral Office customers across industry, acquisition channel, size and business needs.

DME Automotive handles marketing for the largest automotive organizations in the US, with over 300 employees in two offices in Florida. Their business requires significant collaboration with their customers and employees across both offices on a daily basis. To increase productivity, DME Automotive, LLC, or DME, needed a communications solution that would allow their employees to connect with customers and with each other as efficiently as possible, whether in or out of the office, without having to manage multiple phone numbers or devices across many locations. In just one weekend, DME set up RingCentral Office across their entire organization, displacing their existing approximately $300,000 on-premise system, which had also required them to engage a specialized technical team any time they needed to make changes or conduct maintenance.

TRUSTe is an online privacy provider for online sites, headquartered in San Francisco with over 100 employees and offices in Los Angeles, Chicago and Miami. Over 25% of True Ultimate Standards Everywhere, Inc’s, or, TRUSTe’s employees are in the field. Their legacy, on-premise communications system did not meet the needs of the workforce because mobile employees were not connected to the communications system like in-house employees, and hence lacked the functionality needed to manage their business. In addition, TRUSTe was spending significant time and resources managing their communications system. After starting with a free trial, TRUSTe purchased RingCentral Office and can now connect their field employees as if they were in an office, giving them better access to greater functionality. In addition, with RingCentral Office’s capability to configure and manage the entire businesses communications solution using smartphone apps, TRUSTe is able to reduce time and money spent on technical experts.

Motion Recruitment is a national recruitment firm with over 600 employees across three operating units and 22 locations. They provide national recruiting for technology-related jobs as well as outsourced recruiting solutions. Their previous communications system required 19 different on-premise systems to support their different operating units and locations. Motion Recruitment Partners, or Motion Recruitment, wanted a communications solution that could support their business communications needs and increase efficiency across their entire company. Using RingCentral Office, Motion Recruitment has one complete communications solution servicing all three operating units and locations. Further, leveraging RingCentral Office’s enhanced, modern functionality, they have empowered their sales agents with greater control over their customer communication, and have improved their ability to manage their quality of service.

Amerivest Realty is a full-service brokerage firm in Florida with over 200 Realtor Associates. Prior to subscribing to RingCentral Office, they had an on-premise communications system that required technical expertise and was managed and maintained by an external consulting company. With 90% of their Realtors working remotely with flexible hours, Associates were disconnected from their business communications system, and had to juggle business and personal devices to communicate with customers. When Amerivest Realty needed to scale their firm, the associated ongoing resources, expertise, and costs along with the lack of mobile integration forced them to look at other options. With RingCentral Office, Amerivest Realty was able to minimize the ongoing maintenance costs and manage the entire communications system with their in-house, non-technical, administrative staff. They were also able to connect their Associates with customers using one business number for voice, text and fax, regardless of what device the Realtor was using or where they were located. Associates and staff now have the power to customize their own settings on their smartphones, further reducing the resources and time required by Amerivest Realty to manage their business communications.

 

-102-


Table of Contents

Marketing, Sales and Support

We use a variety of marketing, sales and support activities to generate and cultivate ongoing customer demand for our services, acquire new customers, and engage with our existing customers. We sell through both direct and indirect channels. We provide on-boarding implementation support to help our customers set up and configure their newly purchased communications system, as well as ongoing self-service, phone support and training. We also closely track and monitor customer acquisition costs to assess how we are deploying our marketing, sales and customer support spending.

 

  Ÿ  

Marketing.     Our marketing efforts include SEM, SEO, radio advertising, online display advertising and billboard advertising. We track and measure our marketing costs closely across all channels so that we can acquire customers in a cost-efficient manner.

 

  Ÿ  

Direct Sales.     We primarily sell our products and services through direct inbound and outbound sales efforts. We have direct sales representatives located in the U.S. and internationally.

 

  Ÿ  

Indirect Sales.     Our indirect sales channel consists of a network of over 1,000 resellers, including AT&T, which help broaden the adoption of our services without the need for a large direct field sales force.

 

  Ÿ  

Customer Support.     While our intuitive and easy-to-use user interface serves to reduce our customers’ need for support, we provide online and phone customer support, as well as post-sale implementation support, to help customers configure and use our solution. We track and measure our customer satisfaction and our support costs closely across all channels to provide a high level of customer service in a cost-efficient manner.

Research and Development

We believe that continued investment in research and development is critical to expanding our leadership position within the cloud-based business communications solutions market. We devote the majority of our research and development resources to software development. Our engineering team has significant experience in various disciplines related to our platform, such as, voice text and fax processing, mobile application development, IP networking and infrastructure, user experience, security and robust multi-tenant cloud-based system architecture.

Our development methodology, in combination with our SaaS delivery model, allows us to provide new and enhanced capabilities on a regular basis. Based on feedback from our customers and prospects and our review of the broader business communications and SaaS markets, we continuously develop new functionality while maintaining and enhancing our existing solution.

Our research and development expenses were $7.2 million, $12.2 million, $24.5 million and $16.1 million in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011, fiscal 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

Technology and Operations

Our platform is built on a highly scalable and flexible infrastructure comprised of commercially available hardware and software components. We believe that both hardware and software components of our platform can be replaced, upgraded or added with minimal or no interruption in service. The system is designed to have no single point-of-failure.

 

-103-


Table of Contents

We host our services and serve our customers in North America from two third-party data center facilities in San Jose, California and Vienna, Virginia, and we intend to host our services and serve our customers in Europe from two third-party data center facilities in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Zurich, Switzerland. Our data centers are designed to host mission-critical computer and communications systems with redundant, fault-tolerant subsystems and compartmentalized security zones. We maintain a security program designed to ensure the security and integrity of customer data, protect against security threats or data breaches, and prevent unauthorized access to our customers’ data. We limit access to on-demand servers and networks at our production and remote backup facilities.

 

LOGO

We serve North American customers out of two Points of Presence, known as POPs, one in San Jose, California and the other in Vienna, Virginia. RingCentral subscribers are divided into Parts of Data, or PODs, each comprised of two symmetrical, synchronized units, one per POP. POPs and PODs are redundant with switchover and failover capabilities between POPs. This architecture enables us to deliver our services in a scalable and reliable manner. We can manage our customer growth by adding additional PODs and POPs into our delivery infrastructure as required. For connectivity, we leverage third-party network service providers, including of Level 3 Communications, Inc., Bandwidth.com, Inc., Novatel Wireless, Inc. and AT&T.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, and trade secret laws in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, as well as license agreements and other contractual protections, to protect our proprietary technology. We also rely on a number of registered and unregistered trademarks to protect our brand. In addition, we seek to protect our intellectual property rights by implementing a policy that requires our employees and independent contractors involved in development of intellectual property on our behalf to enter into agreements acknowledging that all works or other intellectual property generated or conceived by them on our behalf are our property, and assigning to us any rights, including intellectual property rights, that they may claim or otherwise have in those works or property, to the extent allowable under applicable law.

 

-104-


Table of Contents

Our intellectual property portfolio includes 18 issued U.S. patents, which expire between 2026 and 2032. We also have 49 patent applications pending for examination in the U.S. and 21 patent applications pending for examination in foreign jurisdictions, all of which are related to U.S. applications. In general our patents and patent applications apply to certain aspects of our SaaS and mobile applications and underlying communications infrastructure. We are also a party to various license agreements with third parties that typically grant us the right to use certain third-party technology in conjunction with our products and services.

Competition

The market for business communications solutions is rapidly evolving, complex, fragmented and defined by changing technology and customer needs. We expect competition to continue to increase in the future. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

  Ÿ  

service features and capabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

system reliability, availability and performance;

 

  Ÿ  

speed and ease of activation, setup and configuration;

 

  Ÿ  

ownership and control of the underlying technology;

 

  Ÿ  

integration with mobile devices;

 

  Ÿ  

brand awareness and recognition;

 

  Ÿ  

simplicity of the pricing model; and

 

  Ÿ  

total cost of ownership.

We believe that we generally compete favorably on the basis of the factors listed above.

We face competition from a broad range of providers of business communications solutions. Some of these competitors include:

 

  Ÿ  

traditional on-premise, hardware business communications providers such as Alcatel-Lucent, S.A., Avaya Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., Mitel Networks Corporation, ShoreTel, Inc. and Siemens Enterprise Networks, LLC, any of which may now or in the future also host their solutions through the cloud, and their resellers;

 

  Ÿ  

software providers such as Microsoft Corporation and Broadsoft, Inc. that generally license their software and may now or in the future also host their solutions through the cloud, and their resellers including major carriers and cable companies;

 

  Ÿ  

established communications providers, such as AT&T Inc., Verizon Communications Inc. and Comcast Corporation, that resell on-premise hardware, software and hosted solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

other cloud companies such as j2 Global, Inc. and 8x8, Inc.; and

 

  Ÿ  

other large, Internet companies, such as Google Inc., Yahoo! Inc. and Amazon.com, any of which might launch its own cloud-based business communications services or acquire other cloud-based business communications companies in the future.

Employees and Contractors

As of June 30, 2013, we had 399 full-time employees, including 144 in research and development, 152 in sales and marketing, 23 in operations, 25 in customer technical support, and 55 in general and administrative. As of such date, we had 304 employees located in the U.S. and 95 internationally, including 89 in China. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our employee relations are good and we have never experienced any work stoppages.

 

-105-


Table of Contents

We also contract with third-party contractors whose employees or subcontractors’ employees perform services for us. We refer to our third-party contractors’ employees and subcontractors’ employees as our contractors. As of June 30, 2013, we had 1,050 of these contractors, including 261 in research and development, 48 in operations, 286 in sales and marketing, 319 in customer technical support and 99 in general and administrative. As of such date, we had 26 contractors located in the U.S. and 1,024 internationally, including 693 in the Philippines, 321 in Russia and Ukraine and 10 in other countries.

Regulatory

As a provider of Internet communications services, we are subject to regulation in the U.S. by the FCC. Some of these regulatory obligations include contributing to the Federal Universal Service Fund, Telecommunications Relay Service Fund and federal programs related to number administration; providing access to E-911 services; protecting customer information; and porting phone numbers upon a valid customer request. We are also required to pay state and local 911 fees and contribute to state universal service funds in those states that assess Internet voice communications services. In addition, we have certified a wholly owned subsidiary as a competitive local exchange carrier in six states and currently intend to obtain certificates for our subsidiary in six additional states. This subsidiary, RCLEC, is subject to the same FCC regulations applicable to telecommunications companies, as well as regulation by the public utility commissions in states where the subsidiary provides services. Specific regulations vary on a state-by-state basis, but generally include the requirement for our subsidiary to register or seek certification to provide its services, to file and update tariffs setting forth the terms, conditions and prices for our intrastate services and to comply with various reporting, record-keeping, surcharge collection and consumer protection requirements.

As we expand internationally, we will be subject to laws and regulations in the countries in which we offer our services. Regulatory treatment of Internet communications services outside the U.S. varies from country to country, is often unclear, and may be more onerous than imposed on our services in the U.S. Our regulatory obligations in foreign jurisdictions could have a material adverse effect on the use of our services in international locations. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” for more information.

Facilities

Our principal executive offices are located in San Mateo, California, where we occupy an approximately 28,000 square-foot facility, under a lease expiring on May 31, 2017. While we believe that our facilities are sufficient and suitable to meet our immediate needs, we are currently evaluating expansion opportunities. We periodically evaluate the adequacy of our existing facilities, and, given our expected growth, we expect to move our offices or secure additional space in our current building or another building within the next 12 months.

Legal Proceedings

In June 2011, j2 Global, Inc., or j2, and Advanced Messaging Technologies, Inc. filed a joint complaint against us in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Case No. 2:11-cv-04686-DDP-AJW, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 6,208,638, 6,350,066, and 7,020,132, and seeking a permanent injunction, damages, and attorneys’ fees should judgment be found against us. On March 4, 2013, Advanced Messaging Technologies filed a second complaint against us in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Case No. 2:13-CV-01526, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 7,975,368. On April 26, 2013, we entered into a license and settlement agreement with j2 and one of its affiliates to settle the matters. Under the terms of the settlement, the parties granted each other certain patent cross-licenses for over 10 years and the parties have dismissed all claims in these matters with prejudice.

 

-106-


Table of Contents

On December 21, 2012, CallWave Communications, LLC, or CallWave, which we believe is a non-practicing entity, filed a lawsuit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, CallWave Communications, LLC v. RingCentral, Inc. , Case No. 1:12-cv-01748-RGA. CallWave has asserted similar claims against other companies, including Google Inc., AT&T Inc., AT&T Mobility LLC, Sprint Nextel Corp., T-Mobile US, Inc., Verizon Communications, Inc., Research in Motion Limited and Telovations, Inc. Since then, CallWave has amended its complaint twice such that they are currently asserting U.S. Patents Nos. 7,397,910 (the ‘910 patent), 7,555,110 (the ‘110 patent), 7,822,188 (the ‘188 patent), 8,325,901 (the ‘901 patent), 7,636,428 (the ‘428 patent), 8,351,591 (the ‘591 patent), 8,064,588 (the ‘588 patent), and, 7,839,987 (the ‘987 patent) against our products and services and AT&T’s Office@Hand products and services, seeking damages but no injunction. AT&T has sought and RingCentral has agreed to indemnify and to defend AT&T for losses that are solely attributable to CallWave’s infringement allegations against our products and services. On April 1, 2013, we filed an Answer and Counterclaims denying all claims by CallWave in the First Amended Complaint. On June 3, 2013, we filed an Answer and Counterclaims denying all claims by CallWave in the Second Amended Complaint. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against CallWave’s claims to the extent necessary. The result of this litigation is inherently uncertain, and, at this time, we believe that there is no material exposure above the loss contingencies that have been recorded.

In addition to the matters described above, we may, from time to time, be a party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. The outcome of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and the resolution of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

 

-107-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Directors and Key Employees

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers, key employees and directors as of August 15, 2013:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

Vladimir Shmunis

     52       Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Clyde Hosein

     53       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

David Berman

     41       President

Kira Makagon

     49       Executive Vice President, Innovation

Praful Shah

     57       Senior Vice President, Strategy

John Marlow

     44       Senior Vice President, Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors

     

Douglas Leone(2)

     55       Director

Robert Theis(1)(2)

     52       Director

David Weiden(3)

     41       Director

Neil Williams(1)(3)

     60       Director

Bobby Yerramilli-Rao(1)

     47       Director

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee
(3) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Executive Officers

Vladimir Shmunis is one of our co-founders and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman since our inception in 1999. Prior to RingCentral, from 1992 to 1998, Mr. Shmunis served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Ring Zero Systems, Inc., a desktop communications software provider founded by Mr. Shmunis and acquired by Motorola, Inc. From 1982 to 1992, Mr. Shmunis held various software development and management roles with a number of Silicon Valley companies, including Convergent Technologies, Inc. and Ampex Corporation. Mr. Shmunis holds a B.S. in Computer Science and an M.S. in Computer Science from San Francisco State University.

Our board of directors believes that Mr. Shmunis possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including the perspective and experience he brings as our Chief Executive Officer and his experience as an executive in the technology industry. Our board of directors also believes that he brings historical knowledge, operational expertise and continuity to the board of directors.

Clyde R. Hosein has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since August 2013 and served as a consultant to us from June 2013 to August 2013. Prior to joining us, from October 2012 to June 2013, Mr. Hosein served as an independent business consultant. From June 2008 to October 2012, Mr. Hosein served as the Chief Financial Officer of Marvell Technology Group Ltd., a publicly traded fabless semiconductor provider of high-performance, application-specific standard products, and he also served as the Interim Chief Operating Officer and Secretary of Marvell from October 2008 to March 2010. From March 2003 until June 2008, Mr. Hosein served as Chief Financial Officer for Integrated Device Technologies, a publicly traded company that develops and delivers mixed-signal semiconductor solutions to the communications, computing and consumer end markets. From 2001 until 2003, Mr. Hosein served as Chief Financial Officer of Advanced Interconnect

 

-108-


Table of Contents

Technologies. From 1997 to 2001, Mr. Hosein was the Chief Financial Officer and senior director of corporate planning of Candescent Technologies Corporation. Previous to Candescent, Mr. Hosein spent over 14 years with IBM Corporation, where he held several engineering and financial positions within their storage, microelectronics, data systems and corporate divisions. Mr. Hosein serves on the board of directors of Cree Inc., a publicly traded company that develops and manufactures LED products. Mr. Hosein holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Polytechnic University in New York and an M.B.A. from New York University Stern School of Business.

David Berman has served as our President since June 2013 and has been an advisor to us since March 2009. Prior to joining us, from January 2010 to June 2013, Mr. Berman served as the Chief Executive Officer and President of Affectiva, Inc., an emotion measurement technology company. From June 2008 to January 2010, Mr. Berman served as an advisor to numerous startup companies, and from June 1999 to May 2008, Mr. Berman served in various roles at WebEx Communications Inc. He was most recently WebEx’s President, Worldwide Sales and Services, and before that he served as Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Services and Vice President of Worldwide Corporate Sales and Services and Vice President of Worldwide Corporate Sales. Mr. Berman holds a Bachelor of Business Administration from the University of San Diego.

Kira Makagon has served as our Executive Vice President, Innovation, since August 2012. Prior to joining us, from January 2012 to July 2012, Ms. Makagon served as the Chief Product Officer of Red Aril, Inc. a provider of media optimization solutions that was acquired by Hearst Corporation in December 2011. From April 2010 to December 2011, she served as the President of Red Aril, and from June 2009 to April 2010, she founded and served as the Chief Executive Officer of Red Aril. From January 2009 to May 2009, Ms. Makagon served as a consultant and board member of NebuAd, Inc., a developer of data capture and analysis systems. From August 2008 to December 2008, she served as Chief Executive Officer of NebuAd, and from September 2006 to July 2008, she co-founded and served as President of NebuAd. Prior to that, from 2001 to August 2006, Ms. Makagon served in various roles at Exigen Group, a provider of SaaS workflow platforms and call center solutions, including President, Ventures and Alliances, and Executive Vice President, Marketing and Business Development. From 1998 to 2000, Ms. Makagon co-founded and served as Senior Vice President, Products of Octane Software, a provider of web-based customer relationship management applications, that was acquired by Epiphany, Inc., and from 1993 to 1998, she served as Vice President of Product Development of Scopus Technology, a provider of customer relationship management solutions, that was acquired by Siebel Systems. Ms. Makagon holds a B.A. in Computer Science from the University of California, Berkeley and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley, Haas School of Business.

Praful Shah has served as our Senior Vice President, Strategy since 2010 and served as our Vice President, Strategy from April 2008 to 2010. Prior to joining us, from July 2007 to March 2008, Mr. Shah was engaged in reviewing and investing in YouWeb, LLC, an early stage technology incubator. From 1997 to June 2007, Mr. Shah served in various roles at WebEx Communications, Inc., a provider of cloud collaboration services. He was most recently WebEx’s Vice President, Strategic Communications, and before that he served as Vice President of Online Products, Vice President of Strategic Marketing, Vice President of Business Development and Vice President of Marketing. Prior to WebEx, from 1995 to 1997, Mr. Shah served at Oracle Corporation as Senior Director of Marketing for Oracle’s Internet Products and Database Products Divisions. Mr. Shah holds a bachelors degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering from Manipal Institute of Technology in India, and an M.S. in Computer Science from Pennsylvania State University.

John Marlow has served as a Senior Vice President since June 2013, and as our General Counsel and Secretary since April 2009. He was appointed as Vice President of Corporate Development in November 2008. Mr. Marlow also served on our board of directors from August 2005 until August 2011. Prior to joining us, from November 2003 to December 2008, Mr. Marlow was a

 

-109-


Table of Contents

founding partner at Entrepreneurs Law Group, LLP, a law firm. From January 2003 to October 2003, Mr. Marlow was a partner at Reed Smith LLP, an international law firm. From January 2002 to December 2002, he was a partner at Crosby, Heafey, Roach & May, LLP, a law firm acquired by Reed Smith. Mr. Marlow holds a B.A. in Sociology from Colgate University and a J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law.

Non-Employee Directors

Douglas Leone has served on our board of directors since December 2006. Mr. Leone has been at Sequoia Capital, a venture capital firm, since 1988 and has been a managing member since 1993. Mr. Leone also serves on the boards of directors of ServiceNow, Inc., a cloud-based service provider, and CafePress Inc., an online retailer. Mr. Leone holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Cornell University, an M.S. in Industrial Engineering from Columbia University and an M.S. in Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Our board of directors believes that Mr. Leone possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including his substantial experience as a venture capitalist and as a director of technology companies focusing on Internet and software and communications companies. Our board of directors also believes that Mr. Leone brings historical knowledge and continuity to the board of directors.

Robert Theis has served on our board of directors since August 2011. Mr. Theis has served as a managing director at Scale Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, since May 2008. Mr. Theis also serves on the board of directors at BrightRoll, Inc., a provider of digital video advertising, HubSpot, Inc., a provider of inbound marketing software, and PeopleMatter, Inc., a provider of human capital management software. Prior to joining Scale Ventures, from July 2000 to April 2008, Mr. Theis served as a general partner with Doll Capital Management, a venture capital firm. From July 1996 to June 2000, Mr. Theis served as executive vice president and served on the board of directors of New Era of Networks, Inc., a supplier of Internet infrastructure software and services. From April 1986 to June 1996, Mr. Theis served as a Managing Director at Sun Microsystems, Inc., a provider of computers and computer components acquired by Oracle Corporation, and from January 1984 to March 1986, as Marketing Manager at Silicon Graphics. Inc., a provider of high-performance computing solutions. Mr. Theis holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Our board of directors believes that Mr. Theis possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including his substantial experience as a venture capitalist investment professional and as a director of technology infrastructure and applications companies.

David Weiden has served on our board of directors since December 2006. Mr. Weiden has served as a General Partner at Khosla Ventures, a venture capital firm, since 2006. Prior to joining Khosla Ventures, Mr. Weiden worked as an entrepreneur at companies acquired by AT&T, Inc., Time Warner Inc. and Microsoft Corporation. Mr. Weiden holds an A.B. in Organizational Behavior from Harvard University.

Our board of directors believes that Mr. Weiden possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including his experience as venture capitalist focusing on the technology sector and his professional experience as an executive of other telecommunications and technology companies. Our board of directors also believes that Mr. Weiden brings historical knowledge and continuity to the board of directors.

Neil Williams has served on our board of directors since March 2012. Mr. Williams has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Intuit since January 2008. Prior to joining Intuit,

 

-110-


Table of Contents

from April 2001 to September 2007, Mr. Williams served as Executive Vice President of Visa U.S.A., Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Visa, Inc., a credit and debit card payment network. From November 2004 to September 2007, he served as Chief Financial Officer. During the same period, Mr. Williams held the dual role of Chief Financial Officer for Inovant LLC, Visa’s global IT organization. Mr. Williams holds a B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Southern Mississippi and is a certified public accountant.

Our board of directors believes that Mr. Williams possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including his professional experience in the areas of finance, accounting and audit oversight.

Bobby Yerramilli-Rao has served on our board of directors since November 2012. Since April 2012, Dr. Yerramilli-Rao has served as a Director with Hermes Growth Partners, Ltd., a private equity firm focused on growth stage companies in the telecom, media and technology sectors. From August 2010 to April 2012, he was served as a founder of Hermes Growth Partners, Ltd. From January 2006 to July 2010, he served as Corporate Strategy Director and Internet Services Marketing Director of Vodafone Group PLC, a provider of mobile communications products and services. From 1994 to January 2006, Dr. Yerramilli-Rao served as a partner at McKinsey & Company, a management consulting company. He holds an M.A. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Cambridge and a D.Phil in Robotics from the University of Oxford.

Our board of directors believes that Dr. Yerramilli-Rao possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including his experience as a private equity investor focusing on growth stage companies in the telecommunications and technology sectors and his professional experience as an executive of a telecommunications services provider.

Board Composition

Our business affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which is currently composed of six members. Five of our directors are independent within the meaning of the independent director guidelines of         . All directors are elected to hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified. Officers are elected and serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

Staggered Board

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon completion of the offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will serve for a staggered, three-year term. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, a director in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. Our board of directors will be designated as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Vladimir Shmunis and Neil Williams will be Class I directors, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014;

 

  Ÿ  

Douglas Leone and David Weiden will be Class II directors, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015; and

 

  Ÿ  

Robert Theis and Bobby Yerramilli-Rao will be Class III directors, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016.

 

-111-


Table of Contents

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. See “Description of Capital Stock—Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Anti-Takeover Law” for a discussion of other anti-takeover provisions found in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Director Independence

Under the rules of                                                          , independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of          require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of             , a director is independent only if our board of directors makes an affirmative determination that the director has no material relationship with us.

In August 2013, our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. The determination of our board of directors was based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. Our board of directors has determined that all of the members of our board of directors, except our chief executive officer, Vladimir Shmunis, are “independent directors” as defined in applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and              rules.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee. Prior to completion of this offering, our board of directors also intends to establish a nominating and corporate governance committee and may establish other committees from time to time. The charters for each of our committees will be available on our website upon completion of this offering.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting process and the audit of our financial statements and assists our board of directors in monitoring our financial systems and our legal and regulatory compliance. Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing annually a report by the independent registered public accounting firm regarding the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality control procedures and various issues relating thereto;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

-112-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting with both management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns, including a confidential, anonymous mechanism for the submission of concerns by employees;

 

  Ÿ  

periodically reviewing legal compliance matters, including securities trading policies, periodically reviewing significant accounting and other financial risks or exposures to our company and reviewing and, if appropriate, approving all transactions between our company or its subsidiaries and any related party (as described in Item 404 of Regulation S-K);

 

  Ÿ  

periodically reviewing our code of business conduct and ethics;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing policies for the hiring of employees and former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing the audit committee report required by Securities and Exchange Commission rules to be included in our annual proxy statement.

The audit committee has the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties and the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.

Our audit committee is comprised of Robert Theis, Bobby Yerramilli-Rao and Neil Williams, who is the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has designated Neil Williams as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the rules of the SEC implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our audit committee and has concluded that the composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of              and SEC rules and regulations. Audit committee members must satisfy additional independence criteria set forth under Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In order to be considered independent for purposes of the Rule 10A-3, an audit committee member may not, other than in his capacity as a member of the audit committee, accept consulting, advisory or other fees from us or be an affiliated person of us. Each of the members of our audit committee qualifies as an independent director pursuant to Rule 10A-3.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee oversees our compensation policies, plans and programs. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and recommending policies, plans and programs relating to compensation and benefits of our directors, officers and employees;

 

  Ÿ  

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

  Ÿ  

annually evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and recommending the compensation of our chief executive officer to the board of directors for its approval;

 

  Ÿ  

administering our equity compensations plans for our employees and directors; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing for inclusion in our proxy statement the report of the compensation committee required by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

-113-


Table of Contents

The compensation committee also has the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties and the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.

Our compensation committee is comprised of Douglas Leone and Robert Theis, who is the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is an independent director for compensation committee purposes as that term is defined in the applicable rules of             , is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(d)(3) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee, or nominating committee, will oversee and assist our board of directors in reviewing and recommending corporate governance policies and nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees. The nominating committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating and making recommendations regarding the organization and governance of our board of directors and its committees and changes to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and stockholder communications;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing succession planning for our chief executive officer and other executive officers and evaluating potential successors;

 

  Ÿ  

assessing the performance of board members and making recommendations regarding committee and chair assignments and composition and size of our board of directors and its committees;

 

  Ÿ  

recommending desired qualifications for board and committee membership and conducting searches for potential members of our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating and making recommendations regarding the creation of additional committees or the change in mandate or dissolution of committees;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and making recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines and compliance with laws and regulations; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving conflicts of interest of our directors and corporate officers, other than related party transactions reviewed by the audit committee.

The nominating committee will also have the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties. It will also have the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.

Our nominating committee will be comprised of                      and                     , who will be the chairperson of the committee. Each of the nominating committee members will be an independent director for nominating committee purposes as that term is defined in the applicable rules of             .

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our chief executive and senior financial officers. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at

 

-114-


Table of Contents

www.ringcentral.com . We expect that any amendment to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. The inclusion of our website in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Prior to this offering, we had not implemented a formal policy with respect to compensation payable to our non-employee directors for service as directors. From time to time, we have paid cash compensation or granted stock options to certain non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors. We also reimburse our directors for expenses associated with attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

The following table shows, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, certain information with respect to the compensation of all of our non-employee directors.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash

($)
   Stock
Awards
($)
     Option
Awards
($) (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Mohan Gyani

        -         28,055 (2)       -         -         28,055   

Neil Williams

           81,156              81,156   

Joseph Kennedy (3)

           107,964              107,964   

 

(1) Amounts listed in this column represent the fair value of the awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 as of the grant date multiplied by the number of shares. See note 7 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value.
(2) Mr. Gyani resigned from our board of directors in August 2012. He received this option in connection with his services as an advisor subsequent to his resignation from our board of directors.
(3) Mr. Kennedy resigned as a member of our board of directors in August 2013.

 

-115-


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section describes the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our Chief Executive Officer and the two other most highly compensated individuals who served as our executive officers during the year ending December 31, 2012, or fiscal 2012. These individuals are listed in the “2012 Summary Compensation Table” below and are referred to as the named executive officers in this prospectus.

Our named executive officers for fiscal 2012 were:

 

  Ÿ  

Vladimir Shmunis, Chief Executive Officer;

 

  Ÿ  

Kira Makagon, Executive Vice President, Innovation; and

 

  Ÿ  

Robert Lawson, Chief Financial Officer.

2012 Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during fiscal 2012.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary ($)     Bonus ($)     Option
Awards
($) (1)(2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive

Plan
Compensation
($) (3)
    All Other
Compensation ($)
    Total ($)  

Vladimir Shmunis

    2012        325,000        20,313 (7)       3,166,531 (4)       126,140        -        3,637,984   

Chief Executive Officer

             

Kira Makagon (5)

    2012        104,167        8,250 (8)       2,070,073        44,375        -        2,226,865   

Executive Vice President,

Innovation

             

Robert Lawson (6)

    2012        217,708        12,500 (7)       1,505,905        64,713        -        1,800,826   

Chief Financial Officer

             

 

(1) The dollar amounts in this column represent the compensation cost for fiscal 2012 of stock option awards granted in fiscal 2012. These amounts have been calculated in accordance with FASB Statement No. 123 (revised) ASC Topic 718, “Share-Based Payment,” or SFAS 123R, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) Unless otherwise noted in the footnotes, the shares underlying these options vest over four years as follows: 25% of the shares vest one year following the vesting commencement date, with the remaining 75% of the shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the next three years.
(3) Amounts in this column represent amounts earned pursuant to our 2012 Bonus Plan and bonuses approved by our board of directors. Amounts earned were paid quarterly, with such payments being made for the fiscal year 2012 in the quarter following the quarter in which the amount was earned.
(4) These shares underlying this option vest over three years as follows: 2.78% of the shares vest on the last day of each month commencing on January 31, 2013.
(5) Ms. Makagon joined us in August 2012.
(6) Mr. Lawson joined us in February 2012. In August 2013, Mr. Lawson resigned as our Chief Financial Officer and became our Senior Vice President and Treasurer.
(7) Based on our performance in the second quarter of 2012, the board approved a discretionary bonus for Vladimir Shmunis of $20,313 and a discretionary bonus for Robert Lawson of $12,500.
(8) The board approved a discretionary bonus of $8,250 for Kira Makagon for her services since joining our company, bringing her entire third quarter payments to an amount that would have been paid had she been employed by us during the entire quarter.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

We are committed to providing appropriate cash and equity incentives to our management, our other key employees and our directors and intend to compensate our executive officers and directors

 

-116-


Table of Contents

in a manner consistent with a group of public companies that our compensation committee determines is appropriate for compensation-setting purposes. Our compensation committee, in consultation with an independent compensation advisor, will review the compensation arrangements, including salary, bonus and equity compensation, of our executive officers and directors from time to time, and make adjustments, as it believes appropriate. In this regard, as we transition from a privately-held to publicly-traded company, the compensation committee may modify the compensation of our executive officers and directors for the 2014 fiscal year in a manner that is generally consistent with the compensation of executive officers and directors of a group of public companies that our compensation committee determines is appropriate for compensation-setting purposes. We do not believe that any such compensation adjustments will, in the aggregate, have a material effect on our financial position.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

In May 2012, our board of directors, in consultation with our CEO and management team, approved a Bonus Plan for making cash performance incentive awards to our executive officers, including our named executive officers. The materials terms of the Bonus Plan are described in the “Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans” section below.

For each of the first two quarters of fiscal 2012, the bonus pool under the Bonus Plan would fund based on our achievement against quarterly target levels of the following performance objectives (weighted 50% each): (i) revenues, and (ii) free cash flow. In September 2012, our board of directors amended the Bonus Plan with respect to the last two quarters of fiscal 2012, such that the bonus pool under the Bonus Plan would fund for each of these quarters based on our achievement against quarterly target levels of the following performance objectives (weighted 50% each): (i) revenues, and (ii) operating income (loss). The target levels for the last two quarters of fiscal 2012 were to be based on the amended operating plan for fiscal 2012 that our board of directors approved in August 2012.

For the bonus pool under the Bonus Plan to fund for a given quarter, we had to achieve at least 90% of the quarterly revenue target and (i) for quarters one and two, no more than 111.1% of the negative cash flow quarterly target or (ii) for quarters three and four, no more than 125% of the negative operating income (operating loss) target. The bonus pool would fund at up to 120% of target levels for achievement of 120% of target revenues and (i) for quarters one and two, 83.3% of target negative cash flow or (ii) for quarters three and four, 83.3% of target operating loss. If the achievement percentage of any of the performance objectives exceeded these levels, our board of directors reserved the discretion to adjust the bonus pool upwards.

Following the end of each quarter, our board of directors reviewed our financial performance against the approved performance objectives under the Bonus Plan and approved cash payments for each of our named executive officers that were equal to the following percentages of his or her quarterly target incentive compensation amounts: 100% (first quarter), 0% (second quarter), 100% (third quarter) and 110.5% (fourth quarter).

The total cash incentive payments paid to our named executive officers for fiscal 2012 are described in the “Non-Equity Incentive Compensation” column of the 2012 Summary Compensation Table.

Perquisites

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the same group insurance and employee benefit plans generally available to our other salaried employees in the U.S. These benefits include medical, dental, vision, and disability benefits and other plans and programs made available to other eligible employees. At this time, we do not provide special plans or programs for our named executive officers.

 

-117-


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers at the end of fiscal 2012.

 

     Option Awards  
     Grant Date      Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options (#)
    Option
Exercise

Price ($)
     Option
Expiration Date
 

Name

      Exercisable     Unexercisable       

Vladimir Shmunis

     1/19/2010         500,000        500,000 (1)     $ 1.10         1/19/2020   
     9/26/2012         890,000 (2)       0      $ 6.78         9/26/2022   

Kira Makagon

     8/2/2012         575,212 (3)       0      $ 6.78         8/2/2022   

Robert Lawson

     3/2/2012         575,212 (4)       0      $ 2.73         3/2/2022   

 

(1)

The shares underlying this option vest, subject to Mr. Shmunis’ continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4 th of the total shares each year, beginning on the one-year anniversary of January 1, 2010.

(2)

The shares underlying this option vest, subject to Mr. Shmunis’ continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/36 th of the total shares on January 31, 2013 and an additional 1/36 th of the total shares on the last day of each month thereafter. All of the shares underlying this option were unvested as of December 31, 2012.

(3)

The shares underlying this option vest, subject to Ms. Makagon’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4 th of the total shares on the one-year anniversary of August 1, 2012, with 1/48 th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter. All of the shares underlying this option were unvested as of December 31, 2012.

(4)

The shares underlying this option vest, subject to Ms. Lawson’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4 th of the total shares on the one-year anniversary of February 17, 2012, with 1/48 th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter. All of the shares underlying this option were unvested as of December 31, 2012.

Executive Employment Arrangements

Vladimir Shmunis

We do not currently have a written employment offer letter or arrangement with Vladimir G. Shmunis, our Chief Executive Officer. We may enter into a written employment agreement with Mr. Shmunis in the future.

Mr. Shmunis’ current base salary is $426,000, and he is eligible to earn an annual incentive bonus of up to 75% of his base salary for the current fiscal year. Mr. Shmunis’ employment with us is at-will employment.

On January 19, 2010, Mr. Shmunis was granted an option to purchase 1,000,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $1.10 per share, which vests in equal annual installments over the four-year period beginning on January 1, 2011, and subject to his continuous service as the Executive Chairman of our board of directors through each vesting date. In the event that we terminate Mr. Shmunis within 60 days prior to a “change in control” (as defined in his option agreement) or he is not hired by the surviving or successor entity or within 12 months after the change in control, Mr. Shmunis is terminated by the successor or surviving entity without “cause” or by him for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in his option agreement), then 100% of the then unvested shares subject to the option will immediately vest in full on the termination date and be exercisable.

 

-118-


Table of Contents

On September 26, 2012, Mr. Shmunis was granted an option to purchase 890,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $6.78 per share, which vests in equal monthly installments over the three-year period beginning on January 31, 2013, and subject to his continuous service with us through each vesting date. This option was exercisable in full as of the date of grant. In the event that we terminate Mr. Shmunis within 60 days prior to a “change in control” (as defined in his respective option agreement) or he is not hired by the surviving or successor entity or, within 12 months after the change in control, Mr. Shmunis is terminated by the successor or surviving entity without “cause” or by him for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in his option agreement), then 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option will immediately vest in full on the termination date and be exercisable for 90 days after his termination date.

Kira Makagon

We entered into an executive employment offer letter with Kira Makagon, our Executive Vice President, Innovation, dated August 1, 2012. The executive employment offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Ms. Makagon’s current base salary is $270,000, and she is eligible to earn an annual incentive bonus of up to 50% of her base salary.

On August 2, 2012, Ms. Makagon was granted an option to purchase 575,212 shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $6.78 per share, which vests over four years with 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining shares subject to the option vesting in equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to her continuous service with us through each vesting date. This option was exercisable in full as of the date of grant.

In addition, under the terms of her offer letter and option agreement, in the event that we terminate Ms. Makagon within 60 days prior to a change in control or she is not hired by the surviving or successor entity or within 12 months after the change in control, Ms. Makagon is terminated by the successor or surviving entity without “cause,” death or disability, or by her for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in her offer letter and option agreement), and subject to her signing and not revoking a release of claims against us, then 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option will immediately vest in full on the termination date and be exercisable for 90 days after her termination date.

In the event we terminate Ms. Makagon’s employment without cause, she is eligible to receive severance equal to three months of her base salary payable in three equal monthly installments, subject to her signing the our standard separation and release agreement.

Robert Lawson

We entered into an executive employment offer letter with Robert Lawson, formerly our Chief Financial Officer, and currently our Senior Vice President and Treasurer, dated January 12, 2012. The executive employment offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Lawson’s current base salary is $270,000, and he is eligible to earn an annual incentive bonus of up to 50% of his base salary.

On March 2, 2012, Mr. Lawson was granted an option to purchase 575,212 shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $2.73 per share, which vests over four years with 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining shares subject to the option vesting in equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to his continuous service with us through each vesting date. This option was exercisable in full as of the date of grant.

Under the terms of his offer letter and option agreement, in the event that we terminate Mr. Lawson within 60 days prior to a “change in control” (as defined in his option agreement) or he

 

-119-


Table of Contents

is not hired by the surviving or successor entity or within 12 months after the change in control, Mr. Lawson is terminated by the successor or surviving entity without “cause,” or by him for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in his offer letter and option agreement), then 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option will immediately vest in full on the termination date and be exercisable for 90 days after his termination date.

Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2013 Plan, and we expect our stockholders will approve it prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to shareholder approval, the 2013 Plan will be effective upon the later to occur of its adoption by our board of directors or one business day prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, but is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2013 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares .    A total of                  shares of our common stock are expected to be reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2013 Plan, of which no awards will be issued and outstanding. In addition, the shares to be reserved for issuance under our 2013 Plan will also include (a) those shares reserved but unissued under our 2010 Equity Plan, as amended and restated, or the 2010 Plan, and (b) shares returned to our 2010 Plan and 2003 Equity Incentive, as amended and restated, or the 2003 Plan, as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2013 Plan pursuant to (a) and (b) is shares). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2013 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2014, equal to the least of:

                 shares;

     % of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

If an award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, or, with respect to restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units or performance shares, is forfeited to or repurchased due to failure to vest, the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under the 2013 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, the net shares issued will cease to be available under the 2013 Plan and all remaining shares will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2013 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under the 2013 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in a reduction in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2013 Plan.

Plan Administration .    Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer the 2013 Plan. We anticipate that the compensation committee of our board

 

-120-


Table of Contents

of directors will administer our 2013 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as ‘‘performance-based compensation’’ within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more ‘‘outside directors’’ within the meaning of Section 162(m). In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under the 2013 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, the administrator will have the power to administer the 2013 Plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of the 2013 Plan and awards granted under it, to create, amend and revoke rules relating to the 2013 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator will also have the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type or cash.

Stock Options .    Stock options may be granted under the 2013 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2013 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed 5 years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, the administrator will determine the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2013 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, the administrator will determine the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2013 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us);

 

-121-


Table of Contents

provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units .    Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2013 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Units and Performance Shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2013 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Non-Employee Directors .    Our 2013 Plan will provide that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2013 Plan. In connection with this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive equity awards under the 2013 Plan. Our 2013 Plan will provide that in any given year, a non-employee director will not receive (i) cash-settled awards having a grant date fair value greater than $        , increased to $         in connection with her or her initial service; and (ii) stock-settled awards having a grant date fair value greater than $        , increased to $         in connection with her or her initial service, in each case, as determined under generally accepted accounting procedures.

Non-Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2013 Plan generally will not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2013 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the Plan or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in the 2013 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2013 Plan will provide that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2013 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator

 

-122-


Table of Contents

determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change of control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Amendment, Termination .    The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2013 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2013 Plan will automatically terminate in 2023, unless we terminate it sooner.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2010 Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our shareholders in September 2010. Following the completion of this offering, no additional awards will be granted under the 2010 Plan. However, the 2010 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock options previously granted under the 2010 Plan.

As of June 30, 2013, under the 2010 Plan, options to purchase 476,527 shares of common stock had been exercised, options to purchase 6,005,875 shares of common stock remained outstanding and 621,278 shares of common stock remained available for future grant. The options outstanding as of June 30, 2013 had a weighted-average exercise price of $6.22.

Our board of directors currently administers the 2010 Plan. The administrator is authorized to interpret the provisions of the 2010 Plan and individual award agreements, and generally take any other actions that are contemplated by the 2010 Plan or necessary or appropriate in the administration of the 2010 Plan and individual award agreements. All decisions of the administrator are final and binding on all persons. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, check, promissory note, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator. Subject to the provisions of the 2010 Plan, the administrator determines the remaining terms of the options.

The maximum permitted term of options granted under the 2010 Plan is 10 years. However, the maximum permitted term of options granted to 10% shareholders under of 2010 Plan is five years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for six months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for 30 days following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2010 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of options and only the recipient of an option may exercise an option during his or her lifetime.

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2010 Plan, the administrator will make proportionate adjustments to the exercise price or the number or type of shares covered by each option. The administrator may also provide for cash payments, or for the exchange of outstanding options

 

-123-


Table of Contents

granted under the 2010 Plan for other awards in such circumstances, such as by conversion, assumption, or substitution of an option for another company’s options on a ratio corresponding to the terms of a merger or other reorganization.

Our 2010 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2010 Plan, each outstanding option will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding option, then such option will fully vest, all restrictions on such option will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such option will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such option will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The option will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Our board of directors has the authority to amend the 2010 Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

2003 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2003 Plan in January 2003. In connection with the adoption of our 2010 Plan, our 2003 Plan was terminated in September 2010. Following the termination of our 2003 Plan, we did not grant any additional awards under the 2003 Plan, but the 2003 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

Our board of directors administers the 2003 Plan. Currently, our board of directors administers the 2003 Plan and has all power of the plan administrator in accordance with the 2003 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2003 Plan, the administrator has the power to construe and interpret the 2003 Plan, any award agreement, and any other document executed pursuant to the 2003 Plan. The administrator may make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2003 Plan.

As of June 30, 2013, under the 2003 Plan, options to purchase 3,330,077 shares of common stock had been exercised, and options to purchase 3,737,232 shares of common stock remained outstanding. The options outstanding as of June 30, 2013 had a weighted-average exercise price of $0.95.

The maximum permitted term of options granted under the 2003 Plan is 10 years. However, the maximum permitted term of options granted to 10% stockholders under of 2003 Plan is five years. The administrator determines the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which could include cash, check, cancellation of indebtedness, surrender of other shares, waiver of compensation due or accrued for services rendered, tender of property, “same day sale” commitment, “margin” commitment, or any combination of the foregoing. After the termination of service of an employee, director, consultant, or advisor, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Our 2003 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options, and only the recipient of an option may exercise such option during his or her lifetime.

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2003 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number

 

-124-


Table of Contents

and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2003 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding option.

Our 2003 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or certain other corporate transactions described in the 2003 Plan, each outstanding opinion will be assumed or substituted for an equivalent option. In the event that options are not assumed or substituted for, then the options will expire on such transaction at such time and on such conditions as our board of directors will determine.

Bonus Plan

Our Bonus Plan was adopted by our board of directors in May 2012. The Bonus Plan allows our board of directors or its committee to provide cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our board of directors or its compensation committee.

Under the Bonus Plan, our board of directors, or its committee, determines the performance goals applicable to any award, which goals may include, without limitation, the attainment of research and development milestones, sales bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes and net earnings), earnings per share, net income, net profit, net sales, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, overhead and other expense reduction, product defect measures, product release timelines, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenues, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total shareholder return, working capital, and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. Performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures. The performance goals may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Our board of directors, or its committee, may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in the discretion of our board of directors or its committee. Our board of directors, or its committee, may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards are paid in cash only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the last day of the performance period. Payment of bonuses occurs as soon as administratively practicable after they are earned, but no later than the dates set forth in the Bonus Plan.

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Bonus Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to participate in the 401(k) plan following the date they meet the plan’s eligibility requirements, and participants are able to

 

-125-


Table of Contents

defer a percentage of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code and plan limits. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. The 401(k) plan permits us to make matching contributions and profit sharing contributions to eligible participants, although we have not made any such contributions to date. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

Limitation of Officer and Director Liability and Indemnification Arrangements

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our certificate of incorporation will not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees before the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and some employees for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. Under the indemnification agreements, indemnification will only be provided in situations where the indemnified parties acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to situations where they had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

-126-


Table of Contents

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

-127-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements, we describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

  Ÿ  

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 in any one fiscal year; and

 

  Ÿ  

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our common stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers are described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Series C Preferred Stock Financing

In October 2010, we sold an aggregate of 3,030,871 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $3.29938, for an aggregate purchase price of $9,999,995.21. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series C preferred stock by members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of
Series C
Preferred
Stock (#)
     Total
Purchase
Price ($)
 

Entities Affiliated with Sequoia Capital (1) .

     303,087         999,999.20   

 

(1) Affiliates of Sequoia Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Sequoia Capital XII, L.P., Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LLC and Sequoia Technology Partners XII, L.P. Mr. Leone, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of Sequoia Capital.

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

In August and September 2011, we sold an aggregate of 1,736,598 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $6.02551, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,463,888.61. The following table summarizes purchases of shares of our Series D preferred stock by members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of
Series D
Preferred
Stock (#)
     Total
Purchase
Price ($)
 

Scale Venture Partners III, L.P. (1)

     1,659,610         9,999,996.65   

 

(1) Mr. Theis, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director of Scale Venture Partners, an affiliate of Scale Venture Partners III, L.P.

 

-128-


Table of Contents

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In November 2012, we sold an aggregate of 3,096,837 shares of our Series E preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $9.687299, for an aggregate purchase price of $29,999,985.98. The following table summarizes purchases of shares of our Series E preferred stock by members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of
Series D
Preferred
Stock (#)
     Total
Purchase
Price ($)
 

Turl Investments, Ltd. (1)

     1,548,419         14,999,997.83   

 

(1) Dr. Yerramilli-Rao, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Turl Investments, Ltd.

Investor Rights Agreement

We are party to an investor rights agreement which provides, among other things, that holders of our preferred stock, including stockholders affiliated with some of our directors, have the right to request that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Voting Agreement

We are party to a voting agreement which provides, among other things, that certain holders of more than 5% of our common stock have the right to designate certain members of our board of directors. Under our currently effective certificate of incorporation, the holders of preferred stock have the right to designate three members of our board of directors. Under the voting agreement, each of Khosla Ventures and Sequoia Capital (and their respective affiliates) have the right to designate one such preferred-designated director, which seats are currently occupied by David Weiden and Douglas Leone, respectively. The third preferred-designated seat is designated by preferred stockholders representing a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock, which seat is currently occupied by Bobby Yerramilli-Rao.

Under our currently effective certificate of incorporation, the holders of common stock have the right to designate four members of our board of directors. Vladimir Shmunis, our Chief Executive Officer, is affiliated with entities that collectively hold a substantial portion of our outstanding shares of common stock. These entities affiliated with Mr. Shmunis, together with several of our other major holders of common stock, are parties to the voting agreement. As a result of the voting agreement and the holdings of common stock of the Shmunis-affiliated entities, Mr. Shmunis has the ability to appoint all such common-designated directors. Robert Theis, Neil Williams and Mr. Shmunis currently occupy three of these four seats. The fourth seat is currently vacant.

This voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering. Each of these directors will continue to serve as a member of our board of directors after this offering.

Business Arrangement with the Law Offices of Daniel Leer

In April 2010, we entered into a business arrangement with the Law Offices of Daniel Leer for the provision of various legal services by Anna Kogan, Mr. Shmunis’ sister. Ms. Kogan served as “of

 

-129-


Table of Contents

counsel” to the Law Offices of Daniel Leer. Pursuant to our prior arrangement, we paid the Law Offices of Daniel Leer a consulting fee in the amount of $12,000 per month, which Ms. Kogan received. This arrangement was terminated effective as of December 31, 2011.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

We plan to adopt a policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

-130-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of August 15, 2013 and as adjusted to reflect the shares of Class A common stock to be issued and sold in the offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us and the sale of              shares of our Class A common stock by the selling stockholders, by:

 

  Ÿ  

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

all executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

all selling stockholders, which consist of the entities and individuals shown as having shares listed in the column “Number of Shares Being Offered.”

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options and warrants held by the respective person or group which may be exercised or converted within 60 days after August 15, 2013. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, stock options and warrants exercisable within 60 days after August 15, 2013 are included for that person or group but not the stock options or warrants of any other person or group. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all securities that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. Unless otherwise indicated, based on the information supplied to us by or on behalf of the selling stockholders, no selling stockholder is a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker-dealer.

Our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and              shares of Class B common stock outstanding at August 15, 2013, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock on a one-for-one basis into              shares of Class B common stock. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that              shares of Class A common stock and              shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share.

 

-131-


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o RingCentral, Inc., 1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor, San Mateo, California 94404.

 

    Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering +
  Number of
Shares
Being
Offered
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering +
    Class A   Class B     % of
Total
Voting
Power †
    Class A   Class B   % of
Total
Voting
Power +
               
               
    Shares     %     Shares       %           Shares     %     Shares       %    

5% Stockholders:

                     

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital (1)

        9,191,963        17.2                9,191,963       

Entities affiliated with Vladimir Shmunis (2)

        10,817,342        19.6                10,817,342       

Entities affiliated with Khosla Ventures (3)

        8,961,322        16.7                8,961,322       

Vlad Vendrow (4)

        4,838,860        9.0                4,838,860       

Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures (5)

        4,116,401        7.7                4,116,401       

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                     

Vladimir Shmunis (2)

        10,817,342        19.6                10,817,342       

Kira Makagon (6)

        595,212        1.1                595,212       

Robert Lawson (7)

        575,212        1.1                575,212       

Douglas M. Leone (8)

        9,191,963        17.2                9,191,963       

Robert Theis (9)

        1,659,610        3.1                1,659,610       

David Weiden (10)

        8,851,669        16.5                8,851,669       

Neil Williams (11 )

        11,875        *                11,875       

Bobby Yerramilli-Rao

        -        *                -       

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons) (12)

        34,229,006        59.3                34,229,006       

 

(+) Certain options to purchase shares of our capital stock included in this table are early exercisable, and to the extent such shares are unvested as of a given date, such shares will remain subject to a right of repurchase held by us.
(†) Represents the voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting as a single class. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to 10 votes per share. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except under limited circumstances described in “Description of Capital Stock—Class A and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights.”
(*) Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
(1) Consists of (i) 8,032,857 shares held of record by Sequoia Capital XII, L.P.; (ii) 858,529 shares held of record by Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LLC; and (iii) 300,577 shares held of record by Sequoia Technology Partners XII, L.P. SC XII Management, LLC is the general partner of each of Sequoia Capital XII, L.P. and Sequoia Technology Partners XII, L.P. and is the managing member of Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LLC (collectively referred to as the “Sequoia Capital Entities”). The managing members of SC XII Management, LLC are Michael Goguen, Douglas Leone, Michael Moritz, James Goetz and Roelof Botha. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, each of the managing members of SC XII Management, LLC may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Sequoia Capital Entities. Such individuals expressly disclaim any such beneficial ownership. The address for each of the entities identified in this footnote is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Suite 4-250, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(2) Consists of (i) 8,357,342 shares held of record by ELCA Fund I, L.P.; (ii) 410,000 shares held of record by ELCA Fund II, L.P.; (iii) 410,000 shares held of record by ELCA Fund III, L.P.; (iv) 750,000 shares issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2013, all of which are vested and (v) 890,000 shares issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2013, of which 222,499 shares are vested. Each of the ELCA funds may be deemed to be indirectly controlled jointly by Vladimir Shmunis, our CEO and Chairman of the board of directors, and Sandra Shmunis, Mr. Shmunis’ wife. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, Mr. and Mrs. Shmunis may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the ELCA funds. The address for these entities is c/o RingCentral, Inc., 1400 Fashion Island Boulevard, 7th Floor, San Mateo, CA 94404.
(3)

Consists of (i) 8,456,181 shares held of record by Khosla Ventures II, L.P.; (ii) 109,653 shares held of record by VK Services, LLC; and (iii) 395,488 shares held by certain current and former employees of Khosla Ventures over which Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC holds voting and investment control (collectively referred to as the “Khosla Affiliated Entities”). Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC is the general partner of Khosla Ventures II, L.P., VK Services, LLC is the sole manager of Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC and Vinod Khosla is the managing member of VK Services, LLC. The members, or affiliates of

 

-132-


Table of Contents
 

members, of Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC who directly hold shares of capital stock of the Registrant have granted Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Mr. Khosla, VK Services, LLC and Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by Khosla Ventures II, L.P. and the shares held by members or affiliates of members of Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC. Mr. Khosla, VK Services, LLC and Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by Khosla Ventures II, L.P. and the shares held by members, or affiliates of members, of Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC, except to the extent to which they each hold voting and dispositive power with respect to such shares. The address for Khosla Ventures II, L.P. is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 3, Suite 170, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(4) Consists of (i) 4,301,673 shares held of record by Mr. Vendrow; (ii) 180,000 shares held of record by his children; and (iii) 357,187 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2013, all of which are vested. Mr. Vendrow may be deemed to hold voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by him and by his children.
(5) Consists of (i) 2,349,436 shares held of record by DAG Ventures III-QP, L.P.; (ii) 1,543,651 shares held of record by DAG Ventures I-N, LLC; (iii) 220,999 shares held of record by DAG Ventures III, L.P.; and (iv) 2,315 shares held of record by DAG Ventures GP Fund III, LLC. The address for these entities is 251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200, Palo Alto, CA 94301.
(6) Consists of (i) 20,000 shares held of record by Ms. Makagon and (ii) 575,212 shares issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2013, of which 167,770 shares are vested.
(7) Consists of 575,212 shares issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2013, of which 227,688 shares are vested.
(8) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (1) above which are held by the Sequoia Capital Entities. Mr. Leone, one of our directors, is a managing member of SC XII Management, LLC and therefore may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Sequoia Capital Entities. Mr. Leone expressly disclaims any such beneficial ownership.
(9) Consists of 1,659,610 shares held by Scale Venture Partners III, LP, or Scale. Mr. Theis, one of our directors, is one of the managing members of Scale Venture Management III, LLC, the ultimate general partner of Scale. Robert Theis, Stacey Bishop, Kate Mitchell and Rory O’Driscoll are the managing members of Scale Venture Management III, LLC and share voting and investment authority over such shares, and may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by Scale. Such individuals expressly disclaim any such beneficial ownership. The address for these entities is 950 Tower Lane, Suite 700, Foster City, CA 94404.
(10) Consists of (i) 8,456,181 shares held of record by Khosla Ventures II, L.P. and (ii) 395,488 shares held by certain current and former employees of Khosla Ventures over which Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC holds voting and investment control, including 97,955 shares held by Mr. Weiden. Mr. Weiden, one of our directors, is a member of Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Khosla Ventures II, L.P. and the shares over which Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC holds voting and investment control. Mr. Weiden expressly disclaims any such beneficial ownership.
(11) Consists of 11,875 shares issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2013, all of which are vested.
(12) Consists of (i) 30,100,584 shares beneficially owned by our current directors and officers, of which 17,339 shares may be repurchased by us at the original exercise price within 60 days of August 15, 2013; and (ii) 4,128,422 shares subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2013, of which 1,638,994 shares are vested.

 

-133-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following descriptions of our capital stock and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the completion of this offering.

Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide for two classes of common stock: Class A and Class B common stock. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences, and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares, all with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

  Ÿ  

1,000,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

67,000,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

100,000,000 are designated as preferred stock.

As of June 30, 2013, we had 53,298,648 shares of Class B common stock outstanding, held by approximately 116 stockholders of record, assuming the conversion of all 22,930,121 shares of common stock outstanding and all 30,368,527 shares of preferred stock outstanding into shares of our Class B common stock which will occur upon the completion of this offering. We also had (1) outstanding options to acquire 9,743,107 shares of common stock held by employees, directors and consultants, all of which will become options to acquire an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock, immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (2) outstanding warrants to purchase 110,000 shares of common stock, which will become warrants to purchase an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock, immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (3) outstanding warrants to purchase 260,159 shares of preferred stock, which will become warrants to purchase an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock, immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Class A and Class B Common Stock

Upon completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide for two classes of common stock: Class A and Class B common stock.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have identical rights, provided however that, except as otherwise expressly provided in our certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of our stockholders, holders of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share of Class A common stock and holders of Class B common stock will be entitled to 10 votes per share of Class B common stock. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except that there will be a separate vote of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock as a separate classes in the following circumstances:

 

  Ÿ  

if we propose to amend our certificate of incorporation (i) to increase or decrease the par value of the shares of any class of our capital stock or (ii) to alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of a class of our common stock so as to affect them adversely;

 

-134-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

if we propose to treat the shares of a class of our common stock differently with respect to any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of our stock paid or distributed by us;

 

  Ÿ  

if we propose to treat the shares of a class of our common stock differently with respect to any subdivision or combination of the shares of a class of our common stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

if we propose to treat the shares of a class of our common stock differently in connection with a change of control with respect to any consideration into which the shares are converted or any consideration paid or otherwise distributed to our stockholders.

Under our certificate of incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering, we may not increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class.

Under our certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, we may not issue any shares of Class B common stock, other than upon exercise of options, warrants, or similar rights to acquire common stock outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the offering and in connection with stock dividends and similar transactions, unless that issuance is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock.

We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our certificate of incorporation.

Economic Rights

Except as otherwise expressly provided in our certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including, without limitation those described below.

Dividends and Distributions

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of our capital stock paid or distributed by us, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class. In the event a dividend or distribution is paid in the form of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock or rights to acquire shares of such stock, the holders of Class A common stock shall receive Class A common stock, or rights to acquire Class A common stock, as the case may be, and the holders of Class B common stock shall receive Class B common stock, or rights to acquire Class B common stock, as the case may be.

Liquidation Rights

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities and the liquidation preferences and any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to any outstanding preferred stock, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

-135-


Table of Contents

Change of Control Transactions

Upon (A) the closing of the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (B) the consummation of a merger, reorganization, consolidation or share transfer which results in our voting securities outstanding immediately prior to the transaction (or the voting securities issued with respect to our voting securities outstanding immediately prior to the transaction) representing less than a majority of the combined voting power of our voting securities or the voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity or (C) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons of securities of the company if, after closing, the transferee person or group would hold 50% or more of our outstanding voting stock (or the outstanding voting stock of the surviving or acquiring entity), the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be treated equally and identically with respect to shares of Class A common Stock or Class B common stock owned by them, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class.

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, the outstanding shares of the other class will be subdivided or combined in the same manner, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate class.

Conversion

Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon (i) the date specified by affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least 67% of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock or (ii) any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our certificate of incorporation, including, without limitation, transfers for tax and estate planning purposes, so long as the transferring holder of Class B common stock continues to hold exclusive voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares transferred.

Upon the death of a holder of Class B common stock who is a natural person, the Class B common stock held by that person or his or her permitted estate planning entities will convert automatically into Class A common stock; provided, however, that Vladimir Shmunis and Vlad Vendrow, our two founders, may transfer voting control of shares of Class B common stock to another Class B stockholder contingent or effective upon his death or permanent incapacity without triggering a conversion to Class A common stock, provided that the shares of Class B common stock so transferred shall convert to Class A common stock nine months after the death of the transferring stockholder.

In addition, with respect to each holder of Class B common stock, all of such holder’s shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock on the seven-year anniversary of the closing date of this offering; provided that any such holder’s Class B common stock will not automatically convert into Class A common stock, notwithstanding the seven-year automatic conversion provision, and such holder will continue to be deemed to hold Class B common stock, as long as such holder continues to beneficially own a number of shares of Class B common stock equal to more than 50% of the number of shares of Class B common stock that such holder beneficially owned immediately prior to completion of this offering.

 

-136-


Table of Contents

Once transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock will not be reissued.

All outstanding shares of Class B common stock will convert into Class A common stock on the date on which the number of outstanding shares of Class B common stock represents less than 10% of the aggregate combined number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. After such conversion, no further shares of Class B common stock will be issued.

Preferred Stock

As of June 30, 2013, there were 30,368,527 shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, each outstanding share of our preferred stock will convert into one share of our Class B common stock.

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences, and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of June 30, 2013, we had the following warrants outstanding:

 

  Ÿ  

a warrant to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.05 per share, which expires in January 2015;

 

  Ÿ  

a warrant to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.72 per share, which expires in December 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

a warrant to purchase 71,499 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $2.097913 per share, which expires in February 2019;

 

  Ÿ  

a warrant to purchase 48,493 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $3.29938 per share based upon the amount advanced under the terms of our growth capital loan with Silicon Valley Bank, which expires in October 2020;

 

  Ÿ  

a warrant to purchase 49,788 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $6.0255 per share, which must either be exercised or terminated immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

a warrant to purchase 57,187 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $6.0255 per share, which must either be exercised or terminated immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which warrant may be exercisable for additional shares based upon the amount advanced under the terms of our equipment financing loan with TriplePoint Capital LLC; and

 

  Ÿ  

a warrant to purchase 33,192 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $6.0255 per share, which must either be exercised or terminated immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

-137-


Table of Contents

Upon the closing of this offering, each of the outstanding shares of common stock, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred warrants shall become exercisable for the same number of shares of Class B common stock.

All of these warrants have a net exercise provision under which its holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our preferred stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. Each warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations. Certain of the holders of the shares issuable upon exercise of our warrants are entitled to some of the registration rights with respect to such shares as described in greater detail under the heading “Registration Rights.”

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 31,956,794 shares of our Class B common stock, including certain holders of warrants exercisable for 260,159 shares of our Class B common stock, in each case calculated on a fully diluted basis, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors’ rights agreement between us and certain holders of these shares, and include demand registration rights, short form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

These registration rights will expire five years following the completion of this offering. We will pay all the registration expenses of the holders of the shares registered (excluding the S-3 registration expenses incurred after the first two S-3 registrations effected) pursuant to the registrations described below. However, with certain exceptions, if the registration request is withdrawn at the request of the holders of a majority of the registrable securities to be registered, we will not pay the registration expenses. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. In connection with the completion of this offering, each stockholder that has registration rights agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. See the section titled “Underwriters” for additional information.

Demand Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of 31,816,627 shares of our Class B common stock, including certain holders of warrants exercisable for 119,992 shares of our Class B common stock, in each case calculated on a fully diluted basis, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. Six months after the completion of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of these shares then outstanding can request that we register, at our expense, the offer and sale of their shares (or a lesser percentage if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $20 million). We are required to effect only two registrations for these stockholders pursuant to this provision of the investors’ rights agreement. If we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 120 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

The holders of 31,956,794 shares of our Class B common stock, including certain holders of warrants exercisable for 260,159 shares of our Class B common stock, in each case calculated on a

 

-138-


Table of Contents

fully diluted basis, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act (other than with respect to a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the registrable securities, or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of 31,956,794 shares of our Class B common stock, including certain holders of warrants exercisable for 260,159 shares of our Class B common stock, in each case calculated on a fully diluted basis, or their permitted transferees, are also currently entitled to short-form registration rights. The holders of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the reasonably anticipated aggregate gross proceeds of the shares offered would equal or exceed $1 million. These holders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3; however, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations within the 12-month period preceding the date of the request. Additionally, if we determine that it would be materially detrimental to our stockholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 120 days. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to certain limitations.

Expiration of Registration Rights

The registration rights described above will survive our initial public offering and will terminate as to any stockholder at such time as all of such stockholders’ securities (together with any affiliate of the stockholder with whom such stockholder must aggregate its sales) could be sold in a 90-day period without compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144, but in any event no later than the five-year anniversary of our initial public offering.

Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

Upon completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide for a board of directors comprised of three classes of directors, with each class serving a three-year term beginning and ending in different years than those of the other two classes. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, to be effective upon completion of this offering, provide that, once our outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock, all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing, and that only the majority of our

 

-139-


Table of Contents

whole board of directors, chair of the board of directors or our chief executive officer may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Stockholder Action

Upon completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders will be able to take action by written consent. When the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the combined voting power of common stock, our stockholders will no longer be able to take action by written consent, and will only be able to take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders.

As described above in “—Class A and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights,” our certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon completion of this offering, further provides for a dual class common stock structure, which provides our founders, current investors, executives and employees with significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets.

Upon completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that our directors may be removed only for cause and require a supermajority stockholder vote for the rescission, alteration, amendment or repeal of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws by stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that vacancies occurring on our board of directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of our board of directors. Our bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors. The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting, supermajority stockholder voting requirements, the ability of the board to fill vacancies and the advance notice provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions, including the dual class structure of our common stock, may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

  Ÿ  

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

-140-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

  Ÿ  

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its phone number is (877) 373-6374.

Listing

We will apply to have our shares of Class A common stock listed on the                      under the symbol “RNG.”

 

-141-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our capital stock, and we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our Class A common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2013, upon completion of this offering,              shares of Class A common stock and              shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us, no exercise of outstanding options and the conversion of the shares sold by the selling stockholders in this offering into shares of Class A common stock. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

The remaining shares of Class B common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, all shares will be eligible for resale in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 to the extent such shares have been released from any repurchase option that we may hold. “Restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144 were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. These shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock (i.e. which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholders, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013) or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported through the              during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements, and the availability of current public information about us.

 

-142-


Table of Contents

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, most of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement are eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period or certain other restrictions contained in Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors and executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, have agreed or will agree that, subject to certain exceptions and under certain conditions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of                  shares of our Class B common stock and warrants to purchase                  shares of our Class B common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Equity Plans

Following this offering, we intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our equity compensation plans, see “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans.”

 

-143-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, nor does it address any estate and gift tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws, or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, all as in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our Class A common stock, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our Class A common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the U.S., partnerships or other pass-through entities, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock and persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, or a constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our Class A common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning and disposing of our Class A common stock.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual citizen or resident of the U.S.;

 

-144-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions on Our Class A Common Stock

We do not currently intend to make distributions on our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future. However, if we make cash or other property distributions on our Class A common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s tax basis in the Class A common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the stock and will be treated as described under “—Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock” below.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable form), including a U.S. taxpayer identification number, that certifies such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. For these purposes, Treasury Regulations or the applicable treaty will provide rules to determine whether dividends paid to an entity should be treated as paid to the entity or the entity’s owners. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, who then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our Class A common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., and dividends paid on the Class A common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business, the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable form).

Any dividends paid on our Class A common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. trade or business (and if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.) generally will not be subject to withholding tax, but will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in much the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the U.S. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

-145-


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and certain legislation relating to foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock, unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., and if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.;

 

  Ÿ  

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or

 

  Ÿ  

our Class A common stock constitutes a “U.S. real property interest” by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition of, or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our Class A common stock. We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, as to which there can be no assurance, such Class A common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the U.S. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the U.S.), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends on our Class A common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Information reporting and backup withholding, currently at a 28% rate generally will apply to payments to a non-U.S. holder of dividends on or the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, information

 

-146-


Table of Contents

reporting and backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the non-U.S. holder should consult with a U.S. tax advisor regarding the possibility of and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any.

Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

Legislation enacted in 2010, which is commonly referred to as “FATCA,” generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities certain information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). The legislation also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as defined under these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity (or that the entity does not have any substantial U.S. owners). Final regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Treasury provide for certain transition rules under which the obligation to withhold would apply to dividends paid on our Class A common stock on or after January 1, 2014, and to the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock on or after January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in Class A our common stock.

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our Class A common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable law.

 

-147-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                    Incorporated

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters will be committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below, unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters will have an option to buy up to an additional             shares from us and the selling stockholders. They will be able to exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase             additional shares from us and the selling stockholders.

Paid by the Company

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed or will agree with the underwriters that, subject to certain exceptions,

 

-148-


Table of Contents

we and they will not dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on                      under the symbol “RNG.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on                     , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We and the selling stockholders estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        .

 

-149-


Table of Contents

We and the selling stockholders will agree to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may in the future provide a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities or instruments of ours (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by the issuer for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

-150-


Table of Contents

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments

 

-151-


Table of Contents

and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to us, the offering, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

-152-


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

-153-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California, will pass upon the validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby. Cooley LLP, San Francisco, California, is representing the underwriters in this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of RingCentral, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the registration of the common stock offered for sale with this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement. For further information about us, the common stock we are offering by this prospectus and related matters, you should review the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the full text of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits that were filed with the registration statement may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission upon payment of the prescribed fee. Information on the operation of the public reference facilities may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. You may also request copies of these filings, at no cost, by mail to: RingCentral, Inc., 1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor, San Mateo, California 94404, Attention: Corporate Secretary; http://www.ringcentral.com.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance with such requirements, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the regional offices, public reference facilities, and web site of the Securities and Exchange Commission referred to above. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent registered accounting firm.

 

-154-


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders

RingCentral, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of RingCentral, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of RingCentral, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Santa Clara, California

June 21, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands)

 

    December 31,     June 30,
2013
    Pro Forma
Shareholders’
Deficit
June 30, 2013
 
    2011     2012      
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 13,577      $ 37,864      $ 19,366     

Accounts receivable, net

    434        2,690        1,962     

Inventory

    1,602        833        1,150     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,228        3,408        6,934     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    16,841        44,795        29,412     

Property and equipment, net

    9,293        17,008        17,050     

Other assets

    1,228        1,551        2,038     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 27,362      $ 63,354      $ 48,500     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 5,962      $ 4,553      $ 5,140     

Accrued liabilities

    6,005        21,487        23,891     

Current portion of capital lease obligation

    362        312        329     

Current portion of long-term debt

    617        7,636        9,121     

Deferred revenue

    9,042        11,291        13,707     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    21,988        45,279        52,188     

Long-term debt

    -        12,428        10,795     

Sales tax liability

    3,491        3,877        4,003     

Capital lease obligation

    -        703        481     

Other long-term liabilities

    431        996        1,758     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

    25,910        63,283        69,225     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

       

Shareholders’ equity (deficit):

       

Convertible preferred stock, no par value; 28,165, 32,294 and 32,294 shares authorized at December 31, 2011, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited); 27,272, 30,369 and 30,369 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $44,496, $74,496 and $74,496 at December 31, 2011, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited), actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    44,109        74,020        74,020        -   

Common stock, no par value; 60,000, 65,000 and 65,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2011, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited); 22,210, 22,694 and 22,930 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited), actual; $0.0001 par value 53,299 shares issued and outstanding, $0.0001 par value pro forma (unaudited)

    -        -          -   

Additional paid-in capital

    5,630        9,793        12,634        86,654   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (20     (85     159        159   

Accumulated deficit

    (48,267     (83,657     (107,538     (107,538
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

    1,452        71        (20,725     (20,725
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 27,362      $ 63,354      $ 48,500     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Revenues:

         

Services

   $ 46,385       $ 71,915       $ 105,693       $ 47,699       $ 66,744   

Product

    3,837        6,962        8,833        4,115        6,485   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    50,222        78,877        114,526        51,814        73,229   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

         

Services

    17,915        26,475        36,215        17,119        22,098   

Product

    4,537        6,523        8,688        4,182        6,301   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    22,452        32,998        44,903        21,301        28,399   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    27,770        45,879        69,623        30,513        44,830   

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development

    7,208        12,199        24,450        11,037        16,110   

Sales and marketing

    22,922        34,550        54,566        25,844        33,466   

General and administrative

    4,934        12,969        24,434        12,079        17,781   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    35,064        59,718        103,450        48,960        67,357   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (7,294     (13,839     (33,827     (18,447     (22,527

Other income (expense), net:

         

Interest expense

    (184     (158     (1,503     (230     (1,227

Other income (expense), net

    172        109        32        (28     (247
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

    (12     (49     (1,471     (258     (1,474
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (7,306     (13,888     (35,298     (18,705     (24,001

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    1        15        92        33        (120
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,307    $ (13,903    $ (35,390    $ (18,738    $ (23,881
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

         

Basic and diluted

  ($ 0.35   ($ 0.64   ($ 1.58   ($ 0.84   ($ 1.05
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share:

         

Basic and diluted

    20,871        21,678        22,353        22,251        22,699   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proforma net loss per share (unaudited):

         

Basic and diluted

       $ (0.67      $ (0.45
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share (unaudited):

         

Basic and diluted

        52,722          53,068   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (7,307   $ (13,903   $ (35,390   $ (18,738   $ (23,881

Other comprehensive loss:

          

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net

     -        (20     (65     6        244   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (7,307   $ (13,923   $ (35,455   $ (18,732   $ (23,637
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(in thousands)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Shareholders’

Equity  (Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance as of December 31, 2009

    22,504      $ 23,854        20,748      $ -      $ 2,483      $ -      $ (27,057   $ (720

Issuance of common stock upon exercise and early exercise of stock options

    -        -        442        -        246        -        -        246   

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock (net of issuance costs of $130)

    3,031        9,870        -        -        -        -        -        9,870   

Share-based compensation

    -        -        -        -        820        -        -        820   

Net loss

    -        -        -        -        -        -        (7,307     (7,307
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    25,535        33,724        21,190        -        3,549        -        (34,364     2,909   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise and early exercise of stock options

    -        -        1,020        -        893        -        -        893   

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock (net of issuance costs of $79)

    1,737        10,385        -        -        -        -        -        10,385   

Share-based compensation

    -        -        -        -        1,188        -        -        1,188   

Other comprehensive loss

    -        -        -        -        -        (20     -        (20

Net loss

    -        -        -        -        -        -        (13,903     (13,903
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    27,272        44,109        22,210        -        5,630        (20     (48,267     1,452   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise and early exercise of stock options

    -        -        484        -        419        -        -        419   

Issuance of preferred stock warrants in connection with a debt agreement

    -        -        -        -        169        -        -        169   

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock (net of issuance costs of $89)

    3,097        29,911        -        -        -        -        -        29,911   

Reclassification of preferred stock warrant

    -        -        -        -        473        -        -        473   

Share-based compensation

    -        -        -        -        3,102        -        -        3,102   

Other comprehensive loss

    -        -        -        -        -        (65     -        (65

Net loss

    -        -        -        -        -        -        (35,390     (35,390
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    30,369        74,020        22,694        -        9,793        (85     (83,657     71   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

    -        -        236        -        505        -        -        505   

Share-based compensation (unaudited)

    -        -        -        -        2,336        -        -        2,336   

Other comprehensive income (unaudited)

    -        -        -        -        -        244        -        244   

Net loss (unaudited)

    -        -        -        -        -        -        (23,881     (23,881
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

    30,369      $ 74,020        22,930      $ -      $ 12,634      $ 159      $ (107,538   $ (20,725
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

         

Net loss

  $ (7,307   $ (13,903   $ (35,390   $ (18,738   $ (23,881

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

    1,270        3,546        6,191        2,656        4,351   

Share-based compensation

    820        1,188        3,102        1,215        2,336   

Deferred income tax

    -        (19     (56     -        (45

Noncash interest expense related to warrants issued in connection with debt agreements

    -        -        265        31        158   

Loss on disposal of assets

    88        -        26        26        -   

Changes in assets and liabilities

         

Accounts receivable

    (195     (239     (2,256     (486     728   

Inventory

    (161     (1,442     769        79        (318

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (827     189        (2,022     (1,848     (2,055

Other assets

    117        (312     (366     (266     (58

Accounts payable

    1,406        2,193        (1,392     (3,122     133   

Accrued liabilities

    1,585        2,597        12,898        9,427        3,254   

Deferred revenue

    1,988        2,526        2,248        1,747        2,416   

Other liabilities

    602        2,897        968        383        624   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (614     (779     (15,015     (8,896     (12,357
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

         

Purchases of property and equipment

    (4,424     (6,664     (10,172     (5,563     (5,951

Restricted investments

    (340     -        -        -        (130
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (4,764     (6,664     (10,172     (5,563     (6,081
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

         

Net proceeds from debt agreements

    2,500        -        24,538        14,969        3,655   

Repayment of debt

    (878     (1,005     (5,356     (1,694     (3,961

Repayment of capital lease obligations

    (139     (310     (675     (346     (206

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

    9,870        10,385        29,911        -        -   

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock warrants

    -        -        501        381        265   

Payment of deferred initial public offering costs

    -        -        -        -        (232

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and common stock warrants

    360        817        556        360        429   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    11,713        9,887        49,475        13,670        (50
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    -        (4     (1     (2     (10

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    6,335        2,440        24,287        (791     (18,498

Cash and cash equivalents:

         

Beginning of period

    4,802        11,137        13,577        13,577        37,864   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

  $ 11,137      $ 13,577      $ 37,864      $ 12,786      $ 19,366   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow data:

         

Cash paid for interest

  $ 114      $ 117      $ 791      $ 129      $ 685   

Cash paid for income taxes

    1        1        64        54        31   

Noncash financing activities:

         

Change in liability for unvested exercise options

  $ 115      $ 181      $ 20      $ (2   $ 76   

Reclassification of preferred stock warrants from liability to equity

    -        -        473        -        -   

Deferred debt issuance cost recorded in connection with issuance of preferred stock warrants

    -        -        122        122        -   

Accrued liability for deferred initial public offering costs

    -        -        -        -        1,238   

Equipment purchased and unpaid at period end

    1,410        271        2,700        347        1,141   

Equipment purchased under capital lease

    989        -        1,329        1,329        -   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

RingCentral, Inc. (“the Company”) is a provider of software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) solutions for business communications. The Company was incorporated in California in 1999 and is headquartered in San Mateo, California.

Basis of Presentation and Liquidity

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. As the Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“the JOBS Act”), the Company can delay the adoption of new accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to privately held companies. However, the Company has elected to comply with all new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth publicly held companies. Under the JOBS Act, such election is irrevocable.

The Company has funded its operations through preferred stock financings with net proceeds totaling $74,020 through June 30, 2013, sales to customers and debt financing under its credit agreements. However, the Company has historically incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations. As of June 30, 2013, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $(107,538). Management of the Company expects that operating losses and negative cash flows from operations will continue through at least December 31, 2013. The Company’s existing sources of liquidity include cash and cash equivalents, including the proceeds from $20,800 of additional borrowings in August 2013, and an exercisable put right to issue an additional $7,500 of preferred stock to existing investors. While management believes that the Company’s existing sources of liquidity are adequate to fund operations through at least December 31, 2013, the Company may need to raise additional debt or equity financing to fund operations until it generates positive cash flows from profitable operations. There can be no assurance that such additional debt or equity financing will be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2013, the interim consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, the interim consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity (deficit) for the six months ended June 30, 2013, and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2013 and its results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2013.

Unaudited Pro Forma Shareholders’ Deficit

Immediately prior to the closing of a qualifying public offering (“IPO”), all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. In addition, the

 

F-8


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

outstanding preferred stock warrants will automatically be converted into warrants to purchase common stock upon effectiveness of an initial public offering. The unaudited pro forma shareholders’ equity (deficit) information, as set forth in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2013. The shares of common stock issuable and the proceeds expected to be received in the IPO are excluded from such pro forma information.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The significant estimates made by management affect revenues, accounts receivable, the allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory and inventory reserves, share-based compensation, capitalized software development costs, provision for income taxes, uncertain tax positions, loss contingencies and accrued liabilities. Management periodically evaluates such estimates and they are adjusted prospectively based upon such periodic evaluation. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are recorded as part of a separate component of shareholders’ equity and reported in the statement of comprehensive loss. All assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate during the period. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in income for the period.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers highly liquid instruments with a remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company considers its entire portfolio of marketable debt and equity securities to be available for sale and available to fund current operations. The Company deposits cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions that management believes are of high credit quality. Cash equivalents are stated at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

For all periods presented, substantially all revenues were credit card transactions with a small portion of revenues generating accounts receivable. To date, the Company has not experienced any significant defaults on its accounts receivable. The Company determines provisions based on historical experience and upon a specific review of customer receivables.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Below is a summary of the changes in allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013:

 

     Balance at
Beginning of
Period
     Provision, net
of Recoveries
    Write-offs     Balance at
End of
Period
 

Year ended December 31, 2010

   $ -       $ -      $ -      $ -   

Year ended December 31, 2011

     -         5        -        5   

Year ended December 31, 2012

     5         428        -        433   

Six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     433         (22     (277     134   

Inventory

The Company’s inventory consists primarily of telephones and peripheral equipment held at third parties. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost computed on a first-in, first-out basis, or market value. Inventory write-downs are recorded when the cost of inventory exceeds its net realizable value and establishes a new cost basis for the inventory.

Internal-Use Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes qualifying internal-use software development costs that are incurred during the application development stage, provided that management with the relevant authority authorizes and commits to the funding of the project and it is probable the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation operation activities are expensed as incurred. Capitalized internal-use software development costs are included in property and equipment and are amortized on a straight-line basis to cost of revenues when the underlying project is ready for its intended use.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, and is depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Computer hardware, software, and furniture and fixtures are depreciated over three years; internal-use software development costs are amortized over useful lives ranging from three to four years; and leasehold improvements are depreciated over the respective lease term or useful life, whichever is shorter. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of property and equipment for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets or asset groups may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amounts to the future undiscounted cash flows the assets or asset groups are expected to generate. If such evaluation indicates that the carrying amount of the assets or asset groups is not recoverable, the carrying amount of such assets or asset groups is reduced to fair value. No impairment losses have been recognized in any of the periods presented.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Concentrations

Financial instruments that subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalent balances, which may exceed federally insured limits, with financial institutions that management believes are financially sound and have minimal credit risk exposure.

The Company’s accounts receivable are primarily derived from sales by resellers and to larger direct customers. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its resellers and does not require collateral on accounts receivable. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated potential credit losses. At December 31, 2011, customers A, B and C accounted for 36%, 14% and 12%, respectively, of the Company’s total accounts receivable. At December 2012, customer A accounted for 54% of the Company’s total accounts receivable. As of June 30, 2013, customer A accounted for 63% of the Company’s total accounts receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, no single customer accounted for greater than 10% of the Company’s total revenues.

The Company purchased a significant portion of its software development efforts from third-party vendors located in Russia and the Ukraine during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively. A cessation of services provided by these vendors could result in a disruption to the Company’s research and development efforts.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenues consist of services revenues and product revenues. The Company’s services revenues include all fees billed in connection with subscriptions to the Company’s RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional and RingCentral Fax SaaS applications. These service fees include recurring fixed plan subscription fees, recurring administrative cost recovery fees, variable usage-based fees for usage in excess of plan limits and one-time upfront fees. The Company provides its services to its customers pursuant to contractual arrangements that range in duration from one month to three years. The Company’s service fees are generally billed in advance directly to customer credit cards or via invoices issued to larger customers. The Company’s product revenues consist of the gross sale price billed for pre-configured office phones used in connection with the service and includes shipping and handling fees.

The Company recognizes revenues when the following criteria are met:

 

  Ÿ  

there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

  Ÿ  

the service is being provided to the customer or the product has been delivered;

 

  Ÿ  

the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and

 

  Ÿ  

the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

Revenues under service subscription plans are recognized as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

fixed service plan subscription and administrative cost recovery fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over their respective contractual service terms;

 

  Ÿ  

fees for additional minutes of usage in excess of plan limits are recognized on a straight-line basis over the expected usage term; and

 

F-11


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

  Ÿ  

one-time upfront fees are initially deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated average customer life.

Product revenues are billed at the time the order is received and recognized when the product has been delivered to the customer.

The Company enters into arrangements with multiple-deliverables that generally include services to be provided under the subscription plan and the sale of products used in connection with the Company’s services. Prior to January 1, 2011, the Company followed the accounting treatment prescribed by Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Element Arrangements . Under that guidance, the deliverables in multiple-deliverable arrangements were accounted for separately if the delivered items had standalone value, delivery of the undelivered items was probable and within the Company’s control, and there was objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the undelivered items. If the deliverables in a multiple-deliverable arrangement could not be accounted for separately, the total arrangement fee was recognized as a single unit of accounting. Since the products sold by the Company have standalone value and objective evidence of fair value of the subscription plans exists, the services provided through the subscription plan agreement and the sale of products were accounted for as separate units of accounting under the residual method as VSOE existed for the undelivered elements which were generally the service plans.

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (“ASU 2009-13”) which amended the accounting guidance for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements to:

 

  Ÿ  

provide updated guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the deliverables in an arrangement should be separated, and how the consideration should be allocated;

 

  Ÿ  

require an entity to allocate revenue in an arrangement using estimated selling prices of each deliverable if a vendor does not have vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (“VSOE”) or third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”); and

 

  Ÿ  

eliminate the use of the residual method and require a vendor to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method.

On January 1, 2011, the Company adopted the new guidance on a prospective basis. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 did not change the units of accounting for arrangements with multiple deliverables and did not materially change the allocation of arrangement consideration to products and services. Therefore, the adoption of ASU 2009-13 did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Under the new guidance, the Company allocates revenues to each deliverable in a multiple-deliverable arrangement based upon its relative selling price. The Company determines the selling price using VSOE for its subscription plans and best estimated selling price (“BESP”) for its product offerings. Revenues allocated to each deliverable, limited to the amount not contingent on future performance, are then recognized when the basic revenue recognition criteria are met for the respective deliverable.

The Company determines VSOE based on historical standalone sales to customers. In determining VSOE, the Company requires that a substantial majority of the selling prices fall within a

 

F-12


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

reasonably narrow pricing range, generally evidenced by approximately 80% or more of such historical standalone transactions falling within plus or minus 15% of the median selling price. VSOE exists for all of the Company’s subscription plans. The Company uses BESP as the selling price for product offerings because the Company is not able to determine VSOE of fair value from standalone sales or TPE. The Company estimates BESP for a product by considering company-specific factors such as pricing objectives, direct product and other costs, bundling and discounting practices and contractually stated prices.

A portion of the Company’s services revenues and product revenues are generated through sales by resellers. When the Company assumes a majority of the business risks associated with performance of the contractual obligations, it records these revenues at the gross amount paid by the customer with amounts retained by the resellers recognized as sales and marketing expense. The Company’s assumption of such business risks is evidenced when, among other things, it takes responsibility for delivery of the product or service, is involved in establishing pricing of the arrangement, assumes credit and inventory risk, and is the primary obligor in the arrangement. When a reseller assumes the majority of the business risks associated with the performance of the contractual obligations, the Company records the associated revenues at the net amount remitted to it by the reseller. The Company recognizes revenues from resellers when the following criteria are met:

 

  Ÿ  

persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists through a contract with the customer;

 

  Ÿ  

the service is being provided to the customer or the product has been delivered;

 

  Ÿ  

the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and

 

  Ÿ  

the collection of the fees is reasonably assured.

The Company’s deliverables sold through its reseller agreements consist of the Company’s products and subscription services. Products sold through resellers are shipped directly to the end customer and are recognized when title transfers to the end customer. Service subscriptions sold through resellers are recognized on a straight-line basis over the period the underlying services are provided to the end customer. Revenues from resellers have predominantly been recorded on a gross basis for all periods presented.

The Company records reductions to revenues for estimated sales returns and customer credits at the time the related revenues are recognized. Sales returns and customer credits are estimated based on historical experience, current trends and expectations regarding future experience.

Customer billings related to taxes imposed by governmental authorities on revenue-producing transactions are reported on a net basis. When such taxes exceed the amount billed to customers, the cost is included in general and administrative expenses.

Amounts billed in excess of revenues recognized for the period are reported as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s deferred revenue consists primarily of unearned revenue on annual and monthly service plans.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of services revenues primarily consists of costs of services purchased from third-party telecommunications providers, network operations, costs to build-out and maintain data centers, including co-location fees for the right to place the Company’s servers in data centers owned by third-parties,

 

F-13


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

depreciation of the servers and equipment, along with related utilities and maintenance costs, personnel costs associated with non-administrative customer care and support of the functionality of the Company’s platform and data center operations, including share-based compensation expenses and allocated costs of facilities and information technology. Cost of services revenues is expensed as incurred.

Cost of product revenues is comprised primarily of the cost associated with purchased phones, as well as personnel costs for contractors and allocated costs of facilities and information technology related to the procurement, management and shipment of phones. Cost of product revenues is expensed in the period product is delivered to the customer.

Share-Based Compensation

All share-based compensation granted to employees is measured as the grant date fair value of the award and recognized in the consolidated statement of operations over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Compensation expense is recognized using the straight-line method net of estimated forfeitures.

Compensation expense for stock options granted to non-employees is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations over the service period. Compensation expense for non-employee stock options subject to vesting is revalued as of each reporting date until the stock options are vested.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of third-party contractor costs, personnel costs, technology license expenses, and depreciation associated with research and development equipment. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred, except for internal-use software development costs that qualify for capitalization.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were $10,526, $13,046, $21,915, $10,105 and $11,454 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Commissions

Commissions consist of variable compensation earned by sales personnel and third-party resellers. Sales commissions associated with the acquisition of a new customer contract are recognized as sales and marketing expense at the time the customer has entered into a binding agreement.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect

 

F-14


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount of future tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and June 30, 2013, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets because of its history of operating losses. The Company classifies interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

Net Loss Per Share

The Company applies the two-class method to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock as shares of convertible preferred stock are participating securities due to their dividend rights. The two-class method is an earnings allocation method under which earnings per share is calculated for common stock considering a participating security’s rights to undistributed earnings as if all such earnings had been distributed during the period. The Company’s participating securities are not included in the computation of net loss per share in periods of net loss because the preferred shareholders have no contractual obligation to participate in losses.

Segment Information

The Company has determined the chief executive officer is the chief operating decision maker. The Company’s chief executive officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of assessing performance and making decisions on how to allocate resources. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in a single reporting segment.

Indemnification

Certain of the Company’s agreements with resellers and customers include provisions for indemnification against liabilities if its services infringe a third-party’s intellectual property rights. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnification provisions and the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 or June 30, 2013.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011 the FASB further amended its guidance related to fair value measurements in order to achieve common fair value measurements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amendments in the updated guidance explain how to measure fair value. They do not require additional fair value measurements and are not intended to establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices outside of financial reporting. The amendments change the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The adoption of this guidance in 2012 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

In June 2011, the FASB updated its guidance related to the presentation of comprehensive income. Under the updated guidance, an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The Company adopted the updated guidance in 2012 by presenting a separate statement of comprehensive loss. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Financial Statement Components

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2011      2012      2013  
                   (unaudited)  

Cash

   $ 1,410       $ 3,599       $ 1,134   

Money market funds

     12,167         34,265         18,232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,577       $ 37,864       $ 19,366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,  
     2011     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  

Accounts receivable-trade

   $ 395      $ 2,683      $ 1,698   

Unbilled accounts receivable-trade

     44        440        398   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (5     (433     (134
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 434      $ 2,690      $ 1,962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,  
     2011     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  

Computer hardware and software

   $ 13,561      $ 23,973      $ 27,103   

Internal-use software development costs

     1,839        3,319        3,904   

Furniture and fixtures

     14        700        992   

Leasehold improvements

     17        441        830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

     15,431        28,433        32,829   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (6,138     (11,425     (15,779
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 9,293      $ 17,008      $ 17,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization expense was $1,270, $3,546, $6,191, $2,656 and $4,351 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Accrued liabilities consisted of (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2011      2012      2013  
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued compensation and benefits

   $ 1,916       $ 3,216       $ 3,964   

Accrued sales, use and telecom related taxes

     2,318         4,580         6,035   

Accrued expenses

     1,546         11,998         8,891   

Legal loss contingencies

     -         1,075         4,257   

Other

     225         618         744   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 6,005       $ 21,487       $ 23,891   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company carries certain financial assets consisting of money market funds and certificates of deposit at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is based on the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

 

Level 1:   Observable inputs which include unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:   Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3:   Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are based on management’s assumptions, including fair value measurements determined by using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The fair value of assets carried at fair value was determined using the following inputs (in thousands):

 

     Balance at
December 31, 2011
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)  

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 12,167       $ 12,167       $ -       $ -   

Other assets:

           

Certificates of deposit

   $ 500       $ -       $ 500       $ -   
     Balance at
December 31, 2012
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)  

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 34,265       $ 34,265       $ -       $ -   

Other assets:

           

Certificates of deposit

   $ 500       $ -       $ 500       $ -   
     Balance at
June 30, 2013
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)  
     (unaudited)  

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 18,232       $ 18,232       $ -       $ -   

Other assets:

           

Certificates of deposit

   $ 630       $ -       $ 630       $ -   

During 2012, the Company issued preferred stock warrants in connection with a debt agreement that were recorded as a liability at issuance and carried at fair value for a portion of the year prior to reclassification to shareholders’ equity. The fair value of the warrants at the issuance date was $454 and $473 on the date of reclassification. The fair value of preferred stock warrants was determined by the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is a technique using level 3 inputs, based on the assumptions in Note 6.

In June 2013, the Company issued preferred stock warrants in connection with a debt agreement that were recorded as a liability at issuance and will be carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in other income and expense. The fair value of the warrants at the issuance date was $265, as determined by the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is a technique using level 3 inputs, based on the assumptions in Note 6. The fair value on the issuance date approximates the fair value as of June 30, 2013.

The Company’s other financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current liabilities, are carried at cost which approximates fair value due to the relatively short maturity of those instruments. Based on borrowing rates available to the Company for loans with similar terms and considering the Company’s credit risks, the carrying value of debt approximates fair value.

Note 4. Debt

Loan and Security Agreement with Bank

In February 2009, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) that was last amended in April 2013 (the “SVB Credit Agreement”). Under this agreement the Company borrowed $2,500 on a term loan in January 2010 and $8,000 on a term loan in March 2012, which was equal to the full final lending commitment. The 2010 term loan is required to be repaid

 

F-18


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

in 30 equal monthly installments of principal and interest, which accrues at an annual fixed rate of 6.5%. In addition, a final terminal payment is due at maturity equal to 3.5% of the original loan principal. The 2012 term loan is required to be repaid in 36 equal monthly installments of principal plus interest, which accrues at a floating annual rate equal to prime plus 2.75%. In addition, a final terminal payment is due at maturity equal to 0.5% of the original loan principal. The Company granted SVB a senior security interest in certain assets to secure this debt. In connection with the agreement and its amendments, the Company issued SVB warrants to purchase preferred stock. The fair value of warrants issued in connection with the execution of a lending commitment of $117 was recorded as a deferred financing costs asset together with insignificant other debt issuance costs. For warrants issued in connection with a borrowing, the proceeds were allocated to the loan and the warrants based on the relative fair value of the instruments resulting in a loan discount of $170 being recorded. The terminal payments, deferred financing costs and loan discounts are being recognized as additional interest expense over the terms of the loans.

The loan and security agreement contains covenants, including requirements to provide audited financial and other information and maintain minimum cash balances with SVB. These loan agreements contain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants restricting the Company’s ability to merge or liquidate, incur debt, dispose of assets, incur liens, declare dividends or enter into transactions with affiliates. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2012. As of June 30, 2013, the Company was not in compliance with the covenant regarding maintaining a minimum cash balance, as defined in the agreement. However, such non compliance was waived by SVB as part of the amended SVB Credit Agreement entered into in August 2013.

Loan and Security Agreements with Financial Institution

In June 2012, the Company entered into a growth capital loan and security agreement and an equipment loan and security agreement (the “TriplePoint Agreements”) with Triple Point Capital LLC (“Triple Point”). Under the growth capital loan and security agreement, the Company borrowed $6,000 in term loans in June 2012, equal to the full lending commitment available at the time. The growth capital term loans are required to be repaid in 33 equal monthly installments of principal and interest, which accrues at an annual fixed rate of 8.5% after an interest-only period of 3 months. In addition, a final terminal payment is due at maturity equal to 4% of the original loan principal. Under the equipment loan and security agreement, the Company borrowed $9,691 in term loans in August 2012 from the $10,000 lending commitment available at the time. The equipment term loans are required to be repaid in 36 equal monthly installments of principal and interest, which accrues at an annual fixed rate of 5.75%. In addition, a final terminal payment is due at maturity equal to 10% of the original loan principal.

Under the growth capital agreement, the Company can borrow an additional $4,000 on or before June 21, 2013 upon the submission of a Form S-1 registration statement to the SEC contemplating an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock with expected total net proceeds of at least $50,000. The Company has granted TriplePoint a security interest, which is subordinated to SVB’s security interest, in certain assets to secure the growth capital loans. The Company has granted TriplePoint a security interest in all equipment financed under equipment loan agreement.

In connection with the TriplePoint Agreements, the Company issued TriplePoint warrants to purchase preferred stock and a right to purchase up to $500 in the Company’s next round of equity financing.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The fair value of warrants issued in connection with the execution of the lending commitment of $122 was recorded as a deferred financing costs in other long-term assets. In addition, there were other debt issuance costs totalling $300, of which $210 was recorded as a deferred financing costs in other long-term assets, and $90 was recorded as a debt discount. The $210 was comprised of legal fees of $110 and a capital equipment loan facility fee. The debt discount of $90 was comprised of a growth capital loan facility fee. For warrants issued in connection with a borrowing, proceeds were allocated to the warrants based on their relative fair value resulting in a loan discount of $332. The terminal payments, deferred financing costs and loan discounts are being recognized as additional interest expense over the terms of the loans.

On June 21, 2013, the Company achieved the milestone necessary to access the additional $4,000 available under the original terms of the growth capital loan and security agreement and borrowed $4,000 (“growth capital loan part II”). The growth capital loan part II is required to be repaid in 33 equal monthly installments of principal and interest, which accrues at an annual fixed rate of 8.5% after an interest-only period of 3 months, at an annual fixed rate of 9.0%. In addition, a final terminal payment is due at maturity equal to 4% of the original loan principal.

In connection with the borrowing under the growth capital loan part II, the Company issued TriplePoint warrants to purchase preferred stock. A portion of the proceeds was allocated to the warrants based on their fair value resulting in a loan discount of $265. In addition there were other debt issuance costs totaling $81 which were recorded as a debt discount. The terminal payments and loan discounts are being recognized as additional interest expense over the terms of the loan.

Other Debt

In April 2012, the Company borrowed $1,500 to finance the purchase of software. The loan is required to be repaid in three equal installments of $500 due in April 2012, January 2013 and January 2014.

The Company’s outstanding balances under its debt agreements as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and June 30, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,  
     2011     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  

SVB loan and security agreement

   $ 636      $ 6,000      $ 4,666   

TriplePoint growth capital loan agreement

     -        5,348        8,501   

TriplePoint capital equipment loan agreement

     -        8,151        6,871   

Other

     -        1,000        500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     636        20,499        20,538   

Loan discounts

     (19     (435     (622
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying value of debt

   $ 617      $ 20,064      $ 19,916   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

As of December 31, 2012, future principal payments are scheduled as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2012
 

Year ending December 31:

  

2013

   $ 7,919   

2014

     8,706   

2015

     3,874   
  

 

 

 
   $ 20,499   
  

 

 

 

Note 5. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases facilities under noncancelable operating leases for its U.S. and international locations and has entered into capital lease arrangements to obtain property and equipment for its operations. As of December 31, 2012, noncancelable leases expire on various dates between 2014 and 2017 and require the following future minimum lease payments by year (in thousands):

 

     Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
 

Year ending December 31:

    

2013

   $ 388      $ 1,313   

2014

     517        1,145   

2015

     258        994   

2016

     -        1,024   

2017

     -        359   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

     1,163      $ 4,835   
    

 

 

 

Less: amount representing interest

     (148  
  

 

 

   

Total capital lease obligations

     1,015     

Less: Current portion of capital lease obligation

     (312  
  

 

 

   

Capital lease obligations

   $ 703     
  

 

 

   

Property and equipment recorded under capital leases consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,  
     2011     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  

Total assets acquired under capital lease

   $ 988      $ 2,317      $ 2,317   

Less: accumulated amortization

     (438     (1,029     (1,408
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Leased property and equipment, net

   $ 550      $ 1,288      $ 909   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Leases for certain office facilities include scheduled periods of abatement and escalation of rental payments. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis for all operating lease arrangements with the difference between required lease payments and rent expense recorded as deferred rent. The following table presents total rent expense incurred during the periods (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
         2010              2011              2012          2012      2013  
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Rent Expense

   $ 339       $ 533       $ 1,261       $ 597       $ 607   

Sales Tax Liability

During 2010 and 2011, the Company increased its sales and marketing activities in the U.S., which may be asserted by a number of states to create an obligation under nexus regulations to collect sales taxes on sales to customers in the state. Prior to 2012, the Company did not collect sales taxes from customers on sales in all states. In the second quarter of 2012, the Company commenced collecting and remitting sales taxes on sales in all states, therefore the loss contingency is applicable to sales and marketing activities in 2010, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, the Company recorded a long-term sales tax liability of $3,491, $3,877, and $4,003, respectively, based on its best estimate of the probable liability for the loss contingency incurred as of those dates. The Company’s estimate of a probable outcome under the loss contingency is based on analysis of its sales and marketing activities, revenues subject to sales tax, and applicable regulations in each state in each period. No significant adjustments to the long-term sales tax liability have been recognized in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for changes to the assumptions underlying the estimate. However, changes in management’s assumptions may occur in the future as the Company obtains new information which can result in adjustments to the recorded liability. Increases and decreases to the long-term sales tax liability are recorded as general and administrative expense.

A current sales tax liability for noncontingent amounts expected to be remitted in the next 12 months of $140, $3,574, and $2,851 is included in accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, respectively.

Legal Matters

In June 2011, j2 Global, Inc. and Advanced Messaging Technologies, Inc. named the Company in a patent infringement lawsuit seeking a permanent injunction, damages, and attorneys’ fees. In March 2013, Advanced Messaging Technologies, Inc. named the Company in a second patent infringement lawsuit. In April 2013, the Company entered into a license and settlement agreement with j2 Global, Inc. and one of its affiliates to settle the matters. Under the terms of the settlement, the parties granted each other certain patent cross-licenses and the parties have dismissed all claims in the litigations with prejudice. As part of the settlement, the Company agreed to pay j2 Global, Inc. cash consideration which it recognized as general and administrative expense in fiscal 2012 as it determined the payment to be a cost to settle a loss contingency.

In December 2012, CallWave Communications, LLC (“Callwave”) filed a lawsuit against the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and has amended its complaint twice since then alleging patent infringement by the Company and AT&T Inc. (“AT&T”), a reseller of the

 

F-22


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Company’s product and services, seeking damages but no injunction. The Company has agreed to indemnify and to defend AT&T for losses that are solely attributable to Callwave’s infringement allegations against the Company’s products and services. In April and June 2013, the Company filed responses and counterclaims denying all claims by Callwave and intends to defend this lawsuit vigorously. The result of this litigation is inherently uncertain, and the Company believes there is no material exposure above the loss contingencies that have been recorded.

The Company is also a party to various other legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, the Company recorded accrued liabilities of $1,075 and $4,257, respectively, for the probable and estimable amount of all loss contingencies related to legal matters.

The Company recognizes general and administrative expense for legal fees in the period the services are provided.

Note 6. Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Convertible Preferred Stock

The following table summarizes convertible preferred stock authorized and issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     Shares
authorized
     Shares issued
and
outstanding
     Net
proceeds
     Aggregate
liquidation
preference
 

Series A

     16,847         16,847       $ 12,064       $ 12,164   

Series B

     5,729         5,657         11,790         11,868   

Series C

     3,289         3,031         9,870         10,000   

Series D

     2,300         1,737         10,385         10,464   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     28,165         27,272       $ 44,109       $ 44,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes convertible preferred stock authorized and issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Shares
authorized
     Shares issued
and
outstanding
     Net
proceeds
     Aggregate
liquidation
preference
 

Series A

     16,847         16,847       $ 12,064       $ 12,164   

Series B

     5,729         5,657         11,790         11,868   

Series C

     3,289         3,031         9,870         10,000   

Series D

     2,300         1,737         10,385         10,464   

Series E

     4,129         3,097         29,911         30,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     32,294         30,369       $ 74,020       $ 74,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

In August 2011, the Company issued a total of 1,737 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock to investors at $6.03 per share for total gross proceeds of $10,464. In November 2012, the Company issued a total of 3,097 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock to investors at $9.69 per share for total gross proceeds of $30,000.

The Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement contains a put provision (the “Series E Put Right”) that upon exercise by the Company obligates certain investors to purchase up to an additional 774 thousand shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at a per share price of $9.69. In addition, the Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement contains a contingent written call provision (The “Series E Right of First Refusal Right”) that in the event that the Company issues additional shares or preferred stock, the Series E Put Right investors will have the right, if exercised, to purchase up to 774 thousand shares of Series E preferred stock at a per share price of $9.69. The Series E Put Right terminates upon the earliest of: (i) November 23, 2013, (ii) a qualified initial public offering (as defined in the articles of incorporation), (iii) the exercise of the Series E Right of First Refusal Right by investors, or (iv) issuance of a subsequent down-round of preferred stock financing. The Series E Right of First Refusal Right terminates upon the earliest of: (i) November 23, 2013, (ii) a qualified initial public offering (as defined in the articles of incorporation), or (iii) the exercise of the Series E Put Right by the Company. The Series E Right of First Refusal Right was concluded to be an embedded feature clearly and closely related to the Series E preferred stock and therefore not accounted for separately. The Series E Put Right was concluded to be an embedded feature that does not have all of the characteristics of a derivative and therefore not accounted for separately.

On June 20, 2013, the Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement underlying the Series E Put Right was amended to eliminate the termination of the Series E Put Right upon a material adverse change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition and operations of the Company.

The Company last amended its articles of incorporation in November 2012 in connection with the issuance of the Series E preferred stock. A summary of the rights, preferences and privileges of convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Dividend Rights

The holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends, when and if declared by the board of directors, prior and in preference to any payment of any dividend on the common stock. The dividend rate is equal to 6% of the original issuance price of each series of preferred stock. If dividends are paid on any share of common stock, the Company will pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of preferred stock in a per share amount equal, on an as-if-converted to common stock basis, to the amount paid or set aside for each share of common stock. Such dividends are payable when and if declared by the board of directors, but only to the extent of funds legally available, and are noncumulative. As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, no dividends have been declared.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, on a pari passu basis, a per share amount equal to the original issue price for each series of Convertible Preferred Stock, plus all

 

F-24


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. The original issue price of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock is equal to $0.72, $2.10, $3.30, $6.03 and $9.69 per share, respectively. After the full preference amount on all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock has been paid, all remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed among the holders of the common stock on a pro rata basis. If the assets available for distribution are insufficient to pay the liquidation preference in full, then the entire proceeds legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

A merger or consolidation of the Company in which its stockholders immediately prior to the transaction do not retain a majority of the voting power in the surviving corporation, or a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, will be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock may agree to waive this provision upon the agreement in writing of at least 85% of the outstanding preferred stock provided that: (1) if the proceeds payable to the holders of Series D in connection with such transaction or series of related transactions would be less than their liquidation preference, then such waiver will require the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series D preferred stock voting as a separate class; and, (2) if the proceeds payable to the holders of Series E preferred stock in connection with such transaction or series of related transactions would be less than their liquidation preference, then such waiver will require the consent of the holders of 75% of Series E preferred stock voting as a separate class.

Conversion

At any time following the date of issuance, each share of preferred stock is convertible, at the option of its holder, into the number of shares of common stock which results from dividing the applicable original issue price per share by the applicable conversion price per share at the option of the holder. The prices per share for all series of preferred stock were equal to the original issue prices and therefore the conversion ratio is 1:1. The conversion price of all series of preferred stock will be adjusted for specified dilutive issuances of common stock at a price lower than the original issue price and in the event of specified stock splits, combinations, reclassifications or other reorganizations.

The issuance price of each series of preferred stock exceeded the fair value of common stock on the date of issuance and there have been no subsequent adjustments to the conversion prices in the periods presented. Accordingly, no beneficial conversion amounts, measured as the instrinsic value of the conversion feature as of the issuance date, have resulted from issuances of preferred stock.

Each share of Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of common stock upon the approval of not less than 85% of the outstanding Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock voting together as a single class or upon the closing of an underwritten initial public offering of common stock with an aggregate offering price that exceeds $20,000. Each share of Series C preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of common stock upon the approval of not less than a majority of the outstanding Series C preferred stock or upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock with an aggregate offering price that exceeds $20,000 and at an offering price per share of at least 1.75 times the original issue price of Series C preferred stock. Each share of Series D preferred stock

 

F-25


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

will be automatically converted into shares of common stock upon the approval of not less than a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stock or upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock at an offering price per share of not less than the original issue price of Series D preferred stock. Each share of Series E preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of common stock upon the approval of not less than 75% of the outstanding Series E preferred stock or upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering at an offering price per share of not less than the original issue price of Series D preferred stock.

Voting Rights

The holders of preferred stock and common stock have the same voting rights and vote together as a single class on all matters. Preferred stockholders are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which their preferred shares could then be converted.

The Company’s board of directors is comprised of seven directors. The holders of preferred stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect three directors while the holders of common stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect four directors.

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, the Company had 65,000 shares of common stock authorized for issuance, with 22,694 and 22,930 shares of common stock outstanding at those dates, respectively. The Company settles the exercise of options and warrants with newly issued common stock. Shares of common stock reserved for future issuance were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2012
     June 30,
2013
 
            (unaudited)  

Series A convertible preferred stock

     16,847         16,847   

Series B convertible preferred stock

     5,729         5,729   

Series C convertible preferred stock

     3,289         3,289   

Series D convertible preferred stock

     2,300         2,300   

Series E convertible preferred stock

     4,129         4,129   

Common stock warrants

     110         110   

Preferred stock warrants

     227         260   

Stock option plan:

     

Outstanding

     8,613         9,743   

Available for future grants

     468         621   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     41,712         43,028   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 there were 100 and 61 shares of common stock outstanding related to the early exercise of nonvested options subject to repurchase by the Company upon termination of service by an employee.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Warrants

The Company has issued common stock warrants to consultants for services and preferred stock warrants to lenders in connection with its debt agreements. As of December 31, 2012, outstanding warrants to purchase common stock and preferred stock were as follows (number of warrant shares in thousands):

 

Class of shares

   Number of
Warrant
Shares
Outstanding
and
Exercisable
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise price
Per Share
     Weighted-
Average
Contractual
Term as of
December 31,
2013

(in Years)
(unaudited)
 

Common stock

     110       $ 0.11         1.7   

Series B convertible preferred stock

     72       $ 2.10         5.9   

Series C convertible preferred stock

     48       $ 3.30         7.6   

Series D convertible preferred stock

     107       $ 6.03         6.2   

As of June 30, 2013, outstanding warrants to purchase common stock and preferred stock were as follows (number of warrant shares in thousands):

 

Class of shares

   Number of
Warrant
Shares
Outstanding
and
Exercisable
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise price
Per Share
     Weighted-
Average
Contractual
Term as of
June 30,
2013

(in Years)
(unaudited)
 

Common stock

     110       $ 0.11         1.4   

Series B convertible preferred stock

     72       $ 2.10         5.6   

Series C convertible preferred stock

     48       $ 3.30         7.3   

Series D convertible preferred stock

     140       $ 6.03         6.2   

The Series D preferred stock warrants were issued in June and August 2012 (the “2012 Series D warrants”), and June 2013 (“2013 Series D warrants”), with an exercise price equal to the lower of: (i) $6.03 or (ii) lowest price per share in the next round of preferred stock financing. As a result of the exercise price adjustment feature, the 2012 and 2013 Series D preferred stock warrants were not indexed to the Company’s stock and were classified as liabilities on the date of issuance. The exercise price adjustment feature for the 2012 Series D warrants expired with the issuance of Series E preferred stock in November 2012. Upon the expiration of the exercise price adjustment feature, the 2012 Series D warrants became indexed to the Company’s stock and were reclassified as shareholders’ equity. The 2012 Series D warrants were recorded at fair value for the period the warrants were classified as liabilities with changes in fair value recognized in other income and expense. The fair value of the 2012 Series D preferred stock warrants was measured during the period outstanding through the reclassification date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

Expected volatility

   56%-65%

Expected life in years

   6.5-7.0

Risk free interest rate

   1.06%-1.15%

Dividend yield

   0.00%

 

F-27


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

At June 30, 2013, the 2013 Series D warrants for 33 shares are outstanding and are classified as a liability with changes in fair value recognized in other income and expense. The fair value of the 2013 Series D preferred stock warrants was measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

Expected volatility

   54%-55%

Expected life in years

   7.0

Risk free interest rate

   1.91%-1.96%

Dividend yield

   0.00%

Note 7. Share-Based Compensation

A summary of share-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2010      2011      2012      2012      2013  
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Cost of services revenues

   $ 58       $ 141       $ 235       $ 109       $ 168   

Research and development

     111         260         837         313         517   

Sales and marketing

     340         297         651         330         404   

General and administrative

     311         490         1,379         463         1,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 820       $ 1,188       $ 3,102       $ 1,215       $ 2,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 there was approximately $9,587 and $15,095 of unrecognized share-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option grants, which will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining weighted-average vesting periods of approximately 2.7 years and 2.88 years, respectively.

Equity Incentive Plans

In September 2010, the Company established and shareholders approved the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). In connection with the adoption of the 2010 Plan, the Company terminated the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2003 Plan), under which stock options had been granted prior to September 2010. After the termination of the 2003 Plan, no additional options will be granted under the 2003 Plan, but options previously granted will continue to be governed by that plan. In addition, options authorized to be granted under the 2003 Plan, including forfeitures of previously granted awards, are authorized for grant under the 2010 Plan.

The plans permit the grant of stock options and other share-based awards to employees, officers, directors and consultants by the Company’s board of directors. Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as determined by the Company’s board of directors at the date of grant. Option awards generally vest according to a graded vesting schedule based on four years of continuous service and have a 10-year contractual term. Certain option awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the option agreement) and early exercise of the option prior to vesting (subject to the Company’s repurchase right). As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, a total of 468 and 621 shares remain available for grant under the 2010 Plan.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

A summary of option activity under the plans as of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 and changes during the periods then ended is presented in the following table:

 

     Number of
Options
Outstanding
(in thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
     Weighted-
Average
Contractual
Term
(in Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     5,621      $ 1.14         7.8       $ 8,917   

Granted

     4,369        4.91         

Exercised

     (484     1.15         

Canceled/Forfeited

     (897     2.18         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     8,609        2.89         7.2       $ 40,705   
          

Granted (unaudited)

     1,834      $ 9.80         

Exercised (unaudited)

     (236     1.81         

Canceled/Forfeited (unaudited)

     (464     3.41         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     9,743      $ 4.19         7.6       $ 60,656   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2012

     7,915      $ 2.75         7.1       $ 38,517   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2012

     3,474      $ 1.07         5.6       $ 22,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     8,993      $ 3.96         7.5       $ 58,113   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable as of June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     4,386      $ 1.48         5.9       $ 39,201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 was $391, $2,035, $3,134, and $2,266, respectively. The intrinsic value is the difference between the current fair value of the stock and the exercise price of the stock option.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Early Exercises of Nonvested Options

The Company’s option agreements with certain employees permit the early exercise of nonvested stock options. The Company has the right to repurchase issued but nonvested shares of common stock at the original exercise price following the termination of service. The shares are released from the repurchase right according to the vesting schedule specified in the option agreement. The Company treats the proceeds from early exercise as a deposit of the exercise price and records the cash received initially as a liability that is reclassified to shareholders’ equity as the shares vest. A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested shares as of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, and changes during the periods then ended is presented below (in thousands):

 

     Number of
Shares
    Nonvested
Common Stock
Liability
 

Nonvested as of December 31, 2011

     58      $ 64   

Early exercises

     100        200   

Vested

     (58     (60
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested as of December 31, 2012

     100        204   

Early exercises (unaudited)

     -        -   

Vested (unaudited)

     (39     (76
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested as of June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     61      $ 128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation Assumptions

The Company estimated the fair values of each option awarded on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires inputs including the fair value of common stock, expected term, expected volatility, risk-free interest and dividend yield.

Fair Value of Common Stock

Given the absence of a public trading market, the Company’s board of directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of common stock at each meeting at which awards were approved. These factors included, but were not limited to: (i) contemporaneous valuations of common stock performed by an unrelated valuation specialist; (ii) developments in the Company’s business and stage of development; (iii) the Company’s operational and financial performance and condition; (iv) issuances of preferred stock and the rights and preferences of preferred stock relative to common stock; (v) current condition of capital markets and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company; and (vi) the lack of marketability of common stock. For financial reporting purposes, the Company also considered contemporaneous valuations of common stock prepared for dates subsequent to the grant date. For certain option grants in 2012 and 2013 that occurred on an interim date between valuation dates, the fair value of common stock used in the option pricing model to measure share-based compensation for the period exceeded the exercise price.

Expected Term

The expected term represents the period that share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Since the Company did not have sufficient historical information to develop

 

F-30


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

reasonable expectations about future exercise behavior, the expected term for options issued to employees was calculated as the mean of the option vesting period and the contractual term. The expected term for options issued to non-employees was the contractual term.

Expected Volatility

The expected stock price volatility of common stock was derived from the historical volatilities of a peer group of similar publicly traded companies over a period that approximates the expected term of the option.

Risk-Free Interest Rate

The risk-free interest rate was based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term that approximates the expected term of the option.

Expected Dividends

The expected dividend yield was 0% as the Company has not paid, and does not expect to pay, cash dividends.

The weighted-average assumptions used in the option pricing models and the resulting grant date fair value of stock options granted to employees in the periods presented were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Expected term for employees (in years)

     6.1        6.2        6.1        6.0        6.1   

Expected term for non-employees (in years)

     10.0        10.0        10.0        10.0        10.0   

Expected volatility

     70     67     61     66     55

Risk-free interest rate

     2.43     2.08     0.97     1.07     1.36

Expected dividends

     -     -     -     -     -

Grant date fair value of employee options

   $ 0.69      $ 1.18      $ 3.07      $ 2.54      $ 5.40   

 

F-31


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Note 8. Income Taxes

Income tax expense consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2010              2011              2012      

Current:

        

Federal

   $ -       $ -       $ 28   

State

     1         5         9   

Foreign

     -         10         111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     1         15         148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Foreign

     -         -         (56
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 1       $ 15       $ 92   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

United States

   $ (7,108   $ (13,292   $ (33,883

International

     (198     (596     (1,415
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net loss before provision for income taxes

   $ (7,306   $ (13,888   $ (35,298
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% to pretax loss as a result of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

Federal tax benefit at statutory rate

   $ (2,484   $ (4,722   $ (12,002

State tax, net of federal benefit

     1        3        6   

Share-based compensation

     -        385        534   

Other permanent differences

     224        (141     171   

Foreign tax rate differential

     67        (212     (253

Net operating losses not used

     2,193        4,702        11,636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 1      $ 15      $ 92   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has not provided for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries, because it intends to permanently re-invest these earnings outside the United States. Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries is immaterial for all periods presented.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The types of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss and credit carryforwards

   $ 14,489      $ 24,554   

Research and development credits

     571        895   

Sales tax accrual

     1,427        1,385   

Accrued liabilities

     786        2,704   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     17,273        29,538   

Valuation allowance

     (16,511     (28,847
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     762        691   

Deferred tax liabilities—Property and equipment

     (743     (616
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 19      $ 75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012, the Company had net operating loss carry-forwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $61,914 and $60,410, respectively, available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. The federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards will begin to expire in 2023 and 2013, respectively. The Company also has research credit carry-forwards for federal and California tax purposes of approximately $490 and $1,020, respectively, available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. The federal research credit carryforwards will begin to expire in 2028 and the California research credits carry forward indefinitely. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a company’s ability to use net operating losses may be limited as prescribed under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (“IRC Section 382”). Events which may cause limitations in the amount of the net operating losses that the Company may use in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period. Utilization of the federal and state net operating losses may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the IRC Section 382 and similar state provisions. An analysis was conducted through June 21, 2013 to determine whether an ownership change had occurred since inception. The analysis indicated that although an ownership change occurred in a prior year, the net operating losses and research and development credits as of December 31, 2012 were not significantly limited annually pursuant to IRC Section 382. In the event the Company has subsequent changes in ownership, net operating losses and research and development credit carryovers could be limited and may expire unutilized.

The Company’s management believes that, based on a number of factors, it is more likely than not, that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized; and accordingly, for the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company has provided a valuation allowance against the Company’s U.S. net deferred tax assets. The net change in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was an increase of $2,427, $5,351 and $12,336, respectively.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

In accordance with FASB ASC 740, the Company has adopted the accounting policy that interest and penalties recognized are classified as part of its income taxes. The following shows the changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 230   

Gross amount of increases in unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken in current year

     133   

Gross amount of increases in unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken in prior year

     12   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 375   
  

 

 

 

The Company does not anticipate that its total unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change due to settlement of examination or the expiration of statute of limitations during the next 12 months.

The Company files U.S. and foreign income tax returns with varying statutes of limitations. Due to the Company’s net carryover of unused operating losses, all years from 2003 forward remain subject to future examination by tax authorities.

Note 9. Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock under the two-class method attributable to common shareholders during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended     Six Months Ended  
     December 31,     June 30,  
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Numerator

          

Net loss

   $ (7,307   $ (13,903   $ (35,390   $ (18,738   $ (23,881

Denominator

          

Weighted-average common shares for basic and diluted net loss per share

     20,871        21,678        22,353        22,251        22,699   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (0.35   $ (0.64   $ (1.58   $ (0.84   $ (1.05
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The unaudited basic and diluted pro forma per common share calculations are presented below (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
 

Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per common share

    

Net loss available to common stockholders, as reported

   $ (35,390   $ (23,881

Adjustment to other income (expenses), net, related to the change in valuation of Preferred Stock warrants

     19        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss

   $ (35,371     (23,881
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     22,353        22,699   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect conversion of convertible preferred stock

     30,369        30,369   

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     52,722        53,068   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (0.67   $ (0.45

Following is a table summarizing the potentially dilutive common shares that were excluded from diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended      Six Months Ended  
     December 31,      June 30,  
     2010      2011      2012      2012      2013  
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock

     25,535         27,272         30,369         27,272         30,369   

Shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of warrants

     251         181         337         337         370   

Shares of common stock subject to repurchase

     142         58         100         119         61   

Shares of common stock issuable under stock option plans outstanding

     5,745         5,621         8,609         7,138         9,849   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Potential common shares excluded from diluted net loss per share

     31,673         33,132         39,415         34,866         40,649   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 10. Geographic Concentrations

Revenues by geographic location are based on the billing address of the customer. More than 90% of the Company’s revenues are from the United States. No other individual country exceeded 10% of total revenues for fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013. Property and equipment by geographic location is based on the location of the legal entity that owns the asset. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, more than 95% of the Company’s property and equipment is located in the United States. At June 30, 2013, 86% of the Company’s property and equipment is located in the United States, with no single country outside the United States representing more than 10% of fixed assets individually.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Note 11. Subsequent Events

In August 2013, the Company amended the SVB Credit Agreement. The amended agreement provides for a revolving line of credit of up to $15,000, and a term loan of up to $5,000. The revolving line of credit bears interest at a floating annual rate of prime plus 2.0%, which must be paid monthly, and all outstanding principal must be repaid by August 13, 2015. The term loan bears interest at a fixed annual rate of 11.0%, which must be paid monthly, and all outstanding principal amounts must be repaid on August 1, 2016 unless voluntarily repaid by the Company at an earlier date with no pre-payment penalty. A final payment of 2.75% of the amount advanced under the term loan is due upon repayment of this loan at maturity or prepayment of this loan. On August 14, 2013, the Company borrowed $10,800 under the revolving line of credit, which represented the full available borrowing capacity on that date. The borrowing limit available under the revolving line of credit increases as the principal balance of the existing $8,000 term loan from SVB, described in footnote 4, is repaid subject to another limit measure based on recurring subscription revenue, which the Company does not expect will limit the amount of borrowings available under the line of credit and may be adjusted by SVB. The existing term loan had an outstanding principal balance of $4,200 on the amendment date. On August 16, 2013, the Company borrowed the full $5,000 available under the new term loan.

In connection with the amended agreement, the Company issued SVB warrants to purchase 90 shares of Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.69 per share. The Company has pledged all of its assets, excluding intellectual property, as collateral to secure its obligations under the amended agreement.

As of June 30, 2013, the Company was not in compliance with the covenant regarding maintaining a minimum cash balance as defined in the SVB Credit Agreement. However, such non-compliance was waived by SVB in the amended agreement. The amended agreement contains customary negative covenants which limit the Company’s ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, repurchase stock, pay dividends, transfer assets and merge or consolidate. The amended agreement also contains customary affirmative covenants including requirements to, among other things, (1) maintain minimum cash balances representing the greater of $5,000 or two times the Company’s quarterly cash burn rate, as defined in the amended agreement, from and after the Company’s initial public offering, and (2) to deliver audited financial statements.

In August 2013, the Company amended the growth capital loan and security agreement with TriplePoint to provide an additional $5,000 term loan. This term loan accrues monthly interest at a fixed annual rate of 11.0% and must be repaid in equal monthly installments of principal plus interest until it matures on August 13, 2016. A final payment of 2.75% of the original principal amount is due at maturity. On August 19, 2013, the Company borrowed the full $5,000 under this term loan. In connection with the amended agreement, the Company issued TriplePoint a warrant to purchase 52 shares of Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.69 per share. The Company has pledged all of its assets, excluding intellectual property, as collateral to secure its obligations under this agreement. The Company is in compliance with all covenants under its credit agreements with TriplePoint, which were not revised by the amendment.

In August 2013, the board of directors of the Company approved an increase of 1,825 shares of common stock authorized to be issued under the Company’s 2010 stock plan, and an increase of 2,000 shares of common stock authorized to be issued under the Company’s articles of incorporation, and granted 1,470 stock options.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 21, 2013, the date the annual consolidated financial statements were issued. For the issuance of the interim consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2013, the unaudited interim period presented herein, such evaluation has been performed through August 26, 2013.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

            Shares

RingCentral, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   J.P. Morgan    BofA Merrill Lynch
Allen & Company LLC      Raymond James

 

 

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 13,640     

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee

     15,500     

                              listing fee

     *     

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     *     

Accounting fees and expenses

     *     

Legal fees and expenses

     *     

Printing and engraving expenses

     *     

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *     
  

 

 

 

Total

   $         *     
  

 

 

 
* To be filed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the DGCL.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We expect that the certificate of incorporation adopted by us prior to the consummation of this offering, which we refer to as our Charter, will provide that no director of our company shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) in respect of unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or repurchases or other distributions pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, our Charter will provide that if the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of our company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. Our certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law.

We also expect our Charter will further provide that any repeal or modification of such article by our stockholders or an amendment to the DGCL will not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or modification of a director serving at the time of such repeal or modification.

We expect that our bylaws adopted by us prior to the consummation of this offering will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers, certain employees, and agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same may be amended (except that in the case of an amendment, only to the extent that the amendment permits us to provide broader indemnification rights than the DGCL permitted us to provide prior to such the amendment) against any and all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts reasonably paid in settlement that are incurred by the director, officer or such employee or on the director’s, officer’s or employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party because he or she is or was serving as a director, officer or employee of our company, or at our request as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of our company and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. We expect the bylaws will further provide for the advancement of expenses to each of our directors and, in the discretion of the board of directors, to certain officers and employees.

In addition, we expect the bylaws will provide that the right of each of our directors and officers to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be a contract right and shall not be exclusive of any other right now possessed or hereafter acquired under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. Furthermore, our bylaws will authorizes us to provide insurance for our directors, officers, and employees, against any liability, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the bylaws.

We plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees before the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and some employees for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were

 

II-2


Table of Contents

serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. Under the indemnification agreements, indemnification will only be provided in situations where the indemnified parties acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to situations where they had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We also maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers, and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the past three years, we have made the following sales of unregistered securities:

Option and Option-Related Common Stock Issuances

From July 31, 2010 until July 31, 2013, we sold an aggregate of 1,682,194 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain of our directors, officers, employees and consultants under our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.05 to $1.10, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $1,338,564.

From July 31, 2010 until July 31, 2013, we sold an aggregate of 482,234 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain of our directors, officers, employees and consultants under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $1.40 to $4.48, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $946,441.

From July 31, 2010 until July 31, 2013, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 8,186,033 shares of our common stock at exercise prices per share ranging from $1.40 to $11.41 to certain of our directors, officers, employees, and consultants under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

Preferred Stock Issuances

On October 13, 2010, we sold an aggregate of 3,030,871 shares of our Series C preferred stock to a total of nine accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $3.29938, for an aggregate purchase price of $9,999,995.21.

On August 12, 2011 and September 12, 2011, we sold an aggregate of 1,736,598 shares of our Series D preferred stock to a total of three accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $6.02551, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,463,888.61.

On November 23, 2012, we sold an aggregate of 3,096,837 shares of our Series E preferred stock to a total of seven accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $9.687299, for an aggregate purchase price of $29,999,985.98.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Warrant Issuances

On March 27, 2012, we issued to Silicon Valley Bank a warrant exercisable for the purchase of 48,493 shares of our Series C preferred stock, based upon the amount advanced under the terms of our growth capital loan, with an exercise price of $3.29938 per share.

On June 22, 2012, we issued to TriplePoint Capital LLC (i) a warrant to purchase 49,788 shares of our Series D preferred stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase 29,043 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock and up to an additional 29,043 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock, each with an exercise price of $6.02551 per share. Based on amounts we drew down under our equipment financing line of credit in August 2012, the second portion of the warrant referred to in (ii) became exercisable for 28,144 shares. These warrants will either be exercised or terminated, in each case immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

On June 27, 2013, we issued to TriplePoint Capital LLC a warrant to purchase 33,192 shares of our Series D preferred stock, with an exercise price of $6.02551 per share. These warrants will either be exercised or terminated, in each case immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

On August 14, 2013, we issued to Silicon Valley Bank (i) a warrant to purchase 38,710 shares of our Series E preferred stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase 51,614 shares of our Series E preferred stock, each with an exercise price of $9.687299 per share.

On August 14, 2013, we issued to TriplePoint Capital LLC a warrant to purchase 51,614 shares of our Series E preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.687299 per share. This warrant will either be exercised or terminated immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

There were no underwritten offerings employed in connection with any of the transactions described above. The sales of each of the securities listed above were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

The issuances of such securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to either Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or Rule 701 of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each transaction represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. All recipients had access, through their relationship with our company, to information about us.

Item 16. Exhibits

(a) See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(2) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Mateo, State of California on August 26, 2013.

 

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Vladimir Shmunis

 

Name: Vladimir Shmunis

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned directors and officers of RingCentral, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby severally constitute and appoint Vladimir Shmunis and Clyde Hosein, and each of them individually, our true and lawful attorneys, with full power to them, and to each of them individually, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below, the registration statement on Form S-1 filed herewith, and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said registration statement, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act, of equity securities of the Company, and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, and each of them, or their substitute or substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the date indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Vladimir Shmunis

Vladimir Shmunis

   Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Director   August 26, 2013

/s/ Clyde Hosein

Clyde Hosein

   Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)   August 26, 2013

/s/ Douglas Leone

Douglas Leone

  

Director

  August 26, 2013

/s/ Robert Theis

Robert Theis

  

Director

  August 26, 2013

/s/ David Weiden

David Weiden

  

Director

  August 26, 2013

/s/ Neil Williams

Neil Williams

  

Director

  August 26, 2013

/s/ Bobby Yerramilli-Rao

Bobby Yerramilli-Rao

  

Director

  August 26, 2013

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1.1*  

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1*   Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as currently in effect.
  3.2*   Form of Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to be effective upon consummation of this offering.
  3.3*  

Bylaws of the Company, as currently in effect.

  3.4*  

Form of Bylaws of the Company to be effective upon consummation of this offering.

  4.1*  

Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate.

  4.2*  

Form of Class B Common Stock Certificate.

  4.3   Fourth Amended Investor Rights Agreement, dated November 23, 2012, by and among the Company and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto.
  5.1*  

Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

10.1+   2003 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of stock option agreements thereunder.
10.2+   2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of stock option agreements thereunder.
10.3*+  

2013 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreements thereunder.

10.4*+  

Offer Letter by and between the Company and Robert Lawson, dated January 12, 2012.

10.5*+  

Offer Letter by and between the Company and Kira Makagon, dated July 30, 2012.

10.6*+  

Offer Letter by and between the Company and Praful Shah, dated March 31, 2008.

10.7*+  

Offer Letter by and between the Company and John Marlow, dated April 1, 2008.

10.8*+  

Offer Letter by and between the Company and David Berman, dated June 10, 2013.

10.9*+  

Offer Letter by and between the Company and Clyde Hosein, dated August 7, 2013.

10.10+  

2012 Bonus Plan.

10.11+  

Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement.

10.12   Office Lease, dated April 1, 2011, by and between the Company and 1400 Fashion Island LLC.
10.13   First Amendment to Lease, dated August 28, 2011, by and between the Company and 1400 Fashion Island LLC.
10.14   Second Amendment to Lease, dated November 1, 2012, by and between the Company and 1400 Fashion Island LLC.
10.15   Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 14, 2013, by and between the Company and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.16   Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 22, 2012, by and between the Company and TriplePoint Capital LLC.
10.16A   First Amendment to Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 14, 2013, by and between the Company and TriplePoint Capital LLC.
10.17   Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 22, 2012, by and among the Company, RCLEC, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and TriplePoint Capital LLC.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.17A    First Amendment to Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 14, 2013 by and among the Company, RCLEC, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and TriplePoint Capital LLC.
14.1*   

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

21.1   

List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1   

Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

23.2*   

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1   

Power of Attorney (included in signature page).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates a management or compensatory plan.

Exhibit 4.3

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

FOURTH AMENDED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

November 23, 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

1.      Registration Rights

     1   

1.1    Definitions

     1   

1.2    Request for Registration

     3   

1.3    Company Registration

     4   

1.4    Form S-3 Registration

     6   

1.5    Obligations of the Company

     7   

1.6    Expenses of Registration

     8   

1.7    Delay of Registration

     8   

1.8    Indemnification

     8   

1.9    Reports Under the 1934 Act

     10   

1.10 Assignment of Registration Rights

     11   

1.11 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

     11   

1.12 Market Stand-off Agreement

     11   

1.13 Termination of Registration Rights

     12   

2.      Covenants

     12   

2.1    Delivery of Financial Statements

     12   

2.2    Budget and Operating Plan

     13   

2.3    Inspection

     13   

2.4    Right of First Offer

     13   

2.5    Books and Records

     14   

2.6    Director and Officer Insurance

     14   

2.7    Excluded Opportunity

     15   

2.8    Termination of Covenants

     15   

3.      Miscellaneous

     15   

3.1    Legend

     15   

3.2    Successors and Assigns

     16   

3.3    Governing Law

     16   

3.4    Counterparts

     16   

3.5    Titles and Subtitles

     16   

3.6    Notices

     16   

3.7    Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers

     16   

3.8    Severability

     17   

3.9    Aggregation of Stock

     17   

3.10 Expenses

     17   

3.11 Arbitration

     17   

SCHEDULE A Investor Schedule

  

 

-i-


RINGCENTRAL, INC.

FOURTH AMENDED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Fourth Amended Investor Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 23 rd day of November, 2012, by and among RingCentral, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”) and the investors listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Investors ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”) are holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred ”), the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred ”), the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred ”) and the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Preferred ”) and have previously entered into the Third Amended Investor Rights Agreement dated August 12, 2011 by and between the Company and the Prior Investors, as amended (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors (the “ Series E Investors ”) intend to execute a Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) pursuant to which the Series E Investors intend to purchase and the Company intends to sell shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Preferred ”);

WHEREAS, the amendment and restatement of the Prior Agreement and the execution of this Agreement is a condition of the Company’s and the Investors’ mutual obligations at the Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement);

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Series E Investors to invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Investors and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the rights of the Investors to cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock issuable or issued to them and certain other matters as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the parties contemplate that this Agreement may be modified in the future to admit new investors in future Company financings as parties hereto;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

1. Registration Rights

 

  1.1 Definitions

For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) The term “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

(b) The term “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


(c) The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(d) The term “ Holder ” means any person or Affiliate of such person owning of record or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record thereof to whom registration rights are assigned in accordance with Section 1.10 hereof; provided , however , that for the purposes of Section 1.2 TriplePoint Capital LLC shall not be deemed a Holder.

(e) The term “ Initial Offering ” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(f) The term “ 1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(g) The term “ Series Preferred ” means, collectively, the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock.

(h) The term “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(i) The term “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of any outstanding shares of any series of Series Preferred; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, held by the Investors (or any Affiliates of the Investors) or acquired by the Investors (or any Affiliates of the Investors) after the date hereof; (iii) any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon exercise of any warrants held by TriplePoint Capital LLC or its affiliates for purposes of Sections 1.1, 1.3 through 1.13 and 3 (in all other cases only to the extent related to a registration pursuant to Sections 1.3 and 1.4 of the Agreement; provided , however , that obligations of TriplePoint Capital LLC under Section 1.12 of the Agreement exist independently of any registration under Sections 1.3 and 1.4 of the Agreement); (iv) any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon exercise of any warrants held by Silicon Valley Bank or its affiliates for purposes of Sections 1.1, 1.2 through 1.13 and 3 (in all other cases only to the extent related to a registration pursuant to Sections 1.2 through 1.4 of the Agreement; provided , however , that obligations of Silicon Valley Bank under Section 1.12 of the Agreement exist independently of any registration under Sections 1.2 through 1.4 of the Agreement); and (v) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the shares referenced in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, provided , however , that the foregoing definition shall exclude in all cases any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his, her or its rights under this Agreement are not assigned. In addition, Common Stock or other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as they have not been (A) sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, including sales made pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, or (B) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions, and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale. The number of shares of Registrable Securities deemed to be outstanding at any given time shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding that are Registrable Securities plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable stock options or any outstanding shares of any series of Series Preferred or other convertible securities that are Registrable Securities hereunder.

 

-2-


(j) The term means “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(k) The term “ SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  1.2 Request for Registration

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 1.2, if the Company shall at any time after the earlier of (i) the three (3) year anniversary of this Agreement, or (ii) the sixth (6 th ) month anniversary of the effective date of the Initial Offering, receive a written request from the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the “ Initiating Holders ”) (or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $20,000,000 (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”)) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of Registrable Securities, then the Company shall, promptly but not later than twenty (20) days after the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 1.2, use all reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be registered in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days of the mailing of the Company’s notice pursuant to this Section 1.2(a).

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.2(a). In such event the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (and the Company, if applicable) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities underwritten (including Registrable Securities), then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders), provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration; Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

 

-3-


(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(1) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction, and except as may be required under the Securities Act; or

(2) upon the expiration of the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 1.12 following the Initial Offering;

(3) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2, and such registration has been declared or ordered effective; or

(4) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 1.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s good faith intention to file a registration statement for the Company’s Initial Offering within ninety (90) days, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(5) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on
Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4 hereof; or

(6) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2, a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve-month (12) period, and provided , further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other shareholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered).

 

  1.3 Company Registration

(a) If the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration initiated by the Company for shareholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Securities Act in connection with the Initial Offering for cash of such securities (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, notify each Holder in writing at least forty-five (45) days prior to such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within fifteen (15) days after delivery of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.6, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.3(c), use all reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

 

-4-


Each Holder’s written request shall state the number of Registrable Securities such Holder wishes to include in such registration statement. Holders that do not elect to participate in any registration and underwriting under this Section 1.3 shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in subsequent registrations and underwritings to which this Section 1.3 is applicable.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration, and shall promptly notify any Holder that has elected to include shares in such registration of such termination or withdrawal. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 1.6 hereof.

(c) Underwriting Requirements . The Company shall not be required to include in any registration and underwriting to which this Section 1.3 is applicable, the Registrable Securities of any Holder that fails to execute the underwriting agreement entered into between the Company and the underwriter or underwriters selected by it. In addition, the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of Registrable Securities that the underwriters determine in good faith will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling Holders), but in no event shall (i) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering of the Company’s securities and such registration does not include shares of any other selling shareholders, in which case the selling Holders may be completely excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other shareholder’s securities are included, or (ii) the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting be reduced unless all other securities (other than those of the Company) are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. In no event will shares of any other selling shareholders be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling shareholder that is a Holder of Registrable Securities and that is a venture capital fund, partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the affiliated venture capital funds, partners, retired partners, members, former members, and shareholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members, former members, and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned of record by all such related entities and individuals.

(d) No Demand Registration . Registration pursuant to this Section 1.3 shall not be deemed to be a request for registration as described in Section 1.2 above. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Holders may request registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 1.3.

 

-5-


  1.4 Form S-3 Registration

In case the Company shall receive from a Holder holding at least $1,000,000 of the Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company shall:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as reasonably practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company, provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.4:

(1) if Form S-3 is not available for use by the Company with respect to such offering by the Holders;

(2) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000;

(3) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4, provided , however , that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period and provided , further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other shareholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered);

(4) if the Company has already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4 within the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period; or

(5) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.4(a). The provisions of Section 1.2(b) shall be applicable to such request (with the substitution of Section 1.4 for references to Section 1.2).

 

-6-


(d) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 1.2. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Holders may request registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 1.4. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations requested pursuant to this Section 1.4 after the first two (2) registrations shall be paid by the selling Holders pro rata in proportion to the number of shares to be sold by each such Holder in any such registration.

 

  1.5 Obligations of the Company

Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary or advisable to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in paragraph (a) above;

(c) furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

(d) use reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering;

(f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act or the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

 

-7-


(g) cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement to be listed on each securities exchange and/or quoted on each broker-dealer network on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and/or quoted;

(h) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration; and

(i) use its best efforts to furnish on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (x) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (y) a letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters.

 

  1.6 Expenses of Registration

Subject to the Holders obligation under Section 1.4(d) to pay the Registration Expenses after the first two (2) registrations effected under Section 1.4, all Registration Expenses shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be requested in the withdrawn registration), unless (a) such withdrawal is based upon a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company of which the Holders were not aware at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities agree to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 1.2(c) or 1.4(d), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such Registration Expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 1.2.

 

  1.7 Delay of Registration

No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of any provision of this Section 1.

 

  1.8 Indemnification

In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter

 

-8-


within the meaning of the Securities Act or the 1934 Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated by reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, and any amendments, supplements or exhibits thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred, provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section l.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to a Holder in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person or other aforementioned person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will severally but not jointly, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject, under the Securities Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon a Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration, and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Violation; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and in no event shall any indemnity under this Section l.8(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other

 

-9-


indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties, provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.8, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.8.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations, provided , however , that no contribution from any Holder, when combined with any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 1.8(b), shall exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control, provided that no conflict exists if the underwriting agreement is silent with respect to any term or provision contained herein.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

 

  1.9 Reports Under the 1934 Act

With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any successor rule promulgated under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144 ”), at all times after the effective date of the Initial Offering of the Company’s equity securities,

(b) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the 1934 Act; and

 

-10-


(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Securities Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the SEC and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

 

  1.10 Assignment of Registration Rights

The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities that (i) is a subsidiary, partner, general partner, limited partner or retired partner of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or a limited liability company, (ii) is a member or retired member of any Holder that is a limited liability company, (iii) is a spouse, sibling, lineal descendant or ancestor of a Holder, or any trust established for the benefit of a Holder or any spouse, sibling, lineal descendant or ancestor of a Holder, (iv) is an Affiliate of the Holder or (v) after such assignment or transfer, holds at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities originally held by the transferring Holder, provided: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned, (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Section 1.12 below, and (c) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act.

 

  1.11 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to this Section 1 have terminated in accordance with Section 1.13), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder: (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2, Section 1.3 or Section 1.4 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included, or (b) to demand registration of their securities, or (c) to exercise other registration rights that are pari passu or senior to those granted to the Holders hereunder.

 

  1.12 Market Stand-off Agreement

Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days) following the effective date of the registration statement for such Initial Offering, if so required by the underwriters of such Initial Offering, (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract

 

-11-


to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired), or (ii) enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 1.12 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all officers, directors and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities enter into similar agreements or arrangements. The underwriters in connection with the Initial Offering are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 1.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

 

  1.13 Termination of Registration Rights

The Company shall have no obligations provided in this Section 1 with respect to (a) any request or requests for registration made by any Holder on a date more than five (5) years following the effective date as declared by the SEC of a Qualified IPO (as defined in Section 3(b) of Division (B) of Article IV of the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as may be amended, (the “ Restated Articles ”), provided that the Company has been in compliance with its obligations under this Section 1 all times prior thereto, or (b) any Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder in a registration pursuant to this Section 1 if all such Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by such Holder may then in the written opinion of outside counsel to the Company (reasonably acceptable to the Holder) be sold in a 90-day period without registration under the Securities Act without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

2. Covenants

The Company hereby covenants to each Investor who, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates holds at least one million (1,000,000) shares of Registrable Securities (a “ Major Investor ”) as follows:

 

  2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements

The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor and to RU-NET Technology Capital LLC:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an audited income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of shareholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) by a certified public accounting firm of national standing;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, each of the foregoing income statement, statement of cash flows and balance sheet also to set forth in comparative form the budgeted amounts for such period and the corresponding figures for the period in the prior fiscal year, to be in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

-12-


(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each of month of operations, an unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows for such month and a balance sheet as of the end of such month, each of the foregoing income statement, statement of cash flows and balance sheet also to set forth in comparative form the budgeted amounts for such period and the corresponding figures for the period in the prior fiscal year, to be in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis (including balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows for such months). The annual budget and business plan shall be approved by the holders of eighty five percent (85%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.

 

  2.2 Budget and Operating Plan

Within thirty (30) days of the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, the Company shall present a description of any significant variances between the Company’s actual results of operations and expenditures and the results of operations and expenditures in the budget and operating plan most recently presented to the Board.

 

  2.3 Inspection

The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s any of its subsidiaries’ affairs, finances and accounts with its executive officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested by the Investor(s).

 

  2.4 Right of First Offer

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.4, if the Company proposes to issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined in Section 3(d)(i)(B)(4) of Division (B) of Article IV of the Restated Articles, as may be amended), it shall, in each case, provide each Major Investor with a written notice (the “ Issuance Notice ”) stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Additional Shares of Common Stock, (ii) the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms upon which it proposes to offer such Additional Shares of Common Stock. By written notification received by the Company, within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of the Issuance Notice, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Issuance Notice, up to that portion of such Additional Shares of Common Stock (such holder’s “ Pro Rata Portion ”) that equals the proportion that the number of shares of Registrable Securities (on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) then held by such Holder bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding, including the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Series Preferred, upon conversion of all other outstanding convertible securities, and upon exercise of all outstanding options (and assuming conversion of convertible securities issuable upon exercise of options).

 

-13-


(b) In the event that such Major Investor fails to deliver such written notice to the Company within the prescribed 15-day period, or otherwise fails to purchase its Pro Rata Portion of such Additional Shares of Common Stock, the Company shall promptly inform in writing each Major Investor that has elected to purchase its full Pro-Rata Portion (a “ Fully-Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do so. During the fifteen (15) day period commencing after the delivery of such supplemental notice, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to purchase its Pro-Rata Portion of the Additional Shares of Common Stock not purchased by other Major Investors. For the purposes of this Section 2.4, Major Investor includes Affiliates of a Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself and its affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

(c) If all Additional Shares of Common Stock that Major Investors are entitled to obtain pursuant to Section 2.4(a) and (b) are not elected to be obtained as provided in Section 2.3(a) and (b) hereof, the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the period provided in Section 2.4(a) or (b) hereof, as the case may be, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Additional Shares of Common Stock to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the Issuance Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Additional Shares of Common Stock within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within ninety (90) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to the issuance of any securities excluded from the definition of Additional Shares of Common Stock in Article IV, Subdivision B, Section 3(d)(i)(B)(4) of the Restated Articles.

(e) The right of first offer in this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable with respect to any Major Investor with regard to any issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock, if (i) at the time of such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock, such Major Investor is not an accredited investor, and (ii) such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

(f) The rights provided in this Section 2.4 may not be assigned or transferred by any Major Investor except by a Major Investor that is a venture capital fund to an affiliated fund or funds, or, with the prior written approval of the Company, for a transfer by an Investor that is a partnership to a partner of such partnership.

 

  2.5 Books and Records

The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

 

  2.6 Director and Officer Insurance

The Company will use its best efforts to obtain and maintain in full force and effect director and officer liability insurance in the amount approved in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

-14-


  2.7 Excluded Opportunity

The Company acknowledges that the Holders and their Affiliates, members, equity holders, director representatives, partners, employees, agents and other related persons are engaged in the business of investing in private and public companies in a wide range of industries, including the industry segment in which the Company operates (the “ Company Industry Segment ”). Accordingly, the Company and the Investors acknowledge and agree that a Covered Person shall:

(a) have no duty to the Company to refrain from participating as a director, investor or otherwise with respect to any company or other person or entity that is engaged in the Company Industry Segment or is otherwise competitive with the Company, and

(b) in connection with making investment decisions, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no obligation of confidentiality or other duty to the Company to refrain from using any information, including, but not limited to, market trend and market data, which comes into such Covered Person’s possession, whether as a director, investor or otherwise (the “ Information Waiver ”), provided that the Information Waiver shall not apply, and therefore such Covered Person shall be subject to such obligations and duties as would otherwise apply to such Covered Person under applicable law, if the information at issue (i) constitutes material non-public information concerning the Company, or (ii) is covered by a contractual obligation of confidentiality to which the Company is subject.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.7 to the contrary, nothing herein shall be construed as a waiver of any Covered Person’s duty of loyalty or obligation of confidentiality with respect to the disclosure of confidential information of the Company.

For the purposes of this Section 2.7, “ Covered Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Restated Articles.

 

  2.8 Termination of Covenants

The covenants set forth in Section 2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) upon the effective date as declared by the SEC of the registration statement pertaining to a Qualified IPO (as defined in Section 3(b) of Division (B) of Article IV of the Restated Articles), or (ii) upon a Merger (as defined in Section 2(c) of Division (B) of Article IV of the Restated Articles) or (iii) for purposes of Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 only, at such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

3. Miscellaneous

 

  3.1 Legend

Each certificate evidencing any of the Shares shall bear a legend substantially as follows:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ENCUMBERED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF SAID AGREEMENT, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND WILL BE FURNISHED TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE UPON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

-15-


  3.2 Successors and Assigns

Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

  3.3 Governing Law

This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York, as applied to agreements among New York residents entered into and to be performed entirely within New York without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

  3.4 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  3.5 Titles and Subtitles

The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

  3.6 Notices

Unless otherwise provided, any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively delivered (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) upon confirmation of receipt by fax by the party to be notified, (c) one (1) business day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier, prepaid for overnight deliver and addressed as set forth in (d), or (d) three (3) days after deposit with the United States Postal Service, postage prepaid, registered or certified with return receipt requested and addressed to the party to be notified at the address indicated for such party on the Investor Schedule attached hereto as Schedule A , or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other party given in the foregoing manner.

 

  3.7 Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers

This Agreement (including the exhibits hereto) and the documents referred to herein constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations, or covenants, except as specifically set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly provided therein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders holding at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144, and excluding with respect to Section 1 (other than Sections 1.9, 1.10 and 1.12), any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 1 have terminated in accordance with Section 1.13, and excluding any of such shares held by TriplePoint Capital LLC or its affiliates); provided , further , that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that treats

 

-16-


any Holder different from other Holders, the consent of such Holder shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all such securities of Holder. Each Holder acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144, and excluding, with respect to Section 1 (other than Sections 1.9, 1.10 and 1.12), any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 1 have terminated in accordance with Section 1.13) will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holder under this Agreement, subject to the proviso in the second sentence of this Section 3.7; provided, however , that notwithstanding any waiver of any of the provisions of Section 2.4, in the event any Major Investor actually purchases Additional Shares of Common Stock in any offering by the Company, then each other Major Investor shall be permitted to participate in such offering on a pro rata basis (based on the level of participation of the other Major Investor purchasing the largest portion of such Major Investor’s pro rata share), in accordance with the other provisions (including notice and election periods) set forth in Section 2.4. The Prior Agreement is hereby superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement.

 

  3.8 Additional Investors

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Series E Preferred after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Series E Preferred may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder.

 

  3.9 Severability

If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

  3.10 Aggregation of Stock

All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

 

  3.11 Expenses

If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

  3.12 Arbitration

Any claims arising under this Agreement or the Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement between the Company and the Investor(s)), shall be resolved in binding arbitration with a duly authorized representative of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof. Either the Company or the Investor(s) may submit the matter to binding arbitration before the AAA in New York City, New York, which arbitration shall be final and binding on the parties and the exclusive method, absent agreement between the Company and the Investor(s), for purposes of determining the ability of the Company to satisfy such claim. All claims shall be settled by a single arbitrator appointed in accordance with the

 

-17-


Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect of the AAA (the “ AAA Rules ”). The arbitrator shall render a final decision pursuant to the AAA Rules within thirty (30) days after filing of the claim. The final decision of the arbitrator shall be furnished to the Investor(s) and the Company in writing and shall constitute the conclusive determination of the issue in question binding upon the Investor(s) and the Company, and shall not be contested by any of them. Such decision may be used in a court of law only for the purpose of seeking enforcement of the arbitrator’s decision. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief that such party may be entitled. For purposes of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be that party in whose favor final judgment is rendered or who substantially prevails, if both parties are awarded judgment.

[This Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
RINGCENTRAL, INC.
By:   /s/ Vladimir Shmunis
  Vladimir Shmunis
  Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

FOURTH AMENDED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF RINGCENTRAL, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
Cypress Capital Founders, LP
By:   /s/ Brenden Smith
Name:   Brenden Smith
Title:   Managing Partner

 

Cypress Capital Master, LP
By:   /s/ Brenden Smith
Name:   Brenden Smith
Title:   Managing Partner

 

Permal Cypress Ltd.
By: Cypress Capital Management GP, LLC, as its Investment Adviser

 

By:   /s/ Brenden Smith
Name:   Brenden Smith
Title:   Managing Partner

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

FOURTH AMENDED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF RINGCENTRAL, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
RU-NET TECHNOLOGY CAPITAL LLC
Signature:   /s/ Thomas Sima
Print Name:   Thomas Sima
Title:   Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

FOURTH AMENDED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF RINGCENTRAL, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
Turl Investments, Ltd.
By:   Erie Limited
Its:   Sole Director

 

By:   /s/ Perry A. Rolle
Name:   Perry A. Rolle
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

By:   /s/ Lisa M. Wilcox
Name:   Lisa M. Wilcox
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

FOURTH AMENDED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF RINGCENTRAL, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
SCALE VENTURE PARTNERS III, LP
By: Scale Venture Management III, LLC
Its: General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Robert I. Theis
Name:   Robert I. Theis
Title:   Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

FOURTH AMENDED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF RINGCENTRAL, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR
WS Investment Company, LLC (2011A)
By:   /s/ James N. Terranova
Name:   James N. Terranova
Title:   Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

FOURTH AMENDED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF RINGCENTRAL, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR
CISCO SYSTEMS, INC.
By:   /s/ Hilton Romanski
Name:   Hilton Romanski
Title:   Vice President, Business Development

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

FOURTH AMENDED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF RINGCENTRAL, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
SVB CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.
By: SVB Capital Partners II, LLC
Its: General Partner

 

By   /s/ Sulu Mamdani
Name:   Sulu Mamdani
Title:   Managing Director

 

CP SECONDARIES FUND, L.P.
By: SVB Capital Partners II, LLC
Its: General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Sulu Mamdani
Name:   Sulu Mamdani
Title:   Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

FOURTH AMENDED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF RINGCENTRAL, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

D AG V ENTURES III-QP, L.P.
By: DAG Ventures Management III, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Young Chung
Name:   Young Chung
Title:   Managing Director

 

D AG V ENTURES III, L.P.
By: DAG Ventures Management III, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Young Chung
Name:   Young Chung
Title:   Managing Director

 

D AG V ENTURES GP F UND III, LLC
By: DAG Ventures Management III, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Young Chung
Name:   Young Chung
Title:   Managing Director

 

D AG V ENTURES I-N, LLC
By: DAG Ventures Management III, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Young Chung
Name:   Young Chung
Title:   Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

FOURTH AMENDED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF RINGCENTRAL, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
K HOSLA V ENTURES II, LP
By:   Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and general partner of Khosla Ventures II, LP

 

By:   /s/ David Weiden
Name:   David Weiden
Title:   Member

 

S EQUOIA C APITAL XII
Sequoia Capital XII
Sequoia Technology Partners XII
Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund
By:   SC XII Management, LLC a Delaware Limited Liability Company General Partner of Each
By:   /s/ Douglas Leone
  Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

FOURTH AMENDED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF RINGCENTRAL, INC.


SCHEDULE A

INVESTOR SCHEDULE

 

Name and Address

Turl Investments, Ltd.

404 East Bay Street

P.O. Box N-3016

Nassau, Bahamas

Phone: (242) 502-5700

Email: alejandro@hermesgp.com

 

Ru-Net Technology Capital LLC

Attn: Steve Berg

900 Third Avenue, 25th Floor

54-55

New York, NY 10022

Phone:

Email: berg@rtp.vc

 

Cypress Capital Founders, LP

Cypress Capital Master, LP

Attention: Brenden Smith

One Market, Spear Street Tower

Suite 3785

San Francisco, CA 94105

Phone: (415) 291-9420

Email: brenden@cypressmgt.com

 

Permal Cypress Ltd.

Attention: Brenden Smith, Managing Partner

c/o HWR Services Ltd.

PO Box 71, Road Town

Tortola, British Virgin Islands

 

copies to:

 

Attention: Brenden Smith

One Market, Spear Street Tower

Suite 3785

San Francisco, CA 94105

Phone: (415) 291-9420

Email: brenden@cypressmgt.com

 


Name and Address

 

Scale Venture Partners III, LP

Scale Venture Partners III, L.P.

c/o Scale Venture Partners

950 Tower Lane, Suite 700

Foster City, CA 94404

Phone: (650) 378-6000

Fax: (650) 378-6040

 

with a copy to:

 

Cooley LLP

777 6 th St NW

Suite 1100

Washington, DC 20001

Attention: Ryan Naftulin

Email: rnaftulin@cooley.com

 

Coastdock & Co., as nominee for

Cisco Systems, Inc.

170 West Tasman Drive

San Jose, CA 95134-1706

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: (408) 525-4757

Attn: SVP, Corporate Development

Facsimile: (408) 526-7864

 

with a copy to :

 

Fenwick & West LLP

801 California Street

Mountain View, CA 94041

Attention: Cynthia Clarfield Hess, Esq.

Facsimile: (650) 938-5200

 

SVB Capital Partners II, L.P.

Attn: Sulu Mamdani

2400 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Phone: (650) 855-3018

Email: smamdani@svbcapital.com

 


Name and Address

 

Sequoia Capital XII

Sequoia Technology Partners XII

Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund

Attn: Douglas Leone, Managing Member

3000 Sand Hill Road

Building 4, Suite 180

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Phone: (650) 854-3927

Facsimile: (650) 854-2977

Email: leone@sequoiacap.com

 

DAG Ventures I-N, LLC

DAG Ventures GP Fund III, LLC

DAG Ventures III, L.P.

DAG Ventures III-QP, L.P.

Attn: Young Chung, Managing Director

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Phone: (415) 830-7147

Facsimile: (650) 328-2921

Email: young@dagventures.com

 

Khosla Ventures II, LP

Attn: Kim Totah, CFO

3000 Sand Hill Road, Bldg. 3, Suite 190

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Phone: 650.376.8500

Fax: 650.923.9590

Email: kt@khoslaventures.com

 

with a copy to:

 

c/o McCabe & Totah, LLP

Attention: Vinod Khosla

1760 The Alameda, Suite 300

San Jose, CA 95126

 

 

CP Secondaries Fund, L.P.

Attn: Sulu Mamdani

2400 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Phone: 650.855.3018

Email: Smamdani@svb.com

 


Name and Address

 

Samir Kaul, Trustee of the Kaul Family

Attn: Kim Totah, CFO

3000 Sand Hill Road, Bldg. 3, Suite 190

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Phone: 650.376.8500

Fax: 650.923.9590

Email: kt@khoslaventures.com

 

Alexander Kinnier

VK Services, LLC, a Managing Member of Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC

Attn: Kim Totah, CFO

3000 Sand Hill Road, Bldg. 3, Suite 190

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Phone: 650.376.8500

Fax: 650.923.9590

Email: kt@khoslaventures.com

 

Aadik Shekar

Attn: Kim Totah, CFO

3000 Sand Hill Road, Bldg. 3, Suite 190

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Phone: 650.376.8500

Fax: 650.923.9590

Email: kt@khoslaventures.com

 

Fouad Tamer

Attn: Kim Totah, CFO

3000 Sand Hill Road, Bldg. 3, Suite 190

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Phone: 650.376.8500

Fax: 650.923.9590

Email: kt@khoslaventures.com

 

Kimberly Totah

Attn: Kim Totah, CFO

3000 Sand Hill Road, Bldg. 3, Suite 190

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Phone: 650.376.8500

Fax: 650.923.9590

Email: kt@khoslaventures.com

 


Name and Address

 

VK Services, LLC

Attn: Kim Totah, CFO

3000 Sand Hill Road, Bldg. 3, Suite 190

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Phone: 650.376.8500

Fax: 650.923.9590

Email: kt@khoslaventures.com

 

David Weiden

c/o Khosla Ventures II, LP

2733 Sand Hill Road, Building 3, Suite 170

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Phone: 650.376.8521

Fax: 650.923.9590

 

WS Investment Company, LLC (2011A)

Attn: James A. Terranova

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Phone:650-493-9300

Facsimile: 650-493-6811

 

Triplepoint Capital LLC

Attn: Sajal Srivastava, COO

2755 Sand Hill Rd., Ste. 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Phone: (650) 854-2090

Email: legal@triplepointcapital.com

 

Exhibit 10.1

RingCentral, Inc.

2003 Equity Incentive Plan

1. Purpose . The purpose of the RingCentral, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of RingCentral, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company by offering them an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through awards of Options, Restricted Stock and Stock Bonuses. Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 23.

2. Shares Subject to the Plan .

2.1 Number of Shares Available . Subject to Sections 2.2 and 18, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to the Plan shall be 1,100,000 Shares. Subject to Sections 2.2 and 18, Shares shall again be available for grant and issuance in connection with future Awards under the Plan that: (a) are subject to issuance upon exercise of an Option but cease to be subject to such Option for any reason other than exercise of such Option; (b) are subject to an Award granted hereunder but are forfeited; or (c) are subject to an Award that otherwise terminates without Shares being issued. No individual may receive Awards of more than 300,000 Shares hereunder.

2.2 Adjustment of Shares . In the event that the number of outstanding Shares is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan; (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options; and (c) the number of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards shall be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and compliance with applicable securities laws; provided, however, that fractions of a Share shall not be issued but shall either be paid in cash at Fair Market Value or shall be rounded up to the nearest Share, as determined by the Committee.

3. Eligibility . ISOs (as defined in Section 5 below) may be granted only to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees) of the Company, or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. All other Awards may be granted to employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, such consultants and advisors render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. A person may be granted more than one Award under the Plan.


4. Administration .

4.1 Committee Authority . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or the Board acting as the Committee. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of the Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee shall have full power to implement and carry out the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to:

 

  (a) construe and interpret the Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to the Plan;

 

  (b) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan;

 

  (c) select persons to receive Awards;

 

  (d) determine the form and terms of Awards;

 

  (e) determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards;

 

  (f) determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under the Plan or any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company;

 

  (g) grant waivers of Plan or Award conditions;

 

  (h) determine the vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards;

 

  (i) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement;

 

  (j) determine whether an Award has been earned; and

 

  (k) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

4.2 Committee Discretion . Any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award shall be made in its sole discretion at the time of grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan or Award, at any later time, and such determination shall be final and binding on the company and all persons having an interest in any Award under the Plan. The Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Award under the Plan to Participants who are not Insiders of the Company.

4.3 Exchange Act Requirements . If the Company is subject to the Exchange Act, the Company will take appropriate steps to comply with the disinterested director requirements of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, including but not limited to, the appointment by the Board of a Committee consisting of not less than two (2) persons (who are members of the Board), each of whom is a Disinterested Person.

5. Options . The Committee may grant Options to eligible persons and shall determine whether such Options shall be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code (“ ISOs ”) or Nonqualified Stock Options (“NSOs”), the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

 

-2-


5.1 Form of Option Grant . Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement which shall expressly identify the Option as an ISO or NSO (“ Stock Option Agreement ”), and be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee shall from time to time approve, and which shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

5.2 Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Option shall be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless otherwise specified by the Committee. The Stock Option Agreement and a copy of the Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

5.3 Exercise Period . Options shall be exercisable within the times or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement; provided, however, that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted, and provided further that no Option granted to a person who directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (“ Ten Percent Stockholder ”) shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the Option is granted. The Committee also may provide for the exercise of Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number or percentage as the Committee determines.

5.4 Exercise Price . The Exercise Price shall be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted and may be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant; provided that (i) the Exercise Price of an ISO shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant; and (ii) the Exercise Price of any Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. Payment for the Shares purchased may be made in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan.

5.5 Method of Exercise . Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be the same for each Participant), stating the number of Shares being purchased, the restrictions imposed on the Shares, if any, and such representations and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws, together with appropriate payment of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased.

5.6 Termination . Notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, exercise of an Option shall always be subject to the following:

 

  (a) If the Participant is Terminated for any reason except death or Disability, then Participant may exercise such Participant’s ISOs only to the extent that such ISOs would have been exercisable upon the Termination Date no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter time period as may be specified in the Stock Option Agreement). Except as provided in Section (b) below, any ISO that remains exercisable after three (3) months after the Termination Date shall be deemed a NSO. No Option may be exercised later than the expiration date of the Options.

 

-3-


  (b) If the Participant is terminated because of death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months of such termination), then Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date and must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter time period as may be specified in the Stock Option Agreement), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options; provided, however, that in the event of termination due to Disability other than as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, any ISO that remains exercisable after three (3) months after the Termination Date shall be deemed a NSO.

5.7 Limitations on Exercise . The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option; provided, however, that such minimum number will not prevent Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

5.8 Limitations on ISOs . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Shares with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under the Plan or under any other incentive stock option plan of the Company or any Affiliate, Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). If the Fair Market Value of Shares on the date of grant with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the Options for the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) worth of Shares to become exercisable in such calendar year shall be ISOs and the Options for the amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) that become exercisable in that calendar year shall be NSOs. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date of the Plan to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, such different limit shall be automatically incorporated herein and shall apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

5.9 Modification, Extension or Renewal . The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor; provided, however, that any such action may not without the written consent of Participant, impair any of Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted. Any outstanding ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered shall be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code. The Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of Participants affected by a written notice to them; provided, however, that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the minimum Exercise Price that would be permitted under Section 5.4 of the Plan for Options granted on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price.

 

-4-


5.10 No Disqualification . Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, no term of the Plan relating to ISOs shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant affected, to disqualify any ISO under Section 422 of the Code.

6. Restricted Stock . A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company to sell to an eligible person Shares that are subject to restrictions. The Committee shall determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the person may purchase, the price to be paid (the “Purchase Price”), the restrictions to which the Shares shall be subject, and all other terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the following:

6.1 Form of Restricted Stock Award . All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award made pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement (“Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement”) that shall be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee shall from time to time approve, and shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. The offer of Restricted Stock shall be accepted by the Participant’s execution and delivery of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and full payment for the shares to the Company within thirty (30) days, unless otherwise provided for by the Committee, from the date the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is delivered to the person. If such person does not execute and deliver the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement along with full payment for the Shares to the Company within thirty (30) days, then the offer shall terminate, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

6.2 Purchase Price . The Purchase Price of Shares sold pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall be determined by the Committee and shall be at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted, except in the case of a sale to a Ten Percent Stockholder, in which case the Purchase Price shall be one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value. Payment of the Purchase Price may be made in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan.

6.3 Restrictions . Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to such restrictions as the committee may impose. The Committee may provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions, in whole or in part, based on length of service, performance or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine. Restricted Stock Awards which the Committee intends to qualify under Code section 162(m) shall be subject to a performance-based goal. Restrictions on such stock shall lapse based on one or more of the following performance goals: stock price, market share, sales increases, earning per share, return on equity, cost reductions, or any other similar performance measure established by the Committee. Such performance measures shall be established by the Committee, in writing, no later than the earlier of (a) ninety (90) days after the commencement of the performance period with respect to which the Restricted Stock award is made and (b) the date as of which twenty-five percent (25%) of such performance period has elapsed.

 

-5-


7. Stock Bonuses .

7.1 Awards of Stock Bonuses . A Stock Bonus is an award of Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock) for services rendered to the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company. A Stock Bonus may be awarded for past services already rendered to the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company pursuant to an Award Agreement (the “Stock Bonus Agreement”) that shall be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee shall from time to time approve, and shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan subject to Section 7.2 herein, a Stock Bonus may be awarded upon satisfaction of such performance goals as are set out in advance in Participant’s individual Award Agreement (the “Performance Stock Bonus Agreement”) that shall be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee shall from time to time approve, and shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. Stock Bonuses may vary from Participant to Participant and between groups of Participants, and may be based upon such other criteria as the Committee may determine.

7.2 Code Section 162(m) . A Stock Bonus that the Committee intends to qualify for the performance-based exception under Code section 162(m) shall only be awarded based upon the attainment of one or more of the following performance goals: stock price, market share, sales increases, earning per share, return on equity, cost reductions, or any other similar performance measure established by the Committee. Such performance measures shall be established by the Committee, in writing, no later than the earlier of: (a) ninety (90) days after the commencement of the performance period with respect to which the Stock Bonus award is made; and (b) the date as of which twenty-five percent (25%) of such performance period has elapsed.

7.3 Terms of Stock Bonuses . The Committee shall determine the number of Shares to be awarded to the Participant and whether such Shares shall be Restricted Stock. If the Stock Bonus is being earned upon the satisfaction of performance goals pursuant to a Performance Stock Bonus Agreement, then the Committee shall determine: (a) the nature, length and starting date of any period during which performance is to be measured (the “Performance Period”) for each Stock Bonus; (b) the performance goals and criteria to be used to measure the performance, if any; (c) the number of Shares that may be awarded to the Participant; and (d) the extent to which such Stock Bonuses have been earned. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to Stock Bonuses that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria. The number of Shares may be fixed or may vary in accordance with such performance goals and criteria as may be determined by the Committee. The Committee may adjust the performance goals applicable to the Stock Bonuses to take into account changes in law and accounting or tax rules and to make such adjustments as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or hardships.

7.4 Form of Payment . The earned portion of a Stock Bonus may be paid currently or on a deferred basis with such interest or dividend equivalent, if any, as the Committee may determine. Payment of the Purchase Price may be made in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan.

7.5 Termination During Performance Period . If a Participant is Terminated during a Performance Period for any reason, then such Participant shall be entitled to payment (whether in Shares, cash or otherwise) with respect to the Stock Bonus only to the extent earned as of the date of Termination in accordance with the Performance Stock Bonus Agreement, unless the Committee shall determine otherwise.

 

-6-


8. Payment For Share Purchases .

8.1 Payment . Subject to applicable laws, the consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Committee (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). In addition to any other types of consideration and methods of payment the Committee may determine, payment for Shares purchased pursuant to the Plan may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:

 

  (a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant;

 

  (b) by surrender of Shares that either (1) have been owned by Participant for more than six (6) months and have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144; or (2) were obtained by Participant in the public market;

 

  (c) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to Participant for services rendered;

 

  (d) by tender of property;

 

  (e) with respect only to purchases upon exercise of an Option, and provided that a public market for the Company’s stock exists:

 

  (1) through a “same day sale” commitment from Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “NASD Dealer”) whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased to pay for the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

 

  (2) through a “margin” commitment from Participant and an NASD Dealer whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the exercise price directly to the Company; or

 

-7-


  (f) with respect only to purchases upon exercise of an Option:

 

  (1) In the event that the Option is exercised immediately prior to the closing by the Company of a “corporate transaction” as defined in Section 18.1 below, or the closing of the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), in lieu of exercising the Option in the manner provided above, the Participant may elect to receive shares equal to the value of the Option (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of the Option at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such election in which event the Company shall issue to holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:

 

  X = Y (A - B)

                  A

Where X = The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Participant.

 

  Y = The number of shares of Common Stock purchasable under the Option (at the date of such calculation).

 

  A = The fair market value of one share of Common Stock (at the date of such calculation).

 

  B = The Purchase Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

 

  (2) For purposes of this Section (g), the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock shall be the price per share which the Company receives for a single share of Common Stock in the corporate transaction, or, if the Option is exercised in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock shall be equal to the mid-price of the range of prices set forth in the registration statement relating to the Initial Public Offering or, if a subsequent amendment thereto sets forth a different range of prices (other than a “pricing amendment” setting forth a single, final price) then the mid-price of the range of prices set forth in such amendment; or

 

  (g) by any combination of the foregoing.

 

-8-


9. Withholding Taxes .

9.1 Withholding Generally . Whenever Shares are to be, issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under the Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever, under the Plan, payments in satisfaction of Awards are to be made in cash, such payment shall be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements.

9.2 Stock Withholding . When, under applicable tax laws, a Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the grant, exercise or vesting of any Award that is subject to tax withholding and the Participant is obligated to pay the Company the amount required to be withheld, the Committee may allow the Participant to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the “Tax Date”). All elections by a Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the Committee and shall be subject to the following restrictions:

 

  (a) the election must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date;

 

  (b) once made, then except as provided below, the election shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made;

 

  (c) all elections shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Committee;

 

  (d) if the Participant is an Insider and if the Company is subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act: (1) the election may not be made within six (6) months of the date of grant of the Award, except as otherwise permitted by SEC Rule 16b-3(e) under the Exchange Act, and (2) either (A) the election to use stock withholding must be irrevocably made at least six (6) months prior to the Tax Date (although such election may be revoked at any time at least six (6) months prior to the Tax Date), or (B) the exercise of the Option or election to use stock withholding must be made in the ten (10) day period beginning on the third day following the release of the Company’s quarterly or annual summary statement of sales or earnings; and

 

  (e) in the event that the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the exercise occurs, but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

10. Privileges of Stock Ownership .

10.1 Voting and Dividends . No Participant shall have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant shall be a stockholder and have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided, however, that if such Shares are

 

-9-


Restricted Stock, then any new, additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company shall be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock.

10.2 Financial Statements . The Company shall provide financial statements to each Participant prior to such Participant’s purchase of Shares under the Plan, and to each Participant annually during the period such Participant has Awards outstanding; provided, however, the Company shall not be required to provide such financial statements to Participants whose services in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

11. Transferability . Awards granted under the Plan, and any interest therein, shall not be transferable or assignable by Participant, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process, otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as consistent with the specific Plan and Award Agreement provisions relating thereto. During the lifetime of the Participant an Award shall be exercisable only by the Participant, and any elections with respect to an Award, may be made only by the Participant.

12. Restrictions on Shares . At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) in the Award Agreement a right of first refusal to purchase all Shares that a Participant (or a subsequent transferee) may propose to transfer to a third party.

13. Certificates . All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed.

14. Escrow; Pledge of Shares . To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates. In connection with any pledge of the Shares, Participant shall be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve.

15. Exchange and Buyout of Awards . The Committee may, at any time or from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards. The Committee may at any time buy from a Participant an Award previously granted with payment in cash, Shares (including Restricted Stock) or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant shall agree.

 

-10-


16. Securities Law and Other Regulatory Compliance . An Award shall not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under the Plan prior to (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable, and/or (b) completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company shall be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company shall have no liability for any inability or failure to do so.

17. No Obligation to Employ . Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

18. Corporate Transactions .

18.1 Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor . In the event of (a) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary, a reincorporation of the Company in a different jurisdiction, or other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the stockholders of the company and the Awards granted under the Plan are assumed or replaced by the successor corporation, which assumption shall be binding on all Participants); (b) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (c) the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (d) any other transaction which qualifies as a “corporate transaction” under Section 424(a) of the Code wherein the stockholders of the Company give up all of their equity interest in the Company ( except for the acquisition, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of the Company), any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed or replaced by the successor corporation (if any), which assumption or replacement shall be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, the successor corporation may substitute equivalent Awards or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants as was provided to stockholders (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Awards). The successor corporation may also issue, in place of outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Participant, substantially similar shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions no less favorable to the Participant.

In the event such successor corporation (if any) refuses to assume or substitute Options, as provided above, pursuant to a transaction described in this Subsection 18.1, the vesting of any unvested Options shall accelerate, and the holders thereof shall be provided notice of such acceleration and an opportunity to exercise the Options in full in the transaction, and such Options shall expire in such transaction at such time and on such conditions as the Board shall determine.

 

-11-


18.2 Other Treatment of Awards . Subject to any greater rights granted to Participants under the foregoing provisions of this Section 18, in the event of the occurrence of any transaction described in Section 18.1, any outstanding Awards shall be treated as provided in the applicable agreement or plan of merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation, sale of assets or other “corporate transaction.”

18.3 Assumption of Awards by the Company . The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either (a) granting an Award under the Plan in substitution of such other company’s award; or (b) assuming such award as if it had been granted under the Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under the Plan. Such substitution or assumption shall be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under the Plan if the other company had applied the rules of the Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award shall remain unchanged ( except that the exercise price and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise of any such option will be adjusted approximately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

19. Adoption and Stockholder Approval . The Plan shall become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board (the “Effective Date”). The Plan shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company (excluding Shares issued pursuant to this Plan), consistent with applicable laws, within twelve months before or after the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, the Board may grant Awards pursuant to the Plan; provided, however, that: (a) no Option may be exercised prior to initial stockholder approval of the Plan; (b) no Option granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board shall be exercised prior to the time such increase has been approved by the stockholders of the Company; and (c) in the event that stockholder approval is not obtained within the time period provided herein, all Awards granted hereunder shall be cancelled, any Shares issued pursuant to any Award shall be cancelled and any purchase of Shares hereunder shall be rescinded. After the Company becomes subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 (or its successor), as amended, with respect to stockholder approval.

20. Intentionally Omitted .

21. Term of Plan . The Plan will terminate ten (10) years from the Effective Date or, if earlier, the date of stockholder approval of the Plan.

22. Amendment or Termination of Plan . The Board may at any time terminate or amend the Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to the Plan; provided, however, that the Board shall not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend the Plan in any manner that requires such stockholder approval pursuant to the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder as such provisions apply to ISO plans or pursuant to the Exchange Act or Rule 16b-3 (or its successor), as amended, thereunder. Any amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall not affect Awards already granted, and such Awards shall remain in full force and effect as if the Plan had not been amended, suspended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Company, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company.

 

-12-


23. Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board, the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of the Plan shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and bonuses otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

24. Definitions . As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” means any corporation that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another corporation, where “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to cause the direction of the management and policies of the corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Award” means any award under the Plan, including any Option, Restricted Stock or Stock Bonus.

Award Agreement ” means, with respect to each Award, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee ” means the committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, or if no committee is appointed, the Board.

“Company” means RingCentral, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of California, or any successor corporation.

“Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant” means that the employment, director or consulting relationship with the Company, any Parent, or Subsidiary, is not interrupted or terminated. Continuous Status as an employee, director or consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. A leave of absence approved by the Company shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other personal leave approved by an authorized representative of the Company. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.

“Disability” means a disability, whether temporary or permanent, partial or total, as determined by the Committee.

 

-13-


Disinterested Person ” means a director who has not, during the period that person is a member of the Committee and for one (1) year prior to service as a member of the Committee, been granted or awarded equity securities pursuant to the Plan or any other plan of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, except in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(i) (and any successor regulation thereto) as promulgated by the SEC under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as such rule is amended from time to time and as interpreted by the SEC.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exercise Price ” means the price at which a holder of an Option may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock determined as follows:

 

  (a) if such Common Stock is then quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, its last reported sale price on the Nasdaq National Market or, if no such reported sale takes place on such date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices;

 

  (b) if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price or, if no such reported sale takes place on such date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading;

 

  (c) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is not quoted on the Nasdaq National Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such date, as reported by The Wall Street Journal, for the over-the-counter market; or

 

  (d) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

Insider ” means an officer or director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in the Company’s Common Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Option ” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 5.

Parent ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if at the time of the granting of an Award under the Plan, each of such corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%), or more, of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

Participant ” means a person who receives an Award under the Plan.

 

-14-


Plan ” means this RingCentral, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of Shares pursuant to Section 6.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shares ” means shares of the Company’s Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 15, and any successor security.

Stock Bonus ” means an award of Shares, or cash in lieu of Shares, pursuant to Section 7.

“Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of granting of the Award, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%), or more, of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such claim.

“Termination” or “Terminated” means, for purposes of the Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has ceased to provide services as an employee, director, consultant or adviser, to the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, except in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Committee; provided, however, that such leave is for a period of not more than three months, or reinstatement upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute. The Committee shall have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “Termination Date”).

 

-15-


Amendment No. 1 to 2003 Equity Incentive Plan

December 1, 2006

This Amendment No. 1 amends the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), effective as of December 1, 2006 (“Effective Date”). Any capitalized term used, but not expressly defined herein, shall have the same meaning given to such term in the Plan.

WHEREAS , Section 2.1 of the Plan reserves 1,100,000 Shares as the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to the Plan; and

WHEREAS , the Company desires and the Board has approved increasing the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant under the plan to 3,242,500 Shares.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED:

 

  1. The first sentence of Section 2.1 of the Plan is hereby amended as follows: Subject to Sections 2.2 and 18, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to the Plan shall be 3,242,500 Shares.

 

  2. Except for the amendment of the Plan as provided in Section 1 herein, all other terms and conditions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be amended or otherwise changed by this Amendment No. 1.


Clarification of 2003 Equity Incentive Plan

April 4, 2007

This clarifies the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), effective as of April 4, 2007 (“Effective Date”). Any capitalized term used, but not expressly defined herein, shall have the same meaning given to such term in the Plan.

WHEREAS , Section 2.1 of the Plan reserves 3,242,500 Shares as the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to the Plan;

WHEREAS , Section 2.1 of the Plan states that no individual may receive Awards of more than 300,000 Shares;

WHEREAS , the Company has effected a two-for-one (2-for-1) forward stock split (“the Stock Split”) for all Common Stock and Preferred Stock, including all Shares subject to the Plan, effective April 4, 2007; and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Plan, all Shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan is subject to automatic adjustment in connection with the Stock Split.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED :

 

  1. The Company desires to clarify and memorialize the following adjustment to Section 2.1 of the Plan in connection with the Stock Split as follows: Subject to Sections 2.2 and 18, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to the Plan shall be 6,485,000 Shares. Subject to Sections 2.2 and 18, Shares shall again be available for grant and issuance in connection with future Awards under the Plan that: (a) are subject to issuance upon exercise of an Option but cease to be subject to such Option for any reason other than exercise of such Option; (b) are subject to an Award granted hereunder but are forfeited; or (c) are subject to an Award that otherwise terminates without Shares being issued. No individual may receive Awards of more than 600,000 Shares hereunder.

 

  2. Except for the amendment of the Plan as provided in Section 1 herein, all other terms and conditions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be amended or otherwise changed by this Amendment No. 2.


Amendment No. 2 to 2003 Equity Incentive Plan

October 17, 2007

This Amendment No. 2 amends the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), effective as of October 17, 2007 (“Effective Date”). Any capitalized term used, but not expressly defined herein, shall have the same meaning given to such term in the Plan.

WHEREAS , Section 2.1 of the Plan states that no individual may receive Awards of more than 600,000 Shares; and

WHEREAS , the Company desires and the Board has approved an amendment under the Plan to increase the maximum number of Awards that an individual may receive to 1,000,000 Shares.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED :

 

  1. The last sentence of Section 2.1 of the Plan is hereby amended as follows: No individual may receive Awards of more than 1,000,000 Shares hereunder.

 

  2. Except for the amendment of the Plan as provided in Section 1 herein, all other terms and conditions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be amended or otherwise changed by this Amendment No. 2.


Amendment No. 3 to 2003 Equity Incentive Plan

December 18, 2009

This Amendment No. 3 amends the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), effective as of December 18, 2009 (“Effective Date”). Any capitalized term used, but not expressly defined herein, shall have the same meaning given to such term in the Plan.

WHEREAS , Section 2.1 of the Plan reserves 6,485,000 Shares as the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to the Plan; and

WHEREAS , the Company desires and the Board has approved increasing the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant under the plan to 7,864,005 Shares.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED :

 

  1. The first sentence of Section 2.1 of the Plan is hereby amended as follows: Subject to Sections 2.2 and 18, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to the Plan shall be 7,864,005 Shares.

 

  2. Except for the amendment of the Plan as provided in Section 1 herein, all other terms and conditions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be amended or otherwise changed by this Amendment No. 3.


THE SECURITY REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE LAW.

RINGCENTRAL, INC

2003 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Optionee’s Name and Address:    
   
   

You have been granted an option to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number   

 

Date of Grant   

 

Vesting Commencement Date   

 

Exercise Price per Share   

 

Total Number of Shares Granted   

 

Total Exercise Price   

 

Type of Option:    [            ] Incentive Stock Option
   [            ] Non-Qualified Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:   

 


1. Vesting Schedule :

Subject to other limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

Provided Optionee continues to be an employee or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent throughout the specified period, as applicable, the Option shall become exercisable as to portions of the Shares as follows: (i) 25% of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest 12 months after the Vesting Commencement Date; and thereafter (ii) 1/48th of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest on the day of each calendar month corresponding to the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to accelerated vesting of any unvested Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of Optionee’s written Employment or Consultant Agreement with the Company as in effect from time to time. If application of the vesting percentage results in a fractional Share, such Share shall be rounded down to a whole Share.

2. Termination Period :

This Option, to the extent vested, may be exercised for 90 days after termination of the Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship, or such longer period as may be applicable upon death or disability of Optionee as provided in the Agreement. In the event of the Optionee’s change in status from Employee to Consultant or Consultant to Employee, this Option Agreement shall remain in effect; provided, however, that in the event of a change in status from Employee to Consultant, Optionee’s Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the ninety-first (91st) day following such change in status. In no event shall this Option be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . RingCentral, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company’s 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Section 422(d) of the Code, this Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

2. Exercise of Option .

2.1 Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant, this Option shall be exercisable in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. This Option shall be subject to the provisions of Section 18 of the Plan relating to the exercisability or termination of the Option in the event of a “corporate transaction.”

2.2 Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable only by delivery of an Exercise Notice (attached as Exhibit A) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the whole number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, such other representations and


agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares and such other provisions as may be required by the Administrator. Such Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of the Option unless such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes, the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

2.3 Taxes . No Shares will be issued to the Optionee or other person pursuant to the exercise of the Option until the Optionee or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of foreign, federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding obligations.

3. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee, or any other form of consideration authorized in writing by the Administrator; provided, however, that such exercise method does not then violate an Applicable Law:

3.1 cash;

3.2 check; or

3.3 commencing at such time as the Company’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the shares for which this Option is exercisable are eligible for public resale under Rule 701 or are registered under a Form S-8 registration statement (or any applicable successor form thereto), and the Company’s stock is publicly traded on a national exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, by delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale proceeds required to pay the Exercise Price (i.e., a “net cashless exercise”).

4. Optionee’s Representations . By receipt of this Option, by its execution, and by its exercise in whole or in part, Optionee represents to the Company that:

4.1 Optionee acknowledges that both this Option and any Shares purchased upon its exercise are securities, the issuance by the Company of which requires compliance with federal and state securities laws;

4.2 Optionee acknowledges that these securities are made available to Optionee only on the condition that optionee makes the representations contained in this Section 4 to the Company;

4.3 Optionee has made a reasonable investigation of the affairs of the Company sufficient to be well informed as to the rights and the value of these securities;

4.4 Optionee understands that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Act”), or any applicable state law in reliance upon one or more specific exemptions contained in the Act and any applicable state law, which may include reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under the Act, if available, or which may depend upon (i) Optionee’s bona fide

 

3.


investment intention in acquiring these securities; (ii) Optionee’s intention to hold these securities in compliance with federal and state securities laws; (iii) Optionee having no present intention of selling or transferring any part thereof (recognizing that the Option is not transferable) in violation of applicable federal and state securities laws; and (iv) there being certain restrictions on transfer of the Shares subject to the Option;

4.5 Optionee understands that the Shares subject to this Option, in addition to other restrictions on transfer, must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and any applicable state law, or unless an exemption from registration is available; that Rule 144, the usual exemption from registration under the Act, is only available after the satisfaction of certain holding periods and in the presence of a public market for the Shares; that there is no certainty that a public market for the Shares will exist, and that otherwise it will be necessary that the Shares be sold pursuant to another exemption from registration which may be difficult to satisfy; and

4.6 Optionee understands that the certificate representing the Shares will bear a legend prohibiting their transfer in the absence of their registration or the opinion of counsel for the Company that registration is not required.

4.7 Optionee understands that, even if this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option and there is no regular federal income tax liability or State income tax liability to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Option, the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

5. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option, if an Incentive Stock Option, may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company. In addition, this Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares subject to the Option upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws.

6. Termination of Relationship . In the event the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant terminates, the Optionee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the “Termination Date”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Except as provided in Sections 7 and 8, below, to the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option on the Termination Date, or if the Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period, the Option shall terminate.

7. Disability of Optionee . In the event the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant terminates as a result of his or her disability, the Optionee may, but only within twelve (12) months from the Termination Date (and in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it on the Termination Date; provided, however, that if such disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the ninety-first (91st) day following the Termination Date. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option on the Termination Date, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

8. Death of Optionee . In the event of the Optionee’s death, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death (and in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date), by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent the Optionee could exercise the Option at the date of death.

 

4.


9. Transferability of Option . This Option, if an Incentive Stock Option, may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. This Option, if a Non-Qualified Stock Option, may be transferred by the Optionee only in a manner and to the extent acceptable to the Administrator as evidenced by a writing signed by the Administrator on behalf of the Company and the Optionee consenting to such transfer, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Optionee.

10. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement. In no event shall the term of this Option exceed ten years.

11. Tax Consequences . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option Agreement of some of the federal and State tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

11.1 Exercise of Incentive Stock Option . If this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability or State income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

11.2 Exercise of Incentive Stock Option Following Disability . If the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant terminates as a result of disability that is not total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, to the extent permitted on the date of termination, the Optionee must exercise an Incentive Stock Option within 90 days of such termination for the Incentive Stock Option to be qualified as an Incentive Stock Option.

11.3 Exercise of Non-Qualified Stock Option . There may be a regular federal income tax liability and State income tax liability upon the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

11.4 Disposition of Shares . In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, if Shares are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal and State income tax purposes. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for at least one year after receipt of the Shares and are disposed of at least two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares also will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal and State income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within such one-year or two-year periods, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.

 

5.


12. Standoff Agreement . In connection with the first two (2) registrations of the Company’s securities, Optionee agrees, upon the request of the Company and the underwriters managing such underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Shares (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company and such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time, not to exceed thirty (30) days before and one hundred eighty (180) days, after the effective date of such registration as the underwriters may specify. The Company and underwriters may request such additional written agreements in furtherance of such standoff in the form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. The Company may also impose stop-transfer instruction with respect to the shares subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period.

13. Entire Agreement: Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by State law except for that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws. Upon any full or partial exercise of this Option, Optionee agrees to release, and does release, any known or unknown claims that may exist in Optionee’s favor against the Company and any of its officers, directors, shareholders and employees and waives the provisions of California Civil Code section 1542, which provides as follows:

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.”

14. Headings . The captions used in this Option are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this Option for construction or interpretation.

15. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Option Agreement shall be submitted by the Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Board or the Administrator that administers the Plan, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such dispute by the Board or the Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

RINGCENTRAL, INC.,
a California corporation
 
 
  Vlad Shmunis, CEO

 

6.


OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING CONSULTANCY OR EMPLOYMENT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Option Agreement. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option Agreement. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

   
Dated:         Signed:    
        Name, Optionee
        Residence Address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

7.


EXHIBIT A

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

2003 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

 

 

 

Attention: Secretary

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                  , 20      , the undersigned,                      (“Purchaser”), hereby elects to purchase                              (              ) shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of RINGCENTRAL, INC., a California corporation (the “Company”), under and pursuant to the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and the Stock Option Agreement dated                          (the “Option Agreement”). The purchase price per share for the Shares shall be                          ($            ) for an aggregate purchase price of $              , as required by the Option Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price for the Shares. I hereby elect to pay the exercise price by the method marked below:

a.              Cash

b.              Check

c.              Same day exercise and sale [If Public]

3. [If Public] Broker Instructions. In the event I have elected to exercise options via the same day exercise and sale method, you are hereby authorized to instruct                              (the “Broker”) to accept the proceeds deriving from the sale of the Shares, and to take the following actions: (i) to deduct from the proceeds of the sale any Company expenses; (ii) to deduct from the proceeds any tax withholding requested by the Company and to request in writing from the Company a statement of the tax amounts to be withheld, if no request has been given by the Company; (iii) to deliver the above amounts so deducted to the Company; and (iv) to deliver the remaining proceeds to me as I shall direct the Broker.

These instructions shall be construed as authorizing the Broker and the Company to take any other actions reasonably necessary to effect the purposes hereof and the Broker and the Company may rely upon any statements and undertakings made herein by the undersigned, as if said statements and undertakings were made directly to the Broker and the Company.

I further acknowledge that I shall bear sole responsibility for any commissions and fees relating to the performance of these instructions by the Broker or the Company, and any other banking activities and will, upon demand, indemnify and defend the Broker or the Company against any amounts which may be owing in this regard.

 

8.


4. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement, and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

5. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a Stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. In the event Purchaser has not sold the Shares in a same day exercise and sale, a share certificate for the number of Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in the Plan.

6. Tax Consultation; Payment of Taxes . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

Purchaser agrees to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding obligations with respect to the exercise of the Option and, if applicable, the sale of the Shares and will, upon demand, indemnify and defend the Company and, if applicable, the Broker, against any amounts which may be owing in this regard. Purchaser also agrees, as partial consideration for the designation of the Option as an Incentive Stock Option, if applicable, to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days of any disposition of any Shares acquired by exercise of the Option if such disposition occurs within two (2) years from the Date of Grant or within one (1) year from the date the Shares were transferred to Purchaser. If the Company is required to satisfy any federal, state or local income or employment tax withholding obligations as a result of such an early disposition, Purchaser agrees to satisfy the amount of such withholding in a manner that the Administrator prescribes.

7. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof. Upon any full or partial exercise of this Option Agreement, Purchaser agrees to release, and does release, any known or unknown claims that may exist in Purchaser’s favor against the Company and any of its officers, directors, shareholders and employees and waives the provisions of California Civil Code section 1542, which provides as follows:

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.”

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. This Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Purchaser and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Headings . The captions used in this Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement for construction or interpretation.

 

9.


10. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Purchaser or by the Company forthwith to the Company’s Board of Directors or the Administrator that administers the Plan, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Board or Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons.

11. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

12. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

13. Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this agreement.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PURCHASER:     RINGCENTRAL, INC.
      By:    
(Signature)      

(Signature)

 

   
(Print Name)    

 

(Print Name and Title)

Address:     Address:
     
     

 

     

 

 

10.

Exhibit 10.2

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

   

to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

   

to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

   

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means RingCentral, Inc., a California corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

-2-


(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or if no closing sales price was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price was reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

-3-


(r) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(v) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(w) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(x) “ Plan ” means this 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

(y) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(z) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(aa) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(bb) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(cc) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(dd) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 1,087,443 Shares, plus (i) 412,557 Shares that, as of September 1, 2010, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the RingCentral, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2003 Plan”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2003 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2003 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 5,906,362 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

-4-


(b) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

(c) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

-5-


(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

-6-


6. Stock Options .

(a) Grant of Options . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Option Agreement . Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(c) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(e) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

 

-7-


(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

(f) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the

 

-8-


Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

 

-9-


(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

-10-


(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10. Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as

 

-11-


otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12. Limited Transferability of Awards .

(a) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or

 

-12-


enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the proceeding paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

-13-


For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

14. Tax Withholding .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount

 

-14-


required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

15. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

16. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

-15-


(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

21. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

22. Information to Participants . Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

-16-


RINGCENTRAL, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT — EARLY EXERCISE & ACCELERATION

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise & Acceleration (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

  Name:  

 

   
  Address:  

 

   
 

    

   

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

  Date of Grant:                                                                                                                    
  Vesting Commencement Date:                                                                          
  Exercise Price per Share:    $                                                                    
  Total Number of Shares Granted:                                                                          
  Total Exercise Price:    $                                                                    
  Type of Option:    Incentive Stock Option                      
     Nonstatutory Stock Option          
  Term/Expiration Date:                                                                          

Vesting Schedule :

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date; furthermore:

Double-Trigger Equity Award Vesting Acceleration. If the Company consummates a “Change in Control” (as defined below) and (a) Participant is terminated by the Company for reasons other than “Cause” (as defined below), death or disability, within sixty (60) days prior to the Change in Control and/or is not hired by the surviving/successor entity, or (b) within twelve (12) months after the Change in Control, the Participant’s employment is terminated by the successor/surviving company for reasons other than “Cause” (as defined below), death or disability, or (c) if the Participant’s employment with the successor/surviving Company is terminated by the Participant for “Good Reason” (as defined below), then, provided that Participant signs and does not revoke a release of all claims against the Company, fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s then unvested Shares subject to the Option shall immediately vest in full on the Participant’s termination date and be exercisable within ninety (90) days of the Participant’s termination date.

 

-1-


   

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (A) any colidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization after which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such colidation, merger or reorganization, fail to own at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately following such colidation, merger or reorganization, (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred, but excluding in the case of (A) and (B), (x) any colidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile or state of incorporation of the Company, or (y) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof, or (C) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

   

“Cause” means that the Participant (i) commits fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement or breach of fiduciary duty, (ii) materially breaches or repeatedly fails to perform the Participant’s employment duties to the Company, (iii) breaches the Participant’s Confidentiality Agreement or any other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company, (iv) is found guilty of any criminal act or otherwise commits any act which, in the reasonable discretion of the Company, deems the Participant unfit or unable to continue serving as a Service Provider or (v) is deemed incapacitated in the reasonable discretion of the Company.

 

   

A resignation for “Good Reason” means that the Participant resigns from all positions the Participant then holds with the Company and its affiliates (or the acquirer) and at least one of the following events occurs without the consent of the Participant: (i) a material diminution of at least five percent (5%) in the Participant’s overall compensation (it being agreed that Participant’s failure to achieve or be paid any target bonus does not constitute a 5% reduction of Participant’s overall compensation ) , (ii) a material diminution in the Participant’s authority,

 

-2-


  responsibilities, or duties (except that a change in job position or title, without more, shall not be a material diminution), or a material diminution in the authority, responsibilities, or duties of the supervisor to whom Participant reports either immediately prior to or after the Change of Control, (iii) the Company or acquirer’s requirement that the Participant relocate the Participant’s primary work location to a location that would increase the Participant’s one-way commute distance by more than thirty (30) miles (than Participant’s current commute distance to the Company’s then-current corporate offices). For Good Reason to be established, the Participant must provide written notice to the Company’s General Counsel within ninety (90) days immediately following such event, the Company must fail to remedy such event within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, and the Participant’s resignation must be effective not later than ninety (90) days after the expiration of such cure period. For purposes of notice, if a “diminution” occurs incrementally over a period of time (not to exceed twelve (12) months from the date of the Change in Control), the “event” shall not be deemed to occur at the end of such diminution period.

Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for 90 (ninety) days after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for 6 (six) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

 

-3-


2. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Alternatively, at the election of Participant, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares that have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option (as set forth and defined in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 ).

(ii) As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, Participant shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(iii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(iv) All exercised Shares shall be subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal (as set forth and defined in the Exercise Notice, attached hereto as Exhibit A ).

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the

 

-4-


underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option .

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

 

-5-


(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

 

-6-


10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-7-


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     RINGCENTRAL, INC.
   

 

   

 

Signature     By
   

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name
   

 

   

 

    Title
   

 

   
Residence Address    

 

-8-


EXHIBIT A

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

RingCentral, Inc.

1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94404

Attention: Legal Department

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             ,         , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of RingCentral, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise & Acceleration dated             ,          (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

-1-


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock by the Company in an underwritten initial public offering, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

-2-


7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-3-


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT     RINGCENTRAL, INC.
   

 

   

 

Signature     By
   

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name
   
   

 

    Title
   
Address:     Address:
   

 

   

 

 

   

 

   
   

 

    Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    :        
COMPANY    :      RINGCENTRAL, INC.   
SECURITY    :      COMMON STOCK   
AMOUNT    :        
DATE    :        

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such

 

-1-


longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an ulicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

-2-


EXHIBIT C-1

RING CENTRAL, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made between                              (the “Purchaser”) and RingCentral, Inc. (the “Company”) or its assignees of rights hereunder as of             ,         .

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the exercise of the option granted to Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise & Acceleration (the “Option Agreement”) dated             .          by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the “Option”), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase                  of those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement, which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”

B. As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

1. Repurchase Option .

(a) If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for one hundred eighty (180) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b) Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his or her transferee or legal representative, as the case may be) with a copy to the escrow agent described in Section 2 below, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser (or the Purchaser’s transferee or legal representative) a check in the amount of the aggregate repurchase price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate repurchase price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and

 

-1-


cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate repurchase price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the aggregate repurchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and the rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company.

(c) Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase Unvested Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option under this Agreement and purchase all or a part of such Unvested Shares.

(d) If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within one hundred eighty (180) days following the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

(e) The Repurchase Option shall terminate with respect to the Unvested Shares in accordance with the Vesting Schedule contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.

2. Transferability of the Shares; Escrow .

(a) Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

(b) To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2 . The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Agent in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Escrow Agent’s possession belonging to the Purchaser, and the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as Escrow Agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Neither the Company nor the Escrow Agent shall be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(d) Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

 

-2-


3. Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties . This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.

4. Legends . The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable federal and state securities laws):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

5. Adjustment for Stock Split . All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares, which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan after the date of this Agreement.

6. Notices . Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.

7. Survival of Terms . This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

8. Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the exercised Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, this will result in the recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses.

 

-3-


This discussion is intended only as a summary of the general United States income tax laws that apply to exercising Options as to Shares that have not yet vested and is accurate only as of the date this form Agreement was approved by the Board. The federal, state and local tax consequences to any particular taxpayer will depend upon his or her individual circumstances. Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 for reference.

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

9. Representations . Purchaser has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Purchaser understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Option Agreement, the Exercise Notice, this Agreement, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

 

-4-


Purchaser represents that he or she has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

PARTICIPANT     RINGCENTRAL, INC.
   

 

   

 

Signature     By
   

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name
   

 

   

 

    Title
   

 

   
Residence Address    
   
   
Dated:             ,            

 

-5-


EXHIBIT C-2

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                     , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto RingCentral, Inc.                  shares of the Common Stock of RingCentral, Inc. standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.          herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                              to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between RingCentral, Inc. and the undersigned dated             ,          (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:             ,             Signature:  

 

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.

 

-1-


EXHIBIT C-3

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

            ,         

Corporate Secretary

RingCentral, Inc.

1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94404

Dear Legal Department:

As Escrow Agent for both RingCentral, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

4. Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to Purchaser a

 

-1-


certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

-2-


14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

PURCHASER     RINGCENTRAL, INC.
   

 

   

 

Signature     By
   

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name
   

 

   

 

    Title
   

 

   
Residence Address    
   
ESCROW AGENT    
   

 

   
Corporate Secretary    

 

Dated:  

 

 

-3-


EXHIBIT C-4

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

  TAXPAYER     SPOUSE
NAME:  

 

   

 

ADDRESS:  

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

TAX ID NO.:  

 

   

 

TAXABLE YEAR:                           

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:             shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of RingCentral, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:            ,        .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $        .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $        .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.


The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

Dated:                 ,                  

 

         Taxpayer

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

Dated:                 ,                  

 

         Spouse of Taxpayer

 

-2-


RINGCENTRAL, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Name:

                                                                                                                      

Address:

                                                                                     
                                                                                     

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:   

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

  
Exercise Price per Share:   

 

  
Total Number of Shares Granted:   

 

  
Total Exercise Price:   

$

  
Type of Option:                             Incentive Stock Option   
                                 Nonstatutory Stock Option   
Term/Expiration Date:      

Vesting Schedule :

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule, except that during the Termination Period the Option shall only be exercisable pursuant to the terms set forth below:

Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.

 

1


Termination Period :

This Option shall only be exercisable during the 90 (ninety) day period following the date Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable during the Exercise Period(s) that occur(s) during the 6 (six) month period following the date Participant ceases to be a Service Provider (both such periods of time constituting a “Termination Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the expiration of the lock-up period following the Company’s first filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act, as described in Section 4 of this Agreement, and subject to the Termination Period provision set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 13(c) of the Plan, this Option shall only be exercisable during the following exercise periods (the “Exercise Periods”), unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors:

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

 

2


No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect

 

3


to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law. Further, this Option shall only be exercisable within an Exercise Period, under the terms of Section 13(c) of the Plan, or as otherwise provided under the Termination Period in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, as applicable.

7. Non-Transferability of Option .

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

 

4


8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING

 

5


PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT       RINGCENTRAL, INC.

 

     

 

Signature       By

 

     

         

Print Name       Print Name

 

     

         

 

      Title
Residence Address      

 

6


EXHIBIT A

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

RingCentral, Inc.

1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94404

Attention: Legal Department

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             ,         , (the “Exercise Date”) the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of RingCentral, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated             ,          (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Repurchase Rights . The Company shall have the right within ninety (90) days of the date hereof and during any Termination Period, as defined in the Option Agreement, to repurchase the Shares purchased pursuant to this Exercise Notice by giving the Participant notice that it has chosen to exercise such repurchase rights and paying the Fair Market Value determined by the most recent 409A valuation of the Company’s Common Stock prior to the Exercise Date (the “Repurchase Price”). This repurchase right shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public in an underwritten initial public offering, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.


6. Acknowledgement of Repurchase Price . Participant acknowledges that the Repurchase Price is equal to the most recent valuation of the Company’s Common Stock for purposes of compliance with Code Section 409A as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company prior to the Exercise Date. By choosing to exercise his or her Option, Participant agrees that he or she will not contest any repurchase based on Section 5 by arguing that the price is not equal to fair market value.

7. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Once the Company’s repurchase rights under Section 5 have expired, before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 7 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 7, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 7 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

2


(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 7. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 7, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

8. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

9. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

3


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

10. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

11. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

12. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

13. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

4


Submitted by:       Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT       RINGCENTRAL, INC.

 

     

 

Signature       By

 

     

         

Print Name       Print Name
     

         

      Title
Address:       Address:

 

     

         

 

     

         

     

 

      Date Received

 

5


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    :   
COMPANY    :    RINGCENTRAL, INC.
SECURITY    :    COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT    :   
DATE    :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such


longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

2

Exhibit 10.10

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

BONUS PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . This Bonus Plan (the “Plan”) is intended to increase shareholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ Affiliate ” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlled by the Company.

(b) “ Actual Award ” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the award.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Bonus Pool ” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.

(e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(f) “ Committee ” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5) to administer the Plan. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will administer the Plan.

(g) “ Company ” means RingCentral, Inc., or any successor thereto.

(h) “ Disability ” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Committee from time to time.

(i) “ Employee ” means any executive or key employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.

(j) “ Participant ” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period.

(k) “ Performance Period ” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Committee desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months and other criteria over 3 months.

 


(l) “ Plan ” means this Bonus Plan, as set forth in this instrument and as hereafter amended from time to time.

(m) “ Target Award ” means the target award, at 100% performance achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3(b).

(n) “ Termination of Service ” means a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an Employee and the Company or an Affiliate for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, retirement, or the disaffiliation of an Affiliate, but excluding any such termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment by the Company or an Affiliate.

3. Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards .

(a) Selection of Participants . The Committee, in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Periods.

(b) Determination of Target Awards . The Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant, which generally will be a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period.

(c) Bonus Pool . Each Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Bonus Pool. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool.

(d) Discretion to Modify Awards . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

(e) Discretion to Determine Criteria . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee will, in its sole discretion, determine the performance goals applicable to any Target Award which requirement may include, without limitation, (i) cash flow, (ii) cash position, (ii) earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes and net earnings), (iii) earnings per share, (iv) net income, (v) net profit, (vi) net sales, (vii) operating cash flow, (xxiv) operating expenses, (xxv) operating income, (xxvi) operating margin, (xxvii) overhead or other expense reduction, (xxviii) product defect measures, (xxix) product release timelines, (xxx) productivity, (xxxi) profit, (xxxii) return on assets, (xxxiii) return on capital, (xxxiv)

 

-2-


return on equity, (xxxv) return on investment, (xxxvi) return on sales, (xxxvii) revenue, (xxxviii) revenue growth, (xxxix) sales results, (xl) sales growth, (xli) stock price, (xlii) time to market, (xliii) total stockholder return, (xliv) working capital, and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Committee, the performance goals may be based on GAAP or Non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or Company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. The Committee may, in its discretion, determine to set forth the applicable performance goals in writing from time-to-time, which writing shall be attached hereto as Appendix A . Failure to meet the goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 3(d).

4. Payment of Awards .

(a) Right to Receive Payment . Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.

(b) Timing of Payment . Payment of each Actual Award shall be made as soon as practicable as determined by the Committee after the end of the Performance Period during which the Actual Award was earned, but in no event later than the fifteenth day of the third month of the Fiscal Year following the date the Participant’s Actual Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant must be employed by the Company or any Affiliate on the last day of the Performance Period to receive a payment under the Plan.

It is the intent that this Plan comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply.

(c) Form of Payment . Each Actual Award will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum.

(d) Payment in the Event of Death or Disability . If a Participant dies or becomes Disabled prior to the payment of an Actual Award earned by him or her prior to death or Disability for a prior Performance Period, the Actual Award will be paid to his or her estate or to the Participant, as the case may be, subject to the Committee’s discretion to reduce or eliminate any Actual Award otherwise payable.

5. Plan Administration .

(a) Committee is the Administrator . The Plan will be administered by the Committee or, if no Committee has been appointed, the Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Committee will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board.

 

-3-


(b) Committee Authority . It will be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Committee will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) adopt such procedures and subplans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vi) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.

(c) Decisions Binding . All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

(d) Delegation by Committee . The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company.

(e) Indemnification . Each person who is or will have been a member of the Committee will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (ii) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

6. General Provisions .

(a) Tax Withholding . The Company will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state and local taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations).

(b) No Effect on Employment or Service . Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company and any one of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) will not be deemed a Termination of Service. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only.

 

-4-


The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant.

(c) Participation . No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

(d) Successors . All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

(e) Beneficiary Designations . If permitted by the Committee, a Participant under the Plan may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom any vested but unpaid award will be paid in the event of the Participant’s death. Each such designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and will be effective only if given in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee. In the absence of any such designation, any vested benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death will be paid to the Participant’s estate.

(f) Nontransferability of Awards . No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or to the limited extent provided in Section 6(e). All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.

7. Amendment, Termination, and Duration .

(a) Amendment, Suspension, or Termination . The Board, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

(b) Duration of Plan . The Plan will commence on the date specified herein, and subject to Section 7(a) (regarding the Board’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter.

 

-5-


8. Legal Construction .

(a) Gender and Number . Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.

(b) Severability . In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

(c) Requirements of Law . The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(d) Governing Law . The Plan and all awards will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

(e) Bonus Plan . The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.

(f) Captions . Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

 

-6-


APPENDIX A

2012 Performance Goals

(As amended on September 18, 2012)

 

1. H1 2012 Performance Period and Performance Goals. For the first half of calendar year 2012, there are two quarterly Performance Periods, ending on March 31 and June 30 (each, an “H1 2012 Performance Period”). For each H1 2012 Performance Period, there are two equally weighted (50% each) performance goals (each, an “H1 2012 Performance Goal”): H1 Revenue and H1 Free Cash Flow (each as defined below). The chart below illustrates the H1 Revenue and H1 Free Cash Flow targets for each of the H1 2012 Performance Periods.

 

H1 2012 Performance Period

   H1 Revenue Target
(in millions)
   H1 Free Cash Flow Target
(in millions)

Q1

   $24.8    ($4.3)

Q2

   $27.8    ($8.3)

TOTAL

   $52.6    ($12.6)

H1 Revenue ” means as to any H1 2012 Performance Period, the Company’s or a business unit’s net revenues generated from third parties.

H1 Free Cash Flow ” means as to any H1 2012 Performance Period, the Company’s cash flow from operations less the capital expenditures, as presented on the quarterly cash flow statement. The free cash flow target for H1 2012 assumes that the Company will have negative free cash flow in each quarter.

 

2. Funding of H1 2012 Bonus Pool . Subject to the terms of Plan, including but not limited to Section 3(d) of the Plan, following the end of an H1 2012 Performance Period, the Committee will determine the extent to which each of the H1 2012 Performance Goals are achieved in accordance with the following guidelines.

 

  a. If the Company achieves less than 90% of the H1 Revenue H1 2012 Performance Goal OR achieves more than 111.1% (negative) of the H1 Free Cash Flow H1 2012 Performance Goal during an H1 2012 Performance Period, the H1 2012 Bonus Pool will not fund.


  b. If the Company achieves 90% or more of the H1 Revenue H1 2012 Performance Goal AND achieves 111.1% (negative) or less of the H1 Free Cash Flow H1 2012 Performance Goal, the H1 2012 Bonus Pool will fund as follows with respect to each H1 2012 Performance Goal during such H1 2012 Performance Period based on the percentage achievement. The chart below illustrates the funding multiple that will apply to each H1 Performance Goal.

 

H1 Performance Goal Achievement

Revenue (Positive)

   H1 Performance  Goal
Achievement

Free Cash Flow (Negative)
   H1 Bonus Pool Funding
Multiple*

90%

   111.1%    .90x

92%

   108.7%    .92x

94%

   106.4%    .94x

96%

   104.2%    .96x

98%

   102.0%    .98x

100%

   100.0%    1.00x

102%

   98.0%    1.02x

104%

   96.2%    1.04x

106%

   94.3%    1.06x

108%

   92.6%    1.08x

110%

   90.9%    1.10x

112%

   89.3%    1.12x

114%

   87.7%    1.14x

116%

   86.2%    1.16x

118%

   84.7%    1.18x

120% and above

   83.3% and below    1.20x

 

  * “x” equals target bonus amount at 100% of performance goal achievement

Illustration

For example, if the Company achieves its H1 Revenue at 93% of target and H1 Free Cash Flow at 111.1%, the H1 2012 Bonus Pool will fund as to 91.5%, determined as follows:

 

   

46.5% on achievement of the revenue goal (50% weighted target * .93x)

 

   

111.1% on achievement of the free cash flow goal (50% weighted target * .90x)

 

3.

H2 2012 Performance Period and Performance Goals. For the second half of calendar year 2012, there are two quarterly Performance Periods, ending on September 30 and December 31 (each, an “H2 2012 Performance Period”). For each H2 2012 Performance Period, there are two

 

2012 Bonus Plan Appendix A - August Amendment   -2-  


  equally weighted (50% each) performance goals (each, an “H2 2012 Performance Goal”): H2 Revenue and H2 Operating Income (each as defined below). The chart below illustrates the H2 Revenue and H2 Operating Income targets for each of the H2 2012 Performance Periods.

 

H2 2012 Performance Period

   H2 Revenue Target
(in millions)
   H2 Operating Income Target
(in millions)

Q3

   $28.8    ($6.048)

Q4

   $31.1    ($6.309)

TOTAL

   $59.9    ($12.357)

“H2 Revenue ” means as to any H2 2012 Performance Period, the Company’s or a business unit’s net revenues generated from third parties.

“H2 Operating Income” means as to any H2 2012 Performance Period, the Company’s non-GAAP income from operations (revenues less cost of revenues and operating expenses, excluding the impact of stock-based compensation expense, amortization of acquisition related intangibles, and income tax effects of the excluded items), as adjusted for certain acquisitions, as presented on the quarterly income statement. The operating income target for H2 2012 assumes that the Company will have negative operating income in each quarter.

 

4. Funding of H2 2012 Bonus Pool . Subject to the terms of Plan, including but not limited to Section 3(d) of the Plan, following the end of an H2 2012 Performance Period, the Committee will determine the extent to which each of the H2 2012 Performance Goals are achieved in accordance with the following guidelines.

 

  c. If the Company achieves less than 90% of the H2 Revenue H2 2012 Performance Goal OR achieves more than125% (negative) of the H2 Operating Income H2 2012 Performance Goal during an H2 2012 Performance Period, the H2 2012 Bonus Pool will not fund.

 

-3-


  d. If the Company achieves 90% or more of the H2 Revenue H2 2012 Performance Goal AND achieves 125% (negative) or less of the H2 Operating Income Performance Goal), the H2 2012 Bonus Pool will fund as follows with respect to each H2 2012 Performance Goal during such H2 2012 Performance Period based on the percentage achievement. The chart below illustrates the funding multiple that will apply to each Performance Goal.

 

H2 Performance Goal Achievement

Revenue (Positive)

   H2 Performance Goal Achievement
Operating Income (Negative)
   H2 2012 Bonus Pool Funding Multiple*

N/A

   125.0%    .80x

N/A

   117.6%    .85x

90%

   111.1%    .90x

92%

   108.7%    .92x

94%

   106.4%    .94x

96%

   104.2%    .96x

98%

   102.0%    .98x

100%

   100.0%    1.00x

102%

   98.0%    1.02x

104%

   96.2%    1.04x

106%

   94.3%    1.06x

108%

   92.6%    1.08x

110%

   90.9%    1.10x

112%

   89.3%    1.12x

114%

   87.7%    1.14x

116%

   86.2%    1.16x

118%

   84.7%    1.18x

120% and above

   83.3% and below    1.20x

 

  * “x” equals target bonus amount at 100% of performance goal achievement

Illustration

For example, if the Company achieves its H2 Revenue at 93% of target and H2 Operating Income at 111.1%, the H2 2012 Bonus Pool will fund as to 91.5%, determined as follows:

 

   

46.5% on achievement of the revenue goal (50% weighted target * .93x)

 

   

111.1% on achievement of the operating income goal (50% weighted target * .90x)

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.11

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement ) is dated as of                      , 20      and is between RingCentral, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

(a) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition . During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of


directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;

(iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events . Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided , however , that “Beneficial Owner” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

-2-


(e) “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “ Expenses ” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(i) Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any

 

-3-


employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter, and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

-4-


5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification .

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor;

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor;

 

-5-


(d) initiated by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses .

(a) The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding prior to its final resolution, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-

 

-6-


reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. After the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the fees and expenses are non-duplicative and reasonably incurred in connection with Indemnitee’s role in the Proceeding despite the Company’s assumption of the defense; (iv) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations, or (v) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(f) The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) in a manner that imposes any penalty or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which may be withheld by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s sole discretion.

10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written

 

-7-


opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, if required by applicable law (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall

 

-8-


be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing). The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel.

11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights

 

-9-


under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8. Such advances shall be subject to Indemnitee’s agreement to repay the sums advanced if the court (or arbitrator) finds that each material argument or defense advanced by Indemnitee in such action or arbitration was either frivolous or not made in good faith.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

13. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of

 

-10-


indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

14. Non-exclusivity . The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. Primary Responsibility . The Company acknowledges that to the extent Indemnitee is serving as a director on the Company’s board of directors at the request or direction of a venture capital fund or other entity and/or certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”), Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by such Secondary Indemnitors. The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitors, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitors with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitors of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid. The Secondary Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.

 

-11-


16. No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

17. Insurance . To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

18. Subrogation . In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

20. Duration . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

21. Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation

 

-12-


or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

22. Severability . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

23. Enforcement . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

24. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

25. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

26. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

 

-13-


(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 1400 Fashion Island Blvd, 7 th Floor, San Mateo, California 94404, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Jeffrey Saper and Nathaniel Gallon at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid.

27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, or except as mutually agreed by the parties in writing, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

28. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

29. Captions . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

( signature page follows )

 

-14-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

RINGCENTRAL, INC.
   
(Signature)
   
(Print Name)
   
(Title)

 

INDEMNITEE
   
(Signature)
   
(Print Name)
   
(Street address)
   
(City, State and ZIP)

Exhibit 10.12

OFFICE LEASE

THIS OFFICE LEASE (“ Lease ”) is executed as of April 1, 2011 by and between 1400 FASHION ISLAND LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and RING CENTRAL, INC. , a California corporation, (“ Tenant ”) having its principal office at 1400 Fashion Island Boulevard, San Mateo, California.

INDEX

 

Article

  

Title

1.    Basic Provisions
2.    Premises, Term and Commencement Date; Temporary Space; GPS Antenna
3.    Rent
4.    Taxes and Operating Expenses
5.    Landlord s Work, Tenant s Work, Alterations and Additions
6.    Use
7.    Services
8.    Insurance
9.    Indemnification
10.    Casualty Damage
11.    Condemnation
12.    Repair and Maintenance
13.    Inspection of Premises
14.    Surrender of Premises
15.    Holding Over
16.    Subletting and Assignment
17.    Subordination, Attornment and Mortgagee Protection
18.    Estoppel Certificate
19.    Defaults
20.    Remedies of Landlord
21.    Quiet Enjoyment
22.    Accord and Satisfaction
23.    Security Deposit
24.    Brokerage Commission
25.    Force Majeure
26.    Parking
27.    Hazardous Materials
28.    Additional Rights Reserved by Landlord.
29.    Defined Terms
30.    Miscellaneous Provisions
31.    Renewal Option
32.    Tenant’s Right of First Offer
33.    Tenant’s Expansion Option; Conditional Right to Terminate
34.    Tenant’s Right to Backup Generator

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    1   


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    Plan Showing Property and Premises
Exhibit B    Work Letter Agreement
Exhibit B-1    Space Plan
Exhibit B-2    Tenant’s Work
Exhibit B-3    Contractor’s Insurance Requirements
Exhibit C    Building’s Rules and Regulations; Janitorial Specifications
Exhibit D    Commencement Date Confirmation

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    2   


ARTICLE 1.

BASIC PROVISIONS

 

A.    Tenant’s Name:    RING CENTRAL, INC. , a California corporation
B.    Tenant’s Address:    1400 Fashion Island Blvd., San Mateo, California
C.    Office Building Name:    Century Centre II
D.    Address:    1400 Fashion Island Blvd. , San Mateo, California
E.    Premises: Suite/Unit No.:    Suite No. 700
F.    Square Feet (Rentable):    18,102
G.    Landlord:    1400 FASHION ISLAND LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
H.    Landlord’s Address:    13100 Skyline Boulevard, Woodside, CA 94062
I.    Building Manager/Address:    CB Richard Ellis
     

1400 Fashion Island Boulevard, Suite 305

San Mateo, CA 94404

J.
 
   Commencement Date:    The later of (i) September 1, 2011, or (ii) the date of Landlord’s Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements as defined in Exhibit B, which date shall be confirmed by execution of the Commencement Date Confirmation in the form as set forth  in Exhibit D
K.
 
   Expiration Date:    The later of (i) November 30, 2016, or (ii) the last day of the 63 rd calendar month following the Commencement Date, which date shall be confirmed by execution of the Commencement Date Confirmation in the form as set forth in Exhibit D
L.    Security Deposit:    $215,000.00, provided that and only if Tenant is not then in default under the Lease beyond any applicable cure periods, (i) on the 1st day of the twenty-fifth (25 th ) full calendar month of the Term, the amount of the Security Deposit shall be reduced to $175,000.00, and (ii) on the 1st day of the thirty-seventh (37 th ) full calendar month of the Term, the amount of the Security Deposit shall be reduced to $145,000.00. If Tenant is in default, at the time of any such reduction, beyond any applicable cure periods, Landlord shall not be obligated to make such reduction nor any subsequent reduction provided for above. If, after any such reduction, Tenant defaults under the Lease and fails

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    3   


      to cure such default within any applicable cure periods, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord, replenish the Security Deposit to its original amount of $215,000.00
M.    Monthly Rent:    Lease Months    Monthly Rent
      1 thru 3    $         0.00
      4 thru 12    $42,901.74
      13 thru 24    $44,188.79
      25 thru 36    $45,514.46
      37 thru 48    $46,879.89
      49 thru 60    $48,286.29
      61 thru 63    $49,734.87
N.    Operating Expense Base:    Calendar Year 2011
O.    Tax Base:    Calendar Year 2011
P.    Tenant’s Pro Rata Share:    10.45% . Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be determined by and adjusted by Landlord from time to time (but shall not be readjusted sooner than the commencement of the second Lease year), by dividing the Tenant’s Rentable Square Feet of the Premises by the rentable area of the Building, currently 173,269 rentable square feet, and multiplying the resulting quotient, to the second decimal place, by one hundred.
Q.    Normal Business Hours:    Monday through Friday: 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
R.    Brokers:    CB Richard Ellis, Inc., representing Landlord, and CB Richard Ellis, Inc., representing Tenant.
S.    Parking Fee:    Tenant shall be entitled to use up to 60 non-assigned, surface parking spaces at the Building (calculated by multiplying 3.3 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises which is the Building standard method of allocation employed by Landlord with respect to all tenants in the Building), free of charge during the initial Term, and any Renewal Term (with such parking being increased by 3.3 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet if Tenant exercises its Right of First Offer or Expansion Option described below).

The foregoing provisions shall be interpreted and applied in accordance with the other provisions of this Lease set forth below. The capitalized terms, and the terms defined in Article 29, shall have the meanings set forth herein or therein (unless otherwise modified in the Lease) when used as capitalized terms in other provisions of the Lease.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    4   


ARTICLE 2.

PREMISES, TERM AND COMMENCEMENT DATE;

TEMPORARY SPACE; GPS ANTENNA

A. Premises . Landlord hereby leases and demises to the Tenant and Tenant hereby takes and leases from Landlord that certain space identified in Article 1 and shown on a plan attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (“Premises”) for a term (“Term”) commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date set forth in Article 1, unless sooner terminated as provided herein, subject to the provisions herein contained. The Commencement Date set forth in Article 1 shall be advanced to such earlier date as Tenant commences occupancy of the Premises for the conduct of its business. Such date shall be confirmed by execution of the Commencement Date Confirmation in the form as set forth in Exhibit D . Landlord agrees to use its best efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant by July 1, 2011. If, however, Landlord delays delivering possession of the Premises, this Lease shall not be void or voidable and Landlord shall have no liability for loss or damage resulting therefrom. To the best of Landlord’s knowledge on the Commencement Date, the Premises and the Building shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, statutes, codes, ordinances, rules regulations and orders.

B. Temporary Space . Upon mutual execution and delivery of the Lease, Tenant may request in writing permission to temporarily occupy either Suite 315 located on the 3rd floor of the Building and having a total of 2,342 rentable square feet, or Suite 500 located on the 5th floor of the building known as 1450 Fashion Island Blvd., San Mateo, California, and having a total of 5,978 rentable square feet. Within 3 business days of receipt of Tenant’s written request for the Temporary Space designated therein (“Temporary Space”), Landlord shall deliver the Temporary Space to Tenant and Tenant shall accept the Temporary Space in its “AS IS” condition, the parties hereto agreeing that Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any work or expend any cost or expense to prepare the Temporary Space for Tenant’s occupancy, except that Landlord shall have the Temporary Space professionally cleaned at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. The parties hereto further agree that Tenant shall have a license to occupy the Temporary Space for a term (the “License Term”) beginning on the date Landlord delivers the Temporary Space to Tenant and continuing up to and including the date which is one (1) week following the Commencement Date of the Lease (the “Temporary Space Termination Date”) as confirmed by execution of the Commencement Date Confirmation in the form as set forth in Exhibit D . Tenant’s occupancy of the Temporary Space during the License Term shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease, including but not limited to Tenant’s insurance obligations pursuant to Article 8 of the Lease, except that Tenant shall pay monthly rent for the Temporary Space during the License Term in the amount of $2.00 per rentable square foot (i.e. $4,684.00 for Suite 315, and $11,956.00 for Suite 500). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant will not be permitted to make any alterations to the Temporary Space without Landlord’s prior written approval, nor will Tenant have the right or power to sublease, assign or otherwise Transfer the Temporary Space or any interest therein under any circumstances or allow anyone other than Tenant’s employees to occupy the Temporary Space, it being the understanding of the parties hereto that Landlord is providing the Temporary Space as an accommodation to Tenant while the Premises (i.e. the 7th floor of the Building) are being prepared by Landlord for Tenant’s occupancy. Upon the

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    5   


expiration of the License Term or the earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Landlord the Temporary Space, broom clean, in good order and condition, normal wear and tear and damage by fire and other casualty excepted as further described in Article 14 and subject to the other terms and conditions of the Lease including but not limited to Article 15.

C. GPS Antenna . Tenant shall have the right to maintain and operate within a two (2) feet by two (2) feet area on the roof of the Building, the location of which shall be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (the “Licensed Area”), during the Term of this Lease, a GPS antenna system (the “Antenna”) (the size, location, weight, aesthetics, appearance and installation procedures of which must be approved in writing by Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably denied) to be used solely in connection with Tenant’s business in the Premises and in accordance with and subject to the following terms. Landlord will not charge Tenant any rental charge for Tenant’s use of the Licensed Area. In conjunction with Tenant’s right to use the Licensed Area, as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall also have a license to install and maintain associated wiring from the Premises to the Antenna through vertical shaft areas of the Building not leased to Tenant. Tenant shall assure Landlord that the Antenna does not interfere with other equipment currently located on the roof of the Building. In addition, none of Tenant’s installations or equipment may be visible at the ground level in the vicinity of the Building; however, Tenant may install visual barriers around the Antenna, consistent in appearance with a first-class office building, that are seen from the ground level in the vicinity of the Building. Tenant shall utilize a contractor acceptable to Landlord to install the Antenna, which contractor shall comply with Landlord’s construction rules for the Building, including without limitation Landlord’s standard insurance requirements. Landlord reserves the right upon reasonable notice to Tenant to require either (a) the relocation of all equipment installed by tenant to another location on the roof of the Building, or (b) the removal of any or all of such equipment should Landlord determine that its presence may result in damage to the Building and that Tenant has not made satisfactory arrangements to protect Landlord therefrom. Tenant shall use the Licensed Area only for the operation and maintenance of the Antenna and the necessary mechanical and electrical equipment to service the Antenna. The right to utilize the Antenna and Licensed Area shall be limited solely to Tenant and its Permitted Transferee (as defined in Article 16B below), and in no event may Tenant assign or sublicense such right. Nor shall Tenant install any third party equipment on the roof at any time during the Lease, nor shall Tenant allow any third party to place equipment on the roof of the Building. Tenant shall not use the Licensed Area for any improper use or for any operation which would constitute a nuisance, and Tenant shall at all times conform to and comply with all public laws, ordinances and regulations from time to time applicable thereto and to all operations thereon. Tenant shall require its employees, when using the Licensed Area, to stay within the immediate confines thereof. In the event a cable television system is operating in the area, Tenant shall at all times conduct its operations so as to ensure that the cable television system shall not be subject to harmful interference as a result of such operations by Tenant. Upon notification from Landlord of any such interference, Tenant agrees to immediately take the necessary steps to correct such situation, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be deemed a default under the terms of this Lease. During the Lease Term, Tenant shall comply with any standards promulgated by applicable governmental authorities or otherwise reasonably established by Landlord regarding the generation of electromagnetic fields. Should Landlord determine in good faith at any time that the Antenna poses a health or safety hazard to occupants of the Building, Landlord may require Tenant to remove the Antenna or make other arrangements satisfactory to Landlord. Any claim or liability resulting from

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    6   


the use of the Antenna shall be subject to Tenant’s indemnification obligation as set forth in Article 9 of the Lease. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove the Antenna and all other equipment installed by it and shall restore the Licensed Area to its original condition.

ARTICLE 3.

RENT

A. Monthly Rent . Tenant shall pay Monthly Rent in advance on or before the first day of each month of the Term. If the Term shall commence and end on a day other than the first day of a month, the Monthly Rent for the first and last partial month shall be prorated on a per diem basis. Upon the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay one installment of Monthly Rent for which rent is due (i.e. the 4th month of the Term equal to $42,901.74) and the Security Deposit defined in Article 1.L.

B. Additional Rent . All costs and expenses which Tenant assumes or agrees to pay and any other sum payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, including, without limitation, its share of Taxes and Operating Expenses, shall be deemed Additional Rent.

C. Rent . Monthly Rent, Additional Rent, Taxes and Operating Expenses and any other amounts which Tenant is or becomes obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease are herein referred to collectively as “ Rent ”, and all remedies applicable to the nonpayment of Rent shall be applicable thereto. Landlord may apply payments received from Tenant to any obligations of Tenant then accrued, without regard to such obligations as may be designated by Tenant.

D. Place of Payment, Late Charge, Default Interest . Rent and other charges required to be paid under this Lease, no matter how described, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord at the Building Manager’s address listed in Article 1, or to such other person and/or address as Landlord may designate in writing, without any prior notice or demand therefor and without deduction or set-off or counterclaim and without relief from any valuation or appraisement laws. In the event Tenant fails to pay Rent due under this Lease within ten (10) days of due date of said Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge of ten percent (10%) on the amount overdue. Any Rent not paid when due shall also bear interest at the Default Rate.

ARTICLE 4.

TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES

A. Payment of Taxes and Operating Expenses . It is agreed that during each Lease Year beginning with the first month of the second Lease Year and each month thereafter during the original Lease Term, or any extension thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, at the same time as the Monthly Rent is paid, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of Landlord’s estimate (as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion) of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any projected increase in the Taxes or Operating Expenses for the particular Lease Year in excess of the Tax Base or Operating Expenses Base, as the case may be (the “ Estimated Escalation Increase ”). Landlord shall make a final adjustment (the “ Escalation Reconciliation ”) showing the extent that the Operating Expense escalation (the “ Operating Expense Escalation ”) is

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    7   


different from the Estimated Escalation Increase upon which Tenant paid Rent during the Lease Year just completed, which shall be submitted to Tenant as described in the next paragraph. In computing the Estimated Escalation Increase for any particular Lease Year, Landlord shall take into account any prior increases in Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Taxes and Operating Expenses. If during any Lease Year the Estimated Escalation Increase is less than the Estimated Escalation Increase for the previous Lease Year on which Tenant’s share of Taxes and Operating Expenses were based for said year, such Additional Rent payments, attributable to Estimated Escalation Increase, to be paid by Tenant for the new Lease Year shall be decreased accordingly; provided , however , in no event will the Rent paid by Tenant hereunder ever be less than the Monthly Rent plus all other amounts of Additional Rent.

As soon as practicable following the end of each Lease Year, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a statement setting forth the Estimated Escalation Increase, if any. Beginning with said statement for the third Lease Year, it shall also set forth the Escalation Reconciliation for the Lease Year just completed. To the extent that the Operating Expense Escalation is different from the Estimated Escalation Increase upon which Tenant paid Rent during the Lease Year just completed, Tenant shall pay Landlord the difference in cash within thirty (30) days following receipt by Tenant of such statement from Landlord, or receive a credit from Landlord on future Rent owing hereunder (or cash if there is no future Rent owing hereunder) as the case may be. Until Tenant receives such statement, Tenant’s Rent for the new Lease Year shall continue to be paid at the rate being paid for the particular Lease Year just completed, but Tenant shall commence payment to Landlord of the monthly installment of Additional Rent on the basis of said statement beginning on the first day of the month following the month in which Tenant receives such statement. In addition to the above, if, during any particular Lease Year, there is a change in the information on which Landlord based the estimate upon which Tenant is then making its estimated payment of Taxes and Operating Expenses so that such Estimated Escalation Increase furnished to Tenant is no longer accurate, Landlord shall be permitted to revise such Estimated Escalation Increase by notifying Tenant, and there shall be such adjustments made in the Additional Rent on the first day of the month following the serving of such statement on Tenant as shall be necessary by either increasing or decreasing, as the case may be, the amount of Additional Rent then being paid by Tenant for the balance of the Lease Year (but in no event shall any such decrease result in a reduction of the Rent below the Monthly Rent plus all other amounts of Additional Rent) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Taxes for the Base Year be lowered by any abatement or reduction on Taxes by reason of a Proposition 8 reduction or otherwise. Landlord’s and Tenant’s responsibilities with respect to the Tax and Operating Expense adjustments described herein shall survive the expiration or early termination of this Lease.

If the Building is not fully occupied during any particular Lease Year, including Calendar Year 2011 , Landlord shall adjust those Operating Expenses which are affected by Building occupancy for the particular Lease Year, or portion thereof, as the case may be, to reflect an occupancy of not less than ninety-five percent (95%) of all such rentable area of the Building.

B. Disputes Over Taxes or Operating Expenses. If Tenant disputes the amount of an adjustment or the proposed estimated increase or decrease in Taxes or Operating Expenses, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of such dispute within sixty (60) days after Landlord delivers to Tenant its annual written statement of Taxes and Operating Expenses for the preceding Calendar Year. Tenant’s

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    8   


failure to give such notice shall waive its right to dispute the amounts so determined. If Tenant timely objects, Tenant shall have the right to engage its own accountants (“ Tenant’s Accountants ”) for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of the statement in dispute, or the reasonableness of the adjustment or estimated increase or decrease. If Tenant’s Accountants determine that an error has been made, Landlord and Tenant’s Accountants shall endeavor, reasonably and in good faith, to agree upon the matter, failing which Landlord and Tenant’s Accountants shall jointly select an independent certified public accounting firm (the “ Independent Accountant ”) which firm shall conclusively determine whether the adjustment or estimated increase or decrease is reasonable, and if not, what amount is reasonable. Both parties shall be bound by such determination. If Tenant’s Accountants or Tenant do not participate in choosing the Independent Accountant within 20 days of notice by Landlord, then Landlord’s determination of the adjustment or estimated increase or decrease shall be conclusively determined to be reasonable and Tenant shall be bound thereby. All costs incurred by Tenant in obtaining Tenant’s Accountants and the cost of the Independent Accountant shall be paid by Tenant unless Tenant’s Accountants disclose an error, acknowledged by Landlord (or found to have conclusively occurred by the Independent Accountant), of more than ten percent (10%) in the computation of the total amount of Taxes or Operating Expenses as set forth in the statement submitted by Landlord with respect to the matter in dispute; in which event Landlord shall pay the reasonable costs incurred by Tenant in obtaining such audits. Tenant shall continue to timely pay Landlord the amount of the prior year’s adjustment and adjusted Additional Rent determined to be incorrect as aforesaid until the parties have concurred as to the appropriate adjustment or are deemed to be bound by the determination of the Independent Accountant in accordance with the preceding terms.

Landlord’s delay in submitting any statement described in this Article 4 for any Lease Year shall not affect the provisions of this Paragraph, nor constitute a waiver of Landlord’s rights as set forth herein for said Lease Year or any subsequent Lease Years during the Lease Term or any extensions thereof.

ARTICLE 5.

LANDLORD’S WORK, TENANT’S WORK,

ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS

A. Landlord’s Work . Landlord shall construct the Premises, in good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable laws, in accordance with Landlord’s obligations as set forth in the work letter attached hereto as Exhibit B , and hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord’s Work .” Landlord will deliver the Premises to Tenant when all of Landlord’s Work has been Substantially Completed (as that term is defined in Exhibit B , except for minor and non-material punch list items which in Landlord’s reasonable judgment will not delay completion of Tenant’s Work, as defined in subparagraph B of this Article, including installation of furniture, telephones, and data wiring in and to the Premises and other minor fixtures). If Landlord is delayed in completing Landlord’s Work by strike, shortages of labor or materials, delivery delays or other matters beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, then Landlord shall give notice thereof to Tenant and the date on which Landlord is to turn the Premises over to Tenant for Tenant’s Work and the Commencement Date shall he postponed for an equal number of days as the delay as set forth in the notice. Providing, however, if such delays exceed one ninety (90) days, then either

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    9   


Landlord or Tenant upon notice to the other shall have the right to terminate this Lease without liability to either party, and the parties shall be released from their respective obligations hereunder, except that Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant the entire Security Deposit and prepaid Rent.

B. Tenant’s Work. On and after the date specified in the immediately preceding subparagraph A for delivery of the Premises to Tenant for Tenant’s Work, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall perform and complete all other improvements to the Premises (herein called “ Tenant’s Work ”) including, but not limited to, installation of furniture, equipment, telephones, and data wiring in and to the Premises and other minor fixtures and improvements. Tenant shall complete all of Tenant’s Work in good and workmanlike manner. Tenant shall also have the right during this period to come onto the Premises to install its fixtures and prepare the Premises for the operation of Tenant’s business. Notwithstanding the fact that foregoing activities by Tenant will occur prior to the scheduled Commencement Date, Tenant agrees that all of Tenant’s obligations provided for in this Lease shall apply during such period with the exception of any obligation to pay Rent.

C. Early Entry. Tenant shall have access to the Premises prior to the completion of Landlord’s Work described in Exhibit B for the purpose of allowing Tenant to commence Tenant’s Work described in Exhibit B so long as such early entry does not interfere with Landlord’s completion of Landlord’s Work. In the event of any such early entry, all provisions of the Lease (other than the obligation to pay Rent) shall apply in full, and Tenant shall be solely responsible for any loss or damage to Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment or other property located in the Premises from any cause whatsoever, except to the extent caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation, in no event will Landlord grant such early access if Landlord shall determine in good faith that the same might delay or interfere with Landlord’s construction of Landlord’s Work or increase the cost of the Landlord’s Work.

D. Alterations. Except as provided in the immediately preceding subparagraph, Tenant shall make no alterations or additions to the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

E. Liens. Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days prior written notice (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws) of the commencement of any Tenant’s Work, to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording notices of non-responsibility. Tenant will not cause, or permit any mechanic’s, materialman’s or similar liens or encumbrances to be filed or exist against the Premises or the Building or Tenant’s interest in this Lease in connection with work done under this Article or in connection with any other work. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within twenty (20) days from the date of their existence. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may pay the amount or take such other action as Landlord deems necessary to remove any such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible to investigate the validity thereof. The amounts so paid and costs incurred by Landlord shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease and payable in full upon demand.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    10   


F. Compliance with ADA. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree that responsibility for compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (the “ ADA ”) shall be allocated as follows: (i) Landlord shall be responsible for compliance with the provisions of Title III of the ADA for all Common Areas, including exterior and interior areas of the Building not included within the Premises or the premises of other tenants; (ii) Landlord shall be responsible for compliance with the provisions of Title III of the ADA for any construction, renovations, alterations and repairs made within the Premises if such construction, renovations, alterations or repairs are made by Landlord for the purpose of improving the Building generally or are done as Landlord’s Work and the plans and specifications for the Landlord’s Work were prepared by Landlord’s architect or space planner and were not provided by Tenant’s architect or space planner; (iii) Tenant shall be responsible for compliance with the provisions of Title III of the ADA for any construction, renovations, alterations and repairs made within the Premises if such construction, renovations, alterations and repairs are made by Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors, at the direction of Tenant or done pursuant to plans and specifications prepared or provided by Tenant or Tenant’s architect or space planner.

ARTICLE 6.

USE

A. Use. Tenant shall use the Premises for general office and related purposes, and for no other purpose whatsoever, subject to and in compliance with all other provisions of this Lease, including without limitation the Building’s Rules and Regulations attached as Exhibit C hereto. Tenant and its invitees shall also have the non-exclusive right, along with other tenants of the Building and others authorized by Landlord, to use the Common Areas subject to such rules and regulations as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may impose from time to time, so long as Tenant receives written notice thereof. Tenant shall have 24/7 access to the Premises. Tenant’s use of the Premises shall include the right to use microwave ovens and small electric warming ovens provided that such use is in compliance with any applicable laws, regulations, or ordinances, and does not increase the risk of fire or other damage to the Premises or the Building.

B. Restrictions. Tenant shall not at any time use or occupy, or suffer or permit anyone to use or occupy, the Premises or do or permit anything to be done in the Premises which: (a) causes or is liable to cause injury to persons, to the Building or its equipment, facilities or systems; (b) impairs or tends to impair the character, reputation or appearance of the Building as a first class office building; (c) impairs or tends to impair the proper and economic maintenance, operation and repair of the Building or its equipment, facilities or systems; or (d) annoys or inconveniences or tends to annoy or inconvenience other tenants or occupants of the Building.

C. Compliance with Laws. Tenant shall keep and maintain the Premises, its use thereof and its business in compliance with all governmental laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, other than laws requiring capital improvements or structural changes to the Premises. Tenant shall comply with all Laws relating to the Premises and Tenant’s use thereof, including without limitation, Laws requiring the Premises to be closed on specified days or hours and Laws in connection with the health, safety and building codes, and any permit or license requirements. Landlord makes no representation that the Premises are suitable for Tenant’s purposes.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    11   


ARTICLE 7.

SERVICES

A. Climate Control. Landlord shall furnish heat or air conditioning to the Premises during Normal Business Hours of Building as set forth in Article 1 as required in Landlord’s reasonable judgment for the comfortable use and occupation of the Premises and shall deliver the Premises to Tenant with all mechanical, electrical, sewer, plumbing, elevator, life safety systems and HVAC system in good working order and condition. If Tenant requires heat or air conditioning at any other time, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to furnish such service upon reasonable notice from Tenant, and Tenant shall pay all of Landlord’s charges therefor on demand.

The performance by Landlord of its obligations under this Article is subject to Tenant’s compliance with the terms of this Lease including any connected electrical load established by Landlord. Tenant shall not use the Premises or any part thereof in a manner exceeding the heating, ventilating or air-conditioning (“ HVAC ”) design conditions (including any occupancy or connected electrical load conditions), including the rearrangement of partitioning which may interfere with the normal operation of the HVAC equipment, or the use of computer or data processing machines or other machines or equipment in excess of that normally required for a standard office use of the Premises. If any such use requires changes in the HVAC or plumbing systems or controls servicing the Premises or portions thereof in order to provide comfortable occupancy, such changes may be made by Landlord at Tenant’s expense and Tenant agrees to promptly pay any such amount to Landlord as Additional Rent.

B. Elevator Service. Landlord, during Normal Business Hours of Building, shall furnish elevator service to Tenant to be used in common with others. At least one elevator shall remain in service during all other hours. Landlord may designate a specific elevator for use as a service and freight elevator.

C. Janitorial Services. Landlord shall provide janitorial and cleaning services to the Premises, substantially as described in Exhibit C attached hereto. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the reasonable costs incurred by Landlord for (i) any cleaning of the Premises in excess of the specifications in Exhibit C for any reason including, without limitation, cleaning required because of (A) misuse or neglect on the part of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, contractors, invitees, employees and customers, (B) the use of portions of the Premises for special purposes requiring greater or more difficult cleaning work than office areas, (C) interior glass partitions or unusual quantities of interior glass surfaces, and (D) non-building standard materials or finishes installed by Tenant or at its request; and (ii) removal from the Premises of any refuse and rubbish of Tenant in excess of that ordinarily accumulated in general office occupancy or at times other than Landlord’s standard cleaning times.

D. Water and Electricity. Landlord shall make available domestic water in reasonable quantities to the common areas of the Building (and to the Premises if so designated in Exhibit B) and cause electric service sufficient for lighting the Premises and for the operation of Ordinary Office Equipment. “ Ordinary Office Equipment ” shall mean office equipment wired for 120 volt electric service and rated and using less than 6 amperes or 750 watts of electric current or other office equipment approved by Landlord in writing. Additionally, with respect to Tenant’s server

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    12   


requirements, Landlord shall provide four (4) 20AMP, 208V dedicated circuits with L6-20 type twist lock receptacles. Further, Tenant has informed Landlord that Tenant’s electrical requirements for its server room may require the installation of a 200 AMP panel in Tenant’s server room, which Landlord acknowledges is physically feasible. In the event that the installation of said 200 AMP panel is required by Tenant, the full cost of such 200 AMP panel and its installation in Tenant’s server room shall be borne solely by Tenant. Landlord shall have the exclusive right to make, and shall make when necessary, any replacement of lamps, fluorescent tubes and lamp ballasts in the Premises. Landlord may adopt a system of relamping and ballast replacement periodically on a group basis in accordance with good management practice. Tenant’s use of electric energy in the Premises shall not at any time exceed the capacity of any of the risers, piping, electrical conductors and other equipment in or serving the Premises. In order to insure that such capacity is not exceeded and to avert any possible adverse effect upon the Building’s electric system, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance, connect appliances or heavy duty equipment, other than ordinary office equipment, to the Building’s electric system or make any alteration or addition to the Building’s electric system. Should Landlord grant its consent in writing, all additional risers, piping and electrical conductors or other equipment therefor shall be provided by Landlord and the cost thereof shall be paid by Tenant within 10 days of Landlord’s demand therefor. As a condition to granting such consent, Landlord may require Tenant to agree to an increase in Monthly Rent to offset the expected cost to Landlord of such additional service, that is, the cost of the additional electric energy to be made available to Tenant based upon the estimated additional capacity of such additional risers, piping and electrical conductors or other equipment. If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree thereon, such cost shall be determined by an independent electrical engineer, to be selected by Landlord and paid equally by both parties.

E. Separate Meters. If the Premises are separately metered for any utility, Tenant shall pay a utility charge to Landlord (or directly to the utility company, if possible) based upon the Tenant’s actual consumption as measured by the meter without premium or mark-up by Landlord. Landlord also reserves the right to install separate meters for the Premises to register the usage of all or any one of the utilities and in such event Tenant shall pay for the cost of utility usage as metered to the Premises and which is in excess of the usage reasonably anticipated by Landlord for normal office usage of the Premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of installation of meters if Tenant’s actual usage exceeds the anticipated usage level by more than 10 percent. In any event, Landlord may require Tenant to reduce its consumption to the anticipated usage level. The term “ utility ” for purposes hereof may refer to but is not limited to electricity, gas, water, sewer, steam, fire protection system, telephone or other communication or alarm service, as well as HVAC, and all taxes or other charges thereon.

F. Interruptions. Landlord does not warrant that any of the services referred to above, or any other services which Landlord may supply, will be free from interruption and Tenant acknowledges that any one or more of such services may be suspended by reason of accident, repairs, inspections, alterations or improvements necessary to be made, or by strikes or lockouts, or by reason of operation of law, or causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. Any interruption or discontinuance of service shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, or any part thereof, nor render Landlord liable to Tenant for damages by abatement of the Rent or otherwise, nor relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives any

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    13   


benefits of any applicable existing or future Law, including the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(1), permitting the termination of this Lease due to such interruption, failure or inability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the interruption or discontinuance of service for five (5) continuous business days prevents Tenant from operating its business from the Premises and is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s representatives, rent shall be abated or be reduced, in the proportion that the affected rentable square footage affected by such interruption bears to the total rentable square footage of the Premises, from the sixth business day after such interruption or discontinuance commences until the date on which the affected service is restored. Landlord shall exercise reasonable diligence to restore any service so interrupted.

G. Utilities Provided by Tenant. Tenant shall make application in Tenant’s own name for all utilities not provided by Landlord and shall: (i) comply with all utility company regulations for such utilities, including requirements for the installation of meters, and (ii) obtain such utilities directly from, and pay for the same when due directly to, the applicable utility company. The term “ utilities ” for purposes hereof shall include but not be limited to electricity, gas, water, sewer, steam, fire protection, telephone and other communication and alarm services, as well as HVAC, and all taxes or other charges thereon. Tenant shall install and connect all equipment and lines required to supply such utilities to the extent not already available at or serving the Premises, or at Landlord’s option shall repair, alter or replace any such existing items. Tenant shall maintain, repair and replace all such items, operate the same, and keep the same in good working order and condition. Tenant shall not install any equipment or fixtures, or use the same, so as to exceed the safe and lawful capacity of any utility equipment or lines serving the same. The installation, alteration, replacement or connection of any utility equipment and lines shall be subject to the requirements for alterations of the Premises set forth in Article 5. Tenant shall ensure that all Tenant’s HVAC equipment, is installed and operated at all times in a manner to prevent roof leaks, damage, or noise due to vibrations or improper installation, maintenance or operation.

ARTICLE 8.

INSURANCE

A. Required Insurance . Tenant shall maintain insurance policies, with responsible companies licensed to do business in the state where the Building is located and satisfactory to Landlord, naming Landlord, Landlord’s Building Manager, Tenant and any Mortgagee of Landlord, as their respective interests may appear, at its own cost and expense including (i) “all risk” property insurance which shall be primary on the lease improvements referenced in Article 5 and Tenant’s property, including its goods, equipment and inventory, in an amount adequate to cover their replacement cost; (ii) business interruption insurance, (iii) comprehensive general liability insurance on an occurrence basis with limits of liability in an amount not less than $2,000,000 (Two Million Dollars) combined single limit for each occurrence. The comprehensive general liability policy shall include contractual liability which includes the provisions of Article 9 herein.

On or before the Commencement Date of the Lease, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord and its Building Manager, certificates of insurance evidencing the aforesaid insurance coverage, including naming Landlord, and Landlord’s Building Manager as additional insureds. Renewal certificates must be furnished to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of such insurance policies showing the above coverage to be in full force and effect.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    14   


All such insurance shall provide that it cannot be canceled except upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall comply with all rules and directives of any insurance board, company or agency determining rates of hazard coverage for the Premises, including but not limited to the installation of any equipment and/or the correction of any condition necessary to prevent any increase in such rates.

B. Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant each agree that neither Landlord nor Tenant will have any claim against the other for any loss, damage or injury which is covered by insurance carried by either party and for which recovery from such insurer is made, notwithstanding the negligence of either party in causing the loss. In this regard, Landlord and Tenant shall each obtain absolute waivers of subrogation from their respective insurers.

C. Waiver of Claims. Except for claims arising from Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct that are not covered by Tenant’s insurance required hereunder, Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for injury or death to persons, damage to property or to any other interest of Tenant sustained by Tenant or any party claiming, through Tenant resulting from: (i) any occurrence in or upon the Premises, (ii) leaking of roofs, bursting, stoppage or leaking of water, gas, sewer or steam pipes or equipment, including sprinklers, (iii) wind, rain, snow, ice, flooding, freezing, fire, explosion, earthquake, excessive heat or cold, or other casualty, (iv) the Building, Premises, or the operating and mechanical systems or equipment of the Building, being defective, or failing, and (v) vandalism, malicious mischief, theft or other acts or, omissions of any other parties including without limitation, other tenants, contractors and invitees at the Building. Tenant agrees that Tenant’s property loss risks shall be borne by its insurance, and Tenant agrees to look solely to and seek recovery only from its insurance carriers in the event of such losses. For purposes hereof, any deductible amount shall be treated as though it were recoverable under such policies.

ARTICLE 9.

INDEMNIFICATION

Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and its agents, successors and assigns, including its Building Manager, harmless from and against all claims, causes of action, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses arising from or in connection with any injury or other damage to any person or property (a) which occurs in the Premises (except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any employee or other agent of Landlord) or (b) which occurs in any part of the Building other than the Premises and is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees, customers, and invitees. This indemnification shall survive the expiration or termination of the Lease Term.

Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damage by or from any act or negligence of any co-tenant or other occupant of the Building, or by any owner or occupants of adjoining or contiguous property. Landlord shall not be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting in whole or in part from the criminal activities or willful misconduct of others. To the extent not covered by all risk property insurance, Tenant agrees to pay for all damage to the Building, as well as all

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    15   


damage to persons or property of other tenants or occupants thereof, caused by the negligence, fraud or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its agents, contractors, employees, customers and invitees. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to relieve Landlord from liability for any personal injury resulting from its gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct.

ARTICLE 10.

CASUALTY DAMAGE

Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord or the Building Manager of any fire or other casualty to the Premises or to the extent it knows of damage, to the Building. In the event the Premises or any substantial part of the Building is wholly or partially damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty which is covered by Landlord’s insurance, the Landlord will proceed to restore the same to substantially the same condition existing immediately prior to such damage or destruction unless such damage or destruction is incapable of repair or restoration within two hundred seventy (270) days, in which event either party, at each party’s respective option and by written notice given to the other party within sixty (60) days of such damage or destruction, declare this Lease terminated as of the happening of such damage or destruction. If in Landlord’s sole opinion the net insurance proceeds recovered by reason of the damage or destruction will not be adequate to complete the restoration of the Building, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease and all unaccrued obligations of the parties hereto by sending a notice of such termination to Tenant, provided that Landlord simultaneously terminates the leases of all the similarly situated tenants in the Building. To the extent after fire or other casualty that Tenant shall be deprived of the use and occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof as a result of any such damage, destruction or the repair thereof, providing Tenant did not cause the fire or other casualty, Tenant shall be relieved of the same ratable portion of the Monthly Rent hereunder as the amount of damaged or useless space in the Premises bears to the rentable square footage of the Premises until such time as the Premises may be restored and Tenant is able to recommence its ordinary and usual conduct of business from the Premises. Landlord shall reasonably determine the amount of damaged or useless space and the square footage of the Premises referenced in the prior sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 10, in the event of damage to the Premises in the last twelve (12) months of the Term, and the damage, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, cannot be repaired within sixty (60) days from the date of discovery of such damage, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant that the damage cannot be repaired within sixty (60) days of its discovery, in which event (i) either party may terminate the Lease by giving the other written notice of termination, and (ii) Tenant may terminate the Lease if Landlord has not commenced such repairs within such sixty (60) day period and diligently pursued same to completion. Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the Premises, damage to Tenant’s personal property or any inconvenience occasioned by any damage, repair or restoration. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1932, Subdivision 2, and Section 1933, Subdivision 4, and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code, and the provisions of any similar Legal Requirement (whether now or hereafter in effect).

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    16   


ARTICLE 11.

CONDEMNATION

In the event of a condemnation or taking of the entire Premises by a public or quasi-public authority, this Lease shall terminate as of the date title vests in the public or quasi-public authority. In the event of a taking or condemnation of fifteen percent (15%) or more (but less than the whole) of the Building and without regard to whether the Premises are part of such taking or condemnation, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease by giving notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days of Landlord receiving notice of such condemnation. All compensation awarded for any condemnation shall be the property of Landlord, whether such damages shall be awarded as a compensation for diminution in the value of the leasehold or to the fee of the Premises, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of Tenant’s right, title and interest in and to any and all such compensation. Providing, however that in the event this Lease is terminated, Tenant shall be entitled to make a separate claim for the taking of Tenant’s personal property (including fixtures paid for by Tenant), and for costs of moving. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any condemnation award to Tenant shall be available only to the extent such award is payable separately to Tenant and does not diminish the award available to Landlord or any Lender of Landlord and such award shall be limited to the amount of Rent actually paid by Tenant to Landlord for the period of time for which the award is given. Any additional portion of such award shall belong to Landlord.

ARTICLE 12.

REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE

A. Tenant’s Obligations. Tenant shall keep the interior, non-structural portions of the Premises in good working order, repair (and in compliance with all Laws now or hereafter adopted) and condition (which condition shall be neat, clean and sanitary, and free of pests and rodents) and shall make all necessary non-structural repairs thereto and any repairs to non-Building standard mechanical, HVAC, electrical and plumbing systems or components in or serving the Premises. Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall include but not be limited to Tenant’s trade fixtures and equipment, security systems, signs, interior decorations, floor-coverings, wall-coverings, entry and interior doors, interior glass, light fixtures and bulbs, keys and locks, and alterations to the Premises installed for the benefit of Tenant.

B. Landlord’s Obligations. Landlord shall make all necessary structural repairs to the Building and any necessary repairs to the Building standard mechanical, HVAC, electrical, and plumbing systems in or servicing the Premises (the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses under Article 4), excluding repairs required to be made by Tenant pursuant to this Article. Landlord shall have no responsibility to make any repairs unless and until Landlord has actual knowledge of or receives written notice of the need for such repair. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance is received by Landlord from Tenant. Landlord shall make every reasonable effort to perform all such repairs or maintenance in such a manner (in its judgment) so as to cause minimum interference with Tenant and the Premises but Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any interruption or loss of business pertaining to such activities. Landlord shall

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    17   


have the right to require that any damage caused by the willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, contractors, employees, invitees or customers, be paid for and performed by the Tenant (without limiting Landlord’s other remedies herein). Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932, and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor Laws now or hereinafter in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord’s repairs are unreasonably performed resulting in the unreasonable interruption of Tenant’s business for five (5) continuous business days, rent shall be abated or be reduced, in the proportion that the affected rentable square footage affected by such unreasonable interruption bears to the total rentable square footage of the Premises, from the sixth business day after such unreasonable interruption of Tenant’s business commences until the date of the cessation of such unreasonable interruption.

C. Signs and Obstructions. Tenant shall not obstruct or permit the obstruction of light, halls, Common Areas, roofs, parapets, stairways or entrances to the Building or the Premises and will not affix, paint, erect or inscribe any sign, projection, awning, signal or advertisement of any kind to any part of the Building or the Premises, including the inside or outside of the windows or doors, without the written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to withdraw such consent at any time and to require Tenant to remove any sign, projection, awning, signal or advertisement to be affixed to the Building or the Premises. If such work is done by Tenant through any person, firm or corporation not designated by Landlord, or without the express written consent of Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to remove such signs, projections, awnings, signals or advertisements without being liable to the Tenant by reason thereof and to charge the cost of such removal to Tenant as Additional Rent, payable within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s demand therefor. Landlord shall, at its sole cost, install signs for Tenant consistent with the Building’s signage program, at the Premises entryway and in the main lobby directory.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing paragraph of this subsection C of this Article, provided that and only so long as Tenant is not in default under the Lease following the expiration of all applicable cure periods without cure, and subject to Tenant obtaining all necessary permits and other approvals from the City of San Mateo with respect to the installation of a “Freeway Oriented Sign” as defined in San Mateo City Code, Title XXV, Section 25.06.050(b)(4) (hereinafter the “Sign Ordinance”), and subject to Landlord’s review and approval of plans and specifications for any such proposed signage, which approval may be withheld only in Landlord’s commercially reasonable judgment, Tenant and Tenant’s Permitted Transferee shall have a non-exclusive, right (the “Freeway Signage Right”) to install one (1) sign (the “Freeway Sign”) with Tenant’s identification on the exterior of the Building in the location shown on Exhibit A (the view of which shall not be blocked or otherwise visibly impaired by either Landlord or any other tenant or other occupant of the Building), so long as the Freeway Sign (i) complies with Landlord’s project sign program, and (ii) does not exceed 150 square feet. In connection with Tenant’s installation of the Freeway Sign, Tenant may paint over the red stripe, which circles the entire Building , but only to the extent that said red stripe will be directly behind the Freeway Sign. When Tenant is required by the terms of the Lease to remove the Freeway Sign, Tenant shall also restore that portion of the red stripe which Tenant painted over to its original condition and color. Tenant shall have no right to maintain any Tenant identification sign in any other location in, on or about the Building or the Premises and shall not display or erect any other Tenant identification sign, display or other advertising material

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    18   


that is visible from the exterior of the Building; provided that lobby and suite signage shall be permitted in accordance with Landlord’s signage program. Any changes to the size, design, color or other physical aspects of Tenant’s identification sign(s) shall be subject to the Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and any appropriate municipal or other governmental approvals, it being the understanding of the parties hereto that the signage rights of Tenant hereunder are personal to Tenant and are, therefore, nontransferable. The cost of Tenant’s sign(s) and their installation, maintenance and removal shall be Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If at any time during the Term of the Lease Tenant shall be in default of the terms of the Lease beyond any applicable cure period, the Freeway Signage Right may be revoked by Landlord by giving Tenant written notice of revocation, and Tenant shall, upon receipt of said notice of revocation and at Tenant’s own cost and expense, remove the Freeway Sign within ten (10) days of Tenant’s receipt of said notice of revocation. If Tenant fails to maintain its sign(s), including the Freeway Sign, or, if Tenant fails to remove the Freeway Sign and restore the portion of the red stripe which Tenant painted over as described above within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord written revocation notice as provided above, or, Tenant fails to remove all of its sign(s) upon termination of this Lease, then in each instance Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense and the amounts expended by Landlord in doing so shall be immediately payable by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent.

D. Outside Services. Tenant shall not permit, except by Landlord or a person or company reasonably satisfactory to and reasonably approved by Landlord: (i) the extermination of vermin in, on or about the Premises; (ii) the servicing of heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment; (iii) the collection of rubbish and trash other than in compliance with local government health requirements and in accordance with the rules and regulations established by Landlord, which shall minimally provide that Tenant’s rubbish and trash shall be kept in containers located so as not to be visible to members of the public and in a sanitary and neat condition; or (iv) window cleaning, janitorial services or similar work in the Premises.

ARTICLE 13.

INSPECTION OF PREMISES

On reasonable prior notice to Tenant, Tenant shall permit the Landlord, the Building Manager and its authorized representatives to enter the Premises to show the Premises during Normal Business Hours of Building and at other reasonable times to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs, improvements, alterations or additions in the Premises or in the Building of which they are a part as Landlord may deem necessary or appropriate. No notice shall be required by Landlord in cases of emergency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may only show the Premises to prospective tenants during the last nine (9) months of the Term.

ARTICLE 14.

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

Upon the expiration of the Term, or sooner termination of the Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises, broom clean, in good order and condition, normal wear and tear and damage by fire and other casualty excepted. All leasehold improvements and other fixtures, such as

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    19   


light fixtures and HVAC equipment, wall coverings, carpeting and drapes, in or serving the Premises, whether installed by Tenant or Landlord, shall be Landlord’s property and shall remain, all without compensation, allowance or credit to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Landlord’s request, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove all of Tenant’s telecommunications lines and cabling, installed by or on behalf of Tenant, including, without limitation, any such lines and cabling installed in the plenum or risers of the Building (collectively, the “ Tenant Wiring ”), and designated by the Landlord. In the event Landlord elects to retain any Tenant Wiring, the Tenant Wiring shall be left “as is” with no warranty, lien free, and properly labeled.

Tenant waives, to the greatest extent permitted by law, all of its rights under California Civil Code Sections 1980, et seq., as the same may be amended from time to time, and any related and successor statutes thereto, so that, notwithstanding the requirements of said California Civil Code Section 1980, et seq., (A) any property, not removed by Tenant from the Premises at the expiration of the Term or sooner termination of the Lease, shall (i) be deemed to have been abandoned by Tenant, and (ii) may be retained or disposed of by Landlord, without notice to Tenant, at Tenant’s expense free of any and all claims of Tenant, as Landlord shall desire, and (B) (i) Tenant shall not be entitled to any proceeds received by Landlord as a result of the disposition of the Abandoned Property, (ii) all property not removed from the Premises by Tenant may be handled or stored by Landlord at Tenant’s expense and Landlord shall not be liable for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof, and (iii) at Landlord’s option all or part of such property may be conclusively deemed to have been conveyed by Tenant to Landlord as if by bill of sale without payment by Landlord. Tenant hereby further waives, to the maximum extent allowable, the benefit of all laws now or hereafter in force in this state or elsewhere exempting property from liability for Rent or for debt.

ARTICLE 15.

HOLDING OVER

Tenant shall pay Landlord 150% of the amount of Rent then applicable prorated on a per diem basis for each day Tenant shall retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, together with all damages sustained by Landlord on account thereof. The foregoing provisions shall not serve as permission for Tenant to hold-over, nor serve to extend the Term (although Tenant shall remain bound to comply with all provisions of this Lease until Tenant vacates the Premises) and Landlord shall have the right at any time thereafter to enter and possess the Premises and remove all property and persons therefrom.

ARTICLE 16.

SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNMENT

A. Landlord’s Consent. Tenant shall not assign its interests hereunder, sublease all or any portion of the Premises, or allow any other person to use or occupy any portion of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, except that Landlord shall not, under any circumstances, be obligated to consent to any assignment or subletting by Tenant (a) to any other tenant of the Building, or at rental rates less than 80% of the then current market rental rate being offered by Landlord to third parties for comparable time periods and

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    20   


comparable space in the Building, (b) by operation of law, or (c) to any person who fails to meet any of the other reasonable criteria of Landlord that Tenant was required to meet prior to the execution of this Lease, including, without limitation, the following:

a. The financial strength of the proposed assignee or subtenant, both in terms of net worth and in terms of reasonably anticipated cash flow over the Lease term, is materially less than Tenant’s financial strength at the time this Lease was signed.

b. The proposed assignee or subtenant would burden the Premises and/or Common Areas to an extent substantially disproportionate to typical tenants of the Building, whether through disproportionate demand for landlord services or utilities, disproportionate bearing weights on floor areas, disproportionate parking requirements, deterioration of floors or other elements of the Building, or otherwise.

c. The proposed assignee or subtenant intends to make substantial alterations to the Premises which would, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, result in a material net decrease in the value of the Premises as improved.

d. Intentionally omitted.

e. Any other basis on which Landlord can reasonably refuse to withhold its consent to the proposed assignment or sublease, including any failure of the proposed assignee or subtenant to meet any of the reasonable criteria of Landlord that Tenant was required to meet prior to the execution of this Lease.

With respect to any proposed assignment or subleasing requiring Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall submit to Landlord in writing, at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the assignment or sublease, (i) a notice of application to assign or sublease, setting forth the proposed effective date, which shall be not less than thirty (30) or more than ninety (90) days after the delivery of such notice; (ii) the name of the proposed transferee; (iii) the nature of the proposed transferee’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (iv) the terms of the proposed sublease or assignment; and (v) a current financial statement of the proposed transferee. Tenant shall not submit any such application to Landlord until Tenant has received a bona fide offer from the proposed transferee, and Tenant shall furnish Landlord, in addition to the foregoing, with all other information reasonably required by Landlord with respect to such transfer and transferee. Any transfer (or sequence of transfers resulting, in the aggregate, in the transfer) of 50% or more of the beneficial ownership of Tenant shall constitute an assignment for purposes of this Article.

B. Transfers Not Requiring Consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required with respect to the following persons or entities (each, a “ Permitted Transferee ”) (1) any assignment resulting from a consolidation, merger or purchase of substantially all of Tenant’s assets; or (2) any assignment or sublease to a person (a) who wholly owns Tenant or who wholly owns the person who wholly owns Tenant (in either case, a “ Parent ”), or who is wholly owned by Tenant or a Parent, or is wholly owned by a person who is wholly owned by Tenant or a Parent, and (b) whose financial strength, both in terms of net worth and in terms of reasonably anticipated cash flow over the Lease term, is not materially less than Tenant’s financial strength at the time this Lease was executed.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    21   


With respect to any assignment or subletting to which Landlord’s consent is not required, the following provisions shall apply:

a. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the assignment or subletting no less than 10 days prior to the effective date thereof, which notice shall set forth the identity of the proposed transferee, the reason(s) why Landlord’s consent is not required, and the nature of the proposed transferee’s business to be carried on in the Premises.

b. Tenant shall furnish Landlord (i) no less than ten (10) days prior to the effective date of the assignment or subletting, with a current financial statement of the proposed transferee reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (ii) within 3 days following Landlord’s demand, with all other information reasonably requested by Landlord with respect to such transferee.

Any assignment or subletting to which Landlord’s consent is not required and with respect to which the provisions of this paragraph are not complied with shall, at Landlord’s option, be void.

C. Net Revenues.

1. Sublease Revenues. In the event that Tenant subleases all or any portion of the Premises, in a sublease requiring Landlord’s consent, and the total of all amounts payable to Tenant for any month under any such sublease exceeds the total of all amounts payable to Landlord hereunder for such month for the same space, the following shall apply to such excess (the “ Net Sublease Revenues ”):

a. the Net Sublease Revenues shall first be paid to Tenant to the extent of the applicable monthly portion (calculated by amortizing each cost on a straight-line basis over the term of the applicable sublease) of: (1) the amount by which all Monthly Rent and Additional Rent paid by Tenant (not including any Net Sublease Revenues) for such space, for the period since Tenant vacated the same (and provided Landlord with written notice of such vacation) until the date on which the subtenant is required to commence paying rent, exceeds all amounts payable to Tenant under any previous subleases of such space for such period; (2) all brokerage commissions and attorney’s fees reasonably incurred by Tenant in connection with such sublease(s); and (3) all improvement allowances and other economic concessions (space planning allowances, moving allowances, etc.) paid to such subtenant(s); and

b. fifty (50%) percent of any additional Net Sublease Revenues received by Tenant for any month shall be paid to Landlord within 10 business days thereafter.

2. Assignment Revenues. In the event that Tenant assigns this Lease, in an assignment requiring Landlord’s consent, with respect to all or any portion of the Premises (the “ assigned premises ”), Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty (50%) percent of the amount, if any, by which all amounts paid to Tenant in consideration of such assignment exceed the sum of (i) all Monthly Rent and Additional Rent paid by Tenant for the assigned premises for the period from the date Tenant vacated the same (and provided Landlord with written notice of such vacation) until the effective date of the assignment (ii) all brokerage commissions and attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred by the assigning tenant in connection with such assignment, and (iii) all improvement allowances given in connection with such assignment.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    22   


D. Continuing Liability; Voidable Transfers. No assignment of this Lease (other than an assignment to Landlord resulting from Landlord’s first offer right), and no subletting of all or any portion of the Premises, shall release Tenant or any guarantor with respect to any post-transfer obligations, unless Landlord agrees otherwise in writing in its absolute discretion and any such assignment or sublease shall, at Landlord’s option, be void in the event that Tenant and each such guarantor, if any, does not expressly acknowledge and affirm its continuing liability in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. The continuing liability of the assigning Tenant shall be primary, and Landlord shall be entitled to exercise its rights and remedies against any such assignor with respect to any Tenant Default without exhausting its rights and remedies against any successor of such assignor. In the event that it is ever held, notwithstanding the contrary intention of the parties hereto, that any such assignor’s continuing liability is that of a guarantor (rather than primary), Tenant hereby waives any and all suretyship rights and defenses to which it would otherwise be entitled in connection with such continuing liability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that, following any assignment (other than an assignment described in Section B, above), Landlord and such assignee modify this Lease in such a way as to increase Tenant’s total obligations hereunder, neither the assigning Tenant nor any guarantor whose guaranty pre-dated such assignment shall be liable for the incremental portion of Tenant’s obligations corresponding to such increase. The acceptance of any assignment by an assignee shall automatically constitute the assumption by such assignee of all obligations of Tenant with respect to the assigned premises that accrue following the assignment; provided, however, that any assignment of this Lease shall, at Landlord’s option, be void in the event that the assignee does not expressly acknowledge and affirm the effectiveness of the foregoing assumption in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Any assignment or subletting by Tenant to which Landlord’s consent is required but not obtained shall, at Landlord’s option, be void. Following Landlord’s consent, or refusal to consent, to any assignment or sublease, Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, a reasonable charge (not to exceed $1,500.00) to cover Landlord’s administrative and out-of-pocket costs in connection therewith.

E. Other Provisions Applicable to Transfers. No assignment or subletting shall be deemed to modify any provision of this Lease, with respect to permitted or restricted uses of the Premises or otherwise, unless Landlord then agrees otherwise in writing in its absolute discretion. Tenant shall promptly furnish Landlord with a copy of each executed assignment or sublease, and with copies of any supplements or modifications thereto which may be executed from time to time.

F. Assignment of Sublease Revenues. Tenant hereby absolutely assigns to Landlord all of Tenant’s right, title and interest in and to all revenues from each sublease of all or any portion of the Premises; provided, however, that Landlord hereby grants Tenant a license, which shall remain in effect so long as no Tenant default remains uncured (following the expiration of all applicable cure periods), to collect all such revenues (subject to Tenant’s obligation to deliver certain of such revenues to Landlord under this Article). Upon the occurrence of any Tenant default (following the expiration of all applicable cure periods), Landlord may revoke such license by written notice to Tenant and may, by written notice to any subtenant of Tenant, demand that such subtenant pay all such revenues directly to Landlord. In such event Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such subtenant to pay such revenues to Landlord, and further agrees (a) that any such subtenant shall be obligated and entitled to pay such revenues to Landlord notwithstanding any contrary contentions or instructions later received from Tenant and (b) that no such subtenant shall have any liability to

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    23   


Tenant for any such revenues paid to Landlord in accordance with the foregoing. Landlord shall not be entitled to use or enjoy any such revenues except for the purpose of applying such revenues against unfulfilled obligations of Tenant hereunder with respect to which the applicable cure periods have expired, or to reimburse Landlord for costs reasonably incurred as a result of any Tenant default, or to compensate Landlord for other losses suffered by Landlord as a result of any Tenant default. Any such revenues remaining in Landlord’s possession following the cure of all Tenant defaults and the reimbursement of all such costs and losses shall be delivered to Tenant upon demand. No such notice to any subtenant or receipt of revenues from any subtenant shall be deemed to constitute either (i) Landlord’s consent to such sublease or (ii) the assumption by Landlord of any obligation of Tenant under such sublease, nor shall any such notice or receipt create privity of contract between Landlord and the applicable subtenant or be construed as a nondisturbance or similar agreement between Landlord and such subtenant.

G. Transfers By Subtenants. The provisions of this Article shall also apply to assignments and subleases by subtenants, sub-subtenants and so on.

H. Assignment of Options. Without limiting the generality of any provision of this Lease which states that any option or other right of Tenant is personal to the original Tenant hereunder or may only be assigned under certain conditions, no option or similar right of Tenant hereunder, including without limitation any option to extend or renew, option to expand, first offer or first refusal right, or first right to lease, may be assigned (except to a Permitted Transferee as defined in Article 16.B), and any attempt to assign such right shall be null and void.

I. Encumbrance. Tenant shall not assign its interests hereunder as security for any obligation without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be withheld in Landlord’s absolute discretion, and any such assignment without such consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be void.

ARTICLE 17.

SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT AND MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

This Lease is subject and subordinate to all Mortgages now or hereafter placed upon the Building, and all other encumbrances and matters of public record applicable to the Building, including without limitation, any reciprocal easement or operating agreements, covenants, conditions and restrictions and Tenant shall not act or permit the Premises to be operated in violation thereof. If any foreclosure or power of sale proceedings are initiated by any Lender or a deed in lieu is granted (or if any ground lease is terminated), Tenant agrees, upon written request of any such Lender or any purchaser at such foreclosure sale, to attorn and pay Rent to such party and to execute and deliver any instruments, reasonable in form, necessary or appropriate to evidence or effectuate such attornment, provided such party has agreed in writing not to disturb Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises if Tenant is not then in material default of the Lease (following the expiration of all applicable cure periods). In the event of attornment, no Lender shall be: (i) liable for any act or omission of Landlord, or subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against Landlord (prior to such Lender becoming Landlord under such attornment), (ii) liable for any security deposit or bound by any prepaid Rent not actually received by such Lender, or (iii) bound by any future modification of this Lease not consented to by such Lender. Any Lender may elect to make this Lease prior to the lien of its Mortgage, and if the

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    24   


Lender under any prior Mortgage shall require, this Lease shall be prior to any subordinate Mortgage; such elections shall be effective upon written notice to Tenant. Tenant agrees to give any Lender by certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy of any notice of default served by Tenant upon Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of service on Tenant of a copy of an assignment of leases, or otherwise) of the name and address of such Lender. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time permitted Landlord for cure under this Lease, any such Lender whose address has been so provided to Tenant shall have an additional period of thirty (30) days in which to cure (or such additional time as may be required due to causes beyond such Lender’s control, including time to obtain possession of the Building by power of sale or judicial action or deed in lieu of foreclosure). The provisions of this Article shall be self-operative; however, Tenant shall execute such documentation as Landlord or any Lender may request from time to time in order to confirm the matters set forth in this Article in recordable form. To the extent not expressly prohibited by Law, Tenant waives the provisions of any Law now or hereafter adopted which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder if such foreclosure or power of sale proceedings are initiated, prosecuted or completed.

ARTICLE 18.

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Tenant shall from time to time, upon written request by Landlord or Lender, deliver to Landlord or Lender, within ten (10) business days from receipt of such request, a statement in writing certifying: (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, identifying such modifications and certifying that the Lease, as modified, is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which the Rent has been paid; (iii) that, to Tenant’s actual knowledge, Landlord is not in default under any provision of this Lease (or if Landlord is in default, specifying each such default); and, (iv) the address to which notices to Tenant shall be sent; it being understood that any such statement so delivered may be relied upon in connection with any lease, mortgage or transfer.

Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that: (i) this Lease is in full force and effect and not modified except as Landlord may represent; (ii) not more than one month’s Rent has been paid in advance; (iii) there are no defaults by Landlord which are known to Tenant; and, (iv) notices to Tenant shall be sent to Tenant’s Address as set forth in Article 1 of this Lease. Notwithstanding the presumptions of this Article, Tenant shall not be relieved of its obligation to deliver said statement.

ARTICLE 19.

DEFAULTS

If Tenant: (i) fails to pay within five business (5) days of its due date any installment or other payment of Rent, or to keep in effect any insurance required to be maintained; or (ii) vacates or abandons the Premises, or (iii) becomes insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, files a voluntary bankruptcy or an involuntary petition in bankruptcy is filed against Tenant which petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of its filing, or (iv) fails to perform or observe any of the other

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    25   


covenants, conditions or agreements contained herein on Tenant’s part to be kept or performed and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after notice thereof given by or on behalf of Landlord; provided, that, if such performance is of a nature so as to require more than 30 days to cure, Tenant shall not be in default hereunder if Tenant shall have commenced such cure within the 30-day period and thereafter diligently and continuously prosecutes same to completion, (v) if the interest of Tenant shall be offered for sale or sold under execution or other legal process, or (vi) if Tenant makes any transfer, assignment, conveyance, sale, pledge, disposition of all or a substantial portion of Tenant’s property, then any such event or conduct shall constitute a “ default ” hereunder.

If Tenant shall file a voluntary petition pursuant to the United States Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as the same may be from time to time be amended (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), or take the benefit of any insolvency act or be dissolved, or if an involuntary petition be filed against Tenant pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code and said petition is not dismissed within thirty (30) days after such filing, or if a receiver shall be appointed for its business or its assets and the appointment of such receiver is not vacated within thirty (30) days after such appointment, or if it shall make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, then Landlord shall have all of the rights provided for in the event of nonpayment of the Rent.

If any alleged default on the part of the Landlord hereunder occurs, Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord in the manner herein set forth and shall afford Landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure any such default. In addition, Tenant shall send notice of such default by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the holder of any Mortgage whose address Tenant has been notified of in writing, and shall afford such Mortgage holder a reasonable opportunity to cure any alleged default on Landlord’s behalf. In no event will Landlord be responsible for any damages incurred by Tenant, including but not limited to, lost profits or interruption of business as a result of any alleged default by Landlord hereunder.

ARTICLE 20.

REMEDIES

Upon the occurrence of a default, Landlord shall have the following remedies, which shall not be exclusive but shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedies now or hereafter allowed by law or equity:

1. Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time by written notice to Tenant. Tenant expressly acknowledges that in the absence of such written notice from Landlord, no other act of Landlord, including, but not limited to, its reentry into the Premises, its efforts to relet the Premises, its reletting of the Premises for Tenant’s account, its storage of Tenant’s personal property and trade fixtures, its acceptance of keys to the Premises from Tenant, its appointment of a receiver, or its exercise of any other rights and remedies under this Paragraph 20 or otherwise at law, shall constitute an acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises or constitute a termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    26   


Upon such termination in writing of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, this Lease shall terminate and Landlord shall be entitled to recover damages from Tenant as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.2 or any other applicable existing or future Legal Requirement providing for recovery of damages for such breach, including but not limited to the following:

(i) The reasonable cost of recovering the Premises; plus

(ii) The reasonable cost of removing Tenant’s alterations, trade fixtures and improvements; plus

(iii) All unpaid rent due or earned hereunder prior to the date of termination, less the proceeds of any reletting or any rental received from subtenants prior to the date of termination applied as provided in Section 2 below, together with interest at the Default Rate, on such sums from the date such rent is due and payable until the date of the award of damages; plus

(iv) The amount by which the rent which would be payable by Tenant hereunder, including Additional Rent under Article 4 above, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, from the date of termination until the date of the award of damages, exceeds the amount of such rental loss as Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, together with interest at the Default Rate on such sums from the date such rent is due and payable until the date of the award of damages; plus

(v) The amount by which the rent which would be payable by Tenant hereunder, including Additional Rent under Article 4 above, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, for the remainder of the then term, after the date of the award of damages exceeds the amount such rental loss as Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, discounted at the discount rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco for member banks at the time of the award plus one percent (1%); plus

(vi) Such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law, including without limitation any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom.

2. Landlord has the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (a landlord may continue the lease in effect after the tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if the tenant has the right to sublet and assign subject only to reasonable limitations), and may continue this Lease in full force and effect and may enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including, but not limited to, the right to recover rent as it becomes due. After the occurrence of a default, Landlord may enter the Premises without terminating this Lease and sublet all or any part of the Premises for Tenant’s account to any person, for such term (which may be a period beyond the remaining term of this Lease), at such rents and on such other terms and conditions as Landlord deems advisable. In the event of any such subletting, rents received by Landlord from such subletting shall be applied (i) first, to the payment of the costs of maintaining, preserving, altering and preparing the Premises for

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    27   


subletting, the other costs of subletting, including but not limited to brokers’ commissions, attorneys’ fees and expenses of removal of Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures and Alterations; (ii) second, to the payment of rent then due and payable hereunder; (iii) third, to the payment of future rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder; (iv) fourth, the balance, if any, shall be paid to Tenant upon (but not before) expiration of the term of this Lease. If the rents received by Landlord from such subletting, after application as provided above, are insufficient in any month to pay the rent due and payable hereunder for such month, Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord monthly upon demand. Notwithstanding any such subletting for Tenant’s account without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter, by written notice to Tenant, elect to terminate this Lease by virtue of a previous default.

During the continuance of a default, for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and subject to Article 16, entitled Subletting and Assignment, and the options granted to Landlord thereunder, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to an assignment or sublease of Tenant’s interest in the Premises or in this Lease.

3. During the continuance of a default, Landlord may enter the Premises by appropriate legal proceedings without terminating this Lease and remove all Tenant’s personal property, Alterations and trade fixtures from the Premises and store them at Tenant’s risk and expense. If Landlord removes such property from the Premises and stores it at Tenant’s risk and expense, and if Tenant fails to pay the cost of such removal and storage after written demand therefor and/or to pay any rent then due, then after the property has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more Landlord may sell such property at public or private sale, in the manner and at such times and places as Landlord deems commercially reasonable following reasonable notice to Tenant of the time and place of such sale. The proceeds of any such sale shall be applied first to the payment of the expenses for removal and storage of the property, the preparation for and the conducting of such sale, and for attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, and the balance shall be applied as provided in Section 2 above.

Tenant hereby waives all claims for damages that may be caused by Landlord’s lawfully reentering and taking possession of the Premises or removing and storing Tenant’s personal property pursuant to this Article, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, liability or expense resulting from any such act. No reentry by Landlord shall constitute or be construed as a forcible entry by Landlord.

4. Landlord may require Tenant to remove any and all Alterations from the Premises or, if Tenant fails to do so within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense.

5. Landlord may cure the default at Tenant’s expense, it being understood that such performance shall not waive or cure the subject default. If Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense in curing the default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment or expense with interest at the Default Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant. Any amount due Landlord under this subsection shall constitute additional rent hereunder.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    28   


6. In addition to any other remedies provided by this Article 20 of the Lease, or any other provision of this Lease, or as provided by law, upon the occurrence of a default on the part of Tenant during the Term of this Lease, as the same may be extended, following notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure, all unamortized costs of Tenant Improvements together with the unamortized balance of any broker’s commissions paid by Landlord in connection with this Lease and/or any extension thereof, shall be accelerated and become immediately due and payable to Landlord upon demand. Any sums owed pursuant to this Section 20(6) shall survive termination of the Lease, and shall be deemed to be Additional Rent hereunder.

7. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights conferred by California Civil Code Section 3275 and by California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 (c) and 1179 and any and all other laws and rules of law from time to time in effect during the Term of the Lease which provide Tenant with the right to redeem, reinstate or restore this lease following its termination by reason of Tenant’s breach.

ARTICLE 21.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that so long as Tenant pays the Rent and observes and performs all the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this Lease, and Tenant’s possession will not be disturbed by anyone claiming by, through, or under Landlord.

ARTICLE 22.

ACCORD AND SATISFACTION

No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of an amount less than full payment of Rent then due and payable shall be deemed to be other than on account of the Rent then due and payable, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided for in this Lease or available at law or in equity.

ARTICLE 23.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

To secure the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the covenants, conditions and agreements set forth in this Lease to be performed by it, including, without limitation, such covenants, conditions and agreements in this Lease which become applicable upon its termination by re-entry or otherwise, Tenant has deposited with Landlord the sum shown in Article 1 as a “ Security Deposit ” (with the amount of the Security Deposit being reduced in accordance with Section L of Article 1) on the understanding:

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    29   


(a) that the Security Deposit or any portion thereof may be applied to the curing of any default that may exist, including applying said Security Deposit or portion thereof (i) against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due; (ii) against all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer as a result of any default by Tenant under this Lease that continues beyond the expiration of all applicable grace periods, including any damages arising under section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code following termination of the Lease; (iii) against any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the Lease (including reasonable attorneys’ fees); and (iv) against any other amount that Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default that continues beyond the expiration of all applicable grace periods, all without prejudice to any other remedy or remedies which the Landlord may have on account thereof, and upon such application Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount so applied which shall be added to the Security Deposit so the same will be restored to its original amount;

(b) that should the Premises be conveyed by Landlord, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof may be turned over to the Landlord’s grantee, and if the same be turned over as aforesaid, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all liability with respect to the Security Deposit and its application or return, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such grantee for such application or return;

(c) that Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with other funds and not be obligated to pay Tenant any interest;

(d) that the Security Deposit shall not be considered as advance payment of Rent or a measure of damages for any default by Tenant, nor shall it be a bar or defense to any actions by Landlord against Tenant;

(e) subject to Tenant’s waiver of Section 1950.7 contained in paragraph (f) of this Article 23, that if Tenant shall faithfully perform all of the covenants and agreements contained in this Lease on the part of the Tenant to be performed, the Security Deposit or any then remaining balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant, without interest, within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Term. Tenant further covenants that it will not assign or encumber the money deposited herein as a Security Deposit and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance; and,

(f) that Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and all other provisions of Law, now or hereafter in effect, which (i) establish the time frame by which Landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (ii) provide that Landlord may claim from the Security Deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Article 23 and/or those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by Tenant’s breach of this Lease or the acts or omission of Tenant or any other Tenant related parties, including any damages Landlord suffers following termination of the Lease.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    30   


ARTICLE 24.

BROKERAGE COMMISSION

Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that neither has dealt with any broker, finder or agent except for the Broker(s) identified in Article 1, and (except with respect to the Broker(s) identified in Article 1 and with whom Landlord has entered into a separate brokerage agreement) no broker, agent, commission salesperson, or other person has represented Landlord or Tenant in the negotiations for and procurement of this Lease and of the Premises and that no commissions, fees, or compensation of any kind are due and payable in connection herewith to any broker, agent, commission salesperson, or other person. Each party agrees to indemnify the other and hold the other harmless from any and all claims, suits, or judgments (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred in connection with any such claims, suits, or judgments, or in connection with the enforcement of this indemnity) for any fees, commissions, or compensation of any kind which arise out of or are in any way connected with any claimed agency relationship not referenced in Article 1.

ARTICLE 25.

FORCE MAJEURE

Landlord shall be excused for the period of any delay in the performance of any obligation hereunder when prevented from so doing by a cause or causes beyond its control, including all labor disputes, civil commotion, war, war-like operations, acts of terrorism, invasion, rebellion, hostilities, military or usurped power, sabotage, governmental regulations or controls, fire or other casualty, inability to obtain any material, services, or through acts of God. Tenant shall similarly be excused for delay in the performance of any obligation hereunder; provided:

 

  (a) nothing contained in this Section or elsewhere in this Lease shall be deemed to excuse or permit any delay in the payment of the Rent, or any delay in the cure of any default which may be cured by the payment of money;

 

  (b) no reliance by Tenant upon this Section shall limit or restrict in any way Landlord’s right of self-help as provided in this Lease; and

 

  (c) Tenant shall not be entitled to rely upon this Section unless it shall first have given Landlord notice of the existence of any force majeure preventing the performance of an obligation of Tenant within five days after the commencement of the force majeure.

ARTICLE 26.

PARKING

(a) Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the right, in common with others authorized by Landlord, to use the parking facilities owned by Landlord and located at the Property at no charge to Tenant. Landlord, at its sole election, may designate the types and locations of parking spaces within the parking facilities which Tenant shall be allowed to use. Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s reasonable election, to equitably change said types and locations from time to time; provided, however, such designation shall be uniformly applied and shall not unfairly favor any tenant in the Building, and Landlord shall use its best efforts to maintain parking at the Property.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    31   


(b) Landlord reserves the right to enforce parking. In the event Tenant exceeds its parking allotment provided under Article 1.S of the Lease, Tenant shall be required, within five (5) days of receiving written notice from Landlord, to implement an alternative parking plan/shuttle service for its employees that results in Tenant not exceeding its parking allotment, and Tenant’s failure to do so within said five (5) day period shall be a default under the Lease. Thereafter, if Tenant should again exceed its parking allotment, Tenant shall, without further notice from Landlord, be in default of the Lease. Consistent with Landlord’s policy, no reserved parking stalls will be allotted to Tenant.

(c) If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall notify Landlord of the license plate number, year, make and model of the automobiles entitled to use the parking facilities and if requested by Landlord, such automobiles shall be identified by automobile window stickers provided by Landlord, and only such designated automobiles shall be permitted to use the parking facilities. If Landlord institutes such an identification procedure, Landlord may provide additional parking spaces for use by customers and invitees of Tenant on a daily basis at prevailing parking rates, if any. At Landlord’s sole election, Landlord may make validation stickers available to Tenant for any such additional parking spaces, provided, however, if Landlord makes validation stickers available to any other tenant in the Building, Landlord shall make such validation stickers available to Tenant.

(d) The parking facilities provided for herein are provided solely for the accommodation of Tenant and Landlord assumes no responsibility or liability of any kind whatsoever from whatever cause with respect to the automobile parking areas, including adjoining streets, sidewalks, driveways, property and passageways, or the use thereof by Tenant or tenant’s employees, customers, agents, contractors or invitees, unless due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents or employees.

ARTICLE 27.

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

A. Definition of Hazardous Materials. To the best of Landlord’s knowledge, as of the Commencement Date, there are no Hazardous Materials in the Building or on the Premises. The term “ Hazardous Materials ” for purposes hereof shall mean any chemical, substance, materials or waste or component thereof which is now or hereafter listed, defined or regulated as a hazardous or toxic chemical, substance, materials or waste or component thereof by any federal, state or local governing or regulatory body having jurisdiction, or which would trigger any employee or community “right-to-know” requirements adopted by any such body, or for which any such body has adopted any requirements for the preparation or distribution of a materials safety data sheet (“ MSDS ”).

B. No Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall not transport, use, store, maintain, generate, manufacture, handle, dispose, release or discharge any Hazardous Materials. However, the foregoing provisions shall not prohibit the transportation to and from, and use, storage, maintenance and handling within the Premises of Hazardous Materials customarily used in the business or activity expressly permitted to be undertaken in the Premises under Article 6, provided: (a) such Hazardous Materials shall be

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    32   


used and maintained only in such quantities as are reasonably necessary for such permitted use of the Premises and the ordinary course of Tenant’s business therein, strictly in accordance with applicable Law, highest prevailing standards, and the manufacturers’ instructions therefor, (b) such Hazardous Materials shall not be disposed of, released or discharged in the Building, and shall be transported to and from the Premises in compliance with all applicable Laws, and as Landlord shall reasonably require, (c) if any applicable Law or Landlord’s trash removal contractor requires that any such Hazardous Materials be disposed of separately from ordinary trash, Tenant shall make arrangements at Tenant’s expense for such disposal directly with a qualified and licensed disposal company at a lawful disposal site (subject to scheduling and approval by Landlord), and (d) any remaining such Hazardous Materials shall be completely, properly and lawfully removed from the Building upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Any clean up, remediation and removal work shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval (except in emergencies), and shall include, without limitation, any testing, investigation, and the preparation and implementation of any remedial action plan required by any governmental body having jurisdiction or reasonably required by Landlord, If Landlord or any Lender or governmental body arranges for any tests or studies showing that this Article has been violated by Tenant, Tenant shall pay for the costs of such tests.

C. Notices To Landlord. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of: (i) any enforcement, cleanup or other regulatory action taken or threatened by any governmental or regulatory authority with respect to the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises or the migration thereof from or to other property, (ii) any demands or claims made or threatened by any party relating to any loss or injury resulting from any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, (iii) any release, discharge or non-routine, improper or unlawful disposal or transportation of any Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises or in violation of this Article, and (iv) any matters where Tenant is required by Law to give a notice to any governmental or regulatory authority respecting any Hazardous Materials on the Premises. Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to join and participate, as a party, in any legal proceedings or actions affecting the Premises initiated in connection with any environmental, health or safety law. At such times as Landlord may reasonably request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written list, certified to be true and complete, identifying any Hazardous Materials then used, stored, or maintained upon the Premises, the use and approximate quantity of each such materials, a copy of any MSDS issued by the manufacturer therefor; and such other information as Landlord may reasonably require or as may be required by Law.

D. Indemnification of Landlord. If any Hazardous Materials are released, discharged or disposed of by Tenant or any other occupant of the Premises, or their employees, agents, invitees or contractors, on or about the Building in violation of the foregoing provisions, Tenant shall immediately, properly and in compliance with applicable Laws clean up, remediate and remove the Hazardous Materials from the Building and any other affected property and clean or replace any affected personal property (whether or not owned by Landlord), at Tenant’s expense (without limiting Landlord’s other remedies therefor). Tenant shall further be required to indemnify and hold Landlord, Landlord’s directors, officers, employees and agents harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, penalties and judgments directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to a violation of the provisions of this Article by Tenant, Tenant’s occupants, employees, contractors or agents. Any clean up, remediation and removal work shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval (except in emergencies), and shall include, without limitation, any testing, investigation, and

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    33   


the preparation and implementation of any remedial action plan required by any governmental body having jurisdiction or reasonably required by Landlord. If Landlord or any Lender or governmental body arranges for any tests or studies showing that this Article has been violated, Tenant shall pay for the costs of such tests. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 28.

ADDITIONAL RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD

In addition to any other rights provided for herein, Landlord reserves the following rights, exercisable without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to property, person or business and without effecting an eviction, constructive or actual, or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession or giving rise to any claim:

 

  (a) To name the Building and to change the name or street address of the Building but promptly will provide Tenant with notice of any such change;

 

  (b) To install and maintain all signs on the exterior and interior of the Building;

 

  (c) To designate all sources furnishing sign painting or lettering for use in the Building:

 

  (d) During the last ninety (90) days of the Term, if Tenant has vacated the Premises, to decorate, remodel, repair, alter or otherwise prepare the Premises for occupancy, without affecting Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent for the Premises;

 

  (e) To have pass keys to the Premises and all doors therein, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes;

 

  (f) On at least twenty-four (24) hours prior notice to Tenant, to exhibit the Premises to any prospective purchaser, Lender, mortgagee, or assignee of any mortgage on the Building or Land and to others having an interest therein at any time during the Term, and to prospective tenants during the last six months of the Term;

 

  (g) To take any and all measures, including entering the Premises, when possible on reasonable prior notice to Tenant, for the purpose of making inspections, repairs, alterations, additions and improvements to the Premises or to the Building (including for the purpose of checking, calibrating, adjusting and balancing controls and other parts of the Building Systems), as may be necessary or desirable for the operation, improvement, safety, protection or preservation of the Premises or the Building, or in order to comply with all Laws, orders and requirements of governmental or other authority, or as may otherwise be permitted or required by this Lease; provided, however, that during the progress of any work on the Premises or at the Building, Landlord will attempt not to inconvenience Tenant, but shall not be liable for inconvenience, annoyance, disturbance, loss of business, or other damage to Tenant by reason of performing any work or by bringing or storing materials, supplies, tools or equipment in the Building or Premises during the performance of any work, and the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall not thereby be affected in any manner whatsoever;

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    34   


  (h) To relocate various facilities within the Building and on the land of which the Building is a part if Landlord shall determine such relocation to be in the best interest of the development of the Building and Property, provided that such relocation shall not materially restrict access to, or Tenant’s use and enjoyment of, the Premises; and

 

  (i) To install vending machines of all kinds in the Building and to receive all of the revenue derived therefrom, provided, however, that no vending machines shall be installed by Landlord in the Premises unless Tenant so requests.

ARTICLE 29.

DEFINED TERMS

A. “ Building ” shall refer to the Building named in Article 1 of which the leased Premises are a part (including all modifications, additions and alterations made to the Building during the term of this Lease), the real property on which the same is located, all plazas, common areas and any other areas located on said real property and designated by Landlord for use by all tenants in the Building.

B. “ Common Areas ” shall mean and include all areas, facilities, equipment, directories and signs of the Building (exclusive of the Premises and areas leased to other Tenants) made available and designated by Landlord for the common and joint use and benefit of Landlord, Tenant and other tenants and occupants of the Building including, but not limited to, lobbies, public washrooms, hallways, sidewalks, parking areas, landscaped areas and service entrances. Common Areas may further include such areas in adjoining properties under reciprocal easement agreements, operating agreements or other such agreements now or hereafter in effect and which are available to Landlord, Tenant and Tenant’s employees and invitees. Landlord reserves the right in its sole discretion and from time to time, to construct, maintain, operate, repair, close, limit, take out of service, alter, change, and modify all or any part of the Common Areas so long as access to and use of the Premises is not materially, adversely affected for an unreasonable period of time.

C. “ Default Rate ” shall mean eighteen percent (18%) per annum, or the highest rate permitted by applicable law, whichever shall be less. If the application of the Default Rate causes any provision of this Lease to be usurious or unenforceable, the Default Rate shall automatically be reduced so as to prevent such result.

D. “ Hazardous Materials ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 27.

E. “ Landlord ” and “ Tenant ” shall be applicable to one or more parties as the case may be, and the singular shall include the plural, and the neuter shall include the masculine and feminine; and if there be more than one, the obligations thereof shall be joint and several. For purposes of any provisions indemnifying or limiting the liability of Landlord, the term “ Landlord ” shall include Landlord’s present and future partners, beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees, shareholders, members, principals, agents, affiliates, successors and assigns.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    35   


F. “ Law ” or “ Laws ” shall mean all federal, state, county and local governmental and municipal laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes, decrees, orders and other such requirements, applicable equitable remedies and decisions by courts in cases where such decisions are binding precedents in the state in which the Building is located, and decisions of federal courts applying the Laws of such state.

G. “ Lease ” shall mean this lease executed between Tenant and Landlord, including any extensions, amendments or modifications and any Exhibits attached hereto.

H. “ Lease Year ” shall mean each calendar year or portion thereof during the Term.

I. “ Lender ” shall mean the holder of a Mortgage at the time in question, and where such Mortgage is a ground lease, such term shall refer to the ground lessee.

J. “ Mortgage ” shall mean all mortgages, deeds of trust, ground leases and other such encumbrances now or hereafter placed upon the Building or any part thereof with the written consent of Landlord, and all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, and all indebtedness now or hereafter secured thereby and all interest thereon.

K. “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all operating expenses of any kind or nature which are necessary, ordinary or customarily incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Building as determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

Operating Expenses shall include, but not be limited to:

1.1 costs of supplies, including, but not limited to, the cost of relamping all Building standard lighting as the same may be required from time to time;

1.2 costs incurred in connection with obtaining and providing energy for the Building, including, but not limited to, costs of propane, butane, natural gas, steam, electricity, solar energy and fuel oils, coal or any other energy sources;

1.3 costs of water and sanitary and storm drainage services;

1.4 costs of janitorial and security services;

1.5 costs of general maintenance and repairs, including costs under HVAC and other mechanical maintenance contracts and maintenance, repairs and replacement of equipment and tools used in connection with operating the Building;

1.6 costs of maintenance and replacement of landscaping;

1.7 insurance premiums, including fire and all-risk coverage, together with loss of rent endorsements, the part of any claim required to be paid under the deductible portion of any insurance policies carried by Landlord in connection with the Building (where Landlord is unable to obtain insurance without such deductible from a major insurance carrier at reasonable rates), public liability insurance and any other insurance carried by Landlord on the Building, or any component parts thereof (all such insurance shall be in such amounts as may be required by any holder of a Mortgage or as Landlord may reasonably determine);

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    36   


1.8 labor costs associated with operating and managing the Building and the Common Areas, including but not limited to the parking facilities, including wages and other payments, costs to Landlord of worker’s compensation and disability insurance, payroll taxes, welfare fringe benefits, and all legal fees and other costs or expenses incurred in resolving any labor dispute;

1.9 professional building management fees required for management of the Building;

1.10 legal, accounting, inspection, and other consultation fees (including, without limitation, fees charged by consultants retained by Landlord for services that are designed to produce a reduction in Operating Expenses or to reasonably improve the operation, maintenance or state of repair of the Building) incurred in the ordinary course of operating the Building or in connection with making the computations required hereunder or in any audit of operations of the Building;

1.11 the costs of capital improvements or structural repairs or replacements made in or to the Building in order to conform to changes, subsequent to the date of this Lease, in any applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Building (herein “Required Capital Improvements”) or the costs incurred by Landlord to install a new or replacement capital item for the purpose of reducing Operating Expenses (herein “Cost Savings Improvements”), and a reasonable reserve for all other capital improvements and structural repairs and replacements reasonably necessary to permit Landlord to maintain the Building in its current class. The expenditures for Required Capital Improvements and Cost Savings Improvements shall be amortized over the useful life of such capital improvement or structural repair or replacement (as determined by Landlord). All costs so amortized shall bear interest on the amortized balance at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum or such higher rate as may have been actually paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of constructing these capital improvements.

In making any computations contemplated hereby, Landlord shall also be permitted to make such adjustments and modifications to the provisions of this paragraph and Article 4 as shall be reasonable and necessary to achieve the intention of the parties hereto.

Operating Expenses shall not include:

(a) Cost of repairs, replacements or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other similar casualty to the extent of insurance proceeds actually received.

(b) Leasing commissions, attorney’s fees, costs, disbursements and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations of leases with tenants, other occupants or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building, and similar costs incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building.

(c) “Tenant allowances,” “tenant concessions,” “tenant inducements “and other costs or expenses incurred in completing, fixturing, furnishing, renovating or otherwise improving, decorating or redecorating space for tenants or other occupants of the Building, or vacant, leasable space in the Building, including space planning/interior design fees for same.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    37   


(d) Repairs covered by construction and equipment warranties or guarantees or caused by a defect or omission in design to the extent of the monetary recovery from an architect, engineer or contractor actually liable therefor less all costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees expended by Landlord in effectuating such recovery.

(e) Depreciation or amortization, except for amortization charges as provided in Section 1.11 above.

(f) Costs in connection with services, items or other benefits which are not available to Tenant without specific charge therefor, but which are provided by Landlord to all other tenants of the Building without a specific charge.

(g) Services, items and benefits for which Tenant or any other tenant or occupant of the Building specifically reimburses (or is required to reimburse under the terms of their lease) Landlord, less Landlord’s costs, if any, including reasonable attorneys’ fees in connection with obtaining such other tenant or occupant reimbursements or in enforcing such lease reimbursement requirement, or for which Tenant or any other tenant or occupant of the Building pays third persons.

(h) Costs or expenses (including fines, penalties and legal fees) incurred due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents and/or contractors, any tenant (other than Tenant) or other occupant of the Building, of any terms and conditions of this Lease or of the leases of other tenants in the Building, and/or of any valid, applicable laws, rules, regulations and codes of any federal, state, county, municipal or other governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Building that would not have been incurred but for such violation by Landlord, its employees, agents and/or contractors, tenants (other than Tenant) or other occupants of the Building, it being intended that each party shall be responsible for the costs resulting from its own violation of such leases and laws, rules, regulations and codes as same shall pertain to the Building; provided, however, in the case of tenants (other than Tenant) or other occupant of the Building, that such costs or expenses shall only be excluded from Operating Expenses to the extent of Landlord’s actual recovery from such other tenant (other than Tenant) or other occupant of the Building.

(i) Penalties for late payment.

(j) Overhead or profit increments paid to any affiliates of Landlord for service on or to the Building, to the extent that the costs of such service exceeds those charged by non-affiliated entities of similar skill, competence and experience.

(k) Payments of principal, finance charges or interest on debt or amortization on any mortgage, deed of trust or other debt, and rental payments under any ground or underlying lease or leases (except to the extent the same may be made to pay or reimburse, or may be measured by, real estate taxes).

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    38   


(l) Costs of Landlord’s general overhead and general administrative expenses (individual, partnership or corporate, as the case may be), which costs would not be chargeable to Operating Expenses of the Building in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

(m) Compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions (such as a snack bar, restaurant or newsstand), if any, operated by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord.

(n) Rentals and other related expenses, if any, incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment ordinarily considered to be of a capital nature, except equipment which is used in providing janitorial services and which is not affixed to the Building.

(o) Costs incurred in installing, operating, maintaining and owning any specialty items or services not normally installed, operated and maintained in buildings comparable to the Building and not necessary for Landlord’s operation, repair and maintenance of and the providing of required services for, the Building and/or any associated parking facilities, including, but not limited to, an observatory, beacon(s), broadcasting facilities (other than the Building’s music system, and life safety and security systems), luncheon club, athletic or recreational club, helicopter pad, child care center, kiosks, promotions, displays, etc.

(p) Advertising and promotional expenses.

(q) Costs or expenses for sculpture, paintings or other works of art, including costs incurred with respect to the purchaser, ownership, leasing, showing, promotion, repair and/or maintenance of same.

(r) Costs for which Landlord is compensated or should be compensated under policies required to be carried by Landlord under the terms of this Lease through insurance or other means of recovery, less all costs incurred by Landlord, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in seeking to enforce such insurance or other means of recovery.

(s) Costs of correcting defects in the Building and/or equipment or the replacement of defective equipment to the extent such costs are covered by warranties of manufacturers, suppliers or contractors, or are otherwise borne by parties other than Landlord.

(t) Costs of restoration or repair of the Building as a result of total or partial destruction or condemnation thereof, except to the extent of any applicable deductible.

(u) Intentionally omitted.

(v) Contributions to charitable or political organizations.

(w) Costs incurred in removing the property of former tenants or other occupants of the Building.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    39   


(x) Any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debt or rent loss.

(y) Any other expense which, under generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, would not be considered to be an operating expense of the Building.

L. “ Rent ” shall have the meaning specified therefor in Article 3.

M. “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” shall mean:

1.1 all real property taxes and assessments levied against the Building by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority. The foregoing shall include all federal, state, county, or local governmental, special district, improvement district, municipal or other political subdivision taxes, fees, levies, assessments, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, respecting the Building, including without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, interest on any special assessments paid in installments, transit taxes, water and sewer rents, taxes based upon the receipt of rent, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Building which Landlord shall pay during any calendar year, any portion of which occurs during the Term (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such government or municipal authority except as provided below). Provided, however, any taxes which shall be levied on the rentals of the Building shall be determined as if the Building were Landlord’s only property, and provided further that in no event shall the term “taxes or assessment,” as used herein, include any net federal or state income taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, inheritance taxes, estate taxes, levied or assessed on Landlord, unless such taxes are a specific substitute for real property taxes. Such term shall, however, include gross taxes on rentals. Expenses incurred by Landlord for tax consultants and in contesting the amount or validity of any such taxes or assessments shall be included in such computations.

1.2 all “ assessments ”, including so-called special assessments, license tax, business license fee, business license tax, levy, charge, penalty or tax imposed by any authority having the direct power to tax, including any city, county, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, lighting, water, drainage, or other improvement or special district thereof, against the Premises of the Building or any legal or equitable interest of Landlord therein. For the purposes of this lease, any special assessments shall be deemed payable in such number of installments as is permitted by law, whether or not actually so paid. If as of the Commencement Date the Building has not been fully assessed as a completed project, for the purpose of computing the Operating Expenses for any adjustment required herein or under Article 4, the Tax shall be adjusted by Landlord, as of the date on which the adjustment is to be made, to reflect full completion of the Building including all standard Tenant finish work if the method of taxation of real estate prevailing to the time of execution hereof shall be, or has been altered, so as to cause the whole or any part of the taxes now, hereafter or theretofore levied, assessed or imposed on real estate to be levied, assessed or imposed on Landlord, wholly or partially, as a capital levy or otherwise, or on or measured by the

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    40   


rents received therefrom, then such new or altered taxes attributable to the Building shall be included within the term real estate taxes, except that the same shall not include any enhancement of said tax attributable to other income of Landlord. All of the preceding clauses M (1.1 and 1.2) are collectively referred to as the “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ”. All other capitalized terms shall have the definition set forth in the Lease.

ARTICLE 30.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

A. RULES AND REGULATIONS.

Tenant shall comply with all of the rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time for the Building. A copy of the current rules and regulations is attached hereto as Exhibit C .

B. EXECUTION OF LEASE.

If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable for observing and performing each of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions to be observed or performed by Tenant.

C. NOTICES.

All notices under this Lease shall be in writing and will be deemed sufficiently given for all purposes if, to Tenant, by delivery to Tenant at the Premises during the hours the Building is open for business or by certified mail, return receipt requested or by overnight delivery service (with one acknowledged receipt), to Tenant at the address set forth below, and if to Landlord, by certified mail, return receipt requested or by overnight delivery service (with one acknowledged receipt), at the addresses set forth below.

Landlord: at address shown in Article 1, item H.

with a copy to: Building Manager at address shown in Article 1, item I.

Tenant: at address shown in Article 1, item B.

 

with copy to:

      
      
      

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    41   


D. TRANSFERS.

The term “ Landlord ” appearing herein shall mean only the owner of the Building from time to time and, upon a sale or transfer of its interest in the Building, the then Landlord and transferring party shall have no further obligations or liabilities for matters accruing after the date of transfer of that interest and Tenant, upon such sale or transfer, shall look solely to the successor owner and transferee of the Building for performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

E. RELOCATION. Intentionally omitted.

F. TENANT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Upon the written request of Landlord, Tenant shall submit financial statements for its most recent financial reporting period and for the prior Lease Year. Landlord shall make such request no more than twice during any Lease Year, except that Landlord shall have the right to request Tenant’s financial statements (which shall be delivered within twenty (20) days of request by Landlord) in the event of a sale or refinancing of the Building. All such financial statements shall be certified as true and correct by the responsible officer or partner of Tenant and if Tenant is then in default hereunder (following the expiration of all applicable cure periods without cure), the financial statements shall be certified by an independent certified public accountant. Any financial statements delivered by Tenant shall be held in the strictest confidence by Landlord, its lenders, or any potential purchasers of the Building.

G. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES.

Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed by the parties hereto, or by any third party, as constituting the parties as principal and agent, partners or joint venturers, nor shall anything herein render either party (other than a guarantor) liable for the debts and obligations of any other party, it being understood and agreed that the only relationship between Landlord and Tenant is that of Landlord and Tenant.

H. ENTIRE AGREEMENT: MERGER.

This Lease embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties respecting the Lease and the Premises and supersedes all prior negotiations, agreements and understandings between the parties, all of which are merged herein. No provision of this Lease may be modified, waived or discharged except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such modification, waiver or discharge is sought.

I. NO REPRESENTATION BY LANDLORD

Neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representations, warranties, or promises with respect to the Premises or the Building except as expressly set forth herein.

J. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, under no circumstances shall Landlord’s liability or that of its directors, officers, employees and agents for failure to perform any obligations arising out of or in connection with the Lease or for any breach of the terms or conditions of this Lease (whether written or implied) exceed Landlord’s equity interest in the Building. Any judgments

 

42


rendered against Landlord shall be satisfied solely out of proceeds of sale of Landlord’s interest in the Building. No personal judgment shall lie against Landlord upon extinguishment of its rights in the Building and any judgments so rendered shall not give rise to any right of execution or levy against Landlord’s assets. The provisions hereof shall inure to Landlord’s successors and assigns including any Lender. The foregoing provisions are not intended to relieve Landlord from the performance of any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, but only to limit the personal liability of Landlord in case of recovery of a judgment against Landlord; nor shall the foregoing be deemed to limit Tenant’s rights to obtain injunctive relief or specific performance or other remedy which may be accorded Tenant by law or under this Lease. If Tenant claims or asserts that Landlord has violated or failed to perform a covenant under the Lease, Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action for specific performance, declaratory judgment or injunction and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any money damages in any action or by way of set off, defense or counterclaim and Tenant hereby specifically waives the right to any money damages or other remedies for any such violation or failure.

K. MEMORANDUM OF LEASE.

Neither party, without the written consent of the other, will execute or record any this Lease or any summary or memorandum of this Lease in any public recorders office.

L. NO WAIVERS: AMENDMENTS.

Failure of Landlord to insist upon strict compliance by Tenant of any condition or provision of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver by Landlord of that condition. No waiver shall be effective against Landlord unless in writing and signed by Landlord. Similarly, this Lease cannot be amended except by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

M. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

The conditions, covenants and agreements contained herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

N. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL, GOVERNING LAW.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive all right to trial by jury in any claim, action proceeding or counterclaim by either Landlord or Tenant against each other or any matter arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, and/or Tenant’s use or occupancy or the Premises. This Lease shall be governed by the law of the State where the Building is located.

O. EXHIBITS.

All exhibits attached to this Lease are a part hereof and are incorporated herein by reference and all provisions of such exhibits shall constitute agreements, promises and covenants of this Lease.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    43   


P. CAPTIONS.

The captions and headings used in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define or limit the scope, interpretation or content of this Lease.

Q. COUNTERPARTS.

This Lease may be executed in one (1) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

ARTICLE 31.

RENEWAL OPTION

A. Option to Renew . Tenant and any Permitted Transferee shall have the option to renew this Lease (the “ Renewal Option ”) for one (1) additional term of three (3) years, commencing upon the expiration of the initial Term of this Lease. The Renewal Option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice given by Tenant to Landlord not later than nine (9) months nor more than twelve (12) months prior to expiration of the initial Term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Landlord’s election, the Renewal Option shall be null and void and Tenant shall have no right to renew this Lease pursuant thereto if on the date Tenant exercises the option or on the date immediately preceding the commencement of the renewal period (i)  RING CENTRAL, INC. and/or any Permitted Transferee described in Article 16. B. of this Lease not requiring Landlord’s consent, is not in occupancy of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises then demised hereunder or does not intend to continue to occupy at least fifty percent (50%) of the Premises, or (ii) Tenant is in default of any of its obligations under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods.

B. Terms and Conditions . If Tenant exercises the Renewal Option, then all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease as applicable to the Premises during the initial term shall apply during the renewal term, except that (i) Tenant shall take the Premises in their then “as-is” state and condition, (ii) the Monthly Rent payable by Tenant for the Premises shall be 100% of the then fair market rent for the Premises based upon the terms of this Lease, as renewed, (iii) the Base Year for the Premises shall be the calendar year in which the renewal term commences, and (iv) the Base Tax Year shall be the calendar year in which the renewal term commences. Fair market rent shall include the periodic rental increases, if any, that would be included for space leased for the period the space will be covered by the Lease. For purposes of this Article 31, the term “ fair market rent ” shall mean the rental rate for comparable space under primary lease (and not sublease) to new and/or renewing tenants, taking into consideration the quality and prestige of the Building and such amenities as existing improvements, view, floor on which the Premises is situated and the like, situated in reputable, established Class A office buildings in comparable locations in the Central San Mateo office market, in comparable physical and economic condition, taking into consideration the then prevailing ordinary rental market practices with respect to tenant concessions including rent abatement, tenant improvements, brokerage commissions and other concessions available to comparable quality tenants in the Central San Mateo office market (if any) (e.g., not offering extraordinary rental, promotional deals and other concessions to tenants that deviate from what is the then prevailing ordinary practice in an effort to alleviate cash flow problems, difficulties in meeting loan obligations or other financial distress, or in response to a greater than average vacancy rate). Landlord shall determine the fair market rent by using its good faith judgment. Landlord shall provide written notice of such amount

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    44   


within ten (10) business days after Tenant provides the notice to Landlord exercising Tenant’s Renewal Option. Tenant shall have ten (10) business days (“ Tenant’s Review Period ”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the fair market rent within which to accept such rental rate or to reasonably object thereto in writing. In the event Tenant objects. Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon such fair market rent, using their good faith efforts, If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within fifteen (15) days following Tenant’s Review Period (the “ Outside Agreement Date ”), then each party shall place in a separate sealed envelope its final proposal as to the fair market rent, and such determination shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Paragraph 31 D. below. Failure of Tenant to so object in writing within Tenant’s Review Period shall conclusively be deemed its approval of the fair market rent determined by Landlord.

If the final determination of the fair market rent has not been made prior to the date on which Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent during the renewal term commences, then, from such date until the date the final determination is made (“ Interim Period ”), Tenant shall pay estimated Monthly Rent for the Premises at the rate applicable to the Premises during the month immediately preceding such rent commencement date. Once the final determination of the fair market rent has been made, if the Monthly Rent payable by Tenant for the Premises pursuant to the fair market rent exceeds the Monthly Rent paid by Tenant during the Interim Period, Tenant shall pay the excess to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s next installment of Monthly Rent.

C . Intentionally Omitted.

D. Appraisal Procedure . Landlord and Tenant shall meet with each other within ten (10) days of the Outside Agreement Date and exchange the sealed envelopes and then open such envelopes in each other’s presence, If Landlord and Tenant do not mutually agree upon the fair market rent within ten (10) days of the exchange and opening of envelopes, then, within twenty

(20) days of the exchange and opening of envelopes Landlord and Tenant shall agree upon and jointly appoint a single arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate lawyer or broker who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of office properties in the vicinity of the Building. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall consult with such broker or lawyer as to his or her opinion as to fair market rent prior to the appointment. The determination of the arbitrator shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted fair market rent for the Premises is the closest to the actual fair market rent for the Premises as determined by the arbitrator, taking into account the requirements of this Paragraph 31. Such arbitrator may hold such hearings and require such briefs as the arbitrator, in his or her sole discretion, determines is necessary. In addition, Landlord or Tenant may submit to the arbitrator (with a copy to the other party) within ten (10) days after the appointment of the arbitrator any market data and additional information that such party deems relevant to the determination of fair market rent (“ FMR Data ”), and the other party may submit a reply in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of such FMR Data. The arbitrator shall, within thirty (30) days of his or her appointment, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted fair market rent and shall notify Landlord and Tenant of such determination. The decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon and appoint an arbitrator, then the appointment of the arbitrator shall be made by the Presiding Judge of the San Mateo Superior Court, or, if he or she refuses to act, by any judge having jurisdiction over the parties. The cost of arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    45   


ARTICLE 32.

TENANT’S RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

A. First Offer Space . Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant (or a Permitted Transferee as defined in Article 16.B hereinabove) shall have a continuing right of first offer to lease Suite 500 (consisting of 10,485 rentable square feet) located on the Fifth Floor of the Building (the “ First Offer Space ”), which is currently vacant, and, therefore, currently “available for lease.” Without limitation, the First Offer Space shall not be deemed “available for lease” within the meaning of this paragraph 32.A, if any currently existing tenant of the Building exercises an expansion option or right of first offer or refusal to lease the First Offer Space, which expansion option or right of first offer or refusal is included in such tenant’s lease and has been granted prior to the Commencement Date. Prior to the execution of this Lease, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a list of all tenants having priority over Tenant’s rights under the preceding sentence. In the event that the First Offer Space shall become available for lease during the Term (regardless of whether or not Landlord has offered such First Offer Space or any other First Offer Space to Tenant previously) prior to negotiating a lease of such First Offer Space to any other party Landlord shall so notify Tenant in writing (“ Landlord’s ROFO Notice ”), identifying the availability date (or estimated availability date), the rental rate, any proposed tenant improvement allowance and the other basic terms upon which Landlord desires to lease such First Offer Space.

B. Exercise of First Offer Right . If Tenant desires to lease the First Offer Space, Tenant shall so notify Landlord in writing (“ Tenant’s ROFO Notice ”) within ten (10) business days after the date of Landlord’s ROFO Notice (the “Exercise Deadline”). If Tenant does not so notify Landlord prior to the Exercise Deadline, Landlord shall be free to lease any or all of the First Offer Space that is the subject of Landlord’s ROFO Notice to one or more parties on terms and conditions as Landlord shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the delivery of Landlord’s ROFO Notice, provided that the economic terms of such third party lease are not materially more favorable to the third party tenant than those contained in Landlord’s ROFO Notice. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “ materially more favorable ” shall mean less than ninety percent (90%) of base rent and other economic terms (taken as a whole), including without limitation any tenant improvement allowance, contained in Landlord’s ROFO Notice. If Tenant shall have timely delivered Tenant’s ROFO Notice, then the First Offer Space shall be added to the Lease on the latter of (a) the availability date specified in Landlord’s ROFO Notice or (b) the date the First Offer Space is delivered to Tenant and on all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease as applicable to the balance of the Premises, except that (i) Tenant shall take the First Offer Space in its then “as is” state and condition, but vacant and broom clean, subject to any agreed upon tenant improvements specified in Landlord’s ROFO Notice, (ii) the Monthly Rent payable by Tenant for the First Offer Space shall be the rent stated in Landlord’s ROFO Notice, (iii) the Base Year and Base Tax Year for the First Offer Space shall be the calendar year in which the First Offer Space is added to the Lease, and (iv) and the term for the First Offer Space shall be the same term as stated in Landlord’s ROFO Notice. If Landlord fails to lease the First Offer Space within one hundred and eighty (180) days of Landlord’s ROFO Notice, then Tenant’s rights shall be reinstated hereunder.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    46   


C. Conditions to Exercise . Notwithstanding anything in this Article 32 to the contrary, if at the time of Tenant’s exercise of its right of first offer as to any Landlord’s ROFO Notice or at the time the Lease term for the applicable First Offer Space is to commence, (i) Tenant is (A) in default of any of its non monetary obligations under the Lease beyond any applicable grace or cure period (provided such non monetary default must be cured prior to the Exercise Deadline or the commencement date for the First Offer Space, as applicable), or (B) in monetary default under the Lease, or (ii) Tenant or a Permitted Transferee (as defined in Article 16.B hereinabove) is not in occupancy pursuant to the Lease of the entire Premises then demised thereunder or has assigned or sublet any portion of the Premises or all or any portion of the applicable First Offer Space, then at Landlord’s option Tenant shall have no rights pursuant to this Article 32, Landlord shall have no obligations pursuant to this Article 32, and Tenant’s attempt to exercise the right of first offer shall be null and void.

ARTICLE 33.

TENANT’S EXPANSION OPTION; CONDITIONAL

RIGHT TO TERMINATE

A. Expansion Option . Landlord grants to Tenant or its Permitted Transferee (as defined in Article 16.B hereinabove)the option (“Expansion Option”) to expand the Premises in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Article 33. Whenever the term “Tenant” is used in this Article 33 that term shall also refer to a Permitted Transferee whenever such reference would be appropriate, it being the intention of the parties hereto that a Permitted Transferee shall have the same rights and obligations and shall be subject to the same conditions as Tenant with respect to the Expansion Option and the Conditional Right To Terminate. The Expansion Option shall apply to that certain space (“Expansion Space”) consisting of not less than fifteen thousand (15,000) contiguous, rentable square feet on a single floor within the Building. The exact location, size, and configuration of the Expansion Space shall be determined by Landlord. The Expansion Option shall be personal to the originally named Tenant, RING CENTRAL, INC., or a Permitted Transferee, and shall be exercisable only by the originally named Tenant or a Permitted Transferee (and not any assignee, sublessee, or other transferee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease other than a Permitted Transferee). The Tenant may exercise the Expansion Option only if Tenant occupies the entire Premises as of the last date on which that Tenant may properly exercise the Expansion Option. Tenant shall not have the right to exercise the Expansion Option if Tenant is in default under this Lease on the date of the attempted exercise or (at Landlord’s option) on the scheduled Delivery Date (defined below in subparagraph E).

B. Exercise of Expansion Option . Tenant may exercise the Expansion Option only by giving irrevocable written notice of such exercise (“Expansion Notice”) to Landlord no earlier than the 1st day of the thirtieth (30th) full calendar month of the Term of the Lease and not latter than the last day of the thirty-third (33rd) full calendar month of the Term of the Lease.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    47   


C. Landlord’s Response to Tenant’s Expansion Notice . Upon receipt of Tenant’s Expansion Notice, Landlord shall have a period of fourteen (14) calendar days (“Landlord Response Period”) in which to deliver a written response to Tenant. Landlord may issue a written approval (“Expansion Approval Letter”) to Tenant’s Expansion Notice, designating the location and description of the Expansion Space (including rentable square footage) deliverable for tenant improvements or occupancy no earlier than thirty (30) days and no later than one hundred and eighty (180) days following receipt of the Tenant’s Expansion Notice (“Expansion Space Delivery Period”). In the event that Landlord is unable to deliver the Expansion Space within the Expansion Space Delivery Period, then Landlord shall issue a letter rejecting the expansion request (“Expansion Denial Letter”).

D. Landlord’s Denial and Tenant’s Conditional Right to Terminate . In the event that Tenant receives the Expansion Denial Letter or no response from Landlord within the Landlord Response Period, then Tenant shall have a onetime right to early terminate the lease (“Early Termination Right”) without penalty upon payment by cashier’s or certified check to Landlord of an amount equal to eight (8) times the Monthly Rent based on the rent for the fortieth (40th) full calendar month of the Term (i.e. 8 x $46,879.89 = $375,039.12) of the Lease (“Termination Payment”). Tenant may exercise the Early Termination Right no later than thirty (30) business days after the termination of the Landlord Response Period by sending Landlord a formal written notice (“Termination Letter”) exercising such Early Termination Right together with (i) the Termination Payment, and (ii) an executed Letter of Intent for a minimum 30,000 rentable square feet at a new location, which Letter of Intent Landlord agrees to hold in the strictest confidence. Within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Termination Letter, Tenant shall also deliver to Landlord a fully executed lease for a minimum 30,000 rentable square feet at said new location, which lease Landlord agrees to hold in the strictest confidence. Provided that Tenant has complied with all of the above requirements, Termination shall be effective at the end of the thirty ninth (39th) month of the Lease Term. Landlord shall have the right to market the Premises upon receipt of the Termination Letter and Termination Payment.

E. Landlord’s Approval; Expansion Amendment; Arbitration . In the event that Tenant receives Landlord’s Expansion Approval Letter, then (i) on or before sixty (60) days thereafter, or, should arbitration be required as described below, (ii) within 5 business days following the binding decision of the arbitrator as provided in Article 31D, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease (the “Expansion Amendment”) on the following terms: Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space shall be on the same terms and conditions as affect the original Premises from time to time, except that: (a) beginning on the actual date Landlord delivers possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant (the “Delivery Date”) and continuing for the balance of the Lease Term (including any extensions), the Expansion Space shall be part of the Premises under this Lease (so that the term “Premises” in this Lease shall refer to the space in the original Premises plus the Expansion Space), (b) the Monthly Rent applicable to the Expansion Space shall be equal to the fair market rent of the Expansion Space as “fair market rent” is defined in Article 31.B. of the Lease, (c) the Security Deposit for the Expansion Space shall be equal to an amount proportionate to the Security Deposit for the original Premises in effect on the date of Landlord’s Expansion Approval Letter, (d) the Base Year and Base Tax Year for the Expansion Space shall be the calendar year in which the Expansion Space is added to the Lease, (e) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Taxes and Operating Expenses under the Lease shall be increased by that percentage

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    48   


attributable to the Expansion Space, (f) Tenant’s non-assigned, surface parking spaces at the Building shall be increased by 3.3 parking stalls for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Expansion Space, and (g) the term for the Expansion Space shall commence on the Delivery Date and expire on the Expiration Date for the original Premises as same be extended from time to time under the terms of the Lease. Additionally, the Expansion Amendment shall provide that within three (3) business days after Landlord’s delivery of the Expansion Space to Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall confirm in writing the addition of the Expansion Space to the Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 33 by executing an Expansion Space Commencement Date Confirmation on the form attached as an exhibit to the Expansion Amendment.

Landlord shall determine the fair market rent (including any “rent-free” concessions and tenant improvement allowances) to be included in the Expansion Amendment by using its good faith judgment. Landlord shall provide written notice of such amount within fifteen (15) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Expansion Approval Letter. Tenant shall have fifteen (15) business days (“Tenant’s Review Period”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the fair market rent within which to accept such rental rate or to reasonably object thereto in writing. Failure of Tenant to so object in writing within Tenant’s Review Period shall conclusively be deemed its approval of the fair market rent determined by Landlord. In the event Tenant objects, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon such fair market rent (including any “rent-free” concessions and tenant improvement allowances), using their good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s Review Period (the “Outside Agreement Date”), then each party shall place in a separate sealed envelope its final proposal as to the fair market rent (including “rent free” concessions and tenant improvement allowances), and such determination shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Article 31D. Within five (5) business days following the decision of the arbitrator, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver the Expansion Amendment.

ARTICLE 34

TENANT’S RIGHT TO BACKUP GENERATOR

A. Installation of Generator Equipment . Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to install a back-up electrical generator and related fuel lines, electrical lines, electrical power connections, electric riser space and meters and no more than two (2) above-ground fuel storage tanks with a total capacity of not more than two hundred (200) gallons (collectively, the “Generator Equipment”) at the Building outside of the Premises. The Generator Equipment shall be located in an area designated by Landlord, and reasonably acceptable to Tenant, in the parking lot adjacent to the south side of the Building. The Generator Equipment shall be used solely for emergencies (i.e., when electrical power is not otherwise available to the Premises), and Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to minimize noise from the Generator Equipment. Tenant also shall be allowed to test the Generator Equipment from time-to-time, provided that Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to minimize disturbance (including as a result of noise) or interference with other tenants of the Building. Tenant agrees to perform such tests only after normal business hours in the event their performance during normal business hours results in unreasonable disturbance or interference with other tenants of the Building.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    49   


B. Required Permits . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of all permits and other governmental registrations and approvals required by federal, state and local laws, decisions of the courts, and regulations, rules, directives, decrees, and orders of federal, state and local governmental authorities now or hereafter in effect applicable to the design, installation, location, maintenance, operation and removal of the Generator Equipment (“Legal Requirements”), including, without limitation, applicable requirements of the local fire department, local department of public health, and the Bay Area Air Quality Management District.

C. Compliance with Legal Requirements . Tenant shall, at its expense, keep the Generator Equipment in good condition and repair, and shall comply with all applicable Legal Requirements relating to the design, installation, location, maintenance, operation, removal and closure of the Generator Equipment, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, requirements pertaining to leak detection, secondary containment, corrosion protection and integrity testing, general inspections, spill control and response, and inventory control. In the event of a release from the Generator Equipment, Tenant shall be the responsible party for all purposes under applicable Legal Requirements.

D. Hazardous Materials Releases . Tenant shall respond to any release of Hazardous Materials from the Generator Equipment immediately after Tenant becomes aware of such release, regardless of the amount of the release, and shall make all required governmental notifications in the event of a release. In the event of any release from the Generator Equipment, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of such release within twenty-four (24) hours after Tenant becomes aware thereof.

E. Inspection Rights . Landlord and its representatives shall have the right, at any reasonable time and from time to time, to inspect the Generator Equipment, to conduct testing and monitoring, and to review any permits, documents, materials, inventories, financial data, or notices or correspondence to or from private parties or governmental authorities in connection therewith (collectively, a “Generator Inspection”). In the event Landlord in good faith believes there has been a release from the Generator Equipment, all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with any Generator Inspection shall become due and payable by Tenant upon presentation by Landlord of an invoice therefor. Tenant shall maintain copies of all permits and other documentation relating to the Generator Equipment at the Premises.

F. Restrictions on Modifications . Tenant shall not modify all or any portion of the Generator Equipment in any manner, and shall not change the substance stored in the storage tanks, without first obtaining (i) the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, and (ii) all governmental permits and approvals required for such modification.

G. Remedial Work . In the event any investigation or monitoring of site conditions or any clean-up, containment, restoration, removal or other remedial work (collectively, the “Remedial Work”) is required under any applicable Legal Requirements, as the result of the design, installation, location, maintenance, operation or removal of the Generator Equipment by Tenant, its assignees,

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    50   


subtenants, or their respective agents, servants, employees, representatives and contractors, then at Landlord’s option either Tenant shall perform or cause to be performed the Remedial Work in compliance with such Legal Requirements or Landlord may cause such Remedial Work to be performed, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith within ten (10) days of demand therefor. All Remedial Work performed by Tenant shall be performed by one or more contractors, selected by Tenant and approved in advance in writing by Landlord, and under the supervision of a consulting engineer selected by Tenant and approved in advance in writing by Landlord. All costs and expenses of such Remedial Work shall be paid by Tenant, including, without limitation, the charges of such contractors, the consulting engineer, and Landlord’s reasonable attorneys fees and costs incurred in connection with monitoring or review of such Remedial Work.

H. Governmental Notices . Tenant shall immediately forward to Landlord copies of any and all notices, correspondence, warnings, guidance, or other written materials received from any governmental authority in connection with the Generator Equipment, the substances contained in the Generator Equipment, or Tenant’s operations in connection therewith.

I. Indemnity Obligations . Tenant’s indemnity obligations under Section 27.D of the Lease shall apply to the installation, maintenance, operation and removal of the Generator Equipment to the full extent as if such Generator Equipment was located within the Premises.

J. Removal of Generator Equipment . In the event the Generator Equipment is no longer desirable for Tenant’s use, and in any event prior to the expiration of the Term if required by Landlord, Tenant shall remove the Generator Equipment in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements and to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord and restore the area in the vicinity of the Generator Equipment to the condition existing prior to installation thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties have duly executed this Lease with the Exhibits attached hereto, as of the date appearing on the first page of this Lease.

 

Landlord:    Tenant:
1400 FASHION ISLAND LLC ,    RING CENTRAL, INC. ,

a Delaware limited liability company

    By: 1400 Manager, LLC,

   a California corporation

a Delaware limited liability company

   By:  /s/ John Marlow            

 

          By:  /s/ Sherrilyn Fisher        

   Name: John Marlow            
          Name: SHERRILYN FISHER    Title:  VP Corp Development
          Title: Secretary and Treasurer   

 

By: /s/ Vladimir Shmunis        

   Name: Vladimir Shmunis        
   Title:                 CEO                     

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    51   


Certificate of Tenant

I, John Marlow , Secretary of RING CENTRAL, INC. , a California corporation, hereby certify that the officers executing the foregoing Lease on behalf of Tenant is/are duly authorized to act on behalf of and bind the Tenant.

(Corporate Seal)                                               /s/ John Marlow                                                  Secretary

Date:

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    52   


EXHIBIT A

Plan Showing Property and Premises

 

LOGO

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    53   


EXHIBIT B

Work Letter

1. General . The purpose of this Work Letter is to set forth how the interior improvements in the Premises (collectively, the “Tenant Improvements”) are to be constructed, who will construct the Tenant Improvements, who will pay for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and the time schedule for completion of the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Except as defined in this Work Letter to the contrary, all terms utilized in this Work Letter shall have the same meaning as the defined terms in the Lease. The provisions of the Lease, except where clearly inconsistent or inapplicable to this Work Letter, are incorporated into this Work Letter.

2. Selection of Designer/Architect . The Plans (defined below) shall be prepared by a designer or architect selected by Landlord and licensed in the State of California (collectively “Designer”) who is familiar with the Building and with all applicable laws, statutes, codes, rules or regulations, including regulations and procedures promulgated by Landlord (collectively “Laws”) applicable to tenant construction in the Building, and who is reasonably acceptable to Tenant.

3. Preparation of Plans and Construction Schedule and Procedures .

(a) Simultaneously with, or prior to, the execution and delivery by Tenant of the Lease, Tenant shall provide Landlord in writing with sufficient information, regarding the Tenant Improvements which Tenant desires to be constructed in the Premises, to permit the Designer to prepare “Working Drawings.” Landlord shall submit to Tenant Working Drawings prepared by the Designer within twenty-one (21) days after the execution of the Lease. Among the Tenant Improvements will be building standard finishes including new direct in-direct lighting fixtures, new ceiling tiles, bathroom expansion and the creation of a new server room.

(b) Tenant shall approve such Working Drawings within five (5) business days of receipt or designate by notice to Landlord the specific changes required to be made to the Working Drawings, which Landlord shall make as soon as reasonably possible.

(c) Landlord shall obtain and submit to Tenant within five (5) business days after Tenant has approved the Working Drawings, “Engineering Drawings” showing complete Plans for telephone outlets, electrical, plumbing work, heating, ventilating and air conditioning.

(d) Tenant shall approve such Engineering Drawings within five (5) business days of receipt or designate by notice to Landlord the specific changes required to be made to the Engineering Drawings, which Landlord shall make as soon as reasonably possible after receipt thereof.

(e) Within three (3) business days after Tenant has approved the Engineering Drawings, Landlord shall submit to Tenant final plans and specifications (collectively, “Plans”), which shall be defined as, and shall consist of, complete architectural plans (inclusive of Working Drawings and Engineering Drawings) and specifications necessary to allow the Contractor (defined below) to build the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the final Plans. The term “Tenant Improvements” shall mean all improvements shown on the final Plans as finally approved by Tenant

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    Exhibit B - Page 1   


(f) Tenant shall approve such Plans within five (5) business days of receipt or designate by notice to Landlord the specific changes required to be made to such Plans, which Landlord shall make as soon as reasonably possible after receipt thereof.

(g) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is not bidding out the construction of the Tenant Improvements to general contractors or subcontractors but, rather, Landlord will use its own contractors to perform said construction. Subject to Tenant Delays, delays beyond the control of Landlord, and the terms of the Lease, Landlord agrees that, once the Lease is fully executed and delivered by the parties hereto, Landlord shall then use its best efforts to expeditiously commence and work diligently toward the completion of the Tenant Improvements described in the Plans with the goal of tendering possession of the Premises to Tenant by July 1, 2011. Toward that end, Landlord shall instruct its contractors to diligently proceed with planning and constructing the Tenant Improvements with the goal of completing the Tenant Improvements on or before the Expected Completion Date as defined below.

(h) Landlord shall complete the Tenant Improvements (or cause same to be completed) in a good and workmanlike fashion and in accordance with all applicable laws.

(i) Any failure by Tenant to approve Working Drawings, Engineering Drawings or Plans within the time periods set forth above shall constitute Tenant Delays. Any failure by Tenant to comply with any other dates and time limits in this Work Letter that cause a delay in such construction, shall, subject to notice requirements set forth herein, automatically constitute “Tenant Delays.”

(j) Any change that Tenant makes to the Plans that delays Landlord in causing the Tenant Improvements to become Substantially Complete beyond the time that it would have otherwise taken to cause the Tenant Improvements to be Substantially Complete shall also constitute Tenant Delays.

(k) Landlord and Tenant agree to participate in periodic construction update meetings on such schedule as may be reasonably necessary to ensure the proper and timely completion of the Tenant Improvements, provided that such meetings may be conducted by telephone.

 

4. Construction .

(a) Landlord shall make its best efforts to complete construction of the Tenant Improvements, indicated on the Plans, on or before July 1, 2011 (“Expected Completion Date”) (subject to Tenant Delays), consistent with industry custom and practice, and using Class-A workmanship, materials, and labor. Landlord will provide Tenant with “turnkey” Tenant Improvements so that Landlord will pay 100% of the Tenant Improvements provided that Tenant shall not request materials that exceed Landlord’s Building-Standard (the “Standard Costs”). The Standard Costs shall include all costs associated with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, all building permit fees, payments to design consultants for services and disbursements, all demolition and other preparatory work, premiums for insurance and bonds, general conditions, such inspection fees as Landlord may

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    Exhibit B - Page 2   


incur by any municipalities, including the cost of installing any additional electrical capacity or telecommunications capacity required by Tenant and not currently available in the Building and/or the Premises. Landlord acknowledges and agrees that it will not charge an oversight, management, move-in, move-out, elevator, or other fee in connection with either the Tenant Improvements or Tenant’s move into the Premises. To the extent the anticipated total cost of the Tenant Improvements exceeds the Standard Costs because Tenant specifically requests the use of materials that exceed Landlord’s Building-Standard, then fifty percent (50%) of the difference shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord at the time the construction contract is signed, with the remainder to be trued-up and paid upon completion of the Tenant Improvements. In the event that Tenant requests any changes to the Plans after same have been finalized, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition, or delay its consent to any such changes, provided the changes do not adversely affect the Building’s structure, systems, equipment, security system or appearance, but if such changes increase the total cost of the Tenant Improvements beyond the amount of the Standard Costs shown on the Plans, Tenant shall pay such increased costs to Landlord at such time as the request is approved by Landlord. The costs charged by Landlord to Tenant caused by Tenant’s requesting changes to the Tenant Improvements shall be the direct and reasonable amount of money Landlord has to pay out-of-pocket to cause the Tenant Improvements, as reflected by revised Plans, to be constructed above the costs that Landlord would have had to pay to cause the Tenant Improvements to be constructed if no changes had been made to the Plans.

(b) Any other actions of Tenant, or inaction by Tenant, that delay Landlord’s completing the Tenant Improvements shown on such Plans shall also constitute Tenant Delays. Whenever possible and practical, Landlord will utilize, for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, the items and materials designated in the Plans. However, if Landlord determines in its reasonable judgment that it is not practical or efficient to use such material or that using such materials will cause a significant delay in completing the Tenant Improvements, then Landlord shall have the right, upon receipt of Tenant’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to substitute equal or better quality items and materials. If Tenant refuses to grant such consent, and Landlord is delayed in causing the Tenant Improvements to be Substantially Complete because of Tenant’s failure to permit the substitution of comparable items and materials, such delay shall constitute Tenant Delays.

(c) The obligation of Landlord to proceed with the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be suspended without further act of the parties during any such time as there exists an Event of Default under the Lease.

5. Notice of Tenant Delays . Landlord shall notify Tenant as soon as Landlord becomes aware of an act or failure to act by Tenant that would constitute a Tenant Delay under this Work Letter.

6. (a) Substantial Completion . For purposes of this Work Letter and the Lease, “Substantial Completion,” “Substantially Completed,” and words of similar import, shall mean that all of the following have occurred in their entirety: (i) Landlord reasonably determines that the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises has been completed in accordance with the approved Plans; (ii) Landlord determines that there remains only minor and immaterial unfinished portions of the Tenant Improvements, the incompletion of which will not interfere with Tenant’s use, enjoyment of, or access to, the Premises; (iii) the City of San Mateo, California, has issued a permanent certificate of occupancy for the Premises and the Tenant Improvements; and (iv) Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that Landlord is thereby tendering continuous, uninterrupted, and unencumbered access to, and possession of, the Premises.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    Exhibit B - Page 3   


(b) Delay of the Substantial Completion of the Premises . Except as provided in this Section 6(b), the Commencement Date shall occur as set forth in the Lease. If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the Improvements in the Premises as a result of any Tenant Delays then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease or this Work Letter and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the Improvements in the Premises, the date of Substantial Completion thereof shall be deemed to be the date that Substantial Completion would have occurred if no Tenant Delays had occurred.

7. Miscellaneous . If no other response time is stated in this Work Letter, a party shall have one

(1) business day to respond to a request for information, consent or approval (or similar request) from the other party. Tenant hereby designates John Marlow as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, which representative shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Work Letter, and Landlord shall, until further notice, be entitled to rely upon the decisions and agreements made by such representative as binding upon Tenant. Landlord hereby designates Jim Smolinski as its sole representatives with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, which representative, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Work Letter, and Tenant shall, until further notice, be entitled to rely upon the decisions and agreements made by such representative as binding upon Landlord.

8. Punch List . When Landlord is of the opinion that the Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete, Landlord shall notify Tenant of same, and the two parties shall select a mutually convenient time and date to walk through the Premises for the purposes of inspection. At such time, Tenant shall make a list of items (“Punch List”) that appear incomplete or unfinished (Tenant shall have the right to add to such list within fifteen (15) days after the Commencement Date). Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Punch List (and thereafter within thirty (30) days after receipt of any additional items to the Punch List), Landlord shall fully complete all such items on the Punch List, using its best efforts not to interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises when completing such unfinished items.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    Exhibit B - Page 4   


EXHIBIT B-1

Space Plan

 

LOGO

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    Exhibit B-1   


EXHIBIT B-2

TENANT’S WORK

Tenant will install the following items at Tenant’s sole cost and expense:

 

1. Telephone/Data Cabling or wiring and Equipment

 

2. Above-standard electrical

 

2. Furniture

 

3. Office Equipment

 

4. Trade Fixtures

 

5. Other necessary items not included in the Tenant Improvements.

 

 

   Exhibit B-2   


EXHIBIT B-3

Contractor’s Insurance Requirements

1. Workers Compensation Insurance as required by the laws and regulations of the State of California, and Employers’ Liability Insurance ($1,000,000 limit) shall be carried by each contractor covering all persons employed or deemed to be employed by contractor in connection with the work.

2. Commercial general liability including bodily injury, property damage and personal injury with a combined single limit of not less than $1,000,000 per project, per occurrence shall be carried by contractor. Coverage shall be on an occurrence form and shall include products & completed operations coverage. Underground explosion & collapse coverage shall be included where applicable.

3. Contractor shall carry Business Automobile liability with a liability limit of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence applying to all contractor’s owned, non-owned and hired automobiles.

4. Commercial umbrella excess liability with a limit not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence/aggregate applicable in excess of the underlying general, automobile and employers’ liability coverages.

5. Each policy shall name as additional insured and shall protect Tenant and the Landlord from all claims for injury or damage within the limits stated above on which claims may arise from any and all operations under this Amendment; whether such operations are by contractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by contractor. The policy endorsement must be delivered to Tenant and Landlord with Certificates of Insurance as required below.

6. Contractor’s insurance shall be primary coverage: Tenant and Landlord’s insurance shall be excess and noncontributory.

7. All insurance shall be carried with responsible companies (A.M. Best rated A—VII or better), and satisfactory proof of same shall be furnished to Tenant and Landlord.

8. Before contractor performs any work at, or delivers materials to the property, contractor shall deliver to Tenant and Landlord original Certificates of Insurance including additional insured endorsement evidencing the foregoing insurance coverage. Such certificates of Insurance shall provide that the insurance is in force and will not be canceled without thirty (30) days written notice to Tenant and Landlord.

9. Contractor shall also require that any of their subcontractors also maintain the foregoing insurance requirements. Contractor shall maintain current certificates of insurance evidencing such for all subcontractors in any way connected with work being performed at this property.

 

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    EXHIBIT “B-3”   


EXHIBIT C

Building’s Rules and Regulations

and Janitorial Specifications

1. The sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls of the Building shall not be obstructed or encumbered or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the premises demised to any tenant or occupant.

2. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls or windows of the Building without the prior consent of Landlord. No curtains, blinds, shades, or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the premises demised to any tenant or occupant, without the prior consent of Landlord. Such awnings, projections, curtains, blinds, shades, screens or other fixtures must be of a quality, type, design and color, and attached in a manner, approved by Landlord.

3. No sign, advertisement, object, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed on any part of the outside or inside of the premises demised to any tenant or occupant of the Building without the prior consent of Landlord. Interior signs on doors and directory tables, if any, shall be of a size, color and style approved by Landlord.

4. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit tight and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed, nor shall any bottles, parcels, or other articles be placed on any window silts.

5. No show cases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, nor placed in the halls, corridors, vestibules or other public parts of the Building.

6. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, or other substances shall be thrown therein. No tenant shall bring or keep, or permit to be brought or kept, any inflammable, combustible, explosive or hazardous fluid, materials, chemical or substance in or about the premises demised to such tenant.

7. No tenant or occupant shall mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Building or the premises demised to such tenant or occupant. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior consent of Landlord, and as Landlord may direct. No tenant or occupant shall install any resilient tile or similar floor covering in the premises demised to such tenant or occupant except in a manner approved by Landlord,

8. No bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the premises demised to any tenant. No cooking shall be done or permitted in the Building by any tenant without the approval of the Landlord. No tenant shall cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to emanate from the premises demised to such tenant. Landlord reserves the right to designate smoking areas in or around the Building.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    EXHIBIT “C” – Page 1   


9. No space in the Building shall be used for manufacturing, for the storage of merchandise, or for the sale of merchandise, goods, or property of any kind at auction, without the prior consent of Landlord.

10. No tenant shall make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises or disturb or interfere with other tenants or occupants of the Building or neighboring buildings or premises whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, television set or other audio device, unmusical noise, whistling, singing, or in any other way. Nothing shall be thrown out of any doors or window.

11. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows, nor shall any changes be made in locks or the mechanism thereof. Each tenant must, upon the termination of its tenancy, restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such tenant.

12. All removals from the Building, or the carrying in or out of the Building or the premises demised to any tenant, of any safes, freight, furniture or bulky matter of any description must take place at such time and in such manner as Landlord or its agents may determine, from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all freight which violates any of the Rules and Regulations or the provisions of such tenant’s lease.

13. No tenant shall use or occupy, or permit any portion of the premises demised to such tenant to be used or occupied, as an office for a public stenographer or typist, or to a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau. No tenant or occupant shall engage or pay any employees in the Building, except those actually working for such tenant or occupant in the Building, nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Building.

14. No tenant or occupant shall purchase spring water, ice, food, beverage, lighting maintenance, cleaning towels or other like service, from any company or person not approved by Landlord. No vending machines of any description shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the premises demised to any tenant without the prior consent of Landlord.

15. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant or occupant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a building for offices, and upon notice from Landlord, such tenant or occupant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

16. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building, between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M. on business days and at all hours on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays, all persons who do not present a pass to the Building signed by Landlord. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom any tenant requests such passes. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests such passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.

17. Each tenant, before closing and leaving the premises demised to such tenant at any time, shall see that all entrance doors are locked and all windows closed. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    EXHIBIT “C” – Page 2   


18. Each tenant shall, at its expense, provide artificial light in the premises demised to such tenant for Landlord’s agents, contractors and employees while performing janitorial or other cleaning services and making repairs or alterations in said premises.

19. No premises shall be used, or permitted to be used for lodging or sleeping, or for any immoral or illegal purposes.

20. The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application at the office of Landlord. Building employees shall not be required to perform, and shall not be requested by any tenant or occupant to perform, and work outside of their regular duties, unless under specific instructions from the office of Landlord.

21. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building are prohibited and each tenant and occupant shall cooperate in seeking their prevention.

22. There shall not be used in the Building, either by any tenant or occupant or by their agents or contractors, in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, freight, or other matter, any hand trucks or other means of conveyance except those equipped with rubber tires, rubber side guards and such other safeguards as Landlord may require.

23. If the Premises demised to any tenant become infested with vermin, such tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall cause its premises to be exterminated, from time to time, to the satisfaction of Landlord, and shall employ such exterminators therefor as shall be approved by Landlord.

24. No premises shall be used, or permitted to be used, at any time, without the prior approval of Landlord, as a store for the sale or display of goods, wares or merchandise of any kind, or as a restaurant, shop, booth, bootblack or other stand, or for the conduct of any business or occupation which predominantly involves direct patronage of the general public in the premises demised to such tenant, or for manufacturing or for other similar purposes.

25. No tenant shall clean any window in the Building from the outside.

26, No tenant shall move, or permit to be moved, into or out of the Building or the premises demised to such tenant, any heavy or bulky matter, without the specific approval of Landlord. If any such matter requires special handling, only a qualified person shall be employed to perform such special handling. No tenant shall place, or permit to be placed, on any part of the floor or floors of the premises demised to such tenant, a load exceeding the floor load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of safes and other heavy matter, which must be placed so as to distribute the weight.

27. Landlord shall provide and maintain an alphabetical directory board in the first floor (main lobby) of the Building and no other directory shall be permitted without the prior consent of Landlord. Each tenant shall be allowed one line on such board unless otherwise agreed to in writing.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    EXHIBIT “C” – Page 3   


28. With respect to work being performed by a tenant in its premises with the approval of Landlord, the tenant shall refer all contractors, contractors’ representatives and installation technicians to Landlord for its supervision, approval and control prior to the performance of any work or services. This provision shall apply to all work performed in the Building including installation of telephones, telegraph equipment, electrical devices and attachments, and installations of every nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim, ceilings, equipment and any other physical portion of the Building.

29. Landlord shall not be responsible for lost or stolen personal property, equipment, money, or jewelry from the premises of tenants or public rooms whether or not such loss occurs when the Building or the premises are locked against entry.

30. Landlord shall not permit entrance to the premises of tenants by use of pass keys controlled by Landlord, to any person at any time without written permission from such tenant, except employees, contractors, or service personnel directly supervised by Landlord and employees of the United States Postal Service.

31. Each tenant and all of tenant’s employees and invitees shall observe and comply with the driving and parking signs and markers on the Land surrounding the Building, and Landlord shall not be responsible for any damage to any vehicle towed because of noncompliance with parking regulations.

32. Without Landlord’s prior approval, no tenant shall install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker, music system or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building or on common walls with adjacent tenants.

33. Each tenant shall store all trash and garbage within its premises or in such other areas specifically designated by Landlord. No materials shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles in the Building unless such materials may be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage and will not result in a violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All garbage and refuse disposal shall be only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord shall designate.

34. No tenant shall employ any persons other than the janitor or Landlord for the purpose of cleaning its premises without the prior consent of Landlord. No tenant shall cause any unnecessary labor by reason of its carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Janitor service shall include ordinary dusting and cleaning by the janitor assigned to such work and shall not include beating of carpets or rugs or moving of furniture or other special services. Janitor service shall be furnished Mondays through Fridays, legal holidays excepted; janitor service will not be furnished to areas which are occupied after 9:30 P.M. Window cleaning shall be done only by Landlord, and only between 6:00 A.M. and 5:00 P.M.

 

Ring Central, Inc. Lease    EXHIBIT “C” – Page 4   


EXHIBIT D

Commencement Date Confirmation

Attached to and made a part of the Lease dated as of the April 1, 2011 entered into and by 1400 FASHION ISLAND LLC , a Delaware limited liability company , as Landlord, and RING CENTRAL, INC. , a California corporation, as Tenant.

Landlord and Tenant do hereby declare that possession of the Premises was accepted by Tenant on the                  day of                          , 2011. The Premises required to be constructed and finished by Landlord in accordance with the provisions of the Lease have been satisfactorily completed by Landlord and accepted by Tenant, the Lease is now in full force and effect, and as of the date hereof, Landlord has fulfilled all of its obligations under the Lease. The Lease Commencement Date is hereby established as                              , 2011 . The Term of this Lease shall terminate on                          , 2016 .

Additionally, the Temporary Space Termination is, therefore, .

 

Landlord:    Tenant:
1400 FASHION ISLAND LLC ,    RING CENTRAL, INC. ,

a Delaware limited liability company

        By: 1400 Manager, LLC,

   a California corporation

    a Delaware limited liability company

   By:                                                  

 

          By:                                              

   Name:                                                  
          Name: SHERRILYN FISHER    Title:                                                  
          Title: Secretary and Treasurer   

 

By:                                                  

   Name:                                                  
   Title:                                                  

 

Ring Central, Inc.    EXHIBIT “D”   

Exhibit 10.13

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Amendment”) is dated as of August 28, 2011, between 1400 Fashion Island LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and RING CENTRAL, INC., a California corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated as of April 1, 2011 (the “Lease”), pursuant to which Tenant leases from Landlord certain premises on the 7th floor known as Suite 700 and containing 18,102 rentable square feet (the “Existing Premises”) of the building (the “Building”) known as Century Centre II , located at 1400 Fashion Island Blvd., San Mateo, California , which Existing Premises is more thoroughly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant presently desire to amend the Lease in order to add to the Lease additional premises known as Suite 602 on the 6th floor of the Building, and modify the Lease in certain other respects, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Amendment of Lease With Respect to Approval Process for the Existing Premises

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that they have reached agreement on Floor Plan SP-12 for the Existing Premises prepared by RMW architecture & interiors (“Approved Floor Plan”), which was approved by Tenant’s General Counsel, John Marlow, on behalf of Tenant in his letter to 1400 Fashion Island LLC dated August 17, 2011 and which is attached hereto as Exhibit “C.” Upon execution and delivery of this First Amendment to Lease by both Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall submit the Approved Floor Plan to the City of San Mateo for permit approval (the “Permit Application”). Because of the extended period of negotiations between the parties with respect to the Approved Floor Plan, and in order to expedite the commencement of construction by Landlord of the Tenant Improvements to the Existing Premises, Section 3 of Exhibit “B” attached to the Lease, which section is entitled “ Preparation of Plans and Construction Schedule and Procedures,” is hereby amended so that the Tenant approvals provided for therein, including but not limited to the Tenant approvals described in (i) Section 3(b) with respect to Working Drawings, (ii) Section 3(d) with respect to Engineering Drawings, and (iii) Section 3(f) with respect to the Plans, shall no longer be required by Landlord, and Tenant

 

First Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.    1   


hereby waives its right to give such approvals, so that upon receipt of the City’s approval of the Permit Application and the issuance by the City of an appropriate permit for construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall be authorized, without need for any further consent or approval from Tenant, to proceed with the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements to the Existing Premises.

2. Additional Premises .

 

  a. Additional Premises . Effective as of the Effective Date (as defined in Paragraph 2.b below), and continuing for the balance of the Term of the Lease, Suite 602 on the 6th floor of the Building, shown outlined on the attached Exhibit A (the “Additional Premises”), shall be added to the premises covered by the Lease. Commencing on the Effective Date, all references in the Lease to the “Premises” shall be deemed to refer to the Existing Premises and the Additional Premises, collectively. Landlord and Tenant hereby stipulate for all purposes of the Lease that the Additional Premises contains 10,129 rentable square feet.

Tenant acknowledges that the Additional Premises contain certain furniture (the “Existing Furniture”) which is listed on Exhibit “B” attached hereto. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that the Existing Furniture is currently Landlord’s property. On or before September 15, 2011, Tenant may request that Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, remove or (if necessary) disassemble all or some portion of the Existing Furniture. Except for such furniture that Landlord removes at Tenant’s request as above stated, on and after September 15, 2011, in consideration of the promises contained in this First Amendment, all right, title and interest in the Existing Furniture remaining in the Premises shall be deemed transferred to Tenant by Landlord, and Landlord shall retain no further right, title or interest in same. Landlord makes no representation concerning, nor does Landlord warrant, the condition of the Existing Furniture nor shall Landlord be responsible for servicing or maintaining the Existing Furniture. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any reduction in rent or any offset whatsoever, should any of the Existing Furniture fail to operate or otherwise fail to properly function.

 

  b. Effective Date . The “Effective Date” shall be September 1, 2011. The Expiration Date of the Lease (including the Additional Premises) shall remain the Expiration Date as defined by the terms of the Lease for the Existing Premises.

 

  c. Condition of Additional Premises : Landlord’s Work.

 

  i.

Delivery of Additional Premises . On or before the Effective Date and subject to Landlord’s removal of those items of Existing Furniture designated by Tenant prior to September 15, 2011 as described in Section 2(a) above,

 

First Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.    2   


  Landlord shall deliver the Additional Premises and Tenant shall accept same in their “AS IS” condition. Except for the TI Allowance (defined below), Landlord shall have no obligation to make or pay for any renovations, alterations, additions or improvements to prepare the Additional Premises for Tenant’s occupancy. Any renovations, alterations, additions or improvements desired by Tenant in the Additional Premises shall be constructed by Tenant at its sole cost and expense in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the procedures and requirements of the Lease, including Article 5 thereof. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant an allowance (the “TI Allowance”) of up to $151,935.00 (i.e. $15.00 times 10,129 rentable square feet) toward the cost of any renovations, alterations, additions or improvements (including related architectural and permitting costs, as well as design and engineering costs provided that the application of the TI Allowance to design and engineering costs shall cummatively be limited to no more than $5,000.00) to the Additional Premises (the “Additional Premises Tenant Improvements”) which Tenant constructs, or causes to be constructed in Suite 602, but in no event shall Tenant be entitled to use all or any portion of the TI Allowance later than by the end of the fifteenth (15th) full month of the Additional Premises Term (i.e. November 30, 2012). Tenant shall not be entitled to use any portion of the TI Allowance not applied to the cost of the Additional Premises Tenant Improvements as a credit against rent or for payment of costs and expenses incurred by Tenant relating to furniture, fixtures, equipment, wiring or consulting fees. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for such permitted costs and expenses within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of reasonably satisfactory evidence of Tenant’s payment of same. At Tenant’s election, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for such permitted costs and expenses within the aforesaid 30-day period by paying any invoice or bill submitted by Tenant directly to any contractor associated with construction of the Additional Premises Tenant Improvements.

 

  ii. Landlord’s Work . Other than removing certain items of Existing Furniture designated for removal by Tenant on or before September 15, 2011 pursuant to Section 2(a) hereinabove, there shall be no Landlord’s Work in connection with this First Amendment or in connection with the Additional Premises.

3. Monthly Rent and Operating Expenses .

 

  a. Monthly Rent for Additional Premises . In addition to the Monthly Rent provided for the Existing Premises by Article 1(M) of the Lease, commencing as of the Effective Date, Tenant shall pay Monthly Rent for the Additional Premises in the following amounts:

 

First Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.    3   


Period

   Month Rent Per RSF      Total Monthly Rent  

9/1/11 through 11/30/11*

   $ 0.00       $ 0.00   

12/1/11 through 8/31/12

   $ 2.40       $ 24,309.60   

9/1/12 through 8/31/13

   $ 2.47       $ 25,018.63   

9/1/13 through 8/31/14

   $ 2.55       $ 25,828.95   

9/1/14 through 8/31/15

   $ 2.62       $ 26,537.98   

9/1/15 through 8/31/16

   $ 2.70       $ 27,348.30   

9/1/16 through 11/30/16

   $ 2.78       $ 28,158.62   

 

* As a concession to Tenant and only if Tenant is not in default under the Lease or this First Amendment following the expiration of all applicable cure periods without cure by Tenant, Landlord grants to Tenant a credit in the amount of $72,928.80 to be applied against the Monthly Rent due for the first 3 months of the Additional Premises.

Simultaneously with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of an executed copy of this First Amendment, and in addition to the Additional Premises Security Deposit provided by Section 4 of this First Amendment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the Monthly Rent for the Additional Premises payable for the first full month after the occurrence of the Effective Date for which rent is due (i.e., rent for 12/1/11 to 12/31/11 equal to $24,309.60), which amount shall be applied to the first full month of Monthly Rent due and payable, after the application of the three-month rent concession granted to Tenant, with respect to the Additional Premises.

 

  b. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share : Base Year. Effective as of the Effective Date, (A) Tenant’s Share with respect to the Additional Premises shall be 5.85 % (Tenant’s Pro Rata Share with respect to the Existing Premises shall remain 10.45% as provided in Article 1(P) of the Lease), (B) the Operating Expenses Base, as set forth in Article 1(N) of the Lease, with respect to the Additional Premises shall be the calendar year 2011 , and (c) the Tax Base, as set forth in Article 1(O) of the Lease, with respect to the Additional Premises shall be the calendar year 2011 .

 

4.

Security Deposit . Effective as of the Effective Date, to reflect the addition of the Additional Premises to the Lease, the Security Deposit required of Tenant pursuant to Article 1.L. and Article 23 of the Lease shall be increased by $ 120,000.00 (the “Additional Premises Security Deposit”) to an aggregate amount (for both the Existing Premises and the Additional Premises) of $ 335,000.00 . Therefore, simultaneously with Tenant’s delivery of an executed copy of this Amendment, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Additional Premises Security Deposit. Provided that and only if Tenant is not then in default under the Lease beyond any applicable cure periods, the Additional Premises Security Deposit shall be reduced on the same dates as the reductions of the Security Deposit provided in the Lease for the Existing Premises at Article 1.L as follows: (i) on the 1st day of the twenty-fifth (25th) full calendar month of the Term of the Existing Premises, the amount of the Additional Premises Security Deposit shall be reduced to $97,000, and (ii) on the 1st day of the thirty-seventh (37th) full calendar month of the Term of the Existing Premises, the amount of the Additional Premises Security Deposit shall be reduced to $81,000.00. If Tenant is in default, at the time of any such reduction, beyond any

 

First Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.    4   


  applicable cure periods, Landlord shall not be obligated to make such reduction nor any subsequent reduction provided for above. If, after any such reduction, Tenant defaults under the Lease and fails to cure such default within any applicable cure periods, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord, replenish the Additional Premises Security Deposit to its original amount of $120,000.00.

 

5. Option to Renew . Article 31 of the Lease provides Tenant with an option to renew the Lease for one additional term of three (3) years. The parties hereto wish to clarify that after the Effective Date (i) the option to renew shall mean an option to renew the Lease of either (a) the entire Premises, including both the Existing Premises and the Additional Premises, or (b) only the Existing Premises, or (c) only the Additional Premises, and (ii) the phrase “50% of the Premises” in paragraph A of Article 31 shall be based on the Premises having 28,231 rentable square feet, and, therefore, the phrase “50% of the Premises” shall mean either (a) 50% of the entire Premise (i.e. 14,116 rentable square feet), if Tenant exercises its option to renew the entire Premises (both the Existing Premises and the Additional Premises), or (b) 50% of the Existing Premises (i.e. 9,051 rentable square feet), if Tenant exercises its option to renew only the Existing Premises, or (c) 50% of the Additional Premises (i.e. 5,065 rentable square feet), if Tenant exercises its option to renew only the Additional Premises.

 

6. Right of First Offer . Article 32 of the Lease granting Tenant a Right of First Refusal is hereby amended so that the definition of “First Offer Space” shall exclude Suite 500 and shall include the following several suites in the Building:

 

  i. Suite 600 containing approximately 1,292 rentable square feet,
  ii. Suite 601 containing approximately 1,882 rentable square feet,
  iii. Suite 603 containing approximately 2,949 rentable square feet, and
  iv. Suite 604 containing approximately 1,032 rentable square feet.

Tenant hereby warrants, convenants and agrees that as of the Effective Date Tenant shall no longer have any claim or right whatsoever in or to Suite 500, including Right of First Offer, all claim or right to which is hereby relinquished by Tenant.

 

7. Conditional Right to Terminate contained in Article 33 of the Lease . Article 33 of the Lease is hereby amended by entirely replacing Section D thereof with the following new Section D:

“D. Landlord’s Denial and Tenant’s Conditional Right to Terminate . In the event that Tenant receives the Expansion Denial Letter or no response from Landlord within the Landlord Response Period, then Tenant shall have a onetime right to early terminate the lease (“Early Termination Right”) without penalty upon payment by cashier’s or certified check to Landlord of an amount equal to

 

First Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.    5   


$587,342.96 (the “Termination Payment”) calculated as follows: (i) eight (8) times the Monthly Rent for the Premises (i.e. Suite 700) based on the rent for the fortieth (40th) full calendar month of the Term of the Lease (i.e. 8 x $46,879.89 = $375,039.12), plus (ii) eight (8) times the Monthly Rent for the Additional Premises (i.e. Suite 602) based on said rent for the fortieth (40th) full month of the Term for the Additional Premises (i.e. 8 x $26,537.98 = $212,303.84). Tenant may exercise the Early Termination Right no later than thirty (30) business days after the termination of the Landlord Response Period by sending Landlord a formal written notice (“Termination Letter”) exercising such Early Termination Right together with (i) the Termination Payment, and (ii) an executed Letter of Intent for a minimum 40,000 rentable square feet at a new location, which Letter of Intent Landlord agrees to hold in the strictest confidence. Within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Termination Letter, Tenant shall also deliver to Landlord a fully executed lease for a minimum 40,000 rentable square feet at said new location, which lease Landlord agrees to hold in the strictest confidence. Provided that Tenant has complied with all of the above requirements, Termination shall be effective at the end of the thirty ninth (39th) month of the Lease Term. Landlord shall have the right to market the Premises upon receipt of the Termination Letter and Termination Payment.”

 

8. Parking Spaces . In addition to the 60 non-assigned, surface parking spaces provide by Article 1.S of the Lease with respect to the Premises, Tenant shall be entitled to use, with respect to the Additional Premises, up to an additional 33 non-assigned, surface parking spaces at the Building, free of charge during the initial Term, or any extension thereof, for a total of 93 non-assigned surface parking spaces.

 

9. Real Estate Brokers . Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has negotiated this Amendment directly with CB Richard Ellis, Inc., and has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or to employ, any other real estate broker or salesman to act for Tenant in connection with this Amendment. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify and defend Landlord against any and all claims by any real estate broker or salesman other than the foregoing brokers for a commission, finder’s fee or other compensation as a result of Tenant’s entering into this Amendment. Landlord will pay the brokerage commission pursuant to a separate agreement with CB Richard Ellis, Inc.

 

10. Authority . Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, (c) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so.

 

First Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.    6   


11. Miscellaneous . This Agreement and the Lease as amended hereby represents the entire agreement of the parties regarding the matters set forth herein, and all prior agreements with respect to such matters, whether written or oral are merged herein. This Agreement and the Lease as amended hereby shall bind, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the parties. This document may be executed in counterparts with the same force and effect as if the parties had executed one instrument, and each such counterpart shall constitute an original hereof. No provision of this Agreement that is held to be inoperative, unenforceable or invalid shall affect the remaining provisions, and to this end all provisions hereof are hereby declared to be severable. Time is of the essence of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, and shall not be effective or enforceable against either party until and unless it is executed by both parties and delivered by each to the other.

 

12. Lease in Full Force and Effect . Except as amended by this First Amendment, the Lease remains in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and affirmed by the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

Landlord :     Tenant :
1400 FASHION ISLAND LLC,     RING CENTRAL, INC.,
a Delaware limited liability company     a California corporation
  By: 1400 Manager, LLC, a Delaware     By:   /s/ John Marlow
  limited liability company     Name:   John Marlow
      Title:   General Counsel
By:   /s/ Sherrilyn Fisher     By:   /s/ David Bray
Name:   SHERRILYN FISHER     Name:   David Bray
Title:   Secretary and Treasurer     Title:   Sr. Director Finance

 

First Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.    7   


Certificate of Tenant

I, John Marlow, Secretary of Tenant, hereby certify that the officers executing the foregoing First Amendment To Lease on behalf of Tenant is/are duly authorized to act on behalf of and bind the Tenant.

 

    /s/ John Marlow

 

First Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.    8   


EXHIBIT A

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

FF&E - 1400 Fashion Island Boulevard, Suite 602

 

#

  

Furniture

  

Quantity

1

  

Desk (wood, lament, metal)

   20

2

  

Chairs (AVA, BASYX, Hayworth, etc...)

   110

3

  

Reception Chair

   4

4

  

Workstation (Hayworth)

   37

5

  

Rectangular Conference Table

   6

6

  

Large Conference Room Table

   1

7

  

Conference Room Credenza

   1

8

  

Coffee Table (reception area)

   1

9

  

2-Drawer File Cabinet (wood, metal)

   13

10

  

4-Drawer File Cabinet

   2

11

  

Bookshelf

   4

12

  

Rectangular Table (open office)

   4

13

  

Round Tables (wood, lament)

   8

14

  

Refrigerator

   1

15

  

Dishwasher

   1

16

  

Large Kitchen Cabinet

   4

17

  

Small Kitchen Cabinet

   1

18

  

White Boards

   16


EXHIBIT “C”

 

LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

Exhibit 10.14

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Amendment”) is dated as of November 1, 2012, between 1400 Fashion Island LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and RING CENTRAL, INC., a California corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated as of April 1, 2011 , as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of August 28, 2011 (as amended, the “Lease”), pursuant to which Tenant leases from Landlord certain premises on the 7th floor known as Suite 700 and containing 18,102 rentable square feet and Suite 602 on the 6th floor containing 10,129 rentable square feet for a total of 28,231 rentable square feet (the “Existing Premises”) of the building (the “Building”) known as Century Centre II , located at 1400 Fashion Island Blvd., San Mateo, California , which Existing Premises is more thoroughly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant presently desire to amend the Lease in order to add to the Lease additional premises known as Suite 603 on the 6th floor of the Building, and modify the Lease in certain other respects, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Additional Premises .

 

  a. Additional Premises . Effective as of the Effective Date (as defined in Paragraph 2.b below), and continuing for the balance of the Term of the Lease, Suite 603 on the 6th floor of the Building, shown outlined on the attached Exhibit A (the “Additional Premises”), shall be added to the premises covered by the Lease. Commencing on the Effective Date, unless otherwise provided by this Second Amendment to Lease, all references in the Lease to the “Premises” shall be deemed to refer to the Existing Premises and the Additional Premises, collectively. Landlord and Tenant hereby stipulate for all purposes of the Lease that the Additional Premises contains 2,949 rentable square feet.

 

  b. Effective Date . The “Effective Date” shall be September 1, 2012. The Expiration Date of the Lease (including the Additional Premises) shall remain the Expiration Date as defined by the terms of the Lease for the Existing Premises, namely, May 31, 2017.

 

Second Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.   1   


  c. Condition of Additional Premises : Landlord’s Work.

 

  i. Delivery of Additional Premises . On or before the Effective Date, Landlord shall deliver the Additional Premises and Tenant shall accept same in their “AS IS” condition, professionally cleaned. Other than Landlord having the Additional Premises professionally cleaned at Landlord’s cost and expense, Landlord shall have no obligation to make or pay for any renovations, alterations, additions or improvements to prepare the Additional Premises for Tenant’s occupancy. Any renovations, alterations, additions or improvements (the “Alterations”) desired by Tenant in the Additional Premises shall be constructed by Tenant at its sole cost and expense in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the procedures and requirements of the Lease, including Article 5 thereof. Tenant’s right to make the Alterations is further conditioned upon: (i) Tenant’s acquiring all necessary permits required by all applicable governmental authorities based on the final plans and specifications approved by Landlord in writing; (ii) Tenant furnishing copies of such permits to Landlord; and (iii) the compliance by Tenant with all conditions of said permits in a prompt and expeditious manner.

 

  ii. Landlord’s Work . Other than Landlord having the Additional Premises professionally cleaned at Landlord’s cost and expense, there shall be no Landlord’s Work in connection with this Second Amendment or in connection with the Additional Premises.

2. Monthly Rent and Operating Expenses .

 

  a. Monthly Rent for Additional Premises . In addition to the Monthly Rent provided for the Existing Premises by Article 1(M) of the Lease, commencing as of the Effective Date, Tenant shall pay Monthly Rent for the Additional Premises in the following amounts:

 

Period

   Total Monthly Rent  

11/1/12 through 10/31/13

   $ 8,699.55   

11/1/13 through 10/31/14

   $ 8,960.54   

11/1/14 through 10/31/15

   $ 9,229.35   

11/1/15 through 10/31/16

   $ 9,506.23   

11/1/16 through 5/31/17

   $ 9,791.42   

Simultaneously with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of an executed copy of this Second Amendment, and in addition to the Additional Premises Security Deposit provided by Section 3 of this Second Amendment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to

 

Second Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.   2   


the Monthly Rent for the Additional Premises payable for the first full month after the occurrence of the Effective Date for which rent is due (i.e., rent for 11/1/12 to 11/30/12 equal to $8,699.55), which amount shall be applied to the first full month of Monthly Rent due and payable with respect to the Additional Premises.

 

b. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share : Base Year. Effective as of the Effective Date, (A) Tenant’s Share with respect to the Additional Premises shall be 1.70 % (Tenant’s Pro Rata Share with respect to the Existing Premises shall remain 16.29% as provided in Article 1(P) of the Lease as amended by the First Amendment), (B) the Operating Expenses Base, as set forth in Article 1(N) of the Lease, with respect to the Additional Premises shall be the calendar year 2012 , and (c) the Tax Base, as set forth in Article 1(O) of the Lease, with respect to the Additional Premises shall be the calendar year 2012 .

 

3. Security Deposit . Effective as of the Effective Date, to reflect the addition of the Additional Premises to the Lease, the Security Deposit required of Tenant pursuant to Article 1.L. and Article 23 of the Lease shall be increased by $26,098.65 (the “Additional Premises Security Deposit”) to an aggregate amount (for both the Existing Premises and the Additional Premises) of $361,098.65. Therefore, simultaneously with Tenant’s delivery of an executed copy of this Amendment, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Additional Premises Security Deposit.

 

4. Conditional Right to Terminate contained in Article 33 of the Lease . Article 33 of the Lease is hereby amended by entirely replacing Section D thereof with the following new Section D:

“D. Landlord’s Denial and Tenant’s Conditional Right to Terminate . In the event that Tenant receives the Expansion Denial Letter or no response from Landlord within the Landlord Response Period, then Tenant shall have a onetime right to early terminate the lease (“Early Termination Right”) without penalty upon payment by cashier’s or certified check to Landlord of an amount equal to $663,392.80 (the “Termination Payment”) calculated as follows: (i) eight (8) times the Monthly Rent for Suite 700 based on the rent for the fortieth (40th) full calendar month of the Term of the Lease (i.e. 8 x $46,879.89 = $375,039.12), plus (ii) eight (8) times the Monthly Rent for the Suite 602 based on said rent for the fortieth (40th) full month of the Term for Suite 602 (i.e. 8 x $26,537.98 = $212,303.84), plus (ii) eight (8) times the Monthly Rent for the Additional Premises (i.e. Suite 603) based on said rent for the fortieth (40th) full month of the Term for the Additional Premises (i.e. 8 x $9,506.23 = $76,049.84). Tenant may exercise the Early Termination Right no later than thirty (30) business days after the termination of the Landlord Response Period by sending Landlord a formal written notice (“Termination Letter”) exercising such Early Termination Right together with (i) the Termination Payment, and (ii) an executed Letter of Intent for a minimum 40,000 rentable square feet at a new location, which Letter of Intent

 

Second Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.   3   


Landlord agrees to hold in the strictest confidence. Within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Termination Letter, Tenant shall also deliver to Landlord a fully executed lease for a minimum 40,000 rentable square feet at said new location, which lease Landlord agrees to hold in the strictest confidence. Provided that Tenant has complied with all of the above requirements, Termination shall be effective at the end of the thirty ninth (39th) month of the Lease Term. Landlord shall have the right to market the Premises upon receipt of the Termination Letter and Termination Payment.”

 

5. Parking Spaces . In addition to the 93 non-assigned, surface parking spaces provide by Article 1.S of the Lease with respect to the Premises, Tenant shall be entitled to use, with respect to the Additional Premises, up to an additional 10 non-assigned, surface parking spaces at the Building, free of charge during the initial Term, or any extension thereof, for a total of 103 non-assigned surface parking spaces.

 

6. Real Estate Brokers . Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or to employ, any real estate broker or salesman to act for Tenant in connection with this Amendment. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify and defend Landlord against any and all claims by any real estate broker or salesman for a commission, Finder’s fee or other compensation as a result of Tenant’s entering into this Amendment if such claim against Landlord is based on said broker or salesman being employed or authorized by Tenant.

 

7. Authority . Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, (c) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so.

 

8. Miscellaneous . This Agreement and the Lease as amended hereby represents the entire agreement of the parties regarding the matters set forth herein, and all prior agreements with respect to such matters, whether written or oral are merged herein. This Agreement and the Lease as amended hereby shall bind, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the parties. This document may be executed in counterparts with the same force and effect as if the parties had executed one instrument, and each such counterpart shall constitute an original hereof. No provision of this Agreement that is held to be inoperative, unenforceable or invalid shall affect the remaining provisions, and to this end all provisions hereof are hereby declared to be severable. Time is of the essence of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, and shall not be effective or enforceable against either party until and unless it is executed by both parties and delivered by each to the other.

 

Second Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.   4   


9. Lease in Full Force and Effect . Except as amended by the First Amendment to Lease and this Second Amendment, the Lease remains in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and affirmed by the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

Landlord:     Tenant :
1400 FASHION ISLAND LLC,     RING CENTRAL, INC.,
a Delaware limited liability company     a California corporation
By:   1400 Manager, LLC, a Delaware     By:   /s/ John Marlow
  limited liability company     Name:   John Marlow
      Title:   General Counsel
By:   /s/ Sherrilyn Fisher     By:   /s/ Robert Lawson
Name:   SHERRILYN FISHER     Name:   Rober Lawson
Title:   Secretary and Treasurer     Title:   CFO

 

Second Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.   5   


Certificate of Tenant

I, John Marlow, Secretary of Tenant, hereby certify that the officers executing the foregoing SECOND AMENDMENT To Lease on behalf of Tenant is/are duly authorized to act on behalf of and bind the Tenant.

 

/s/ John Marlow
John Marlow

 

Second Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.   6   


EXHIBIT A

Additional Premises

 

LOGO

 

Second Amendment To Lease, Ring Central, Inc.   7   

Exhibit 10.15

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of August 14, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation with a loan production office located at 555 Mission Street, 9 th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105 (“ Bank ”), and RINGCENTRAL, INC. , a California corporation (“ RingCentral ”), and RCLEC, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ RCLEC ” and together with RingCentral, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “ Borrower ”), each with offices located at 1400 Fashion Island Boulevard, 7 th Floor, San Mateo, CA 94404, provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

Recitals

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 29, 2010 (as amended from time to time, the “ Prior Loan Agreement ”).

B. Borrower has requested, and Bank has agreed, to replace, amend and restate the Prior Loan Agreement in its entirety. Bank and Borrower hereby agree that the Prior Loan Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

  1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

  2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Revolving Advances.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid, and prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.1.2 Growth Capital Loan .

(a) Availability . As of the Effective Date, the outstanding principal balance of the Growth Capital Advances is Four Million Two Hundred Twenty-Two Thousand Two Hundred Twenty-Two and 26/100 Dollars ($4,222,222.26). No additional Growth Capital Advances are available hereunder.

(b) Repayment . The Growth Capital Advances shall continue to be repaid as follows: Borrower shall make consecutive equal monthly payments of principal in the amount of Two Hundred Twenty-Two Thousand Two Hundred Twenty-Two and 22/100 Dollars ($222,222.22), plus accrued but unpaid interest, on the first (1 st ) day of each month. The Final Payment and all unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest on each Growth Capital Advance are due and payable in full on the Growth Capital Maturity Date.

(c) Voluntary Prepayment . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all Growth Capital Advances in full, but not in part, provided Borrower (i) shall provide written notice to Bank of their election to prepay the Growth Capital Advances at least five (5) Business Days prior to such prepayment and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment, (a) all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest, plus (b) the Final Payment, plus (c) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable.

(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Growth Capital Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest, plus (ii) the Final Payment, plus (iii) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable.


2.1.3 Maximum Advances and Growth Capital Advances . In addition and notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate amount of all Growth Capital Advances plus the aggregate amount of all Advances shall not exceed Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) at any time.

2.1.4 Supplemental Growth Capital Loan .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make advances to Borrower (each a “ Supplemental Growth Capital Advance ” and collectively the “ Supplemental Growth Capital Advances ”), from time to time, prior to the Supplemental Growth Capital Commitment Termination Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Commitment.

(i) Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) of the Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Commitment (the “ First Tranche ”) shall be advanced to Borrower on or about the Effective Date. After repayment, the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance under the First Tranche may not be reborrowed.

(ii) The remaining Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) of the Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Commitment (the “ Second Tranche ”) shall be available through the Supplemental Growth Capital Commitment Termination Date. Each Supplemental Growth Capital Advance under the Second Tranche must be in an amount of not less than One Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,250,000). After repayment, no Supplemental Growth Capital Advance under the Second Tranche may be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment of Supplemental Growth Capital Advances . For each Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, Borrower shall make monthly payments of accrued but unpaid interest commencing on the first (1 st ) day of the first (1 st ) month following the month in which the Funding Date occurs with respect to such Supplemental Growth Capital Advance and continuing on the first (1 st ) day of each month thereafter through the Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date. The Supplemental Final Payment and all unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest on each Supplemental Growth Capital Advance is due and payable in full on the Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date.

(c) Voluntary Prepayment . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all Supplemental Growth Capital Advances in full, provided Borrower (i) shall provide written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances at least five (5) Business Days prior to such prepayment and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment, (a) all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest, plus (b) the Supplemental Final Payment, plus (c) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable.

(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest, plus (ii) the Final Payment, plus (iii) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable.

2.2 Overadvances. If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either (x) the Revolving Line minus the aggregate amount of all Growth Capital Advances or (y) the CMRR multiplied by the Advance Rate, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “ Overadvance ”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rate

(i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to two percentage points (2.00%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(d) below.

 

-2-


(ii) Growth Capital Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding for each Growth Capital Advance shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to two and three-quarters percentage points (2.75%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly.

(iii) Supplemental Growth Capital Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding for each Supplemental Growth Capital Advance shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to eleven percent (11.00%), which interest shall be payable monthly.

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “Default Rate”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the first (1 st ) calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.4 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000), on the Effective Date;

(b) Final Payment . The Final Payment, when due hereunder;

(c) Supplemental Final Payment . The Supplemental Final Payment, when due hereunder;

(d) Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee . Payable quarterly in arrears on the first day of each calendar quarter occurring prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, a fee (the “ Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee ”) in an amount equal to one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum of the average unused portion of the Revolving Line, as determined by Bank. The unused portion of the Revolving Line, for purposes of this calculation, shall be calculated on a calendar year basis and shall equal the difference between (i) the Revolving Line, and (ii) the average for the period of the daily aggregate principal closing balance of the Revolving Line and Growth Capital Advances outstanding; and

(e) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

(f) Fees Fully Earned . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.4 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.4.

2.5 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Eastern/Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Eastern/Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

 

-3-


(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank under this Agreement when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.6 Withholding. Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto) other than any such taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed on or measured solely by Bank’s income. Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to this Agreement;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the Warrant;

(c) the Operating Documents and long-form good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(d) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(e) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(f) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(g) a copy of Borrower’s Investors’ Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto;

(h) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.6 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and

(i) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligation to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4, timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

 

-4-


(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided , however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided , further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided , however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided , further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) Bank determines to its satisfaction that there has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing.

(a) Advances/Supplemental Growth Capital Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Credit Extension set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Credit Extension, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Credit Extension. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Credit Extensions to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Credit Extensions under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Credit Extensions are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

 

  4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by a perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that expressly have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

 

-5-


4.2 Priority of Security Interest. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, may be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.

 

  5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization; Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except (A) such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect and (B) UCC-1 financing statement filings that have already been filed and (C) any necessary securities law filings that will be made by Borrower in connection with the issuance of the Warrant) or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral. Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except (i) as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate and (ii) for Excluded Locations. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than (i) as provided in the Perfection Certificate, (ii) as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2, or (iii) Excluded Locations. The term “Excluded Locations” shall mean (i) any co-location facility, or (ii) any location containing property of Borrower with a value of less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

 

-6-


Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Eligible Customer Accounts.

(a) For any Eligible Customer Account in any CMRR calculation, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Customer Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Customer Account.

(b) All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Customer Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Customer Accounts in any CMRR calculation. To Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Customer Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms. Borrower is the owner of and has the legal right to sell, transfer, assign and encumber each Eligible Customer Account, and there are no defenses, offsets, counterclaims or agreements for which the Account Debtor may claim any deduction or discount.

5.4 Litigation. Except as disclosed to Bank pursuant to Section 6.2(vii), there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), except for actions or proceedings of which Borrower has given Bank written notice.

5.5 Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency . The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business, including, without limitation, laws, ordinances or rules promulgated by the Federal Communications Commission. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

 

-7-


5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except (a) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, or (b) for failure to pay in a timely manner state and local taxes that could not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business and that has not created a Lien on any Collateral other than a Permitted Lien.

To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Borrower is not aware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any defined benefit plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital or for other general corporate purposes to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

5.13 Designated Senior Indebtedness . The Loan Documents, solely as they relate to the Senior Bank Facilities, and all of the Obligations related to the Senior Bank Facilities shall be deemed “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereof for purposes of any Indebtedness of the Borrower.

 

  6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance . (a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in the Collateral. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Provide Bank with the following:

(i) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate, including calculations of CMRR and Churn, signed by a Responsible Officer;

(ii) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month (provided, however, that from and after such time as RingCentral is subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, Borrower shall instead be required to provide the following within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter), company prepared consolidated and upon reasonable request from Bank, consolidating, balance sheets and income statements covering RingCentral’s consolidated operations, and RingCentral’s and each

 

-8-


of its Subsidiaries operations, for such month (or, in the case of quarterly financial statements, such quarter), certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly/Quarterly Financial Statements ”);

(iii) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month (provided, however, that from and after such time as RingCentral is subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, Borrower shall instead be required to provide the following within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter) and together with the Monthly/Quarterly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month (or, in the case of quarterly Compliance Certificates, such quarter), Borrower is in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request;

(iv) prior to RingCentral becoming subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, as soon as available, but not later than thirty (30) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, annual financial projections for the following fiscal year commensurate in form and substance with those provided to Borrower’s venture capital investors;

(v) as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion; provided, however, that from and after RingCentral’s Initial Public Offering, Borrower shall instead be required to provide, within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, company-prepared annual financial statements certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank;

(vi) SEC Filings. Within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically or on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address and if so delivered, in each case, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto;

(vii) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(viii) a prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or more;

(ix) promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days (or such longer period as permitted by Bank) after request by Bank, copies of such customer contracts of Borrower (whether or not such customer contract is included as an Eligible Customer Account) as Bank may request; and

(x) upon request, budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Inventory; Returns . Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

6.4 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for (i) deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and (ii) the failure to timely pay state and local taxes that could not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business and that has not created a Lien on any Collateral other than a Permitted Lien, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.5 Access to Collateral; Books and Records. Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times, on five (5) Business Days’ notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no

 

-9-


more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than two (2) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.6 Insurance.

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

(b) Proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any twelve-month period, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a perfected security interest to the extent that any such destroyed, damaged or replaced property was Collateral, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable with respect to any Collateral under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c) Prior to the Effective Date, Borrower shall deliver the insurance certificates required by Section 3.1(h), and, at Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.6 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially adversely altered or canceled, provided that for cancellations due to non-payment, provider will give Bank ten (10) days prior written notice. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.6 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.6, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.7 Operating Accounts. Maintain its primary depository accounts and operating accounts with Bank. Borrower and Bank acknowledge and agree that no Control Agreements shall be required with regard to Borrower’s Collateral Accounts.

6.8 Financial Covenants. Maintain at all times from and after Borrower’s Initial Public Offering, and so long as there are any outstanding Obligations under the Revolving Line or with respect to the Growth Capital Advances or Bank’s obligations to make Advances under the Revolving Line remains, subject to periodic reporting as of the last day of each quarter:

(a) Liquidity . Liquidity of not less than the greater of (i) Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or (ii) Borrower’s Cash Burn for the most recently ended quarter multiplied by two (2).

6.9 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) Provide written notice to Bank within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security

 

-10-


interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.10 Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s Books, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.11 Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

  7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of its business for the payment of ordinary course business expenses in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (e) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States; and (f) other Transfers in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in any twelve month period.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries, if any, to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) have a change in management such that Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer ceases to hold such office and a replacement or interim replacement satisfactory to Borrower’s board of directors is not made within ninety (90) days after such Chief Executive Officer’s departure from (or replacement by) Borrower or its board of directors.

Borrower shall not, without at least twenty (20) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations (other than a co-location facility), including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate or to a co-location facility, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization (except that only five (5) days prior written notice shall be required if RingCentral reincorporates into the State of Delaware in connection with its initial public offering), (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) to a bailee other than to a bailee at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate or to a co-location facility, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Unless all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are paid in full pursuant to Section 12.1 upon the closing of the merger, consolidation or acquisition, merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) except where (a) total consideration including cash and the value of any non-cash consideration, for all such transactions does not in the aggregate exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in any twelve-month period; (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the transactions; and (c) Borrower is the surviving legal entity or the surviving entity is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower (provided that such wholly-owned Subsidiary has been added as a co-Borrower under the Loan Documents, effective upon the closing of such merger, consolidation or acquisition, on

 

-11-


terms and pursuant to documentation acceptable to Bank). A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower. Subject to Section 7.2, Borrower may merge or consolidate into another entity for the sole purpose of reincorporating into the State of Delaware.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s Intellectual Property, except (i) as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof, (ii) in connection with transactions that otherwise constitute the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein, (iii) covenants with such restrictions in agreements, provided that such covenants do not prohibit or restrict Borrower from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon or encumbering Borrower’s Intellectual Property in favor of Bank, and provided further that the counter parties to such covenants are not permitted to receive a security interest in Borrower’s Intellectual Property, and (iv) restrictions under the TriplePoint Loan Agreements.

7.6 Intentionally Omitted.

7.7 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof and purchase fractional shares in connection therewith, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed the lesser of (A) Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per twelve-month period or (B) fifty percent (50%) of the net cash proceeds of an equity financing concurrent with such stock repurchase; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (ii) reasonable and customary indemnification arrangements with regard to officers and directors, (iii) reasonable and customary employee agreements, (iv) reasonable and customary compensation arrangements (including equity based compensation) with Borrower’s employees, (v) reimbursement of expenses of current or former officers and directors, and (vi) “transfer pricing”, “cost sharing” and “cost plus” arrangements in the ordinary course of business.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to (a) meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, (b) prevent a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, from occurring, or (c) comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, the failure of any of the conditions described in clauses (a) through (c) which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business; or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and defined benefit plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

-12-


7.11 Borrower Transactions . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, any transactions between or among Borrowers shall be permitted.

 

  8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, Growth Capital Maturity Date or Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 2.2, 6.2, 6.4, 6.6, 6.7, or 6.8, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Lien Priority . There is a material impairment in the perfection or priority of the Bank’s security interest in the Collateral;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency. (a) Borrower fails to be solvent as described under Section 5.6 hereof; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements. (a) There is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); or (b) there is a default under the TriplePoint Loan Agreements;

8.7 Judgments; Penalties. One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (or, in the event that the terms of such judgments, order or decrees, provide for payment of such obligations over a period of time, then Borrower shall be permitted to satisfy such obligations (“ Judgment Amount ”) pursuant to such terms if Borrower has sufficient funds to satisfy all outstanding Obligations plus sufficient funds to operate Borrower’s business in the

 

-13-


ordinary course for a two month period and an Event of Default pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall not occur unless Borrower fails to make any payment of the Judgment Amount within ten (10) days of when such payment is due pursuant to such terms);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt. A default or breach occurs under any agreement between Borrower and any creditor of Borrower that signed a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement with Bank, or any creditor that has signed such an agreement with Bank breaches any terms of such agreement;

8.10 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) cause, or could reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Change; or

8.11 Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur.

 

  9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least 105% (110% for letters of credit denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all letters of credit remaining undrawn plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such letters of credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such letters of credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any letters of credit ; provided , however , if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs, the obligation of Borrower to cash collateralize all letters of credit remaining undrawn shall automatically become effective without any action by Bank;

(d) terminate any foreign exchange forward contracts;

(e) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

 

-14-


(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, Bank shall not be entitled to exercise any rights granted to Bank under this Agreement, including any rights under this Section 9.2, to execute any account control agreements or similar agreements to perfect any security interests in any deposit accounts or investment accounts.

9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.6 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower’s account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with its obligations under the Code and reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Except as otherwise provided under the Code, Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

-15-


9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

  10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, “ Communication ”), other than Advance requests made pursuant to Section 3.4, by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and be delivered or sent by facsimile at the addresses or facsimile numbers listed below. Bank or Borrower may change its notice address by giving the other party written notice thereof. Each such Communication shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile transmission (with such facsimile promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States mail as otherwise provided in this Section 10); (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number indicated below. Advance requests made pursuant to Section 3.4 must be in writing and may be in the form of electronic mail, delivered to Bank by Borrower at the e-mail address of Bank provided below and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered when sent (with such electronic mail promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States mail as otherwise provided in this Section 10). Bank or Borrower may change its address, facsimile number, or electronic mail address by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:   RingCentral, Inc.
  1400 Fashion Island Boulevard, Suite 700
  San Mateo, CA 94404
  Attn: Robert Lawson
  Fax: (650) 376-0007
  Email: bob.lawson@ringcentral.com
with a copy to:   RingCentral, Inc.
  1400 Fashion Island Boulevard, Suite 700
  San Mateo, CA 94404
  Attn: General Counsel
  Fax: (650) 472-4071
If to Bank:   Silicon Valley Bank
  555 Mission Street, 9 th Floor
  San Francisco, CA 94105
  Attn: Jack Garza
  Fax: (415) 615-0076
  Email: jgarza@svb.com

 

  11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

 

-16-


TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and order applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to the California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date; Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank, so long as Borrower complies with the terms of Section 2.1.2(c), if applicable. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

12.2 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms thereof).

12.3 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as

 

-17-


a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

12.6 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “ Bank Entities ”) provided that they shall be bound by the confidentiality provisions herein; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions ( provided , however , Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use anonymous forms of confidential information for aggregate datasets, for analyses or reporting, and for any other uses not expressly prohibited in writing by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Right of Set Off. Borrower hereby grants to Bank, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all Obligations to Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Bank or any entity under the control of Bank (including a Bank subsidiary) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Bank may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE BANK TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

 

-18-


12.12 Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any Persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any Person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any Person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

12.16 Borrower Liability . Any Borrower may, acting singly, request Credit Extensions hereunder. Each Borrower hereby appoints each other Borrower as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting Credit Extensions hereunder. Each Borrower hereunder shall be jointly and severally obligated to repay all Credit Extensions made hereunder, regardless of which Borrower actually receives said Credit Extension, as if each Borrower hereunder directly received all Credit Extensions. Each Borrower waives (a) any suretyship defenses available to it under the Code or any other applicable law, including, without limitation, the benefit of California Civil Code Section 2815 permitting revocation as to future transactions and the benefit of California Civil Code Sections 1432, 2809, 2810, 2819, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, and 2899 and 3433, and (b) any right to require Bank to: (i) proceed against any Borrower or any other person; (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (iii) pursue any other remedy. Bank may exercise or not exercise any right or remedy it has against any Borrower or any security it holds (including the right to foreclose by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting any Borrower’s liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or other related document, until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been paid in full, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating Borrower to the rights of Bank under this Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Bank and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Bank for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

12.17 Intercreditor Agreement . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, if there is a conflict between the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

12.18 No Novation . Nothing contained herein shall in any way impair the Prior Loan Agreement and other Loan Documents now held for the Obligations, nor affect or impair any rights, powers, or remedies under the Prior Loan Agreement or any Loan Document, it being the intent of the parties hereto that this Agreement shall not constitute a novation of the Prior Loan Agreement or an accord and satisfaction of the Obligations. Borrower hereby ratifies and reaffirms the validity and enforceability of all of the liens and security interests heretofore granted pursuant to the Loan Documents, as collateral security for the Obligations, and acknowledges that all of such liens and security interests, and all Collateral heretofore pledged as security for the Obligations, continues to be and remains Collateral for the Obligations from and after the date hereof.

12.19 Default Waiver . Borrower is currently in default of the Prior Loan Agreement for failing to comply with the covenant set forth in Section 6.13 of the Prior Loan Agreement for certain periods prior to the Effective Date (as defined herein) (the “ Existing Default ”). Borrower has requested that Bank waive its rights and remedies against Borrower, limited specifically to the Existing Default. Although Bank is under no obligation to do so, Bank hereby waives Borrower’s Existing Default under the Prior Loan Agreement. Bank’s waiver of Borrower’s compliance of this covenant shall apply only to the foregoing periods. Bank’s agreement to waive the above-described default shall not limit or impair Bank’s right to demand strict performance of all other covenants set forth in this Agreement as of any date.

 

-19-


  13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting and the singular includes the plural. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all subscription Accounts, all Accounts containing Recurring Revenue and all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, including, without limitation, subscription Account Debtors of the Borrower.

Advance ” or “ Advances ” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line.

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line minus the outstanding principal balance of any Growth Capital Advances, or (ii) the CMRR multiplied by the Advance Rate, minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

The following definitions are utilized in calculating and determining the Availability Amount:

Advance Rate ” is the product of two (2)  multiplied by the Customer Retention Percentage. The Advance Rate shall be calculated by Bank based on information provided by Borrower and acceptable to Bank, in its sole discretion, monthly, on the last day of each fiscal month, or such earlier time as Bank may determine necessary, in its sole discretion.

ARPU ” is, as of any date of determination, (i) the sum of the Monthly ARPU for each of the trailing three (3) months, divided by (ii) three (3).

Churn Rate ” is, as of any date of determination, the Lost Revenue Percentage multiplied by twelve (12).

CMRR ” is, for any month, the product of (x) the number of active subscribers of Borrower as of the end of such month multiplied by (y) the ARPU; provided that Bank may decrease the foregoing amounts in its sole discretion, based on events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as reasonably determined by Bank, may adversely affect the Collateral.

Customer Retention Percentage ” is, as of any date of determination, one hundred percent (100%)  minus the Churn Rate.

Eligible Customer Accounts ” means subscription Accounts of Borrower which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that (i) meet all of Borrower’s representations and warranties described in Section 5.3 and (ii) are or may be due and owing from Account Debtors deemed acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion; provided that Bank reserves the right at any time and from time to time to exclude and/or remove any Account from the definition of Eligible Customer Accounts, in its sole discretion.

Existing Customer Accounts ” are, on any date of determination, all Eligible Customer Accounts consisting of customers who have executed a subscription commitment with Borrower that are not New Customer Accounts or accounts that have been lost.

Lost Revenue ” is, for any period, the total Recurring Revenue associated with the subscription Accounts of Borrower that were lost during the trailing three (3) month period ended as of such date of determination.

 

-20-


Lost Revenue Percentage ” is, measured on a trailing three month basis ending as of any date of determination, (i) the Lost Revenue for such trailing three month period divided by (ii) the total Recurring Revenue for such trailing three month period divided by (iii) three (3).

Monthly ARPU ” is, for any month, (i) the Recurring Revenue of Borrower from Existing Customer Accounts plus New Customer Accounts in each case measured on a trailing one-month basis ending on the date of determination, divided by (ii) the total number of Eligible Customer Accounts of Borrower as of such date of determination.

New Customer Accounts ” are, on any date of determination, all Eligible Customer Accounts consisting of customers who will execute an annual subscription commitment with Borrower that will be activated and billed within the succeeding thirty (30) day period after such date of determination that are not Existing Customer Accounts or accounts that have been lost.

Recurring Revenue ” is subscription revenue of Borrower received from Eligible Customer Accounts in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, determined in accordance with GAAP and specifically excluding revenue or accounts receivable based on (i) sales of inventory, goods, or equipment, (ii) transaction revenue not received in the ordinary course of business, (iii) sales of services not in the ordinary course of business, (iv) revenue received due to one-time, non-recurring transactions, installation and/or set-up fees, (v) add-on purchases by Borrower’s existing clients not resulting in a continuing stream of revenue, and (vi) such other exclusions as Bank shall determine, in its reasonable discretion.

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Entities ” is defined in Section 12.9.

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Base Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

Cash Burn ” is measured on a monthly basis and shall mean the product of (i) negative one (-1) multiplied by (ii) the lesser of (A) the sum of (a) Borrower’s earnings/losses before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, determined in accordance with GAAP, plus (b) stock based compensation, plus (c) other non-cash expenses, plus or minus (d) the change in Deferred Revenue, minus (e) un-financed capital expenditures, or (B) Zero Dollars ($0.00).

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; and (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue.

 

-21-


Change of Control ” means (i) any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of RingCentral who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty-nine percent (49%) of the voting stock of RingCentral immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such related transactions (other than by the sale of RingCentral’s equity securities in a public officer or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction), or (ii) RCLEC ceases to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of RingCentral unless in a manner as permitted under Section 7.3.

Claims ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Communication ” is defined in Section 10.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Overadvance, Growth Capital Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Default ” means any event which with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

Deferred Revenue ” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

-22-


Designated Deposit Account ” is the multicurrency account, denominated in Dollars, account number xxxxxxx287 , maintained by Borrower with Bank.

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble.

Equipment ” is all “ equipment ” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

Equipment Loan Agreement ” means that certain Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement by and between RingCentral, RCLEC and TriplePoint Capital LLC, dated as of June 22, 2012, as amended and supplemented from time to time, or restated, refinanced or replaced.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Existing Default ” is defined in Section 12.19.

Final Payment ” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due in accordance with Section 2.1.2 above, equal to the original principal amount of the applicable Growth Capital Advance multiplied by the Final Payment Percentage.

Final Payment Percentage ” is one-half of one percent (0.50%).

First Tranche ” is defined in Section 2.1.4(a)(i).

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

-23-


Growth Capital Advance ” is a “Growth Capital Advance” as advanced under, and defined in, the Prior Loan Agreement and is referenced in Section 2.1.2.

Growth Capital Maturity Date ” is March 1, 2015.

Guarantor ” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Bank.

Guaranty ” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Initial Public Offering ” is the initial, underwritten public offering and sale of Borrower’s common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Exchange Act.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

 

  (a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

 

  (b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

 

  (c) any and all source code;

 

  (d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

 

  (e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

 

  (f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement by and between Bank and TriplePoint Capital LLC, dated on or about the Effective Date, as amended from time to time.

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Judgment Amount ” is defined in Section 8.7.

Letter of Credit ” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement.

 

-24-


Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Liquidity ” is, at any time, the sum of (a) Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents maintained with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates, and (b) the Availability Amount.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Warrant, the Stock Pledge Agreements, the Perfection Certificate, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Monthly/Quarterly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(ii).

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligation to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Overadvance ” is defined in Section 2.2.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Acquisition ” is any merger, consolidation or acquisition permitted pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt, if any;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) secured by Permitted Liens;

(g) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (f) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be;

 

-25-


(h) Indebtedness that otherwise constitutes Permitted Investments under paragraph (f);

(i) Indebtedness consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business and designated to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity prices;

(j) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000) at any time;

(k) Indebtedness in a maximum principal amount of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) under that certain Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement by and between RingCentral and TriplePoint Capital LLC, dated as of June 22, 2012, as amended and supplemented from time to time, or restated, refinanced or replaced, and Indebtedness in a maximum principal amount of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) under the Equipment Loan Agreement;

(l) Indebtedness in a principal amount not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) outstanding at any time for the financing of software licensing, including, without limitation, Indebtedness owed to Somerset Capital Group, Ltd. in connection with the financing of software licenses with VMWare, Inc.;

(m) Indebtedness not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) consisting of reserves maintained for the potential payment of accrued sales and use taxes in various states; and

(n) Borrower’s guaranties of (i) commercial contracts entered into by its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and (ii) credit cards of its employees and Subsidiaries, provided that guaranties under both clauses (i) and (ii) shall not exceed in the aggregate of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) outstanding at any time.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) shown on the Perfection Certificate and existing on the Effective Date;

(b) Investments consisting of (i) Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts and investment accounts, provided that with respect to any deposit accounts maintained with Bank, Bank shall have a perfected security interest in such deposit account;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments consisting of the creation of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction permitted by Section 7.3 of this Agreement, which is otherwise a Permitted Investment;

(g) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower and Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year except as follows: (1) Borrower may make Investments up to One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) per fiscal quarter into its Subsidiary formed under the laws of the United Kingdom, (2) Borrower may make Investments up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per fiscal quarter into its Subsidiary formed under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, (3) Borrower may make Investments up One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per fiscal quarter into its Subsidiary formed under the laws of Canada, (4) Borrower may make Investments up One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) per fiscal year into its Subsidiary formed under the laws of the Netherlands, (5) Borrower may make Investments up One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) per fiscal year into its Subsidiary formed under the laws of Switzerland, and (6) Borrower and Bank shall meet and confer in good faith regarding whether it is commercially reasonable for Borrower to be permitted to make Investments in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in other Subsidiaries in connection with third-party commercial agreements involving such Subsidiary;

(h) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

-26-


(i) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (j) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(k) Investments consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business and designated to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity prices;

(l) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investments by Borrower do not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any twelve-month period;

(m) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $400,000 in any twelve-month period;

(n) Investment in Subsidiaries necessary to establish co-location facilities or data centers in an amount not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate in any twelve-month period; and

(o) Permitted Acquisitions shall be permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including the formation of any Subsidiary in connection with such Permitted Acquisitions.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of business, and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of property (other than real property or Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest;

(h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;

(i) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.4 or 8.7;

 

-27-


(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that such security interests secure customary fees and expenses and not borrowed money;

(k) Liens in favor of custom and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure the payment of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(l) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property permitted hereunder, real property leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligation for borrowed money; and

(m) Liens created under the TriplePoint Loan Agreements.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate ” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal , becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

Prior Loan Agreement ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property.

Revolving Line ” is an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) outstanding at any time.

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is the date two (2) years from the Effective Date.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Second Tranche ” is defined in Section 2.1.4(a)(ii).

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Senior Bank Facilities ” means the Revolving Line and the Growth Capital Advances.

Stock Pledge Agreements ” are (a) that certain Stock Pledge Agreement dated as of October 29, 2010 between RingCentral and Bank, (b) that certain Stock Pledge Agreement dated as of November 17, 2011 between RingCentral and Bank, (c) that certain Stock Pledge Agreement dated as of June 28, 2012 between RingCentral and Bank, (d) that certain Stock Pledge Agreement dated as of March 12, 2013 between RingCentral and Bank and (e) that certain Deed of establishment of a first ranking right of pledge of all shares in the capital of RingCentral B.V. dated as of July 12, 2013 between RingCentral and Bank.

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

 

-28-


Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower or Guarantor.

Supplemental Final Payment ” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the payments of accrued interest and principal) due in accordance with Section 2.1.4 above, equal to the original principal amount of the applicable Supplemental Growth Capital Advance multiplied by the Supplemental Final Payment Percentage.

Supplemental Final Payment Percentage ” is two and three-quarters percent (2.75%).

Supplemental Growth Capital Advance ” is defined in Section 2.1.4(a).

Supplemental Growth Capital Commitment Termination Date ” is June 30, 2014.

Supplemental Growth Capital Loan ” means all Supplemental Growth Capital Advances made under Section 2.1.4 hereof.

Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Commitment ” is Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date ” is the first (1 st ) day of the month which is thirty-six (36) months from the Effective Date.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

TriplePoint Loan Agreements ” means that certain (i) Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement by and between RingCentral and TriplePoint Capital LLC, dated as of June 22, 2012, as amended and supplemented from time to time, or restated, refinanced or replaced and (ii) Equipment Loan Agreement.

Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee ” is defined in Section 2.4(d).

Warrant ” is, collectively, that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of October 29, 2010 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, and that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

[Signature page follows.]

 

-29-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
RINGCENTRAL, INC.
By  

/s/ Robert Lawson

Name:  

Robert Lawson

Title:  

CFO

RCLEC, INC.
By  

/s/ John Marlow

Name:  

John Marlow

Title:  

President

BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By  

/s/ Jack Garza

Name:  

Jack Garza

Title:  

Vice President

[Signature page to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT A – COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) more than 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter, or (ii) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.

 


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:   SILICON VALLEY BANK   Date:                     
FROM:   RINGCENTRAL, INC. and RCLEC, INC.  

The undersigned authorized officer of RingCentral, Inc., on behalf of RingCentral, Inc. and RCLEC, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except (i) as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and (ii) with respect to unaudited financial statements for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

 

Required

 

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

  Monthly within 30 days (quarterly within 45 days after IPO)   Yes    No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)   FYE within 180 days (prior to IPO)   Yes    No
Annual financial statement (Company-prepared)   FYE within 120 days (after IPO)   Yes    No
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K   Within 5 days after filing with SEC   Yes    No
Borrowing Base Certificate   Monthly within 30 days   Yes    No
Annual Board Approved Financial Projections   FYE within 30 days (prior to IPO)   Yes    No

 

Financial Covenant

   Required   Actual      Complies  

Maintain:

       

Minimum Liquidity*

       

Greater of:

   $5,000,000     

OR

   $            

(2 quarters of

Cash Burn)

  $                      Yes    No   

 

* Only required after Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act.


The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  RingCentral, Inc., on behalf of itself and all Borrowers     BANK USE ONLY
          Received by:  

 

  By:  

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
  Name:  

 

      Date:  

 

  Title:  

 

       
          Verified:  

 

            AUTHORIZED SIGNER
          Date:  

 

          Compliance Status:         Yes     No


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                     

 

I. Liquidity (Section 6.8(a)) (Only required after IPO)

Required:             Greater of:         (a) $5,000,000 or(b) $          (2 quarters Cash Burn (see below))

Actual:

 

A.

   Aggregate value of the unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrower maintained with Bank    $            

B.

   Availability Amount    $            

C.

   Liquidity (the sum of lines A and B)    $            

Is line C equal to or greater than the applicable amount set forth above?

  
     

             No, not in compliance

                   Yes, in compliance   

 

II. Cash Burn (This is not a financial covenant but is used to determine the Liquidity requirement.)

 

A.

   EBITDA loss of Borrower for the most recently ended quarter, determined in accordance with GAAP    $            

B.

   Aggregate value of stock based compensation for the most recently ended quarter    $            

C.

   Aggregate value of other non-cash expenses for the most recently ended quarter    $            

D.

   Change in Deferred Revenue for the most recently ended quarter    $            

E.

   Aggregate value of unfunded capital expenditures of Borrower for the most recently ended quarter    $            

F.

   Cash Burn (line A plus line B plus line C plus line D minus line E)    $            

G.

   Two quarters Cash Burn (lesser of line F multiplied by 2 or Zero Dollars ($0))    $            

Actual:            (-1) multiplied by $          (Line G) = $         


EXHIBIT C

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

[see attached]


EXHIBIT D – LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

D EADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS N OON P ACIFIC T IME

 

Fax To: (415) 615-0076

     Date:                         

 

L OAN P AYMENT :       
RINGCENTRAL, INC. and RCLEC, INC.
From Account #  

                                                                      

   To Account #  

                                                                      

 

(Deposit Account #)

    

(Loan Account #)

Principal $  

                                                                      

   and/or Interest $  

                                                                      

Authorized Signature:  

                                                  

   Phone Number:  

                                                  

Print Name/Title:  

 

    

L OAN A DVANCE :

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

From Account #   

                 

   To Account #  

 

     (Loan Account #)     

(Deposit Account #)

Amount of Advance $         

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

Authorized Signature:                                                   Phone Number:                                                                      
Print Name/Title:                                                              

O UTGOING W IRE R EQUEST :

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

 

Beneficiary Name:                                                                           Amount of Wire: $                                                                     
Beneficiary Bank:                                                                             Account Number:                                                                       
City and State:                                                                                       

 

Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:                                                  

     Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):                       
    

(For International Wire Only)

 

Intermediary Bank:                                                                                 

     Transit (ABA) #:                                                                                  

For Further Credit to:                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

Special Instruction:                                                                                                                                                                                         

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

Authorized Signature:                                                                                 2 nd  Signature (if required):                                 
Print Name/Title:                                                 
Telephone #:                                                                                                   


EXHIBIT E

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

[see attached]

Exhibit 10.16

 

LOGO

P LAIN E NGLISH G ROWTH C APITAL L OAN A ND S ECURITY A GREEMENT

This is a PLAIN ENGLISH GROWTH CAPITAL LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of June 22, 2012 by and between RINGCENTRAL, INC., as borrower, and TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as lender.

The words “We”, “Us”, and “Our” refer to TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC. The words “You” and “Your” refer to RINGCENTRAL, INC., not to any individual. The words “the Parties” refers to both TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC and RINGCENTRAL, INC. This Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement may be referred to as the “Agreement”.

The Parties agree to the following mutual agreements and conditions listed below:

 

GROWTH CAPITAL LOAN FACILITY INFORMATION

Facility Number

 

Commitment Amount

Part 1: 0745-GC-01

 

Part 2: 0745-GC-02

 

Part 1: $6,000,000

 

Part 2: $4,000,000, Upon Request and Additional Approval or upon completion of the Part 2 Milestone as defined below and execution of a warrant agreement in substantially the form as the Part 1 Warrant Agreement.

Minimum Advance

Amount

 

Availability Period

 

Loan Term

 

Interest Rate

None  

Part 1: 6/22/12 – 6/21/13

 

Part 2: Upon availability through 6/21/13

 

Part 1 & 2:

 

Option A: 36 Months

(Months 1-3 Interest Only);

 

Option B: 12 Months*

 

*Subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 9.

 

Part 1& 2:

 

Option A: Prime Rate plus 5.75% during the interest only period, adjusted to Prime Rate plus 5.25% for the remaining term.

 

Option B: Prime Rate plus 5.25%

 

(Prime Rate as published in the Wall Street Journal the day before any Advance is funded however, in no event shall the Prime Rate be less than 3.25%)

 

Upon each Advance, the interest rate shall be fixed, as set forth in this Loan Agreement.

Security Interest

 

End Of Term Payment

 

Facility Fee

 

Right to Invest

First priority security interest in all Collateral subject to Permitted Liens; with a negative pledge in Intellectual Property.  

Part 1 & 2:

Option A: 4% of each Advance.

 

Option B: 0.75% of each Advance.

 

Part 1: $90,000 due upon the Closing Date.

 

Part 2: $60,000 due upon the availability of Part 2.

  You grant Us the right to invest up to $500,000 in Your next round of private equity financing per Section 19.


OUR CONTACT INFORMATION

 

Name

  

Address For Notices

  

Contact Person

TriplePoint Capital LLC

  

2755 Sand Hill Rd., Ste. 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Tel: (650) 854-2090

Fax: (650) 854-1850

   Sajal Srivastava, COO

Tel: (650) 233-2102

Fax: (650) 854-1850

email: legal@triplepointcapital.com

YOUR CONTACT INFORMATION

 

Customer Name

  

Address For Notices

  

Contact Person

RingCentral, Inc.

  

1400 Fashion Island Boulevard, Suite 700

San Mateo, CA 94404

 

With a copy to General Counsel

   Robert Lawson, CFO

Tel: 650-376-0007

Fax: 650-376-0007

email: bob.lawson@ringcentral.com

Capitalized terms defined in the table on Page 1 or 2 of this Agreement shall have the meanings given to those terms in such table, and other capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the body of this Agreement are defined in Section 21. Any accounting term not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP. The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

 

1. WHAT THE PARTIES AGREE TO FINANCE

Provided that the conditions in Sections 4 and 5 and elsewhere in this Agreement are met, We will lend to You the Parts of Commitment Amount as reflected on Page 1 of this Agreement and You agree to use such proceeds to finance any of Your general corporate needs. We will lend to You advances (each an “ Advance ”) in minimum amounts as set forth on Page 1 of this Agreement up to a maximum of the Commitment Amount as provided on Page 1. Our obligation to fund Advances under each Part of the Commitment Amount under this Agreement will end on the last day of the Availability Period noted on Page 1 for such Part.

 

2. YOU WILL ENTER INTO MULTIPLE PROMISSORY NOTES

The Plain English Promissory Note in the form of Exhibit A (collectively, the “ Promissory Note ”) is the document the Parties will enter into each time an Advance is to be funded. The Promissory Note will contain the specific financial terms of the Advance ( e.g. amount funded, interest rate, maturity date, advance date, payment due dates etc.) and all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement are incorporated in and made a part of each Promissory Note. There may be multiple Promissory Notes associated with this Agreement.

 

3. YOUR LOAN FACILITY COMMITMENT AMOUNT MAY BE DIVIDED INTO PARTS

The Commitment Amount and/or its corresponding parts (if any) will be noted on Page 1 of this Agreement (“ Parts ”). For purposes of this Agreement, references to the Commitment Amount shall mean the Part or Parts which are available and in effect. Certain terms or conditions associated with the availability of such Part are listed on Page 1 of this Agreement. As to any Part that is available “ Upon Request and Additional Approval ”, You are required to make a request to utilize that additional Part in writing to Us (the “ Commitment Increase Request Notice ”), prior to Your submission of a corresponding Advance Request. After Our receipt of the Commitment Increase Request Notice, We will review the information available to Us and conduct any legal and business due diligence deemed necessary by Us in connection with Our attempt to obtain Our requisite credit approvals. Our agreement to consider providing the additional Part is not, and is not to be construed as, a commitment, offer, or agreement to provide such additional Part.

 

   

Part 2 Milestone : Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, upon written notice from You of, and a copy of, the filing or confidential submission to the Securities and Exchange Commission of an S-1 registration statement contemplating an initial public offering (“IPO”) of Your common

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      2


 

stock from which You reasonably expect to obtain net offering proceeds, after deduction of all fees, commissions and other costs and expenses in connection therewith, of not less than $50,000,000, Part 2 of the Commitment Amount shall be made available to you.

 

4. HOW WILL YOU REQUEST ADVANCES

In addition to the requirements of Section 5 set forth below, You agree to follow the procedures listed below to have Us extend an Advance to You:

 

   

You will submit to Us (by facsimile, mail or electronic mail) a completed Advance Request in the form attached as Exhibit B signed by Your Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer.

 

   

Such Advance Request must be submitted and received by Us no later than 5:00 p.m. PT five (5)  Business Days prior to the last day of the applicable Availability Period. Any Advance Request submitted after 5:00 p.m. PT shall be considered received the following Business Day.

 

   

Each Advance Request will state a requested funding date that is at least five (5)  Business Days after the date such Advance Request is submitted to Us.

After We check and approve the information You provide in the Advance Request, We will prepare and provide to You a Promissory Note and an amortization schedule for Your signature. Upon receipt of the Promissory Note signed by Your authorized officer and confirmation by Us that all conditions have been met, We will then advance the requested funds to You.

All the terms, conditions, and covenants of this Agreement shall apply to all Advances whether or not each Advance is evidenced by a Promissory Note. You agree that We may rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any notice or Advance Request given by any person We reasonably believe to be Your authorized representative without the necessity of Our conducting an independent investigation, including Your contact person listed on Page 1.

 

5. CONDITIONS FOR US TO MAKE LOANS TO YOU

Our obligation to fund any Advance that You request under this Agreement is subject to satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in Sections 4 and 18 and each of the following conditions:

 

   

The representations and warranties in this Agreement and in the Warrant Agreement shall be true, complete and correct in all material respects on and as of the date(s) We fund each Advance with the same effect as though they were made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall remain true, complete and correct in all material respects as of such date; provided , however , that such materiality qualifiers shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof. Each Advance Request will constitute Your representation and warranty on the relevant Advance date as to the matters provided in Sections 11 and 12 and as to the matters set forth in the Advance Request.

 

   

You shall be in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in this Agreement, each Promissory Note and each other Loan Document, and at the time of and immediately after such Advance: (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (b) no fact or conditions shall exist that would (or would with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both) constitute a Default or an Event of Default under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

   

You shall provide Us with all appropriate assignments, notices and control agreements that are necessary or desirable to perfect or maintain Our first priority Lien in all of the Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens, provided that no control agreements shall be required for Accounts maintained outside the United States.

 

   

You shall have paid to Us the Facility Fee relating to such Advance.

 

   

No event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   

You shall have delivered to Us the Warrant Agreement.

 

   

You shall submit to Us any other documents and other information that We may request.

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      3


6. YOU MAY PREPAY YOUR PROMISSORY NOTES

You may at any time prepay any Promissory Note in full (but not in part), without premium or penalty, by paying: (a) the remaining outstanding principal amount and all accrued interest calculated as if the date of such prepayment occurred on the next scheduled monthly payment date per the respective Promissory Note; (b) the End of Term Payment, if any, (c) all other Secured Obligations, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts as of the date of prepayment, and (d) and an additional prepayment premium as follows:

 

   

If prepaid 1-12 months following the date in which such Promissory Note was given: 2% of the outstanding balance owing under such Promissory Note; and

 

   

If prepaid after12 months, no additional prepayment premium shall be due.

 

7. THE MAXIMUM RATE OF INTEREST; DEFAULT RATE

Maximum Rate of Interest. It is not Our intent to receive interest at a rate greater than the maximum rate permissible by law, which We shall call the “maximum rate”. If a court determines You have actually paid Us interest based on a rate that exceeds the maximum rate, then We shall apply the excess as follows: first , to the payment of the outstanding principal amount of the Secured Obligations; second , after all principal is repaid, to the payment of Our accrued interest and any other principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us in respect of the Secured Obligations; and third , after all amounts owed by You to Us are repaid, the excess (if any) shall be refunded to You.

Default Interest. In the event that You do not pay any interest when due, delinquent interest shall be added to principal and shall bear interest on interest, compounded at the rate set forth in Page 1 . Upon and during an Event of Default, all principal, interest or other amounts owed by You to Us shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate set forth in Page 1 plus five percent (5%) per annum (the “ Default Rate ”).

 

8. YOU GRANT US A SECURITY INTEREST

In order to secure the Secured Obligations, You grant to Us a first priority (subject to Permitted Liens), continuing security interest in and Lien upon all of Your right, title and interest in each of the following whether now owned or hereinafter acquired and wherever located:

 

   

All Receivables;

 

   

All Equipment;

 

   

All Fixtures;

 

   

All General Intangibles;

 

   

All Intellectual Property;

 

   

All Inventory;

 

   

All Investment Property;

 

   

All Deposit Accounts;

 

   

All Cash;

 

   

All commercial tort claims, if any, as listed on the Certificate of Perfection;

 

   

All Goods and personal property, whether tangible or intangible and whether now or hereinafter owned or existing, leased, consigned by or to or acquired and wherever located; and

 

   

To the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, rents, profits, and products of each of the foregoing.

All the above listed items will be collectively called the “Collateral”.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Our Lien on the Collateral shall be subordinated to the Senior Loan Facility as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Notwithstanding the above, (a) Collateral does not include more than 65% of the present existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter and (b) Collateral excludes Intellectual Property

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      4


currently held or hereafter obtained, but includes Proceeds of Intellectual Property (including but not limited to all Receivables, rights to payment and General Intangibles arising from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part of, or rights in, the foregoing); provided , however , other than non-exclusive licenses or non-perpetual exclusive licenses with respect to geographic area, fields of use and customized products for specific customers that would not result in a transfer of title of the licensed property under applicable law, all given in the ordinary course of Your business, in the event You transfer, sell, assign, grant a security interest in, hypothecate, permit or suffer to exist any Lien, or otherwise transfer any interest in or encumber any portion of the Intellectual Property, either voluntarily or involuntarily, without Our prior written consent, Our security interest shall include (and shall be deemed to have a Lien in such assets included from the Closing Date) all Intellectual Property.

 

9. HOW AND WHAT WILL YOU PAY US

Payments . The first payment date for each Advance will be the first day of the month following the month in which the Advance was funded, unless that Advance is funded on the first business day of that month, in which case the first payment date shall be the Advance Date.

 

   

Each Option A Promissory Note shall be due in thirty-six (36) monthly installments consisting of three (3) months of interest only followed by thirty-three (33) equal monthly installments of principal and interest, payable on the first day of each month through the last payment date (unless that date falls on a weekend or national holiday in which event such payment shall be due on the previous business day).

 

   

Each Option B Promissory Note shall be due in twelve (12) monthly installments consisting of eleven (11) months of interest only followed by one (1) installment of principal and interest, payable on the first day of each month through the last payment date (unless in the case of any installment that date falls on a weekend or national holiday in which event such payment shall be due on the previous Business Day).

Interest. The principal balance of each Promissory Note shall accrue interest at the percentage per year as indicated on Page 1 of this Agreement, and shall be computed daily on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest is payable, and interest shall accrue in advance from the Advance Date.

Interim Payment . In the event an Advance is made on any day other than the first business day of the month, You shall make payment to Us on the Advance Date in an amount equal to the per diem interest for the time from the Advance Date through and including the last day of the month in which the Advance is funded.

Any amounts that You repay on the Advances may not be re-borrowed.

Option B Conversion . As to any Advance made by Us under the Option B terms, You may make a written request to Us no earlier than 60 days and no later than 30 days prior to the maturity date of such Option B Advance (each, a “Conversion Request Notice” ) to (a) extend the maturity date an additional 12 months (“ Maturity Date Extension ”) or (b) convert such Advance to a term loan amortized over a 24 month period with a 2% increase in each of the Interest Rate and End of Term Payment for such Advance ( a “Term Loan Conversion” ). After Our receipt of the Conversion Request Notice, We will review the information available to Us and conduct any legal and business due diligence deemed necessary by Us in connection with Our attempt to obtain Our requisite credit approvals, and, if such Maturity Date Extension or Term Loan Conversion is approved, then it would only become effective if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) an amendment to this Agreement and/ the respective Promissory Note has been entered into by You and Us that sets forth the terms and provisions (including the interest rate and other pricing) for such Maturity Date Extension or Term Loan Conversion; and

(c) receipt of a conversion fee in the amount of one percent (1%) of the outstanding principal amount of the applicable Advance that is converted (each, a “Conversion Fee” ).

Our agreement to consider any Maturity Date Extension or Term Loan Conversion is not and is not to be construed as, a commitment, offer or agreement to provide such Maturity Date Extension or Term Loan Conversion.

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      5


Miscellaneous. Payments are due electronically by automatic debit through Automated Clearing House (ACH) payment on or before the first day of each month. You agree to fill out and execute the electronic funds transfer/automatic debit Authorization form that We provide. If We do not receive any payments from You within two (2) business days after they are due, You will pay a late charge on the overdue amount. The late charge will be equal to five percent (5%) of the amount due for each month not paid when due and until such time as payment is received. All payments shall be free and clear of any taxes, withholdings, duties, impositions or other charges, to the end that We will receive the entire amount of any Secured Obligations payable under this Agreement, regardless of the source of payment. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Secured Obligations, and such interest shall then accrue interest at the rate then applicable under this Agreement and the applicable Promissory Note.

 

10. INSURANCE

So long as there are any Secured Obligations outstanding, You shall carry and maintain commercial general liability insurance, against risks customarily insured against in Your line of business. All such insurance shall be in form, with companies, and in amounts reasonably acceptable to Us. Such risks shall include the risks of bodily injury, including death, property damage, personal injury, advertising injury, and contractual liability. You must maintain a minimum of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) of commercial general liability insurance for each occurrence. So long as there are any Secured Obligations outstanding, You shall also carry and maintain insurance upon the Collateral, insuring against all risks (or equivalent) of physical loss or damage howsoever caused, in an amount not less than the full replacement cost of the Collateral. You shall also carry and maintain a fidelity insurance policy in an amount not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) as a policy limit.

You shall submit to Us certificates of insurance, which reflect Your compliance with Your insurance obligations in the above paragraph and the obligations contained in this Section. Your insurance certificate shall state that We are an additional insured for commercial general liability and a loss payee for all risk property damage insurance, and include third party coverage on fidelity bond. Attached to the certificates of insurance will be additional insured endorsements for liability and lender’s loss payable endorsements for all risk property damage insurance.

The certificates of insurance will state that the Commercial General Liability coverage evidenced is primary and non-contributory to any insurance or Our self-insurance, and will further provide that a waiver of subrogation as respects the property insurance in favor of Us has been agreed to. All certificates of insurance will provide that a minimum of thirty (30) days advance written notice will be endeavored to be provided to Us of cancellation. Any failure by Us to scrutinize such insurance certificates for compliance is not a waiver of any of Our rights, all of which are reserved.

So long as (x) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (y) the casualty giving rise to such insurance proceeds could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (z) the insurance proceeds do not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any twelve-month period, then the insurance proceeds payable with respect to Your insurance policies shall be payable to You to repair or replace any property subject to the applicable claim, or used to purchase other property useful in Your business, provided such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which We have been granted a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) to the extent that any such destroyed, damaged or replaced property was Collateral. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then, at Our option (subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement), proceeds payable under any policy may be applied by Us to the outstanding Secured Obligations.

 

11. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES FROM YOU

You represent and warrant that:

 

   

Collateral Title. You own all right, title and interest in and to the Collateral, free of all Liens whatsoever, except for Permitted Liens.

 

   

Granting of Lien. You have the full power and authority to, and do grant and convey to Us, a Lien on the Collateral as security for the Secured Obligations, free of all Liens other than Permitted Liens and shall execute

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      6


 

such notices, assignments, and control agreements, in connection herewith as We may reasonably request to perfect and obtain the priority of Our Lien on the Collateral, provided that no control agreements shall be required for Accounts maintained outside of the United States. Except for Permitted Liens, the Collateral is not subject to any Liens.

 

   

Due Organization. You are a corporation duly organized, legally existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of your incorporation and are duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of Your business or location of Your properties require such qualifications and where the failure to be qualified could reasonably be expected to result in an event which, individually or together with any other event, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   

Authorization, Validity and Enforceability. Your execution, delivery and performance of the Promissory Notes, this Agreement, all financing statements, all other Loan Documents, and all Excluded Agreements, (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and (ii) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon the Collateral, other than the Liens created by this Agreement and the other related Loan Documents. The person or people executing this Agreement and other Loan Documents are duly authorized to do so, and the Loan Documents and each term and provision thereof are Your legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws generally affecting the enforcement of the rights of creditors and equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

 

   

Litigation. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Letter, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any governmental authority now pending or, to Your knowledge, threatened in writing against or affecting You or any of Your business, property or rights (i) which involve any Loan Document or Excluded Agreement or (ii) that could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate result in an event which individually or together with any other event, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   

Compliance with Applicable Laws. You are not in violation of any law, rule or regulation or in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any governmental authority, where such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   

Conflict. Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document (a) violates any provisions of Your articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws or any law, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree or writ to which You are subject or (b) conflicts with or results in the breach or termination of, constitutes a default under or accelerates or permits the acceleration of any performance required by, any material lease, agreement or other contract to which You are a party or by which You or any of Your property is bound.

 

   

Further Consent. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents do not require the consent or approval of any other Person, including any regulatory authority, or governmental body of the United States or any State or any political subdivision of the United States or any state.

 

   

Material Adverse Effect. As of the date hereof, since December 31, 2011, no event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or is continuing.

 

   

Other Defaults. You are not in default in any manner under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing material Indebtedness to which You are a party or by which You or any of Your properties or assets are or may be bound, in each case where such default could result in an event which, individually or together with any other event, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   

Information Correct. No information, report, Advance Request, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished by or on behalf of You to Us in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document contains or will contain any material misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements, in the light of circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not misleading (it being recognized by You that projections and estimates as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that the actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and estimates may differ materially from projected or estimated results).

 

   

Filing of Taxes. You have filed all required federal, state and local tax returns (or filed appropriate extensions for the filing of such returns), except to the extent such failure to file could not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Your business and has not resulted in the creation of a Lien having priority over Our Lien other than Permitted Liens. Subject to Section 12, Paragraph “Taxes”, You have fully paid or You

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      7


 

have reserved for and are contesting in good faith all taxes or installments (including any interest or penalties), except to the extent such failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Your business and has not resulted in the creation of a Lien having priority over Our Lien other than Permitted Liens. You have fully paid or reserved for and are contesting in good faith all material tax assessments that You have received for the 3 years preceding the Closing Date.

 

   

ERISA Compliance. You have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from Your failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in Your incurring any liability that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   

Hazardous Waste. None of Your properties or assets has ever been used by You or, to Your knowledge, by previous owners or operators, in the disposal of, or to produce, store, handle, treat, release, or transport, any hazardous waste or hazardous substance other than in accordance with applicable law; to Your knowledge, none of Your properties or assets has ever been designated or identified in any manner pursuant to any environmental protection statute as a hazardous waste or hazardous substance disposal site, or a candidate for closure pursuant to any environmental protection statute; no Lien arising under any environmental protection statute has attached to any revenues or to any real or personal property owned by You; and You have not received a summons, citation, notice, or directive from the Environmental Protection Agency or any other federal, state or other governmental agency concerning any action or omission by You resulting in the releasing, or otherwise disposing of hazardous waste or hazardous substances into the environment. You have at all times operated Your business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of federal, state and local statutes and ordinances dealing with the control, shipment, storage or disposal of hazardous materials or substances.

 

   

Operation of Business. You own, possess, have access to, or can become licensed on reasonable terms under all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trade names, inventions, franchises, licenses, permits, computer software and copyrights necessary for the operation of Your business as now conducted, with no known infringement of, or conflict with, the rights of others. You have taken reasonable measures to avoid liability from infringement by third parties using Your facilities, in particular that You have complied with the requirements of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act for notice and takedown. You have at all times operated Your business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended.

 

   

Your Information. As of the date hereof, Your present name, former names (if any) used in the past 5 years, locations, and other information are correctly and completely stated on the Certificate of Perfection.

 

   

Intellectual Property. As of the date hereof, the information stated on the Certificate of Perfection is a true, correct and complete list of each of Your Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses, together with application or registration numbers, as applicable.

 

   

Accounts. As of the date hereof, the information stated on the Certificate of Perfection is a true, correct and complete list of (a) all banks and other financial institutions at which You maintain Deposit Accounts and (b) institutions at which You maintain accounts holding Investment Property owned by You, and such exhibit correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each bank or other institution, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefor. None of the account debtors or other Persons obligated on any of the Collateral is a governmental authority covered by the Federal Assignment of Claims Act or like federal, state or local statute, rule, or law in respect of such Collateral.

 

12. YOUR COVENANTS TO US

So long as the Secured Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have not been fully and indefeasibly paid in cash in full or We have any obligation to make Advances, You covenant to the following:

 

   

Legal Existence and Qualification. You will maintain Your, and each of Your Subsidiaries’, legal existence and good standing in Your and their respective jurisdictions of formation or organization, except as otherwise permitted under Section 12 Paragraph “Mergers or Acquisitions” and maintain qualifications to do business in all jurisdictions in which the nature of Your business or location of Your properties require such qualifications and where the failure to be qualified could reasonably be expected to result in an event which, individually or together with any other event, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      8


   

Compliance with Laws. You will, and will cause each of Your Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws (including, without limitation, environmental laws) rules, regulations applicable to, and all orders and directives of any governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over, You, Your Subsidiaries or Your business, and with all material agreements to which You or any of Your Subsidiaries are a party, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither You nor any of Your Subsidiaries shall become an “investment company” or controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of Your important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any loan for such purpose. You and Your Subsidiaries shall not fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a reportable event or prohibited transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur, or fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act.

 

   

Management Rights. You will permit any of Our authorized representatives and Our attorneys and accountants on reasonable notice to inspect, examine and make copies and abstracts of Your books of account and records at reasonable times and during normal business hours. In addition, We and Our agents, attorneys and accountants will have the right to meet with Your management and officers to discuss such books of account and records. In addition, We will be entitled at reasonable times and intervals to consult with and advise Your management and officers concerning significant business issues. Such consultations shall not unreasonably interfere with Your business operations. The Parties intend that the rights granted here shall constitute “management rights” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R Section 2510.3-101(d)(3)(ii), but that any advice, recommendations or participation with respect to any business issues will not be deemed to give Us, nor be deemed an exercise by Us or control over Your management or policies.

 

   

Additional Documents and Assurances. You will from time to time execute, deliver and file, alone or with Us, any security agreements, or other documents to perfect or give first priority to Our Lien on the Collateral. You will from time to time obtain any instruments or documents as We may request, and take all further action that may be reasonably necessary or desirable, or that We may reasonably request, to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or to confirm, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens granted to Us. In addition, You authorize Us to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all of Your assets or words of similar effect, regardless of whether any particular asset comprised in the Collateral falls within the scope of Article 9 of the UCC of such jurisdiction, and (ii) contain any other information required by the UCC for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether You are an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to You, if applicable. You hereby appoint Us as Your lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Your name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of any Lien regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Secured Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and We are under no further obligation to make Advances. Our foregoing appointment as Your attorney in fact, and all of Our rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Secured Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Our obligation to provide Advances terminates. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph, Your obligations pursuant to Us pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

   

Protection of Our Lien. You will take or cause to be taken all actions necessary to protect and defend Your title to the Collateral and Our Lien on the Collateral. You shall at all times keep the Collateral, and the assets and properties of each of Your Subsidiaries, free and clear from any legal process or Liens whatsoever (except for Permitted Liens) and shall give Us immediate written notice of any legal process affecting the Collateral or the assets and properties of Your Subsidiaries, or any Liens on the Collateral or the assets and properties of Your Subsidiaries.

 

   

Maintenance of Properties. You will maintain and protect Your properties, assets and facilities (and those of Your Subsidiaries), including Your equipment and fixtures, in good working order, repair and condition (taking into consideration ordinary wear and tear) and from time to time make or cause to be made all necessary and proper repairs, renewals and replacements and shall completely manage and care for Your property in accordance with prudent industry practices.

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      9


   

Financial Statements. You will provide monthly and yearly financial statements in accordance with Section 18 of this Agreement, and such financial statements will include reports of any material contingencies (including commencement of any material litigation by or against You) or any other occurrence that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   

Audits and Inspections. Upon Our request but not more than twice a year unless an Event of Default exists, You will, during normal business hours, on ten (10) business days’ notice, make the Inventory, Equipment, other Collateral, and books and records concerning the Collateral (including software used in Your business) available to Us for inspection at the place where it is located and shall make Your log and maintenance records pertaining to the Inventory and Equipment available to Us for inspection. You will take all action necessary to correctly and completely maintain such books, records, logs, and maintenance records.

 

   

Taxes. You will pay when due all taxes fees or other charges of any nature whatsoever (together with any related interest or penalties) imposed or assessed against You, Us or the Collateral in connection withYour ownership, possession, use, operation or disposition thereof or upon Your rents, receipts or earnings arising therefrom (excluding taxes imposed on Us based on Our net income or franchise taxes), except to the extent such taxes, fees or charges could not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Your business and has not resulted in the creation of a Lien having priority over Our Lien other than Permitted Liens. You shall file on or before the due date all federal, state and local tax returns including personal property tax returns in respect to the Collateral, except to the extent such failure to file could not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Your business and has not resulted in the creation of a Lien having priority over Our Lien other than Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, You may contest, in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, taxes, fees and other charges for which You maintain adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.

 

   

Intellectual Property. You will: (a) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of Your Intellectual Property; (b) promptly advise Us in writing of material infringements of Your Intellectual Property; (c) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Your business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Our written consent; and (d) give Us written notice of any applications or registrations of Your Intellectual Property, including the date of such filings and the applicable application or registration numbers within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar year (and such written notice shall be deemed to update the Certificate of Perfection).

 

   

Subsidiaries. If at any time, You or Your Subsidiary create or acquire any Subsidiary, You and such Subsidiary will promptly notify Us of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary. In the event such Subsidiary is a Domestic Subsidiary, You will, and will cause your Subsidiary to, take all such action as We may reasonably require to cause such Subsidiary to guaranty the Secured Obligations and grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of such Subsidiary, and You shall grant and pledge to Us a first priority, perfected security interest in the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of such Subsidiary.

 

   

Dispositions, Liens and Encumbrances. You will not, and You will not permit any of Your Subsidiaries to, transfer, sell, assign, grant a security interest in, hypothecate, permit or suffer to exist any Lien, or otherwise transfer any interest in or encumber any portion of Your properties or assets (or those of any Subsidiary), including the Intellectual Property, either voluntarily or involuntarily, without Our prior written consent, other than: (a) Permitted Liens, (b) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (c) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business or non-perpetual exclusive licenses with respect to geographic area, fields of use and customized products for specific customers that would not result in a transfer of title of the licensed property under applicable law, (d) sales of worn-out or obsolete Equipment not financed by Us provided (i) that the fair market value of such Equipment does not exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (e) [reserved] and (f) other transactions otherwise permitted by this Section 12, and (g) other transfers or dispositions of property in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. In addition, You will not, and You will not permit any of Your Subsidiaries to, enter into any agreement with any Person (other than Us) that restricts Your ability, or the ability of any of Your Subsidiaries, to transfer, sell, assign, grant a security interest in, hypothecate, permit or suffer to exist any Lien, or otherwise transfer any interest in or encumber any portion of Your properties or assets or those of any of Your Subsidiaries, including Your Intellectual Property, except for (i) restrictions with respect to specific property subject to a Permitted Lien, (ii) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, (iii) customary contractual restrictions provided that they do not restrict or prohibit Us from being granted a security interest in the Collateral and (iv) restrictions under the Senior Loan Facility. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless otherwise permitted in this Agreement, You will not sell, transfer, encumber or otherwise dispose of any ownership interest that You may have in any subsidiary.

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      10


   

Mergers or Acquisitions. You will not, and You will not permit any of Your Subsidiaries to, liquidate, dissolve or consummate any Merger Event, or acquire all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, except that (i) any of Your Subsidiaries may merge with You or any other of Your Subsidiaries, (ii) any of Your Subsidiaries may liquidate or dissolve provided that any material assets of such Subsidiaries are transferred to You or another of Your Subsidiaries so long as such Subsidiary is a Guarantor, (iii) You may enter into and consummate any transaction to reincorporate into the State of Delaware, (iv) You or any of your Subsidiaries may consummate any Permitted Acquisition. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, after the consummation of Your IPO, You or any of your Subsidiaries may acquire all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (whether by merger, consolidation, asset sale, stock purchase or any other similar transaction or series of transactions).

 

   

Compromise of Accounts. Without Our prior written consent, You will not (a) grant any material extension of the time for payment of any of the Receivables, or General Intangibles, except extensions that are consistent with industry practice (b) to any material extent, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount, except for extensions, compromises or settlements that are consistent with industry practice (c) release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment of Receivables, except for releases that are consistent with industry practice, or (d) allow any credit or discount whatsoever other than trade discounts granted to You in the ordinary course of Your business and credit or discounts that are consistent with industry practice.

 

   

Other Indebtedness. You will not, and You will not permit any of Your Subsidiaries to, incur any Indebtedness without the prior written consent of Us other than Indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement and the Permitted Indebtedness.

 

   

Investments. You will not, and You will not permit any of Your Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments.

 

   

Dividends and Distributions. You will not, without Our prior written consent, declare or pay any cash dividend or make a distribution on, or repurchase or redeem, any class of stock, other than (i) pursuant to employee repurchase plans upon an employee’s death or termination of employment (including any consultants or directors of the company), (ii) conversion of any of Your convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof and the purchase of fractional shares in connection therewith, and (iii) dividends solely in Your capital stock.

 

   

Collateral Locations; Name Changes. You will not relocate, or permit any Domestic Subsidiary to relocate, Your (or such Domestic Subsidiary’s) chief executive office or principal place of business or, except with respect to any co-location facility, any item of Your or Your Domestic Subsidiary’s Collateral (excluding any inventory manufactured at locations outside of the continental United States (“ Off-shore Inventory ”)), in each case with a book value in excess of $100,000 to any location that is not disclosed in the Certificate of Perfection, unless: (i) You have given Us no less than twenty (20) days prior written notice,; and (ii) such relocation shall be within the continental United States, and (iii) such relocation does not adversely affect the perfection or priority of Our security interest in any of the Collateral. In addition, except with respect to (x) any Off-shore Inventory or (y) any location in which Collateral has book value of $100,000 or less (or in the case of Inventory a book value of $400,000 or less), You will use reasonable commercial efforts (it being understood the reasonably commercial efforts qualifier shall not apply to co-location facilities) to obtain and maintain such acknowledgments, consents, waivers and agreements from: (i) the owner, Lien holder, mortgagee and landlord with respect to any real property on which Collateral is located and (ii) from any Person in possession of Collateral, as We may require, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Us. Without limiting the foregoing, where the Collateral is covered by a negotiable Document (such as a warehouse receipt), You shall deliver to Us possession of such Document. You will not change Your name without providing Us at least 30 days’ advance written notice. Any notices given under this paragraph shall be deemed to amend the Certificate of Perfection (and You shall provide an updated, executed Certificate of Perfection regarding same upon completion of Your quarterly Certificate of Compliance).

 

   

Line of Business. You will not engage in, or permit any of Your Subsidiaries to engage in, any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by You and Your Subsidiaries or reasonably related thereto.

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      11


   

Change of Jurisdiction. You will not change Your state of organization outside the United States of America. If you change your state of organization within the United States of America, You must give Us no less than thirty (30) days prior written notice (or in the case of any reincorporation into the State of Delaware, five (5) days prior written notice) and such notice shall be deemed to amend the Certificate of Perfection (and You shall provide an updated, executed Certificate of Perfection regarding same upon completion of Your quarterly Certificate of Compliance).

 

   

Deposit and Investment Accounts. You will not maintain, or permit any of Your Subsidiaries to maintain, any Deposit Accounts or accounts holding Investment Property owned by You (or such Subsidiaries) except (i) accounts identified in the Certificate of Perfection and (ii) other accounts of You, Domestic Subsidiaries or Guarantors with respect to which We have a perfected security interest which accounts will be deemed to be added to the Certificate of Perfection (and You shall provide an updated, executed Certificate of Perfection regarding same upon completion of Your quarterly Certificate of Compliance).

 

   

Transactions with Affiliates. You will not directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any of Your Affiliates except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Your business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to You than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (ii) transactions that are otherwise Permitted Investments and (iii) “transfer pricing”, “cost sharing” and “cost plus” arrangements in the ordinary course of business.

 

   

Subordinated Indebtedness. You will not prepay, redeem or otherwise satisfy in any manner prior to the scheduled repayment thereof any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the Advances and except for conversion of any Subordinated Indebtedness into equity securities and the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance for fractional shares upon any such conversion), and You shall not make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Indebtedness, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Indebtedness is subject, or amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Indebtedness which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Secured Obligations owed to Us.

 

13. YOU AGREE TO INDEMNIFY AND PROTECT US

You agree to indemnify and hold Us, Our officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives and shareholders harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities (including such claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities based on liability in tort, including strict liability in tort), including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements and other costs of investigation or defense (including those incurred upon any appeal), that may be instituted or asserted against or incurred by Us or any such Person as the result of credit having been extended, suspended or terminated under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or the administration of such credit, or in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated or any actions or failures to act in connection with, or arising out of the disposition or utilization of the Collateral, excluding in all cases, claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities resulting solely from Our gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

14. WHAT IS AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:

 

   

Payment. You do not pay any principal, interest, fees, costs or other Secured Obligations under this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or any of the other related Loan Documents on the due date; or

 

   

Covenant. You fail to perform any covenant or Secured Obligations under this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or any of the other related Loan Documents, and You fail to cure such breach (to the extent that such breach is capable of being cured) within twenty (20) days after the earlier of (i) We give You written notice or (ii) Your actual knowledge of such default; or

 

   

Misrepresentations. You or any Person acting for You makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any Excluded Agreement or in any writing delivered to Us or to induce Us to enter this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any Excluded Agreement, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made, provided , however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representation, warranty or statement that already is qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; or

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      12


   

Bankruptcy; Attachment; Other.

 

   

You (i) assign Your assets for the benefit of Your creditors, (ii) become unable to pay Your debts generally as they become due, or You become unable to pay or perform Your obligations under the Loan Documents or Excluded Agreements as they become due, (iii) file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iv) file any petition, answer, or document seeking for Yourself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation pertinent to such circumstances, (v) seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, or liquidator of Yours or of all or any substantial part of Your assets or property, (vi) cease operation of Your business as Your business has normally been conducted, or terminate substantially all of Your employees, or (vii) You or Your directors or majority shareholders shall take any action initiating any of the foregoing actions described in this paragraph; or

 

   

Either (i) forty-five (45) days shall have expired after the commencement of an involuntary action against You seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation , without such action being dismissed or all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting Your operations or the business being stayed; or (ii) a stay of any such order or proceeding shall thereafter be set aside and the action setting it aside shall not be timely appealed; or (iii) You shall file any answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a petition filed against You in any such proceedings; or (iv) the court in which such proceedings are pending shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in any such proceedings; or

 

   

Forty-five (45) days shall have expired after the appointment, without Your consent or acquiescence, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Yours or of all or any substantial part of Your properties without such appointment being vacated; or

 

   

Agreements with Us. The occurrence of any default under any other Loan Document, any Excluded Agreement, or any other agreement between You and/or any of Your Subsidiaries and Us (other than any default embodied in or covered by any clause of this Section 14) and such default continues for more than twenty (20) days after the earlier of (i) We have given notice of such default to You, or (ii) You have actual knowledge of such default; or

 

   

Other Agreements. The occurrence of any default (other than any default embodied in or covered by any other clause of this Section 14) under any lease, loan, or other agreement or obligation of Yours involving any Indebtedness which aggregates more than $1,000,000, and which gives the holder of such Indebtedness the right to accelerate such Indebtedness; or

 

   

Judgments. The entry of (a) any judgment or arbitration award against You involving an award in excess of $2,000,000 that is not covered by insurance by a solvent insurance carrier that has confirmed coverage in writing, has not been, discharged, bonded or stayed on appeal within ten (10) days (or, in the event that the terms of such judgments or arbitration award, provide for payment of such obligations over a period of time, then You shall be permitted to satisfy such obligations (“Judgment Amount”) pursuant to such terms if You have sufficient funds to satisfy all outstanding Secured Obligations plus sufficient funds to operate Your business in the ordinary course for a two month period and an Event of Default pursuant to this provision shall not occur unless You fail to make any payment of the Judgment Amount within ten (10) days of when such payment is due pursuant to such terms); or (b) any judgment or arbitration award against You in which You are enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented from conducting all or any material part of Your business or affairs.

 

   

Change of Control . Except as otherwise permitted hereunder, the occurrence of any event or transaction, including the sale or exchange of outstanding shares of Your capital stock or the capital stock of any of Your Subsidiaries, or series of related events or transactions, resulting in (a) the holders of such outstanding capital stock immediately before consummation of such event or transaction, or series of related events or transactions, do not, immediately after consummation of such event or transaction or series of related events or transactions, retain, directly or indirectly, capital stock representing at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving Person of such event or transaction or series of related events or transactions, in each case without regard to whether You or any of Your Subsidiaries are the surviving Person, (b) any Person or “group” (other than a Person that is a stockholder on the Closing Date) shall obtain “beneficial ownership” (as such terms are defined under Section 13d-3 of and Regulation 13D under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), either directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      13


 

Your outstanding capital stock having the right to vote for the election of directors under ordinary circumstances, or (c) You cease to own and control all of the economic and voting rights associated with all of the outstanding capital stock of Your Subsidiaries (other than director’s qualifying shares or other similar shares held by individuals that are mandated by the law of the jurisdiction of formation of such Subsidiaries).

 

   

Officers. The individuals holding the offices of Your Chief Executive Officer as of the Closing Date shall for any reason cease to hold such offices or be actively engaged in Your day-to-day management, unless a successor appointed by Your board of directors is appointed within ninety (90) days of such cessation.

 

   

Guaranty Documents. (a) Any guaranty of any Secured Obligations terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect ; (b)  any event or circumstance described in paragraphs 3 through 8 of this Section 14 occurs with respect to any Guarantor, or (c) the death, liquidation, administration, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor (as applicable) .

 

15. WHAT HAPPENS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, We can at Our option, and without notice to You:

 

   

Terminate our commitment to make any future Advances under this Agreement;

 

   

Terminate Our obligation to permit the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us to remain outstanding;

 

   

Recover all sums due and accelerate and demand payment of all or any part of the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us and declare them to be immediately due and payable ( provided , that upon the occurrence of a default of the type described in the fourth paragraph of Section 14 ( i.e. “Bankruptcy; Attachment; Other”), the Promissory Notes and all of the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us shall automatically be accelerated and made immediately due and payable, in each case without any further notice or act). Upon and after an Event of Default, the unpaid principal and accrued interest on the Promissory Notes and advances and all outstanding principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us, including all professional fees and expenses, shall thereafter bear interest at the Default Rate (as defined in Section 7);

 

   

Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Your account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that We reasonably consider to be advisable;

 

   

Enter Your premises, without notice and process of law and in compliance with Your security requirements, to remove and repossess the Collateral without being liable to You for damages due to the repossession, except those resulting from Our or Our assignees’ negligence and charge You for the cost of repossession, storing and shipping the Collateral. With respect to any of premises that You own, You hereby grant to Us a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Our rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise; and

 

   

Pursue any other remedy permitted by law, equity or otherwise.

We may exercise all rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or otherwise available to Us under the UCC and other applicable law, including the right to release, hold, sell, lease, liquidate, collect, realize upon, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral and the right to occupy, utilize, process and commingle the Collateral. You hereby grant to Us a license and right, to use, without charge, Your labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral. In connection with Our exercise of its rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each of Your rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Our benefit. All Our rights and remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive.

In addition to the power of attorney granted in Section 12, effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, You hereby irrevocably appoint Us (and any of Our designated officers, agents, attorneys or employees) as Your true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Receivables or notify account debtors of Our security interest in the Receivables; (b) endorse Your name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Our possession; (c) sign Your name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Receivable, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Receivables, verifications of Receivables,

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      14


and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Your policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the Accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which We determine to be reasonable. Our appointment as Your attorney in fact, and each and every one of Our rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Secured Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Our obligation to provide Advances hereunder is terminated.

 

16. WHAT HAPPENS IF YOU ARE IN DEFAULT AND WE EXERCISE OUR REMEDIES

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, We may, at any time or from time to time, apply, collect, liquidate, sell in one or more sales, lease or otherwise dispose of, any or all of the Collateral, in its then condition or following any commercially reasonable preparation or processing, in such order as We may elect. Any such sale may be made either at public or private sale at Your place of business or elsewhere. You agree that any such public or private sale may occur upon Our ten (10) calendar days’ prior written notice to You. We may require You to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Us at a place We designate that is reasonably convenient to Us. The proceeds of any sale, disposition or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied in the following order of priorities:

First , to Us in an amount sufficient to pay in full Our costs and professionals’ and advisors’ fees and expenses;

Second , to Us in an amount equal to the then unpaid amount of all the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us, in such order and priority as We may choose in Our sole discretion; and

Finally , after the full, final, and indefeasible payment in Cash of all of the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us, to any creditor holding a junior Lien on the Collateral, or to You or Your representatives or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

17. RESERVED.

[This Section Reserved.]

 

18. DOCUMENTS YOU WILL PROVIDE US

Upon signing this Agreement You will provide Us with :

 

   

Executed originals of this Agreement, and all other documents and instruments that We may reasonably require;

 

   

Secretary’s certificate of incumbency and authority;

 

   

Certified copy of resolutions of Your board of directors approving this Agreement and the associated Warrant Agreement;

 

   

Certified copy of Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws as amended through the Closing Date;

 

   

A certificate of good standing from Your state of incorporation and similar certificates from all other jurisdictions where You or any of Your Subsidiaries do business and where the failure to be qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

   

Payment of the Facility Fee for the Commitment Amount as denoted on Page 1 of this document;

 

   

Your budget and business plan of the current fiscal year;

 

   

Executed Certificate of Perfections by You or any Guarantor, in the form as attached as Exhibit C or in the form as required pursuant to any guaranty that a Guarantor is required to enter into in connection with this Agreement , as may be updated, amended or supplemented from time to time ( as applicable, each a “ Certificate of Perfection ”); and

 

   

Any such other documents as We may reasonably request.

So long as there are any unpaid principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us, or We have any obligation to make any additional Advances, You shall provide Us with:

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      15


Financial Statements . Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month or after You have consummated Your IPO within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter You will provide Us with an unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows (provided that, in the forth fiscal quarter of each fiscal year after You have consummated Your IPO, such statement of cash flow will be filed with the annual audited financial statements), and an unaudited balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes and subject to year end adjustments) accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies (in addition post-IPO, no more than twice in any calendar year, You agree to provide monthly financial statements for the previous month within 30 days of Our request) Until such time as You have consummated Your IPO, , You will provide Us with copies of all board packages delivered to Your board of directors in connection with board meetings or otherwise (redacted to protect attorney client privilege and trade secrets, as necessary and/or any materials pertaining to Your financing arrangements with Us (other than any board approvals relating to such financing arrangements)). Within one hundred eighty (180) days of the end of each fiscal year end (except for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011 which shall be provided upon completion), You will provide Us with audited financial statements accompanied by an audit report and an unqualified opinion of the independent certified public accountants (other than any qualifications with respect to “going-concern” typical for venture-backed companies similar to You). Prior to Your IPO, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, You will provide Us a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year. You will provide Us any additional information (including, but not limited to, tax returns, income statements, balance sheets and names of principal creditors) as We reasonably believe are necessary to evaluate Your continuing ability to meet financial obligations. These statements should be emailed to Us at financials@triplepointcapital.com, or upon Our prior approval, facsimiled or mailed to Us at the address listed on Page 1 of this Agreement. After an initial public offering, in addition to the above, You shall provide all copies of 10-Qs and 10-Ks, provided that such 10-Qs and 10-Ks may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which You post such 10-Qs and 10-Ks, or provide a link thereto, on Your website on the Internet at Your website address.

Certificate of Compliance. Within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter, You will provide Us with a Certificate of Compliance in the form attached as Exhibit D.

 

19. RIGHT TO INVEST

You grant Us (or at Our election, an Affiliate of Us) the right to invest up to Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($500,000), in Your Next Round, at Our sole discretion on the same terms and conditions as other investors in Your Next Round (“ Right To Invest ”). You agree to provide Us with at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the proposed date of the Next Round, which notice shall include the final terms, conditions and pricing of the Next Round and copies of draft equity documents no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the closing of the Next Round. The foregoing Right To Invest shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement and be in full force and effect until the consummation of Your Next Round.

 

20. OTHER LEGAL PROVISIONS YOU WILL ABIDE BY

Continuation of Security Interest. This is a continuing agreement and the grant of the security interest and Lien hereunder shall remain in full force and effect and all of Our rights, powers and remedies shall continue to exist until all of the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us are fully and finally paid in cash, We have no further obligation to make Advances and We have executed a written termination statement. We shall file a termination statement and provide proof of filing to You immediately after the full and final payment in cash of all of the principal, interest, owed by You to Us hereunder, releasing to You, without recourse except for Our acts, the Collateral and all rights conveyed hereby and returning possession of the Collateral to You. Our rights, powers and remedies shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given by statute or rule of law and are cumulative. The exercise of any one or more of the rights, powers and remedies provided herein shall not be construed as a waiver of or election of remedies with respect to Our other rights, powers and remedies.

Entire Agreement. This Agreement and associated Promissory Notes supersede all other oral or written agreements or understandings between the Parties concerning the Collateral. ANY AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR A PROMISSORY NOTE MAY ONLY BE ACCOMPLISHED THROUGH A DOCUMENT WITH SIGNATURES FROM EACH OF THE PARTIES.

Headings. Headings used in this Agreement are for reference and convenience of the Parties only and shall have no substantive effect in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      16


No Waiver. No action taken by Us or You will be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance with any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement or Promissory Note. The waiver by Us of a breach of any provision of this Agreement or a Promissory Note will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

Survival of Obligations. The indemnification, obligations, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, any Promissory Note or in any document delivered in connection with those agreements are for the benefit of the Parties and survive the execution, delivery, expiration or termination of this Agreement.

Tax Indemnification . Without limiting the generality of Section 13, You agree to pay, and to hold Us harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all excise, sales, or other similar taxes (excluding taxes imposed on or measured by Our net income or franchise taxes) that may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this agreement.

Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on You and Your permitted assigns (if any). You shall not assign Your obligations under this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or any of the other Loan Documents without Our express prior written consent, and any such attempted assignment shall be void and of no effect. You acknowledge and understand that We may sell and assign all or part of Our interest hereunder and under the Promissory Note(s) and all other related Loan Documents to any person or entity to be known as assignee. After such assignment the term “We” “Us” and “Our” as used in the Loan Documents will mean and include such assignee, and such assignee will be vested with all Our rights, powers and remedies hereunder and shall have Our duties with respect to the interest that You have granted Us; but with respect to any such interest not so transferred, We shall retain all rights, powers and remedies. No such assignment will relieve You of any of Your obligations. We agree that in the event of any transfer of the Promissory Note(s), We will denote on the Promissory Note a notation as to the portion of the principal and interest of the Promissory Note(s), which shall have been paid at the time of such transfer and the date of the transfer.

Consent To Jurisdiction And Venue. All judicial proceedings arising in or under or related to this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or any of the other Loan Documents may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to personal jurisdiction in San Mateo County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in San Mateo County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or the other Loan Documents. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in this Section, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth therein. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

Mutual Waiver Of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert person and the Parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), the Parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF THE PARTIES SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “ CLAIMS ”) ASSERTED BY YOU AGAINST US OR OUR ASSIGNEE OR BY US OR OUR ASSIGNEE AGAINST YOU. IN THE EVENT THAT THE FOREGOING JURY TRIAL WAIVER IS NOT ENFORCEABLE, ALL CLAIMS, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL QUESTIONS OF LAW OR FACT RELATING THERETO, SHALL, AT THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF ANY PARTY, BE DETERMINED BY JUDICIAL REFERENCE PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE (“REFERENCE”). THE PARTIES SHALL SELECT A SINGLE NEUTRAL REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED STATE OR FEDERAL JUDGE. IN THE EVENT THAT THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE, THE REFEREE SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE COURT. THE REFEREE SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION TO THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY AT ANY TIME TO EXERCISE LAWFUL SELF-HELP REMEDIES, FORECLOSE AGAINST COLLATERAL OR OBTAIN PROVISIONAL REMEDIES. THE PARTIES SHALL BEAR THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE REFEREE EQUALLY UNLESS THE REFEREE ORDERS OTHERWISE. THE REFEREE SHALL ALSO DETERMINE ALL ISSUES RELATING TO THE APPLICABILITY, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS SECTION. THE PARTIES

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      17


ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE CLAIMS WILL NOT BE ADJUDICATED BY A JURY. THIS WAIVER EXTENDS TO ALL SUCH CLAIMS, INCLUDING CLAIMS THAT INVOLVE PERSONS OTHER THAN YOU AND US; CLAIMS THAT ARISE OUT OF OR ARE IN ANY WAY CONNECTED TO THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN YOU AND US; AND ANY CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, BREACH OF CONTRACT, SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE, OR ANY EQUITABLE OR LEGAL RELIEF OF ANY KIND, ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE EXCLUDED AGREEMENTS.

Professional Fees . You promise to pay or reimburse on demand, any and all reasonable professional fees and expenses incurred by Us whether before or after the execution of this Agreement in connection with or related to: the Loan Documents, the Excluded Agreements, or the Secured Obligations; the administration, collection, or enforcement of the Secured Obligations; amendment or modification of the Loan Documents and the Excluded Agreements; any waiver, consent, release, or termination under the Loan Documents or Excluded Agreements; the protection, preservation, sale, lease, liquidation, inspection, audit or disposition of, or other action related to, the Collateral or the exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral; or any legal, litigation, administrative, arbitration, or out of court proceeding in connection with or related to You or the Collateral, and any appeal or review thereof; and any bankruptcy, restructuring, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, workout, foreclosure, or other action related to You, the Collateral, the Loan Documents, or the Excluded Agreements, including representing Us in any adversary proceeding or contested matter commenced or continued by or on behalf of Your estate, and any appeal or review thereof. Our professional fees and expenses shall include fees or expenses for Our attorneys, accountants, auditors, auctioneers, liquidators, appraisers, investment advisors, environmental and management consultants, or experts engaged by Us in connection with the foregoing. Your promise to pay all of Our reasonable professional fees and expenses is part of the Secured Obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, You will not be responsible or obligated to reimburse Us for any legal fees, costs or expenses incurred on or before the Closing Date and for items set forth in the Schedule of Documents as items to be completed post the Closing Date, all in connection with the negotiation, due diligence and closing of this Agreement.

Revival of Secured Obligations . This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective if any petition is filed by or against You for liquidation or reorganization, if You become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, if a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or any significant part of Your assets, or if any payment or transfer of Collateral is recovered from Us. The Loan Documents, the Secured Obligations and Our Lien on the Collateral shall continue to be effective, or shall be revived or reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Secured Obligations or any transfer of Collateral to Us, or any part thereof is rescinded, avoided or avoidable, reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by, or is recovered from, Us or by any obligee of the Secured Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment, performance, or transfer of Collateral had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, avoided, avoidable, restored, returned, or recovered, the Loan Documents and the Secured Obligations shall be deemed, without any further action or documentation, to have been revived and reinstated except to the extent of the full, final, and indefeasible payment to Us in cash.

Notices. Any notice, request or other communication to either of the Parties by the other will be given in writing and deemed received upon the earlier of (1) actual receipt or (2) 3 days after mailing if mailed postage prepaid by regular or airmail to Us or You, at the address set out on Page 1 of this Agreement, (3) 1 day after it is sent by courier or overnight delivery

Applicable Law. This Agreement and any Promissory Note will have been made, executed and delivered in the State of California and will be governed and construed for all purposes in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding conflict of laws principles that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together constitute one and the same instrument.

Signatures. This Agreement and any Promissory Note may be executed and delivered by facsimile or transmitted electronically in either Tagged Image Format Files (" TIFF ") or Portable Document Format (" PDF ") and, upon such delivery, the facsimile, TIFF or PDF signature, as applicable, will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

Confidentiality. All financial information (other than any such information contained in periodic reports filed by You with the Securities and Exchange Commission) and other non-public information disclosed by You to Us shall be considered confidential for purposes of this Agreement. In handling any confidential information, We will

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      18


exercise the same degree of care that We exercise for Our own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made (i) to Our subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with their business with You, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Loans (provided, however, We shall use best efforts in obtaining such prospective transferee’s agreement of the terms of this provision and any purchaser shall be agreeing to assume the obligations hereunder and therefore agreeing to abide by the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the provisions of this Section), (iii) as We deem necessary or appropriate to any bank, financial institution or other similar entity, provided, however, that such bank, financial institution or other similar entity agrees in writing to maintain the confidentiality of such information, (iv) to S&P, Moody’s, Fitch and/or other ratings agency, as We deem necessary or appropriate, provided, however, that such financial institution or ratings agency shall be informed of the confidentiality of such, (v) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order, (vi) as required in connection with Our examination or audit and (vii) as We consider appropriate exercising remedies under this Agreement. Confidential information does not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in Our possession when disclosed to Us, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Us; or (b) is disclosed to Us by a third party, if We do not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information. Notwithstanding the above, You hereby consent to the use by Us of Your company name and logo for advertising, promotional and marketing purposes only. Such use may reference the type of credit facility but will not indicate the amount of the credit facility without Your prior written approval.

 

21. DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

“Account” means any “account,” as such term is defined in the UCC, which You now own or acquire in or which You now hold or acquire any interest and in any event, shall include, without limitation, all accounts receivable, book debts and other forms of obligations (other than forms of obligations evidenced by Chattel Paper, Documents or Instruments) that You now own, receive or acquire by or belonging or owing to You (including, without limitation, under any trade name, style or division thereof) whether arising out of goods sold or services that You render or from any other transaction, whether or not the same involves the sale of goods or services by You (including, without limitation, any such obligation that may be characterized as an account or contract right under the UCC) and all of Your rights in, to and under all purchase orders or receipts now owned or acquired by You for goods or services, and all of Your rights to any goods represented by any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, unpaid seller's rights of rescission, replevin, reclamation and stoppage in transit and rights to returned, reclaimed or repossessed goods), and all monies due or to become due to You under all purchase orders and contracts for the sale of goods or the performance of services or both by You or in connection with any other transaction (whether or not yet earned by performance on the part of You), now in existence or occurring, including, without limitation, the right to receive the proceeds of said purchase orders and contracts, and all collateral security and guarantees of any kind given by any person with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Advance Date” means the day on which We make an Advance to You.

Advance Request ” means any request for an Advance to be executed and delivered from time to time by You to Us in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B .

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and partners, and members.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the State of California are authorized or required by law or other government action to close.

“Cash” means all cash, money, currency, and liquid funds, wherever held, which You own now, hold or acquire any right, title, or interest in.

“Certificate of Perfection ” has the meaning given to it in Section 18.

“Chattel Paper” means any "chattel paper," as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or acquired by You or in which You now hold or acquire any interest.

“Closing Date” means June 22, 2012.

“Collateral” has the meaning given to it in Section 8.

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      19


Commitment Increase Request Notice” has the meaning given to it in Section 3.

“Copyright License” means any written agreement granting any right to use any Copyright or Copyright registration now in which agreement You now hold or hereafter acquire any interest, whether as licensor or licensee.

“Copyrights” means all of the following now owned or acquired by You or in which Your now hold or acquire any interest: (i) all copyrights and copyright rights, whether registered or unregistered, held pursuant to the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or of any other country, or pursuant to any convention or treaty; (ii) all registrations of, applications for registration. and recordings of any copyright rights in the United States Copyright Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country; (iii) all continuations, renewals or extensions of any copyrights and any registrations thereof; and (iv) any copyright registrations to be issued under any pending applications.

“Default” means any event that, with the passage of time or notice or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” has the meaning given to it in Section 7.

“Deposit Accounts” means any “deposit accounts,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or acquired by You or in which You now hold or acquire any interest.

“Disclosure Letter ” means the disclosure letter, dated as of the date hereof, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Documents” means any “documents,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or acquired by You or in which You now hold or acquire any interest.

“Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Equipment” means any “equipment,” as such term is defined in the UCC, and any and all additions, upgrades, substitutions and replacements thereto or thereof, together with all attachments, components, parts, accessions and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto, now owned or hereafter acquired by You or in which You now hold or acquire any interest.

“Equipment Loan Agreement” means that Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement of even date by and between You and Us, as amended, restated or replaced.

“Event of Default” has the meaning given to it in Section 14.

“Excluded Agreements” means (i) the Warrant Agreement; (ii) any stock purchase agreement, options, or other warrants to acquire, or agreements governing the rights of, any capital stock or other equity security, or any common stock, preferred stock, or equity security issued to or purchased by Us or its nominee or assignee and (iii) the Equipment Loan Agreement, including any promissory notes issued in connection with such Equipment Loan Agreement .

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Fixtures” means any “fixtures,” as such term is defined in the UCC, together with any of Your right, title and interest in and to all extensions, improvements, betterments, renewals, substitutes, and replacements thereof, and all additions and appurtenances thereto any, now owned or hereafter acquired by You or in which You now hold or acquire any interest.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time.

“General Intangibles” means any “general intangibles,” as such term is defined in the UCC, and, in any event, includes proprietary or confidential information (other than Intellectual Property); business records and materials (other than Intellectual Property); customer lists; interests in partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies and other business associations; permits; claims in or under insurance policies (including unearned premiums and retrospective premium adjustments); and rights to receive tax refunds and other payments and rights of indemnification, now owned or acquired by You or in which You may now or hereafter have any interest.

“Goods” means any “goods,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by You or in which You now hold or acquire any interest.

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      20


“Guarantor” means any Person who from time to time may guaranty or provide collateral or other credit support for all or any portion of the Secured Obligations.

“Indebtedness” means, of any Person, at any date, without duplication and without regard to whether matured or unmatured, absolute or contingent: (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money; (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services; (iv) all obligations of such Person as lessee under capital leases; (v) all obligations of such Person to reimburse or prepay any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit, banker's acceptance, or similar instrument, whether drawn or undrawn; (vi) [reserved]; (vii) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, exchange, convert or otherwise acquire for value any capital stock of such Person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital stock, in each case for cash (excluding any cash paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exchange or conversion of any convertible securities), now or hereafter outstanding, except to the extent that such obligations remain performable solely at the option of such Person; (viii) all obligations to repurchase accounts or chattel paper previously sold (including any obligation to repurchase any accounts or chattel paper under any factoring, receivables purchase, or similar arrangement); (ix) obligations of such Person under interest rate swap, cap, collar or similar hedging arrangements; and (x) all obligations of others of any type described in clause (i) through clause (ix) above guaranteed by such Person.

“Instruments” means any “instrument,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by You or in which You now hold or acquire any interest.

“Intellectual Property” means all Copyrights; Trademarks; Patents; Licenses; source codes; trade secrets; inventions (whether or not patented or patentable); technical information, processes, designs, knowledge and know-how; data bases; models; drawings; websites, domain names, and URL’s, and all applications therefor and reissues, extensions, or renewals thereof; together with the rights to sue for past, present, or future infringement of Intellectual Property and the goodwill associated with the foregoing.

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement of even date entered into by and between Us and Silicon Valley Bank, or any other Intercreditor Agreement entered into by and between Us and any other lender under any Senior Loan Facility.

“Inventory” means any “inventory,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or acquired by You or in which You now hold or acquire any interest, and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all Goods and personal property that are held by or on Your behalf for sale or lease or are furnished or are to be furnished under a contract of service or that constitute raw materials, work in process or materials used or consumed or to be used or consumed in Your business, or the processing, packaging, promotion, delivery or shipping of the same, and all finished goods, whether or not the same is in transit or in Your constructive, actual or exclusive possession or is held by others for Your account, including, without limitation, all property covered by purchase orders and contracts with suppliers and all goods billed and held by suppliers and all such property that may be in the possession or custody of any carriers, forwarding agents, truckers, warehousemen, vendors, selling agents or other Persons.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) of any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“Investment Property” means any “investment property,” as such term is defined in the UCC, and includes any certificated security, uncertificated security, money market funds, bonds, mutual funds, and U.S. Treasury bills and notes now owned or hereafter acquired by You or in which You now hold or acquire any interest.

“Letter of Credit Rights” means any “letter of credit rights,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or acquired by You or in which You now hold or acquire any interest, including any right to payment under any letter of credit.

“License” means any Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or other license of rights or interests now held or acquired by You or in which You now hold or acquire any interest and any renewals or extensions thereof.

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment for security, security interest, encumbrance, levy, lien or charge of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise, against any property, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature of a security interest, and the filing of any financing statement (other than a precautionary financing statement with respect to a lease that is not in the nature of a security interest) under the UCC or comparable law of any jurisdiction.

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      21


“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Promissory Notes, all UCC Financing Statements, and any other documents executed in connection with the Secured Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby, including those documents described on the Schedule of Documents attached hereto as Schedule 1 , as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated; provided , that the Loan Documents shall not include any of the Excluded Agreements.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (i) Your business, operations, properties, prospects, assets or condition (financial or otherwise), (ii) Your ability to perform the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents or Our ability to enforce any of Our rights and remedies with respect to the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or (iii) the Collateral or Our Liens on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens.

Merger Event ” means (i) any reorganization, consolidation or merger (or similar transaction or series of transactions) by You, or any of Your subsidiaries, with or into any other Person; (ii) any transaction, including the sale or exchange of outstanding shares of Your capital stock, or the capital stock of any of Your Subsidiaries, in which the holders of such outstanding capital stock immediately before consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions do not, immediately after consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions, retain capital stock representing at least 50.0% of the voting power of the surviving corporation of such transaction or series of related transactions (or the parent corporation of such surviving corporation if such surviving corporation is wholly owned by such parent corporation), in each case without regard to whether You or any of Your subsidiaries are the surviving corporation, or (iii) the sale, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of Your assets, or the assets of any of Your subsidiaries.

Next Round ” means the first private equity financing, or extension of an existing round of private equity financing, occurring after the Closing Date, in which You issue preferred stock for aggregate gross cash proceeds of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) (with aggregate proceeds to include the amounts that the investors in such financing have committed to invest, in accordance with the terms of the financing documents after the initial closing under such documents and to exclude any amounts receivable upon, or attributable to, conversion or cancellation of indebtedness), whether in a single or multiple closings and whether in related or unrelated financings.

“Part 2 Milestone” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.

“Patent License” means any written agreement granting any right with respect to any invention on which a Patent is in existence or a Patent application is pending in which agreement You now hold or acquire any interest, whether as licensor or licensee.

“Patents” means all of the following now owned or acquired by You or in which You now hold or acquire any interest: (a) all patents, or rights corresponding thereto, issued or registered in the United States or any other county, (b) all applications for patents, or rights corresponding thereto in, the United States or any other country; (c) all reissues, reexaminations, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, or extensions of the foregoing patents and/or applications; (c) all patents to be issued under any of the foregoing applications; and (d) all foreign counterparts of the foregoing patents and/or applications.

Permitted Acquisitions” means (a) any acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) or series of related acquisitions by You or Your Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person in which total cash consideration does not exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in any fiscal year and You provide Us with 10 days’ prior written notice of such acquisition, including a reasonably detailed description thereof and on or prior to the date of the proposed acquisition We shall have received copies of the acquisition agreement and related documents (including financial information and analysis, financial projections, environmental assessments and reports, opinions, certificates and lien searches) and other information reasonably requested by Us; and (b) any other acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) permitted pursuant to the terms of the paragraph entitled “Mergers or Acquisitions” in Section 12.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness of You in favor of Us including any Indebtedness in our favor under the Equipment Loan Agreement between You and Us; (b) Indebtedness existing at the Closing Date and disclosed on the Disclosure Letter ; (c) Indebtedness to trade creditors, including without limitation, for the acquisition of services, supplies or inventory in the ordinary course of business; (d) Indebtedness under the Senior Loan Facility so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof does not at any time exceed Twelve Million Dollars ($12,000,000) as reduced by any payments of principal with respect to any term loan Indebtedness (such reduction shall not apply on any revolver type Indebtedness up to $4,000,0000 of the aggregate $12,000,000 permitted hereunder) ; (e) Subordinated Indebtedness, (f) Indebtedness incurred as result of endorsing negotiable

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      22


instruments received in the ordinary course of business; (g) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) secured by Permitted Liens, (h) Indebtedness that otherwise constitutes Permitted Investments, (i) Indebtedness consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business and designated to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices, (j) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed $400,000 at any time, and (k) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any item of Permitted Indebtedness (a) though (g) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased.

“Permitted Investment” means (a) Investments that are in existence on the Closing Date and are approved in writing by Us; (b) Investments in domestic certificates of deposit issued by, and other domestic investments with, financial institutions organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof, having at least One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000) in capital and a rating of at least “investment grade” or “A” by Moody's or any successor rating agency; (c) Investments in marketable obligations of the United States of America and in open market commercial paper given the highest credit rating by a national credit agency and maturing not more than one year from the creation thereof; (d) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, temporary advances to employees to cover incidental expenses to be incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $50,000 at any time; (e) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; (f) Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any amendment thereto) have been approved by Us; (g) Investments consisting of deposit accounts and investment accounts; (h) Investments accepted in connection with transfers or dispositions of property that are otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 12; (i) (x) Investments of Your Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries of Yours or You (y) Investments by You in or to any Guarantor and (z) Investments by You in Your Subsidiaries not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year except as follows: (A) You may make Investments up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per fiscal quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of the United Kingdom, (B) You may make Investments up to One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, (C) You may make Investments up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of Canada, and (D) You and Us shall meet and confer in good faith regarding whether it is commercially reasonable for Borrower to be permitted to make Investments in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in other Subsidiaries in connection with third-party commercial agreements involving such Subsidiary; (j) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Yours or Your Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Your Board of Directors; (k) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (k) shall not apply to Investments of Your in any of Your Subsidiaries; (l) Investments consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business and designated to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity prices; (m) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Your business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investments by You does not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; (n) Investment in Subsidiaries necessary to establish co-location facilities or data centers in an amount not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; (o) Permitted Acquisitions shall be permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement including the formation of any Subsidiary in connection with such Permitted Acquisitions and the initial capitalization of such Subsidiary whether by capital contribution or intercompany loans as required by law or pursuant to the applicable acquisition agreement; and (p) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $400,000 in any fiscal year.

Permitted Liens ” means any and all of the following: (i) Liens in Our favor, including any Liens in Our favor under the Equipment Loan Agreement between You and Us; (ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that such Liens do not have priority over any of Our Liens and You maintain adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP; (iii) Liens securing claims or demands of materialmen, artisans, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like Persons arising in the ordinary course of Your business and imposed without action of such parties, provided that the payment thereof is not yet required and that such Liens do not have

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      23


priority over any of Our Liens; (iv) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances which do not constitute an Event of Default hereunder; (v) the following deposits, to the extent made in the ordinary course of Your business: deposits under worker's compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than Liens arising under ERISA or environmental Liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds; (vi) Liens on insurance proceeds in favor of insurance companies granted solely as security for financed premiums; (vii) Liens securing the Senior Loan Facility and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement; (viii) purchase money Liens (A) on Equipment (other than Equipment financed by Us) acquired or held by You incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment (other than Equipment financed by Us) securing no more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (B) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment; (ix) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto; (x) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Your business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Your business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Us a security interest therein; (xi) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States; (xii) Liens in favor of financial institutions arising in connection with Your deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that such security interests secure customary fees and expenses and not borrowed money; (xiii) Liens in favor of custom and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure the payment of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods; (xiii) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i), (vii) and(viii) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced (as may have been reduced by any payment thereon) does not increase other than any reasonable premium.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, limited liability company, institution, public benefit corporation, other entity or government (whether federal, state, county, city, municipal, local, foreign, or otherwise, including any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof).

“Proceeds” means “proceeds,” as such term is defined in the UCC and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, (a) any and all Accounts, Chattel Paper, Instruments, Cash or other proceeds payable to You from time to time in respect of the Collateral, (b) any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to You from time to time with respect to any of the Collateral, (c) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to You from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Collateral by any governmental authority (or any Person acting under color of governmental authority), (d) the proceeds, damages, or recovery based on any claim of Yours against third parties (i) for past, present or future infringement of any Copyright, Copyright License, Patent or Patent License, or (ii) for past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Trademark or Trademark License or for injury to the goodwill associated with any Trademark, Trademark registration or Trademark licensed under any Trademark License; and (e) any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral.

“PT” means Pacific Time.

“Receivables” means (i) all of Your Accounts, Instruments, Documents, Cash, Chattel Paper, Supporting Obligations, letters of credit, proceeds of a letter of credit, and Letter of Credit Rights, and (ii) all customer lists, software, and related business records.

“Right To Invest” has the meaning given to it in Section 19.

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      24


Secured Obligations ” means Your obligation to repay to Us all Advances (whether or not evidenced by any Promissory Note), together with all principal, interest, fees, costs, professional fees and expenses, and other liabilities or obligations for monetary amounts owed by You to Us, including the indemnity and insurance obligations in Sections 10, 13 and 20 hereof and including such amounts as may accrue or be incurred before or after default or workout or the commencement of any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy, receivership or reorganization by or against You, whether due or to become due, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, contingent or non-contingent, and all covenants and duties of any kind or nature, present or future, arising under this Agreement, the Promissory Notes, or any of the other Loan Documents, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, whether or not such obligations are partially or fully secured by the value of Collateral; provided , that the Secured Obligations shall not include any of Your Indebtedness or obligations arising under or in connection with the Excluded Agreements.

“Senior Loan Facility” means that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between Silicon Valley Bank and You dated as of October [     ], 2010 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, or restated).

“Solvent” means, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person; (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities (such as litigation, guaranties and pension plan liabilities) at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, represents the amount that can be reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness subordinated to the Secured Obligations on terms and conditions acceptable to Us, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, subordination of such Indebtedness in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Secured Obligations, the subordination of the priority of any Lien at any time securing such Indebtedness to Our Liens in Your assets and properties, and the subordination of the rights of the holder of such Indebtedness to enforce its junior Lien following an Event of Default hereunder pursuant to a written subordination agreement approved by Us.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interests is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Affiliates of such Person.

“Supporting Obligations” means any “supporting obligations,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or acquired by You or in which You now hold or hereafter acquire any interest.

“Trademark License” means any written agreement granting any right to use any Trademark or Trademark registration in which agreement You now hold or hereafter acquire any interest, whether as licensor or licensee.

“Trademarks” means all of the following property now owned or hereafter acquired by You or in which You now hold or hereafter acquire any interest: (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, other source or business identifiers, prints and labels on which any of the foregoing have appeared or appear, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and any applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation, registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof and (b) reissues, extensions or renewals thereof.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in the State of California; provided, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Secured Party's Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term "UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, from time to time, in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions. Unless otherwise defined herein or in the other Loan Documents terms that are defined in the UCC and used herein or in the other Loan Documents shall have the meanings given to them in the UCC.

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      25


“Warrant Agreement” means the Warrant Agreement dated the date hereof between the Parties issued in connection with this Agreement.

Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement or any Annex or Schedule hereto to a “Section,” “subsection,” “Exhibit,” “Annex,” or “Schedule” shall refer to the corresponding Section, subsection, Exhibit, Annex, or Schedule in or to this Agreement. The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including all Exhibits, Annexes and Schedules, and not to any particular Section, subsection or other subdivision.

Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders. The words “including,” “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” the word “or” is not exclusive; references to Persons include their respective successors and assigns (to the extent and only to the extent permitted by this Agreement and the Loan Documents) or, in the case of governmental Persons, Persons succeeding to the relevant functions of such Persons; and all references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of the same and any successor statutes and regulations. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any accounting term used in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall have the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations hereunder shall be computed in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

( Signatures to Follow )

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:     You:   RINGCENTRAL, INC.
    Signature:   /s/ Robert Lawson
    Print Name:   Robert Lawson
    Title:   CFO
Accepted in Menlo Park, California :      
LENDER:     Us:   TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
    Signature:   /s/ Sajal Srivastava
    Print Name:   Sajal Srivastava
    Title:   Chief Operating Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO PLAIN ENGLISH GROWTH CAPITAL LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      27


Table of Exhibits and Schedules

 

Exhibit A    Promissory Note
Exhibit B    Advance Request
Exhibit C    Form of Certificate of Perfection
Exhibit D    Certificate of Compliance
Schedule 1    Schedule of Documents

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      28


EXHIBIT A

 

LOGO

PLAIN ENGLISH PROMISSORY NOTE

This is a Plain English Promissory Note dated “[MONTH, DAY, YEAR]” by and between TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, as lender, and RINGCENTRAL, INC., a                  corporation, as borrower. The words “We”, “Us”, and “Our”, refer to TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC. The words “You” and “Your” refer to RINGCENTRAL, INC., and not any individual. The words “Parties” refers to both, TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC AND RINGCENTRAL, INC.

 

PROMISSORY NOTE INFORMATION

 

Facility Name

Growth Capital Loan

Facility

  

Facility Number

0745-GC-01

  

Promissory Note Number

0745-GC-01-__

  

Principal Amount

$________

Payment Amount

Months: [1-3][1-11]:

interest only;

Months: [4-36][12]

  

Loan Term

[36 months][12 months]

  

Interest Rate

[Prime + 5.75%]

 

[Prime +5.25%]

  

End of Term Payment

$[4%] [0.75%]

Interim Payment

$_______

  

Funding Date

________, 20__

  

First Payment Date

___________, 20__

  

Maturity Date

_________, 20__

 

CONTACT INFORMATION

 

Name

TriplePoint Capital LLC

  

Address For Notices

2755 Sand Hill Rd., Ste. 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Tel: (650) 854-2090

Fax: (650) 854-1850

  

Contact Person

Sajal Srivastava, COO

Tel: (650) 233-2102

Fax: (650) 854-1850

email: legal@triplepointcapital.com

Customer Name

RingCentral, Inc.

  

Central Billing Address

1400 Fashion Island Boulevard, Suite 700

San Mateo, CA 94404

 

With a copy to General Counsel

  

Contact Person

Robert Lawson, CFO

Tel: 650-376-0007

Fax: 650-376-0007

email: bob.lawson@ringcentral.com

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , You hereby promise to pay to the order of TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC or the holder of this Plain English Promissory Note (this “Promissory Note”) at 2755 Sand Hill Road, Ste. 150, Menlo Park, CA, 94025 or such other place of payment as the holder of this Plain English Promissory Note may specify from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of                          /100 Dollars ($                              ) together with interest at          percent (          %)

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      29


per annum from the date of this Promissory Note to maturity of each installment on the principal remaining unpaid, such principal and interest to be paid as stated on Page 1 of this Promissory Note and the attached amortization schedule. In addition, You will pay Us an amount equal to              percent (            %) of the principal amount of this Promissory Note that represents your End of Term Payment. Interest shall be computed daily on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest is payable. Any payments made under this Promissory Note shall not be available for re-borrowing.

The aggregate outstanding principal balance of this Promissory Note shall be due and payable in full in immediately available funds on the Maturity Date, if not sooner paid in full.

This Promissory Note is the Promissory Note referred to in, and is executed and delivered in connection with, the Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May __, 2012 by and between the Parties, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with its terms (the "Loan Agreement"), and is entitled to the benefit and security of that Loan Agreement and the other documents executed in connection with all principal, interest, fees or other liabilities owed by You to Us. All terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same definitions when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein.

You waive presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest under the UCC or any applicable law.

This Promissory Note has been negotiated and delivered to Us and is payable in the State of California. This Promissory Note shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding any conflicts of law rules or principles that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

YOU:           RINGCENTRAL, INC.
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title:    

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      30


EXHIBIT B

ADVANCE REQUEST

 

To: TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC                                                          Date:                         
  2755 Sand Hill Road Ste 150
  Menlo Park, CA 94025
  Attention: Customer Administrations
  Fax (650) 854-1850

RingCentral, Inc., (“We” or “Us”), hereby request from TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC (“You”) an Advance in the amount of ($                          ) on                      ,            (at least five (5) business days from today) pursuant to the Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement between the Parties (the “Loan Agreement”).

Check applicable box: [          ] Option A; [          ] Option B

We instruct You to please:

 

  (a) Issue a check payable to Us             

 

       or

 

  (b) Transfer Funds to our account             

 

      Bank:
      Address:
      ABA Number:
      Account Number:
      Account Name:

We represent, warrant and certify that:

 

   

No event or circumstance has occurred or exists which individually or together with any other event or circumstance, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

   

The representations, covenants and warranties set forth in the Loan Agreement are and shall be true and correct on and as of the date the requested Advance is funded with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case, those representations and warranties remain true, complete and correct as of such date);

 

   

We are in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in any document related to this Advance (including, without limitation, Sections 4 and 5 of the Loan Agreement);

 

   

As of the date hereof and the date of the funding of the requested Advance, no fact or condition exists that would (or would, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would) constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement;

 

   

We understand and acknowledge that You have the right to review the financial information supporting this representation and based upon such review in Your sole discretion You may decline to fund the requested Advance; and

 

   

The Certificate of Perfection executed on                      , is true and correct as of the date of this Advance Request. [Attach an updated Certificate of Perfection as needed.].

Executed this              day of                      ,              by:

 

YOU:             RINGCENTRAL, INC.
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title:    

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      31


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF C ERTIFICATE OF P ERFECTION

This Certificate of Perfection shall reference that certain Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                      , 20        , by and between TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC and RINGCENTRAL, INC. (the “Loan Agreement”). All terms not defined in this Certificate of Perfection shall have the same meanings as in the Loan Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, RINGCENTRAL, INC. hereby certifies, represents and warrants the following as of                      , 20        :

 

1.       Our current name and organizational status is as follows:

Name:

       

Type of Organization:

     

State of Organization:

       

Organization File Number:

       

Federal Employer Tax Identification Number:

       

2.       Five (5) years prior to the date of this Certificate of Perfection, We did not do business under any other name or organization or form except the following:

Name:

       

Type of Organization:

       

State of Organization:

       

Organization File Number:

       

Federal Employer Tax Identification Number:

     

Dates of Existence:

       

3.       Our fiscal year ends on             .

4.       Our current locations and the locations of all the Collateral are:

 

Chief Executive Office:

       
     
 

Principal Place of Business:

       
     
 

Locations of Collateral:

       

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      32


5.       The following is a list of any and all of Our joint ventures and subsidiaries:

Name:

       

Type of Organization:

       

State of Organization:

       

Organization File Number:

       

Federal Employer Tax Identification Number:

       

Your Ownership Interest:

     

 

6. We currently maintain Deposit Accounts, other accounts holding Investment Property owned by Us, and electronic accounts (such as PayPal or similar accounts) as follows:

 

Bank Name/Address

  

Account Holder Name

  

Account (Type & Number)

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

7. We currently have the following commercial tort claims:                  .

 

8. Attached is a current listing of all of Our registered Patents, Trademarks, and Copyright as of the Closing Date (or as of the most recent update as required pursuant to Section 12).

 

 

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title:    

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      33


EXHIBIT D

C ERTIFICATE OF C OMPLIANCE

This Certificate of Compliance shall reference that certain Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                      , 20__, by and between TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC and RINGCENTRAL, INC. (the “Loan Agreement”). All terms not defined in this Certificate of Compliance shall have the same meanings as in the Loan Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, RINGCENTRAL, INC. hereby certifies, the following as of                      , 20__:

 

   

We are in compliance as of the date of this Certificate of Compliance with all required covenants unless otherwise noted and attached to this Certificate of Compliance.

 

   

As of the date of this Certificate of Compliance all representations and warranties in the Loan Agreement are true and correct in all material respects except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case, those representations and warranties remain true as of such date).

 

   

The Certificate of Perfection executed on                      , is true and correct as of the date of this Certificate of Compliance. (Attach an updated Certificate of Perfection as needed.)

 

  RINGCENTRAL, INC.
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title:    

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      34


SCHEDULE 1

(SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENTS)

 

RingCentral_GrowthCapitalLoan      35

Exhibit 10.16A

 

LOGO

F IRST A MENDMENT T O P LAIN E NGLISH G ROWTH C APITAL L OAN A ND S ECURITY A GREEMENT

This is a FIRST AMENDMENT TO PLAIN ENGLISH GROWTH CAPITAL LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of August 14, 2013 (the “ Amendment ”) by and between RINGCENTRAL, INC., a California corporation, (“ Borrower ”) and TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (“ Lender ”).

RECITALS

A. Borrower and Lender are parties to the Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 22, 2012 (the “ Loan Agreement ”), pursuant to which Lender agreed to provide financial accommodations to or for the benefit of Borrower upon the terms and conditions contained in the Loan Agreement. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, capitalized terms and matters of construction defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning given to them in the Loan Agreement.

B. Borrower has requested additional loans and that certain provisions of the Loan Agreement be amended, and Lender is willing to amend the Loan Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, Borrower and Lender agree as follows:

1. RATIFICATION; LOAN DOCUMENTS REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT

Borrower hereby acknowledges, confirms and ratifies all of the terms and conditions set forth in, and all of its obligations under, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Loan Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Lender under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

2. AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT

A. Table of Terms; Additional Commitment Amount. Provided that the conditions in this Amendment and the Loan Agreement are met, Lender will lend to Borrower the Part 3 Commitment Amount as reflected in this Amendment and Borrower agrees to use such proceeds to finance any of Borrower’s general corporate needs. Lender will lend to Borrower Advances in minimum amounts as set forth in this Amendment up to a maximum of the Part 3 Commitment Amount as provided below.

 

ADDITIONAL GROWTH CAPITAL LOAN FACILITY INFORMATION

Facility Number

 

The Facility Number is amended by adding the following number to distinguish Part 3:

 

Part 3: 0745-GC-03

  

Commitment Amount

 

The Commitment Amount is amended by adding the following:

 

Part 3: $5,000,000


Availability Period

 

The Availability Period is amended by adding the following to distinguish the Part 3 Availability Period:

 

Part 3: 8/14/2013 – 6/30/2014

  

Loan Term

 

The Loan Term is amended by adding the following to distinguish the Part 3 Loan Term:

 

Part 3: 36 Months from 8/14/2013

  

Interest Rate

 

The Interest Rate is amended by adding the following to distinguish the Part 3 Interest Rate:

 

Part 3: 11%

Minimum Advance Amount

 

The Minimum Advance Amount is amended by adding the following to distinguish the Part 3 Minimum Advance Amount:

 

Part 3: $2,500,000 on August 19, 2013; $2,500,000 for remaining Advances.

  

End Of Term Payment

 

The End of Term Payment is amended by adding the following to distinguish the Part 3 End of Term Payment:

 

Part 3: 2.75% of each Advance

  

Facility Fee

 

The Facility Fee is amended by adding the following to distinguish the Part 3 Facility Fee:

 

Part 2: $75,000

B. Section 6. Section 6 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Parts 1 and 2 Advances. You may at any time prepay any Promissory Note in full (but not in part), without premium or penalty, by paying: (a) the remaining outstanding principal amount and all accrued interest calculated as if the date of such prepayment occurred on the next scheduled monthly payment date per the respective Promissory Note; (b) the End of Term Payment, if any, (c) all other Secured Obligations, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts as of the date of prepayment, and (d) and an additional prepayment premium as follows:

 

   

If prepaid 1-12 months following the date in which such Promissory Note was given: 2% of the outstanding balance owing under such Promissory Note; and

 

   

If prepaid after12 months, no additional prepayment premium shall be due.

Part 3 Advances. You may at any time prepay any Promissory Note in full (but not in part), without premium or penalty, by paying: (a) the remaining outstanding principal amount and all accrued interest calculated as if the date of such prepayment occurred on the next scheduled monthly payment date per the respective Promissory Note; (b) the End of Term Payment, if any, and (c) all other Secured Obligations, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts as of the date of prepayment.

C. Section 9. Section 9 is here by amended by adding the following to subsection “Payments”:

 

   

Each Part 3 Commitment Amount Promissory Note shall be due in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments of principal and interest, payable on the first day of each month through the last payment date (unless that date falls on a weekend or national holiday in which event such payment shall be due on the previous business day).

D. Section 21. Section 21, “DEFINITIONS” is hereby amended by deleting “Intercreditor Agreement”, “Permitted Indebtedness” and “Senior Loan Facility” and only clause (i) of “Permitted Investment” in their entirety and replacing with the following:

 

   

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement dated as of August 14, 2013, both by and between Us and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

2


   

“Permitted Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness of You in favor of Us including any Indebtedness in our favor under the Equipment Loan Agreement between You and Us; (b) Indebtedness existing at the Closing Date and disclosed on the Disclosure Letter ; (c) Indebtedness to trade creditors, including without limitation, for the acquisition of services, supplies or inventory in the ordinary course of business; (d) Indebtedness under the Senior Loan Facility so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof does not at any time exceed Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) subject to the Intercreditor Agreement of which We shall only be subordinated to $15,000,000 as further set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement; (e) Subordinated Indebtedness, (f) Indebtedness incurred as result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business; (g) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) secured by Permitted Liens, (h) Indebtedness that otherwise constitutes Permitted Investments, (i) Indebtedness consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business and designated to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices, (j) Indebtedness in a principal amount of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) outstanding at any time for the financing of software licensing, including, without limitation, Indebtedness owed to Somerset Capital Group, Ltd. in connection with the financing of software licenses with VMWare, Inc.; (k) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed $400,000 at any time, and (m) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any item of Permitted Indebtedness (a) though (l) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased.

 

   

“Senior Loan Facility” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between Silicon Valley Bank and You dated as of August 14, 2013 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, or restated).

“Permitted Investments”

(i) (x) Investments of Your Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries of Yours or You (y) Investments by You in or to any Guarantor and (z) Investments by You in Your Subsidiaries not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year except as follows: (A) You may make Investments up to One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) per fiscal quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of the United Kingdom, (B) You may make Investments up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per fiscal quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, (C) You may make Investments up One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per fiscal quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of Canada, (D) You may make Investments up One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) per fiscal quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of the Netherlands, (E) You may make Investments up One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) per fiscal quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of Switzerland, and (F) You and Us shall meet and confer in good faith regarding whether it is commercially reasonable for You to be permitted to make Investments in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in other Subsidiaries in connection with third-party commercial agreements involving Your Subsidiary;

3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

 

   

Receipt by Lender of copies of this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower and Lender;

 

   

Receipt by Lender of the Warrant Agreement of even date as this Amendment;

 

   

Receipt by Lender of the Certificate of Perfection of even date as this Amendment;

 

   

Receipt by Lender of the Facility Fee noted above;

 

   

Receipt by Lender of all legal, diligence and other fees incurred in the drafting of this Amendment and all related documents;

 

   

Receipt by Lender of a Certificate of Secretary regarding resolutions and incumbency;

 

3


   

Receipt by Lender of certified copy of Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws as amended through the date of this Amendment;

 

   

Receipt by Lender of the Intercreditor Agreement of even date duly executed by Lender, Silicon Valley Bank and acknowledged by Borrower;

 

   

The absence of any Default or Event of Default; and

 

   

Such other documents as We may reasonably request.

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement were true and correct in all material respects when made and, except to the extent (a) that a particular representation or warranty by its terms expressly applies only to an earlier date or (b) set forth in a Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto, if any, are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment. Borrower further represents and warrants that there are no Defaults or Events of Default that have occurred and are continuing as of the date of this Amendment.

5. MISCELLANEOUS

 

   

Entire Agreement . The terms and conditions of this Amendment shall be incorporated by reference in the Loan Agreement as though set forth in full in the Loan Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Amendment and any other provision of the Loan Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control. Except to the extent specifically amended or superseded by the terms of this Amendment, all of the provisions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect to the extent in effect on the date of this Amendment. The Loan Agreement, as modified by this Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, constitutes the complete agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior written or oral agreements, writings, communications or understandings of the parties with respect to the subject matter the Loan Agreement.

 

   

Headings . Section headings used in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Amendment, and are not to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Amendment.

 

   

Recitals . The recitals set forth at the beginning of this Amendment are true and correct, and such recitals are incorporated into and are a part of this Amendment.

 

   

Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts made and performed in such state, without regard to the principles thereof regarding conflict of laws.

 

   

Effect . Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, from and after the date of this Amendment, each reference in the Loan Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment and each reference in the other Loan Documents to the Loan Agreement, “thereunder,” “thereof,” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

   

No Novation . Except as expressly provided in Section 2 above, the execution, delivery, and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not (a) limit, impair, constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect any right, power, or remedy of Lender under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) constitute a waiver of any provision in the Loan Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents, or (c) alter, modify, amend, or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants, or agreements contained in the Loan Agreement, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

4


   

Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in identical counterpart copies, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , The Parties have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:   You:   RINGCENTRAL, INC.
  Signature:  

/s/ Robert Lawson

  Print Name:  

Robert Lawson

  Title:  

CFO

Accepted in Menlo Park, California:    
LENDER:   Us:   TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
  Signature:  

/s/ Sajal Srivastava

  Print Name:   Sajal Srivastava
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIRST AMENDMENT TO PLAIN ENGLISH GROWTH CAPITAL LOAN and SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 

6

Exhibit 10.17

 

LOGO

P LAIN E NGLISH E QUIPMENT L OAN A ND S ECURITY A GREEMENT

This is a PLAIN ENGLISH EQUIPMENT LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of June 22, 2012 by and between RINGCENTRAL, INC., a California corporation, and RCLEC, INC., a Delaware corporation, both as borrowers, and TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as lender.

The words “We”, “Us”, and “Our” refer to TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC. Unless otherwise specified, the words “You” and “Your” refer to each of and both of RINGCENTRAL, INC. and RCLEC, INC., not to any individual and RINGCENTRAL, INC. and RCLEC, INC. shall be jointly and severally liable for any and all of Your agreements and obligations under this Agreement. The words “the Parties” refers to each and all of TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, RINGCENTRAL, INC. and RCLEC, INC. This Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement may be referred to as the “Agreement”.

The Parties agree to the following mutual agreements and conditions listed below:

 

EQUIPMENT LOAN FACILITY INFORMATION

Facility Number

 

Part 1: 0745-LO-01H/-01S

 

Part 2: 0745-LO-02H/-02S

  

Commitment Amount

 

Part 1: $10,000,000

Part 2: $10,000,000, Upon Request and Additional Approval and execution of a warrant agreement in substantially the form of the Part 1 Warrant Agreement.

Minimum Advance Amount

 

None

  

Use of Proceeds

 

Part 1 & Part 2: Up to 20% of each Part may be used for software, Soft Costs and custom or specialized equipment.

  

Availability Period

 

Part 1: 6/22/12 – 6/21/13

 

Part 2: Upon availability through 6/21/13

  

Loan Term

 

Part 1: 36 Months

 

Part 2: 36 Months

Interest Rate

 

Part 1: Prime Rate plus 2.5%

 

Part 2: Prime Rate plus 2.5%

 

(Prime Rate as published in the Wall Street Journal the day before any Advance is funded however, in no event shall the Prime Rate be less than 3.25%)

Upon each Advance the interest rate shall be fixed, as set forth in this Loan Agreement.

  

End Of Term Payment

 

10% of each Advance.

  

Facility Fee

 

Part 1: $100,000 due upon the Closing Date.

Part 2: $100,000 due upon the availability of the Part 2 Commitment Amount.

  

Advance Payment

 

The last monthly payment of each Promissory Note shall be due upon the Advance.


OUR CONTACT INFORMATION

Name

 

TriplePoint Capital LLC

  

Address For Notices

 

2755 Sand Hill Rd., Ste. 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Tel: (650) 854-2090

Fax: (650) 854-1850

  

Contact Person

 

Sajal Srivastava, COO

Tel: (650) 233-2102

Fax: (650) 854-2094

email: legal@triplepointcapital.com

YOUR CONTACT INFORMATION

Customer Name

 

RingCentral, Inc.

RCLEC, Inc.

  

Address For Notices/Billing

 

1400 Fashion Island Boulevard

Suite 700

San Mateo, CA 94404

 

With a copy to General Counsel

 

(Unless Noted Differently On Promissory Notes, the Equipment Location is the Same as Above)

  

Contact Person

 

Robert Lawson, CFO

Tel: (650) 376-0007

Fax: (650) 376-0007

email: bob.lawson@ringcentral.com

Capitalized terms defined in the table on Page 1 and 2 of this Agreement shall have the meanings given to those terms in such table, and other capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the body of this Agreement are defined in Section 22. Any accounting term not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP. The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

1. WHAT THE PARTIES AGREE TO FINANCE; DESIGNATION OF LEAD BORROWER

Provided that the conditions in Sections 6 and 7 in this Agreement are met, We will lend to You the Commitment Amount as reflected on Page 1 of this Agreement and You agree to use such proceeds only to finance Equipment, as defined below. We will lend to You advances (each an “Advance”) in minimum amounts as set forth on Page 1 of this Agreement up to a maximum of the Commitment Amount as provided on Page 1. Our obligation to fund Advances under this Agreement will end on the last day of the Availability Period noted on Page 1.

Equipment ” will consist of all present and future existing standard, third party off-the-shelf resalable equipment, as such term is defined in the UCC, consisting of personal computers, laptops, workstations, routers, phone systems, office equipment, electronic test equipment, manufacturing equipment, production equipment, medical device equipment, healthcare testing equipment, biotechnology equipment, office furniture and other equipment that We approve in writing. Equipment WILL NOT (unless otherwise noted in this Agreement) include rolling stock, custom or specialized equipment, installation costs, delivery costs, freight, leasehold improvements, special tooling and molds, software, handheld items, taxes and other fungible items.

RCLEC, INC. hereby designates RINGCENTRAL, INC. as its representative and agent on its behalf for the purposes of giving and receiving all Advance Requests and all other notices and consents under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents and taking all other actions (including in respect of compliance with covenants) on behalf of RCLEC, INC. under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. RINGCENTRAL, INC. hereby accepts such appointment. We may regard any notice or other communication pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document from RINGCENTRAL, INC. as a notice or communication from all of You, and may give any notice or communication required or permitted to be given to any of You hereunder to RINGCENTRAL, INC. on behalf of each of You. Each of You agrees that each notice, election, representation and warranty, covenant, agreement and undertaking made on Your behalf by RINGCENTRAL, INC. shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made by each of You and shall be binding upon and enforceable against each of You to the same extent as if the same had been made directly by each of You.

 

   2


2. YOU WILL ENTER INTO MULTIPLE PROMISSORY NOTES

The Plain English Promissory Note in the form of Exhibit A (the “Promissory Note”) is the document the Parties will enter into each time an Advance is to be funded. The Promissory Note will contain the specific financial terms of the Advance (e.g. amount funded, interest rate, maturity date, advance date, payment due dates etc.) and all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement are incorporated in and made a part of each Promissory Note. There may be multiple Promissory Notes associated with this Agreement.

3. YOUR LOAN FACILITY COMMITMENT AMOUNT MAY BE DIVIDED INTO PARTS

The Commitment Amount and/or its corresponding parts (if any) will be noted on Page 1 of this Agreement (“ Parts ”). For purposes of this Agreement, references to the Commitment Amount shall mean the Part or Parts which are available and in effect. Certain terms or conditions associated with the availability of such Part are listed on Page 1 of this Agreement. As to any Part that is available “ Upon Request and Additional Approval ”, You are required to make a request to utilize that additional Part in writing to Us (the “ Commitment Increase Request Notice ”), prior to Your submission of a corresponding Advance Request. After Our receipt of the Commitment Increase Request Notice, We will review the information available to Us and conduct any legal and business due diligence deemed necessary by Us in connection with Our attempt to obtain Our requisite credit approvals. Our agreement to consider providing the additional Part is not, and is not to be construed as, a commitment, offer, or agreement to provide such additional Part.

4. ORDERING EQUIPMENT

You may order Equipment from any vendor, manufacturer or third party of Your choice. You will select all of Your Equipment and will not rely on Us at all when selecting Your Equipment. We may offer services to assist You in ordering Equipment. You are under no obligation to use these services. Not all of the Equipment that You order may be eligible for placement under this Agreement – only Equipment which meets the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be placed on this Agreement, as determined in Our sole discretion.

You are responsible for all ordering, delivery, and transportation expenses as well as in-transit insurance to Your premises and installation and set-up costs of the Equipment. These expenses are not covered under this Agreement.

5. PAYING FOR THE EQUIPMENT

You must fully pay for the Equipment and request Advances from Us in order for Us to reimburse You. In addition to the requirements of Section 6 and 7 set forth below, Our obligation to make any Advance is contingent upon all of the following conditions being met to Our satisfaction:

 

   

The Equipment meets the definition of Equipment and We approve it.

 

   

You have timely submitted the invoices for the Equipment, proof of payment and the Advance Request to Us as outlined below in Section 6.

 

   

The amount of the Advance Request plus the aggregate amount of all other Advances that We have already made to You does not exceed the Commitment Amount currently available.

 

   

The amount of the Advance Request does not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the invoice amount of the Equipment that We have approved, excluding tenant improvements, taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts, installation expenses or other costs or expenses for which You are responsible (unless such additional amounts constitute permitted software or Soft Costs permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement).

 

   

You shall have purchased the Equipment that is the subject of each Advance within the period outlined in Section 6.

 

   3


6. HOW YOU WILL REQUEST ADVANCES

In addition to the requirements of Section 7 set forth below, You agree to deliver the information and documents listed below (collectively, the “ Designated Information ”) as a condition to having Us extend an Advance to You:

 

   

You will submit to Us (by facsimile, mail or electronic mail) a completed Advance Request in the form attached as Exhibit B signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer of RINGCENTRAL, INC.

 

   

Such Advance Request must be submitted and received by Us no later than 5:00 p.m. PT five (5)  Business Days prior to the last day of the applicable Availability Period. Any Advance Request submitted after 5:00 p.m. PT will be considered received the following Business Day.

 

   

Each Advance Request will state a requested funding date that is at least ten (10)  Business Days after the date such Advance Request is submitted to Us.

 

   

In addition to the Advance Request, You will submit the invoices for the Equipment and proof of payment and any further proof that We may require to indicate You have clear title and ownership of the Equipment, such proof to be satisfactory to Us.

 

   

You will submit serial numbers, inventory numbers and any other identifying marks We request of the Equipment to Us (We may provide You with an electronic spreadsheet for You to complete this information).

After We check and approve the information You provide in the Advance Request We will prepare and provide to You a Promissory Note and an amortization schedule for Your signature. Upon receipt of the Promissory Note signed by Your authorized officer and confirmation that all of the conditions have been met, We will then make an Advance to You based on the following:

 

   

For Equipment purchased after the Closing Date, and for which the Designated Information has been submitted to Us within ninety (90) days of the invoice date: 100% of original net Equipment cost.

 

   

For Equipment purchased from June 1, 2010 through the Closing Date , and for which the Designated Information has been submitted to Us within the first sixty (60) days of the Closing Date: 100% of original net Equipment cost.

All the terms, conditions, and covenants of this Agreement shall apply to all Advances whether or not each Advance is evidenced by a Promissory Note. You agree that We may rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any notice or Advance Request given by any person We reasonably believe to be Your authorized representative without the necessity of Our conducting an independent investigation, including Your contact person listed on Page 1.

7. CONDITIONS FOR US TO MAKE LOANS TO YOU

Our obligation to fund any Advance that You request under this Agreement is subject to satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in Sections 6 and 19 and each of the following conditions:

 

   

The representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, complete and correct in all material respects on and as of the date(s) We fund such Advance with the same effect as though they were made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall remain true, complete and correct in all material respects as of such date; provided , however , that such materiality qualifiers shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof. Each Advance Request will constitute Your representation and warranty on the relevant Advance date as to the matters provided in Sections 13 and 14 and as to the matters set forth in the Advance Request.

 

   

You shall be in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in this Agreement, each Promissory Note and each other Loan Document, and at the time of and immediately after such Advance: (a) no Default or Event of Default (as defined in Section 16) shall have occurred and be continuing, and (b) no fact or conditions shall exist that would (or would with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both) constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

   

You are not in default under any other agreement with Us or any other lessor or lender, the result of which would allow the lessor, lender or any secured party to demand immediate payment.

 

   

You shall provide Us with all appropriate assignments, notices and other agreements that are necessary or desirable to perfect or maintain Our first priority Lien in all of the Collateral.

 

   4


   

You shall have paid to Us the Facility Fee relating to such Advance.

 

   

No event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   

You shall submit Your Advance Request to Us not later that the last day of the Availability Period.

 

   

You shall have delivered to Us the Warrant Agreement.

 

   

You shall submit to Us any other documents and other information that We may request.

8. YOU MAY PREPAY YOUR PROMISSORY NOTES

You may at any time prepay any Promissory Notes by paying the remaining outstanding principal amount and all accrued interest calculated as if the date of such prepayment occurred on the next scheduled monthly payment date per the respective Promissory Note and the End of Term Payment, if any.

9. THE MAXIMUM RATE OF INTEREST & ADDITIONAL WARRANTS TO PURCHASE STOCK

Maximum Rate of Interest . It is not Our intent to receive interest at a rate greater than the maximum rate permissible by law, which We shall call the “maximum rate”. If a court determines You have actually paid Us interest based on a rate that exceeds the maximum rate, then We shall apply the excess as follows: first , to the payment of the outstanding principal amount of the Secured Obligations; second , after all principal is repaid, to the payment of Our accrued interest and any other principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us in respect of the Secured Obligations; and third , after all amounts owed by You to Us are repaid, the excess (if any) shall be refunded to You.

Default Interest . In the event that You do not pay any interest when due, delinquent interest shall be added to principal and shall bear interest on interest, compounded at the rate set forth in Page 1 . Upon and during an Event of Default, all principal, interest or other amounts owed by You to Us shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate set forth in Page 1 plus five percent (5%) per annum (the “ Default Rate ”).

10. YOU OWN THE EQUIPMENT AND GRANT US A SECURITY INTEREST

Each of You grants to Us a first priority, continuing security interest in and Lien upon all of Your right, title and interest in all Equipment financed under this Agreement now existing or acquired in the future, wherever it may be located, and all proceeds of such Equipment and all additions, upgrades, and accessions to, substitutions and replacements for such Equipment, together with all attachments, components, parts, and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto, (collectively, the “ Collateral ”).

11. HOW AND WHAT WILL YOU PAY US

Payments . The first payment date for each Advance will be the first day of the month following the month in which the Advance was funded, unless that Advance is funded on the first business day of that month, in which case the first payment date shall be the Advance Date.

Each Promissory Note shall be due in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments of principal and interest, payable on the first day of each month through the last payment date (unless that date falls on a weekend or national holiday in which event such payment shall be due on the previous business day).

Interest. The principal balance of each Promissory Note shall accrue interest at the percentage per year as indicated on Page 1 of this Agreement, and shall be computed daily on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest is payable, and interest shall accrue in advance from the Advance Date.

 

   5


Interim Payment . In the event an Advance is made on any day other than the first business day of the month, You shall make payment to Us on the Advance Date in an amount equal to the per diem interest for the time from the Advance Date through and including the last day of the month in which the Advance is funded.

Any amounts that You repay on the Advances may not be re-borrowed.

Miscellaneous. Payments are due electronically by automatic debit through Automated Clearing House (ACH) payment on or before the first day of each month. You agree to fill out and execute the electronic funds transfer/automatic debit Authorization form that We provide. If We do not receive any payments from You within two (2) business days after they are due, You will pay a late charge on the overdue amount. The late charge will be equal to five percent (5%) of the amount due for each month not paid when due and until such time as payment is received. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Secured Obligations, and such interest shall then accrue interest at the rate then applicable under this Agreement and the applicable Promissory Note. All payments shall be free and clear of any taxes, withholdings, duties, impositions or other charges, to the end that We will receive the entire amount of any Secured Obligations payable under this Agreement, regardless of the source of payment.

12. INSURANCE, RISK OF LOSS, AND DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT

So long as there are any Secured Obligations outstanding, You agree to the following:

 

   

You relieve Us of responsibility for all risks of physical damage to or loss or destruction of the Collateral.

 

   

You shall carry and maintain insurance upon the Collateral, insuring against all risks (or equivalent) of physical loss or damage howsoever caused, in an amount not less than the replacement value of the Collateral. You shall carry and maintain casualty insurance for each item of Collateral from an insurance provider who is acceptable to Us. All such insurance shall be in form, with companies, and in amounts reasonably acceptable to Us.

 

   

You shall submit to Us certificates of insurance, which reflect Your compliance with Your insurance obligations under this Agreement. The certificates of insurance shall state that (i) We are an additional insured for commercial general liability and a loss payee for all risk property damage insurance; (ii) the coverage evidenced is primary and non-contributory to any insurance obtained by Us; and (iii) a waiver of subrogation in favor of Us has been agreed to. The certificates shall further provide for a minimum of thirty (30) days advance written notice will be endeavored to be provided to Us of cancellation. Any failure by Us to scrutinize such insurance certificates is not a waiver of any of Our rights, all of which are reserved.

 

   

You shall provide Us with certificates or other evidence of insurance acceptable to Us upon the occurrence of Our funding each Promissory Note. In the event that You do not provide Us with proof of insurance within thirty (30) days of the Advance Date of a Promissory Note, We will obtain such insurance on Your behalf and charge You for such insurance, plus a twenty percent (20%) administrative surcharge.

 

   

If the Collateral is ever damaged, You will promptly repair it, unless such Collateral is either lost or totally destroyed. Within thirty (30) days of the loss or total destruction of the Collateral, You must provide written notice of that loss to Us. You will have the option to either: (a) replace the item of Collateral with the same or better model, type, manufacturer and configuration, or (b) pay Us in a lump sum the unpaid balance of the remaining monthly payments under this loan and the percentage used to calculate the End of Term Payment, if any, of the Collateral’s original purchase price, discounted to present value at the current Prime Rate.

 

   

If any insurance proceeds are paid as a result of any such loss or damage to the Collateral, You agree that such insurance proceeds shall be paid to Us and We will apply it towards Your payment obligations under this Agreement.

 

   

You agree to carry bodily injury and property damage liability insurance during the term of any Promissory Note and against risks customarily insured against. Your insurance certificate shall state that We are an additional insured for commercial general liability.

 

   6


13. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES FROM YOU

Each of You represents and warrants to Us that:

 

   

Collateral Title. One or both of You own all right, title and interest in and to the Collateral, free of all Liens whatsoever, except for Permitted Liens.

 

   

Granting of Lien. You have the full power and authority to, and do grant and convey to Us, a Lien on the Collateral as security for the Secured Obligations free of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, and shall execute such notices, assignments, and other agreements, in connection herewith, as We may reasonably request to perfect and obtain the priority of Our Lien on the Collateral. Except for Permitted Liens, the Collateral is not subject to any Liens.

 

   

Due Organization. You are a corporation duly organized, legally existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of your organization and are duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of Your business or location of Your properties requires such qualifications and where the failure to be qualified would result in an event which individually or together with any other event, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   

Authorization, Validity and Enforceability. Your execution, delivery and performance of the Promissory Notes, this Agreement, all financing statements, all other Loan Documents (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and (ii) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon the Collateral, other than the Liens created by this Agreement and the other related Loan Documents. The person or people executing this Agreement and other Loan Documents are duly authorized to do so, and the Loan Documents and each term and provision thereof are Your legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws generally affecting the enforcement of the rights of creditors and equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

 

   

Litigation. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Letter, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any governmental authority now pending or, to Your knowledge, threatened in writing against or affecting You or any of Your business, property or rights (i) which involve any Loan Document or Excluded Agreement or (ii) which could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate result in an event which individually or together with any other event, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   

Compliance with Applicable Laws. You are not in violation of any law, rule or regulation or in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any governmental authority, where such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   

Conflict. Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document (a) violates any provisions of Your articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws or any law, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree or writ to which You are subject or (b) conflicts with or results in the breach or termination of, constitutes a default under or accelerates or permits the acceleration of any performance required by, any material lease, agreement or other contract to which You are a party or by which You or any of Your property is bound.

 

   

Further Consent. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents do not require the consent or approval of any other governmental authority, including any regulatory authority, or governmental body of the United States or any State or any political subdivision or the United States or any state.

 

   

Material Adverse Effect. As of the date hereof, since December 31, 2011, no event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or is continuing.

 

   

Other Defaults. You are not in default in any manner under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing material Indebtedness, to which You are a party or by which You or any of Your properties or assets are or may be bound, in each case where such default could result in an event which, individually or together with any other event, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   7


   

Information Correct. No information, report, Advance Request, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished by or on behalf of You to Us in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document contains or will contain any material misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements, in the light of circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not misleading. (it being recognized by You that projections and estimates as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that the actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and estimates may differ materially from projected or estimated results).

 

   

Filing of Taxes. You have filed all required federal, state and local tax returns (or filed appropriate extensions for the filing of such returns), except to the extent such failure to file could not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Your business and has not resulted in the creation of a Lien having priority over Our Lien other than Permitted Liens. Subject to Section 14, Paragraph “Taxes”, You have fully paid or You have reserved for and are contesting in good faith all taxes or installments (including any interest or penalties), except to the extent such failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Your business and has not resulted in the creation of a Lien having priority over Our Lien other than Permitted Liens. You have fully paid or reserved for and are contesting in good faith all material tax assessments that You have received for the 3 years preceding the Closing Date.

 

   

ERISA Compliance. You have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from Your failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in Your incurring any liability that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   

Hazardous Waste. None of Your properties or assets has ever been used by You or, to Your knowledge, by previous owners or operators, in the disposal of, or to produce, store, handle, treat, release, or transport, any hazardous waste or hazardous substance other than in accordance with applicable law; to Your knowledge, none of Your properties or assets has ever been designated or identified in any manner pursuant to any environmental protection statute as a hazardous waste or hazardous substance disposal site, or a candidate for closure pursuant to any environmental protection statute; no Lien arising under any environmental protection statute has attached to any revenues or to any real or personal property owned by You; and You have not received a summons, citation, notice, or directive from the Environmental Protection Agency or any other federal, state or other governmental agency concerning any action or omission by You resulting in the releasing, or otherwise disposing of hazardous waste or hazardous substances into the environment.

 

   

Your Information. As of the Date hereof, your present name, former names (if any) used in the past 5 years, locations, and other information are correctly and completely stated on the attached Exhibit C .

 

   

Operation of Business. As of the date hereof, You own, possess, have access to, or can become licensed on reasonable terms under all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trade names, inventions, franchises, licenses, permits, computer software and copyrights necessary for the operation of Your business as now conducted, with no known infringement of, or conflict with, the rights of others. You have taken reasonable measures to avoid liability from infringement by third parties using your facilities; in particular You have complied with the requirements of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act for notice and takedown.

14. YOUR COVENANTS TO US

So long as the Secured Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have not been fully and indefeasibly paid in cash in full or We have any obligation to make Advances, each of You covenants to the following:

 

   

Legal Existence and Qualification. You will maintain Your, and each of Your Subsidiaries’, legal existence and good standing in Your and their respective jurisdictions of formation or organization, except as otherwise permitted under Section 14, Paragraph “Mergers or Acquisitions” and maintain qualifications to do business in all jurisdictions in which the nature of Your business or location of Your properties require such qualifications and where the failure to be qualified would result in an event which, individually or together with any other event, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   8


   

Compliance with Laws. You will comply with all laws (including, without limitation, environmental laws) rules, regulations applicable to, and all orders and directives of any governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over, You or Your business, and with all material agreements to which You are a party, except where the failure to so comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect. You shall not become an “investment company” or controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of Your important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any loan for such purpose. You shall not fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a reportable event or prohibited transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur, fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act.

 

   

Additional Documents and Assurances. You will from time to time execute, deliver and file, alone or with Us, any security agreements, or other documents to perfect or give first priority to Our Lien on the Collateral. You will from time to time obtain any instruments or documents as We may request, and take all further action that may be reasonably necessary or desirable, or that We may reasonably request, to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or to confirm, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens granted to Us. In addition, You authorize Us to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all of Your assets of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the UCC for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether You are an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to You, if applicable. You hereby appoint Us as Your lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Your name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of any Lien regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Secured Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and We are under no further obligation to make Advances. Our foregoing appointment as Your attorney in fact, and all of Our rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Secured Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Our obligation to provide Advances terminates.

 

   

Protection of Our Lien. You will protect and defend Your title to the Collateral and Our Lien on the Collateral. You shall at all times keep the Collateral free and clear from any legal process or Liens whatsoever (except for Permitted Liens) and shall give Us immediate written notice of any legal process affecting the Collateral, or any Liens on the Collateral (other than Permitted Liens).

 

   

Dispositions, Liens and Encumbrances. You will not transfer, sell, assign, grant a security interest in, hypothecate, permit or suffer to exist any Lien on any Collateral, or otherwise transfer any interest in or encumber any portion of the Collateral , either voluntarily or involuntarily, without Our prior written consent, other than Permitted Liens. In addition, You will not enter into any agreement with any other person that restricts Your ability to transfer, sell, assign, grant a security interest in, hypothecate, permit or suffer to exist any Lien, or otherwise transfer any interest in or encumber any portion of the Collateral.

 

   

Mergers or Acquisitions. You will not, and You will not permit any of Your Subsidiaries to, liquidate, dissolve or consummate any Merger Event, or acquire all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, except that (i) any of Your Subsidiaries may merge with You or any other of Your Subsidiaries, (ii) any of Your Subsidiaries may liquidate or dissolve provided that any material assets of such Subsidiaries are transferred to You or another of Your Subsidiaries so long as such Subsidiary is a Guarantor, (iii) You may enter into and consummate any transaction to reincorporate into the State of Delaware, (iv) You or any of your Subsidiaries may consummate any Permitted Acquisition. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, after the consummation of Your IPO, You or any of your Subsidiaries may acquire all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (whether by merger, consolidation, asset sale, stock purchase or any other similar transaction or series of transactions).

 

   

Indebtedness. You will not incur any Indebtedness without the prior written consent of Us other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

   

Investments. You will not directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments.

 

   

Dividends and Distributions. You will not, without Our prior written consent, declare or pay any cash dividend or make a distribution on, or repurchase or redeem, any class of stock, other than (i) pursuant to employee repurchase plans upon an employee’s death or termination of employment (including any consultants or directors of the company), (ii) conversion of Your convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof and the purchase of fractional shares in connection therewith and (iii) dividends and distributions paid solely in Your capital stock.

 

   9


   

Audits and Inspections. Upon Our request, but not more than twice a year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, You will, during normal business hours, on ten (10) business day’s notice make the Collateral, and books and records concerning the Collateral (including software used in Your business) available to Us for inspection at the place where it is located and shall make Your log and maintenance records pertaining to the Collateral available to Us for inspection. You will take all action necessary to correctly and completely maintain such books, records, logs, and maintenance records.

 

   

Inventory Tags. You authorize Us to insert serial numbers or other inventory data on the Equipment. We will provide You with inventory tags to indicate Our security interest in the Equipment. You will mark the Equipment with these inventory tags within 30 days of receipt of the inventory tags. You will keep all Equipment free from any other marking or tags that might be interpreted as a claim of ownership.

 

   

Taxes. You will pay when due all taxes fees or other charges of any nature whatsoever (together with any related interest or penalties) imposed or assessed against You, Us or the Collateral in connection withYour ownership, possession, use, operation or disposition thereof or upon Your rents, receipts or earnings arising therefrom (excluding taxes imposed on Us based on Our net income or franchise taxes), except to the extent such taxes, fees or charges could not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Your business and has not resulted in the creation of a Lien on the Collateral having priority over Our Lien on the Collateral other than Permitted Liens. You shall file on or before the due date all federal, state and local tax returns including personal property tax returns in respect to the Collateral, except to the extent such failure to file could not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Your business and has not resulted in the creation of a Lien on the Collateral having priority over Our Lien on the Collateral other than Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, You may contest, in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, taxes, fees and other charges for which You maintain adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.

 

   

Collateral Locations; Name Changes. You will not relocate any item of the Collateral to a location that has not previously been disclosed to Us, unless: (i) You have given Us no less than twenty (20) days prior written notice, (ii) You have obtained Our prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; (iii) such relocation shall be within the continental United States, and (iv) such relocation does not adversely affect the perfection or priority of Our security interest in any of the Collateral. In addition, You will obtain and maintain such acknowledgments, consents, waivers and agreements from: (i) the owner, Lien holder, mortgagee and landlord with respect to any real property on which Collateral is located and (ii) from any Person in possession of Collateral, as We may require, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Us. Without limiting the foregoing, where the Collateral is covered by a negotiable Document (such as a warehouse receipt), You shall deliver to Us possession of such Document.

 

   

Line of Business. You shall not engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by You or reasonably related thereto.

 

   

Change of Jurisdiction. You will not change Your state of organization outside the United States of America. You must give Us no less than thirty (30) days prior written notice prior to changing Your state of organization (or in the case of any reincorporation into the State of Delaware, five (5) days prior written notice).

 

   

Care, Use, and Maintenance of the Collateral. You will install and maintain the Collateral in good working condition (taking into consideration ordinary wear and tear) and make all necessary and proper repairs, renewals and replacements in accordance with prudent industry standards. You will protect the Collateral from damage and any other kind of loss while You have the Collateral or while it is being delivered to You. Even if the Collateral is damaged or lost, You will continue to pay the monthly payments. You will only use the Collateral in the Continental United States and for business purposes and in compliance with all applicable laws. The Collateral will not be used by an entity exempt from federal income tax. You will not make any material alterations to the Collateral without Our prior written consent (which We will not unreasonably withhold) nor will You permanently attach the Collateral to any real estate.

 

   10


   

Transactions with Affiliates. You shall not directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any of Your Affiliates except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Your business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to You than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person (ii) transactions that are otherwise Permitted Investments and (iii) “transfer pricing”, “cost sharing” and “cost plus” arrangements in the ordinary course of business.

 

   

Subordinated Indebtedness. You will not prepay, redeem or otherwise satisfy in any manner prior to the scheduled repayment thereof any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the Advances and except for conversion of any Subordinated Indebtedness into equity securities and the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance for fractional shares upon any such conversion), and You shall not make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Indebtedness, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Indebtedness is subject, or amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Indebtedness which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Secured Obligations owed to Us.

15. YOU AGREE TO INDEMNIFY AND PROTECT US

You agree to indemnify and hold Us, Our officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives and shareholders harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities (including such claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities based on liability in tort, including strict liability in tort), including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of investigation or defense (including those incurred upon any appeal), that may be instituted or asserted against or incurred by Us or any such Person as a result of credit having been extended, suspended or terminated under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or the administration of such credit, or in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated or as the result of any actions or failures to act in connection with, or arising out of the disposition or utilization of the Collateral, including but not limited to the selection, delivery, return, installation, possession, ownership, use, operation, control, or maintenance of the Collateral, but excluding in all cases, claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities resulting solely from Our gross negligence or willful misconduct.

16. WHAT IS AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” under this Agreement:

 

   

Payment. You do not pay any principal, interest, fees, costs or other Secured Obligations under this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or any of the other related Loan Documents on the due date; or

 

   

Covenant. You fail to perform any covenant or Secured Obligations under this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or any of the other related Loan Documents, and You fail to cure such breach (to the extent that such breach is capable of being cured) within twenty (20) days after the earlier of (i) We give You written notice or (ii) Your actual knowledge of such default; or

 

   

Misrepresentations. You or any Person acting for You makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any Excluded Agreement or in any writing delivered to Us or to induce Us to enter this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any Excluded Agreement, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made, provided , however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representation, warranty or statement that already is qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; or

 

   

Bankruptcy; Attachment; Other.

 

   

You (i) assign Your assets for the benefit of Your creditors, (ii) become unable to pay Your debts generally as they become due, or You become unable to pay or perform Your obligations under the Loan Documents or Excluded Agreements, as they become due (iii) file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iv) file any petition, answer, or document seeking for Yourself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation pertinent to such circumstances, (v) seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, or liquidator of Yours or of all or any substantial part of Your assets or property, (vi) cease operation of Your business as Your business has normally been conducted, or terminate substantially all of Your employees, or (vii) You or Your directors or majority shareholders shall take any action initiating any of the foregoing actions described in this paragraph; or

 

   11


   

Either (i) forty-five (45) days shall have expired after the commencement of an involuntary action against You seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation , without such action being dismissed or all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting Your operations or the business being stayed; or (ii) a stay of any such order or proceeding shall thereafter be set aside and the action setting it aside shall not be timely appealed; or (iii) You shall file any answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a petition filed against You in any such proceedings; or (iv) the court in which such proceedings are pending shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in any such proceedings; or

 

   

Forty-five (45) days shall have expired after the appointment, without Your consent or acquiescence, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Yours or of all or any substantial part of Your properties without such appointment being vacated; or

 

   

Agreements with Us. The occurrence of any default under any other Loan Document, any Excluded Agreement, or any other agreement between You and/or any of Your Subsidiaries and Us (other than any default embodied in or covered by any clause of this Section 16) and such default continues for more than twenty (20) days after the earlier of (i) We have given notice of such default to You, or (ii) You have actual knowledge of such default; or

 

   

Other Agreements. The occurrence of any default (other than any default embodied in or covered by any other clause of this Section 16) under any lease, loan, or other agreement or obligation of Yours involving any Indebtedness which aggregates more than $1,000,000, and which gives the holder of such Indebtedness the right to accelerate such Indebtedness; or

 

   

Judgments. The entry of (a) any judgment or arbitration award against You involving an award in excess of $2,000,000 that is not covered by insurance by a solvent insurance carrier that has confirmed coverage in writing, has not been, discharged, bonded or stayed on appeal within ten (10) days (or, in the event that the terms of such judgments or arbitration award, provide for payment of such obligations over a period of time, then You shall be permitted to satisfy such obligations (“Judgment Amount”) pursuant to such terms if You have sufficient funds to satisfy all outstanding Secured Obligations plus sufficient funds to operate Your business in the ordinary course for a two month period and an Event of Default pursuant to this provision shall not occur unless You fail to make any payment of the Judgment Amount within ten (10) days of when such payment is due pursuant to such terms); or (b) any judgment or arbitration award against You in which You are enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented from conducting all or any material part of Your business or affairs; or

 

   

Change of Control . Except as otherwise permitted hereunder, the occurrence of any event or transaction, including the sale or exchange of outstanding shares of Your capital stock or the capital stock of any of Your Subsidiaries, or series of related events or transactions, resulting in (a) the holders of such outstanding capital stock immediately before consummation of such event or transaction, or series of related events or transactions, do not, immediately after consummation of such event or transaction or series of related events or transactions, retain, directly or indirectly, capital stock representing at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving Person of such event or transaction or series of related events or transactions, in each case without regard to whether You or any of Your Subsidiaries are the surviving Person, (b) any Person or “group” (other than a Person that is a stockholder on the Closing Date) shall obtain “beneficial ownership” (as such terms are defined under Section 13d-3 of and Regulation 13D under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), either directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of Your outstanding capital stock having the right to vote for the election of directors under ordinary circumstances, or (c) You cease to own and control all of the economic and voting rights associated with all of the outstanding capital stock of Your Subsidiaries (other than director’s qualifying shares or other similar shares held by individuals that are mandated by the law of the jurisdiction of formation of such Subsidiaries; or

 

   

Officers. The individual holding the office of Your Chief Executive Officer as of the Closing Date shall for any reason cease to hold such offices or be actively engaged in Your day-to-day management, unless a successor appointed by Your board of directors is appointed within ninety (90) days of such cessation; or

 

   12


   

Guaranty Documents. (a) Any guaranty of any Secured Obligations terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect ; (b) any event or circumstance described in paragraphs 3 through 8 of this Section 16 occurs with respect to any Guarantor, or (c) the death, liquidation, administration, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor (as applicable) .

17. WHAT HAPPENS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, We can at Our option, and without notice to You:

 

   

Terminate Our commitment to make any future Advances under this Agreement;

 

   

Terminate Our obligation to permit the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us to remain outstanding;

 

   

Recover all sums due and accelerate and demand payment of all or any part of the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us and declare them to be immediately due and payable ( provided , that upon the occurrence of a default of the type described in Section 16, Paragraph entitled “Bankruptcy, Attachment, Other” , the Promissory Notes and all of the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us shall automatically be accelerated and made immediately due and payable, in each case without any further notice or act). Upon and after an Event of Default, the unpaid principal and accrued interest on the Promissory Notes and advances and all outstanding principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us, including all professional fees and expenses, shall thereafter bear interest at the Default Rate (as defined in Section 9);

 

   

Enter Your premises, without notice and process of law and in compliance with Your security requirements, to remove and repossess the Collateral without being liable to You for damages due to the repossession, except those resulting from Our or Our assignees’ negligence and charge You for the cost of repossession, storing and shipping the Collateral. With respect to any of premises that You own, You hereby grant to Us a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Our rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise; and

 

   

Pursue any other remedy permitted by law, equity or otherwise.

We may exercise all rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or otherwise available to Us under the UCC and other applicable law, including the right to release, hold, sell, lease, liquidate, collect, realize upon, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral and the right to utilize, process and commingle the Collateral. You hereby grant to Us a license and right, to use, without charge, Your labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral. All Our rights and remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive.

In addition to the power of attorney granted in Section 14, effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, You hereby irrevocably appoint Us (and any of Our designated officers, agents, attorneys or employees) as Your true and lawful attorney to (a) dispose of any Collateral; and (b) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Your policies of insurance as they relate to the Collateral. Our appointment as Your attorney in fact, and each and every one of Our rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Secured Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Our obligation to provide Advances hereunder is terminated.

18. WHAT HAPPENS IF YOU ARE IN DEFAULT AND WE EXERCISE OUR REMEDIES

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, We may, at any time or from time to time, apply, collect, liquidate, sell in one or more sales, lease or otherwise dispose of, any or all of the Collateral, in its then condition or following any commercially reasonable preparation or processing, in such order as We may elect. Any such sale may be made either at public or private sale at Your place of business or elsewhere. You agree that any such public or private sale may occur upon Our ten (10) calendar days’ prior written notice to You. We may require You to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Us at a place We designate that is reasonably convenient to Us. The proceeds of any sale, disposition or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied in the following order of priorities:

 

   13


First , to Us in an amount sufficient to pay in full Our costs and professionals’ and advisors’ fees and expenses;

Second , to Us in an amount equal to the then unpaid amount of all the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us, in such order and priority as We may choose in Our sole discretion; and

Finally , after the full, final, and indefeasible payment in Cash of all of the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us, to any creditor holding a junior Lien on the Collateral, or to You or Your representatives or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

We shall be deemed to have acted reasonably in the custody, preservation and disposition of any of the Collateral if it complies with the obligations of a secured party under the UCC.

19. DOCUMENTS YOU WILL PROVIDE US

Upon signing this Agreement You will provide Us with :

 

   

Executed originals of this Agreement, and all other documents and instruments that We may reasonably require;

 

   

Secretary’s Certificate of incumbency and authority for each of You;

 

   

Certified copy of resolutions of each of Your boards of directors approving this Agreement and the associated Warrant Agreement;

 

   

Certified copy of Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws for each of You as amended through the date that the Parties enter into this Agreement;

 

   

A certificate of good standing from the state of incorporation of each of You and similar certificates from all other jurisdictions where You do business and where the failure to be qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

   

Payment of the Facility Fee for the Commitment Amount as denoted on Page 1 of this Agreement;

 

   

A completed Exhibit C ; and

 

   

Any such other documents as We may reasonably request.

So long as there are any unpaid principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us, or We have any obligation to make any additional Advances, You shall provide Us with:

Landlord/Mortgagee Waiver. You agree to provide Us with a Landlord/Mortgagee Waiver with respect to the Equipment so that Your landlord or mortgagee does not restrict Our access to the Equipment or claim any interest in the Equipment. Such waiver shall be in a form satisfactory to Us.

Financial Statements. Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, or after You have consummated offering of Your common stock (“IPO”) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter, You will provide Us with, an unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows (provided that, in the forth fiscal quarter of each fiscal year after You have consummated Your IPO, such statement of cash flow will be filed with the annual audited financial statements), and an unaudited balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes and subject to year end adjustments) accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies (in addition post-IPO, no more than twice in any calendar year, You agree to provide monthly financial statements for the previous month within 30 days of Our request) Until such time as You have consummated Your IPO, copies of all board packages delivered to Your board of directors in connection with board meetings or otherwise (redacted to protect attorney client privilege and trade secrets, as necessary and/or any material pertaining to Your financing arrangements with Us (other than any board approvals relating to such financing arrangements). Within one hundred eighty (180) days of the end of each fiscal year end (except for the fiscal

 

   14


year ending December 31, 2011 which shall be provided upon completion), You will provide Us with audited financial statements accompanied by an audit report and an unqualified opinion of the independent certified public accountants (other than any qualifications with respect to “going-concern” typical for venture-backed companies similar to You). Prior to Your IPO, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, You will provide Us a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year. You will provide Us any additional information (including, but not limited to, tax returns, income statements, balance sheets and names of principal creditors) as We reasonably believe are necessary to evaluate Your continuing ability to meet financial obligations. These statements should be emailed to Us at financials@triplepointcapital.com, or upon Our prior approval, facsimiled or mailed to Us at the address listed on Page 1 of this Agreement. After an initial public offering, in addition to the above, You shall provide all copies of 10-Qs and 10-Ks, provided that such 10-Qs and 10-Ks may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which You post such 10-Qs and 10-Ks, or provide a link thereto, on Your website on the Internet at Your website address.

Certificate of Compliance. On an annual basis We will provide You with a Certificate of Compliance, attached as Exhibit D and a list of all Equipment subject to this Agreement and the Loan Documents. Upon receipt You will have thirty (30) days to provide Us with the completed Certificate of Compliance.

20. CROSS-GUARANTY

Cross-Guaranty. Each of You hereby agrees that You are jointly and severally liable for, and hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to Us and Our respective successors and assigns, the full and prompt payment (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and performance of all Secured Obligations owed or hereafter owing to Us by the other of You. Each of You agrees that Your guaranty obligation hereunder is a continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, that Your obligations under this Section shall not be discharged until payment and performance, in full, of the Secured Obligations has occurred, and that Your obligations under this Section shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and unaffected by:

 

   

the genuineness, validity, regularity, enforceability or any future amendment of, or change in, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, document or instrument to which any of You are or may become a party;

 

   

the absence of any action to enforce this Agreement (including this Section) or any other Loan Document or the waiver or consent by Us with respect to any of the provisions thereof;

 

   

the existence, value or condition of, or failure to perfect Our Lien against, any security for the Secured Obligations or any action, or the absence of any action, by Us in respect thereof (including the release of any such security);

 

   

the insolvency of any of You; or

 

   

any other action or circumstances that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor.

Each of You shall be regarded, and shall be in the same position, as principal debtor with respect to the Secured Obligations guaranteed hereunder.

Waivers. Each of You expressly waives all rights any of You may have now or in the future under any statute, or at common law, or at law or in equity, or otherwise, to compel Us to marshal assets or to proceed in respect of the Secured Obligations guaranteed hereunder against the other of You, any other party or against any security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations before proceeding against, or as a condition to proceeding against, You. It is agreed among each of You and Us that the foregoing waivers are of the essence of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that, but for the provisions of this Section and such waivers, We would decline to enter into this Agreement.

Benefit of Guaranty. Each of You agrees that the provisions of this Section are for Our benefit and the benefit of Our respective successors, transferees, endorsees and assigns, and nothing herein contained shall impair, as between any other Person and Us, the obligations of such Person under the Loan Documents.

 

   15


Waiver of Subrogation, Etc. Until such time as all Secured Obligations are paid in full (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, and except as set forth herein, each of You hereby expressly and irrevocably waives any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off and any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor. Each of You acknowledges and agrees that this waiver is intended to benefit Us and shall not limit or otherwise affect Your liability hereunder or the enforceability of this Section, and that We and Our respective successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this Section.

Election of Remedies. If We may, under applicable law, proceed to realize Our benefits under any of the Loan Documents giving Us a Lien upon any Collateral, whether owned by any of You or by any other Person, either by judicial foreclosure or by non judicial sale or enforcement, We may, at Our sole option, determine which of Our remedies or rights We may pursue without affecting any of Our rights and remedies under this Section. If, in the exercise of any of Our rights and remedies, We shall forfeit any of Our rights or remedies, including Our right to enter a deficiency judgment against any of You or any other Person, whether because of any applicable laws pertaining to “election of remedies” or the like, each of You hereby consents to such action by Us and waives any claim based upon such action, even if such action by Us shall result in a full or partial loss of any rights of subrogation that any of You might otherwise have had but for such action by Us. Any election of remedies that results in the denial or impairment of any right of Ours to seek a deficiency judgment against any of You shall not impair the respective obligations of the rest of You to pay the full amount of the Secured Obligations. In the event We shall bid at any foreclosure or trustee’s sale or at any private sale permitted by law or the Loan Documents, We may bid all or less than the amount of the Secured Obligations and the amount of such bid need not be paid by Us but shall be credited against the Secured Obligations. The amount of the successful bid at any such sale, whether We are or any other party is the successful bidder, shall be conclusively deemed to be the fair market value of the Collateral and the difference between such bid amount and the remaining balance of the Secured Obligations shall be conclusively deemed to be the amount of the Secured Obligations guaranteed under this Section, notwithstanding that any present or future law or court decision or ruling may have the effect of reducing the amount of any deficiency claim to which We might otherwise be entitled but for such bidding at any such sale.

Limitation . Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to the contrary, the liability of each of You under this Section (which liability is in any event in addition to amounts for which You are primarily liable under this Agreement) shall be limited to an amount not to exceed as of any date of determination the greater of: (a) the net amount of the amounts advanced to the other of You under this Agreement and then re-loaned or otherwise transferred to, or for the benefit of, the other of You; and (b) the amount that could be claimed by Us from the other of You under this Section without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law after taking into account, among other things, Your right of contribution and indemnification from the other of You under this Section.

Contribution with Respect to Guaranty Obligations .

 

   

To the extent that any of You shall make a payment under this Section of all or any of the Secured Obligations (a “ Guarantor Payment ”) that, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by such Person, exceeds the amount that such Person would otherwise have paid if each of You had paid the aggregate Secured Obligations satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion that such Person’s Allocable Amount (as defined below) (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of all of You as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment, then, following indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations and termination of Our obligation to fund Advances, such Person shall be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, the other of You for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment.

 

   

As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of any of You shall be equal to the maximum amount of the claim that could then be recovered from such Person under this section without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law.

 

   

This subsection is intended only to define the relative rights of each of You and nothing set forth in this subsection is intended to or shall impair the obligations of each of You, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when

 

   16


 

the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including subsection “Cross-Guaranty” above. Nothing contained in this subsection shall limit the liability of any of You to pay the Advances made directly or indirectly to You and accrued interest, fees and expenses with respect thereto, for which You shall be primarily liable.

 

   

The Parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder shall constitute assets of the Person to which such contribution and indemnification is owing.

 

   

The rights of the indemnifying Persons against other Persons under this subsection shall be exercisable upon the full and indefeasible payment of the Secured Obligations and the termination of Our obligation to fund Advances.

Liability Cumulative . The liability of each of You under this Section is in addition to and shall be cumulative with all liabilities of each of You to Us under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which You are a party or in respect of any Secured Obligations or obligation of each of You, without any limitation as to amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary.

21. OTHER LEGAL PROVISIONS YOU WILL ABIDE BY

Continuation of Security Interest. This is a continuing agreement and the grant of the security interest and Lien hereunder shall remain in full force and effect and all of Our rights, powers and remedies shall continue to exist until all of the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us under this Agreement and the Promissory Notes are fully and finally paid in cash, We have no further obligation to make Advances and We have executed a written termination statement. We shall file a termination statement and provide proof of filing to You promptly after the full and final payment in cash of all of the principal, interest, owed by You to Us hereunder, reassigning to You, without recourse except for Our acts, the Collateral and all rights conveyed hereby and returning possession of the Collateral to You. Our rights, powers and remedies shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given by statute or rule of law and are cumulative. The exercise of any one or more of the rights, powers and remedies provided herein shall not be construed as a waiver of or election of remedies with respect to Our other rights, powers and remedies.

Entire Agreement. This Agreement and associated Promissory Notes supersede all other oral or written agreements or understandings between the Parties concerning the Collateral. ANY AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR A PROMISSORY NOTE MAY ONLY BE ACCOMPLISHED THROUGH A DOCUMENT WITH SIGNATURES FROM EACH OF THE PARTIES.

Headings. Headings used in this Agreement are for reference and convenience of the Parties only and shall have no substantive effect in the interpretation of this Agreement.

No Waiver. No action taken by Us or You will be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance with any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement or Promissory Note. The waiver by Us of a breach of any provision of this Agreement or a Promissory Note will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

Survival of Obligations. The indemnification, obligations, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, any Promissory Note or in any document delivered in connection with those agreements are for the benefit of The Parties and survive the execution, delivery, expiration or termination of this Agreement.

Tax Indemnification . Without limiting the generality of Section 15, You agree to pay, and to hold Us harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all excise, sales, or other similar taxes (excluding taxes imposed on or measured by Our net income or franchise taxes) that may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this agreement.

Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on You and Your permitted assigns (if any). You shall not assign Your obligations under this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or any of the other Loan Documents without Our express prior written consent, and any such attempted assignment shall be void and of no effect. You acknowledge and understand that We may sell and assign all or part of Our interest hereunder and under the Promissory Note(s) and all other related Loan Documents to any person or entity to be known

 

   17


as assignee. After such assignment the term “We” “Us” and “Our” as used in the Loan Documents will mean and include such assignee, and such assignee will be vested with all Our rights, powers and remedies hereunder and shall have Our duties with respect to the interest that You have granted Us; but with respect to any such interest not so transferred, We shall retain all rights, powers and remedies. No such assignment will relieve You of any of Your obligations. We agree that in the event of any transfer of the Promissory Note(s), We will denote on the Promissory Note a notation as to the portion of the principal and interest of the Promissory Note(s), which shall have been paid at the time of such transfer and the date of the transfer.

Consent To Jurisdiction And Venue. All judicial proceedings arising in or under or related to this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or any of the other Loan Documents may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to personal jurisdiction in San Mateo County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in San Mateo County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or the other Loan Documents. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in this Section, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth therein. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

Mutual Waiver Of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert person and the Parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), the Parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF THE PARTIES SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “ CLAIMS ”) ASSERTED BY YOU AGAINST US OR OUR ASSIGNEE OR BY US OR OUR ASSIGNEE AGAINST YOU. IN THE EVENT THAT THE FOREGOING JURY TRIAL WAIVER IS NOT ENFORCEABLE, ALL CLAIMS, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL QUESTIONS OF LAW OR FACT RELATING THERETO, SHALL, AT THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF ANY PARTY, BE DETERMINED BY JUDICIAL REFERENCE PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE (“REFERENCE”). THE PARTIES SHALL SELECT A SINGLE NEUTRAL REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED STATE OR FEDERAL JUDGE. IN THE EVENT THAT THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE, THE REFEREE SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE COURT. THE REFEREE SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION TO THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY AT ANY TIME TO EXERCISE LAWFUL SELF-HELP REMEDIES, FORECLOSE AGAINST COLLATERAL OR OBTAIN PROVISIONAL REMEDIES. THE PARTIES SHALL BEAR THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE REFEREE EQUALLY UNLESS THE REFEREE ORDERS OTHERWISE. THE REFEREE SHALL ALSO DETERMINE ALL ISSUES RELATING TO THE APPLICABILITY, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS SECTION. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE CLAIMS WILL NOT BE ADJUDICATED BY A JURY. THIS WAIVER EXTENDS TO ALL SUCH CLAIMS, INCLUDING CLAIMS THAT INVOLVE PERSONS OTHER THAN YOU AND US; CLAIMS THAT ARISE OUT OF OR ARE IN ANY WAY CONNECTED TO THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN YOU AND US; AND ANY CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, BREACH OF CONTRACT, SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE, OR ANY EQUITABLE OR LEGAL RELIEF OF ANY KIND, ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE EXCLUDED AGREEMENTS.

 

   18


Professional Fees . You promise to pay or reimburse on demand, any and all reasonable professional fees and expenses incurred by Us whether before or after the execution of this Agreement in connection with or related to: the Loan Documents, the Excluded Agreements, or the Secured Obligations; the administration, collection, or enforcement of the Secured Obligations; amendment or modification of the Loan Documents and the Excluded Agreements; any waiver, consent, release, or termination under the Loan Documents or Excluded Agreements; the protection, preservation, sale, lease, liquidation, inspection, audit, disposition of or other action related to the Collateral or the exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral; or any legal, litigation, administrative, arbitration, or out of court proceeding in connection with or related to You or the Collateral, and any appeal or review thereof; and any bankruptcy, restructuring, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, workout, foreclosure, or other action related to You, the Collateral, the Loan Documents, or the Excluded Agreements, including representing Us in any adversary proceeding or contested matter commenced or continued by or on behalf of Your estate, and any appeal or review thereof. Our professional fees and expenses shall include the reasonable fees or expenses for Our attorneys, accountants, auditors, auctioneers, liquidators, appraisers, investment advisors, environmental and management consultants, or experts engaged by Us in connection with the foregoing. Your promise to pay all of Our reasonable professional fees and expenses is part of the Secured Obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, You will not be responsible or obligated to reimburse Us for any legal fees, costs or expenses incurred on or before the Closing Date and for items set forth in the Schedule of Documents as items to be completed post the Closing Date, all in connection with the negotiation, due diligence and closing of this Agreement.

Revival of Secured Obligations . This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective if any petition is filed by or against You for liquidation or reorganization, if You become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, if a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or any significant part of Your assets, or if any payment or transfer of Collateral is recovered from Us. The Loan Documents, the Secured Obligations and Our Lien on the Collateral shall continue to be effective, or shall be revived or reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Secured Obligations or any transfer of Collateral to Us, or any part thereof is rescinded, avoided or avoidable, reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by, or is recovered from, Us or by any obligee of the Secured Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment, performance, or transfer of Collateral had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, avoided, avoidable, restored, returned, or recovered, the Loan Documents and the Secured Obligations shall be deemed, without any further action or documentation, to have been revived and reinstated except to the extent of the full, final, and indefeasible payment to Us in cash.

Notices. Any notice, request or other communication to either of the Parties by the other will be given in writing and deemed received upon the earlier of (1) actual receipt or (2) 3 days after mailing if mailed postage prepaid by regular or airmail to Us or You, at the address set out on Page 1 of this Agreement, (3) 1 day after it is sent by courier or overnight delivery

Applicable Law. This Agreement and any Promissory Note will have been made, executed and delivered in the State of California and will be governed and construed for all purposes in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding conflict of laws principles that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together constitute one and the same instrument.

Signatures. This Agreement and any Promissory Note may be executed and delivered by facsimile or transmitted electronically in either Tagged Image Format Files (“ TIFF ”) or Portable Document Format (“ PDF ”) and, upon such delivery, the facsimile, TIFF or PDF signature, as applicable, will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

Confidentiality. All financial information (other than any such information contained in periodic reports filed by You with the Securities and Exchange Commission) and other non-public information disclosed by You to Us shall be considered confidential for purposes of this Agreement. In handling any confidential information, We will exercise the same degree of care that We exercise for Our own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made (i) to Our subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with their business with You, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Loans (provided, however, We shall use best efforts in obtaining such prospective transferee’s agreement of the terms of this provision and any purchaser shall be agreeing to assume the obligations hereunder and therefore agreeing to abide by the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the provisions of this Section), (iii) as We deem necessary or appropriate to any bank, financial institution or other similar entity, provided, however, that such bank, financial

 

   19


institution or other similar entity agrees in writing to maintain the confidentiality of such information, (iv) to S&P, Moody’s, Fitch and/or other ratings agency, as We deem necessary or appropriate, provided, however, that such financial institution or ratings agency shall be informed of the confidentiality of such, (v) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order, (vi) as required in connection with Our examination or audit and (v) as We consider appropriate exercising remedies under this Agreement. Confidential information does not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in Our possession when disclosed to Us, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Us; or (b) is disclosed to Us by a third party, if We do not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information. Notwithstanding the above, You hereby consent to the use by Us of Your company name and logo for advertising, promotional and marketing purposes only. Such use may reference the type of credit facility but will not indicate the amount of the credit facility without Your prior written approval.

22. DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

“Advance Date” means the day on which We make and Advance to You.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the State of California are authorized or required by law or other government action to close.

“Closing Date” means June 22, 2012.

“Collateral” has the meaning given to it in Section 10.

Commitment Increase Request Notice” has the meaning given to it in Section 3.

“Copyrights” means all of the following now owned or acquired by You or in which Your now hold or acquire any interest: (i) all copyrights and copyright rights, whether registered or unregistered, held pursuant to the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or of any other country, or pursuant to any convention or treaty; (ii) all registrations of, applications for registration. and recordings of any copyright rights in the United States Copyright Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country; (iii) all continuations, renewals or extensions of any copyrights and any registrations thereof; and (iv) any copyright registrations to be issued under any pending applications

“Copyright License” means any written agreement granting to You any right to use any Copyright or Copyright registration in which agreement You now hold or hereafter acquire any interest.

“Default” means any event that, with the passage of time or notice or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” has the meaning given to it in Section 9.

“Designated Information” has the meaning given to it in Section 6.

“Disclosure Letter” means the disclosure letter, dated as of the date herof, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Equipment” has the meaning given to it in Section 1.

“Event of Default” has the meaning given to it in Section 16.

“Excluded Agreements” means (i) the Warrant Agreement; (ii) any stock purchase agreement, options, or other warrants to acquire, or agreements governing the rights of, any capital stock or other equity security, or any common stock, preferred stock, or equity security issued to or purchased by Us or its nominee or assignee (iii) the Growth Capital Loan Agreement and all security agreements and pledge agreements securing the obligations under the Growth Capital Loan Agreement and (iv) any guaranty and security agreements executed by You or any Subsidiaries in connection with the Growth Capital Loan Agreement .

 

   20


GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time.

Growth Capital Loan Agreement ” means that Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement by and between You and Us dated as of the date of this Agreement, as amended, restated or replaced.

“Indebtedness” means, of any Person, at any date, without duplication and without regard to whether matured or unmatured, absolute or contingent: (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money; (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services; (iv) all obligations of such Person as lessee under capital leases; (v) all obligations of such Person to reimburse or prepay any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit, banker’s acceptance, or similar instrument, whether drawn or undrawn; (vi[reserved]; (vii) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, exchange, convert or otherwise acquire for value any capital stock of such Person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital stock, in each case for cash (excluding any cash paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exchange or conversion of any convertible securities), now or hereafter outstanding, except to the extent that such obligations remain performable solely at the option of such Person; (viii) all obligations to repurchase accounts or chattel paper previously sold (including any obligation to repurchase any accounts or chattel paper under any factoring, receivables purchase, or similar arrangement); (ix) obligations of such Person under interest rate swap, cap, collar or similar hedging arrangements; and (x) all obligations of others of any type described in clause (i) through clause (ix) above guaranteed by such Person.

“Intellectual Property” means all Copyrights; Trademarks; Patents; Licenses; source codes; trade secrets; inventions (whether or not patented or patentable); technical information, processes, designs, knowledge and know-how; data bases; models; drawings; websites, domain names, and URL’s, and all applications therefor and reissues, extensions, or renewals thereof; together with the rights to sue for past, present, or future infringement of Intellectual Property and the goodwill associated with the foregoing.

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement of even date entered into by and between Us and Silicon Valley Bank, or any other Intercreditor Agreement entered into by and between Us and any other lender under any Senior Loan Facility.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) of any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“License” means any Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or other license of rights or interests now held or acquired by You or in which You now hold or acquire any interest and any renewals or extensions thereof.

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment for security, security interest, encumbrance, levy, lien or charge of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise, against any property, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature of a security interest, and the filing of any financing statement (other than a precautionary financing statement with respect to a lease that is not in the nature of a security interest) under the UCC or comparable law of any jurisdiction.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Promissory Notes, all UCC Financing Statements, and any other documents executed in connection with the Secured Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby, including those documents described on the Schedule of Documents, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated; provided that the Loan Documents shall not include any of the Excluded Agreements.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (i) Your business, operations, properties, prospects, assets or condition (financial or otherwise), (ii) Your ability to perform the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents or Our ability to enforce any of Our rights and remedies with respect to the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or (iii) the Collateral or Our Liens on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens.

Merger Event ” means (i) any reorganization, consolidation or merger (or similar transaction or series of transactions) by You or any of Your subsidiaries with or into any other Person; (ii) any transaction, including the sale or exchange of outstanding shares of Your capital stock, in which the holders of Your outstanding capital stock immediately before consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions do not, immediately after consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions, retain capital stock representing at least 50.0% of the voting power of the

 

   21


surviving corporation of such transaction or series of related transactions (or the parent corporation of such surviving corporation if such surviving corporation is wholly owned by such parent corporation), in each case without regard to whether You are the surviving corporation, or (iii) the sale, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of Your assets.

“Patents” means all of the following now owned or acquired by You or in which You now hold or acquire any interest: (a) all patents, or rights corresponding thereto, issued or registered in the United States or any other county, (b) all applications for patents, or rights corresponding thereto in, the United States or any other country; (c) all reissues, reexaminations, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, or extensions of the foregoing patents and/or applications; (c) all patents to be issued under any of the foregoing applications; and (d) all foreign counterparts of the foregoing patents and/or applications.

Patent License ” means any written agreement granting to You any right with respect to any invention or Patent in which You now hold or acquire any interest.

Permitted Acquisitions” means (a) any acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) or series of related acquisitions by You or Your Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person in which total cash consideration does not exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in any fiscal year and You provide Us with 10 days’ prior written notice of such acquisition, including a reasonably detailed description thereof and on or prior to the date of the proposed acquisition We shall have received copies of the acquisition agreement and related documents (including financial information and analysis, financial projections, environmental assessments and reports, opinions, certificates and lien searches) and other information reasonably requested by Us; and (b) any other acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) permitted pursuant to the terms of the paragraph entitled “Mergers or Acquisitions” in Section 14.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness of You in favor of Us including any Indebtedness in Our favor under the Growth Capital Loan Agreement between You and Us; (b) Indebtedness existing at the Closing Date and disclosed on the Disclosure Letter ; (c) Indebtedness to trade creditors, including without limitation, for the acquisition of services, supplies or inventory in the ordinary course of business; (d) Indebtedness under the Senior Loan Facility so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof does not at any time exceed Twelve Million Dollars ($12,000,000) as reduced by any payments of principal (such reduction shall not apply on any revolver type Indebtedness up to $4,000,0000 of the aggregate $12,000,000 permitted hereunder) and such Indebtedness is subject to the Intercreditor Agreement; (e) Subordinated Indebtedness, (f) Indebtedness incurred as result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business; (g) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) secured by Permitted Liens, (h) Indebtedness that otherwise constitutes Permitted Investments, (i) Indebtedness consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business and designated to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices, (j) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed $400,000 at any time, and (k) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any item of Permitted Indebtedness (a) though (g) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased.

“Permitted Investment” means means (a) Investments that are in existence on the Closing Date and are approved in writing by Us; (b) Investments in domestic certificates of deposit issued by, and other domestic investments with, financial institutions organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof, having at least One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000) in capital and a rating of at least “investment grade” or “A” by Moody’s or any successor rating agency; (c) Investments in marketable obligations of the United States of America and in open market commercial paper given the highest credit rating by a national credit agency and maturing not more than one year from the creation thereof; (d) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, temporary advances to employees to cover incidental expenses to be incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $50,000 at any time; (e) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; (f) Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any amendment thereto) have been approved by Us; (g) Investments consisting of deposit accounts and investment accounts; (h) Investments accepted in connection with transfers or dispositions of property that are otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 14; (i) (x) Investments of Your Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries of Yours or You (y) Investments by You in or to any Guarantor and (z) Investments by You in Your Subsidiaries not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year except as follows: (A) You may make Investments up to Five Hundred

 

   22


Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per fiscal quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of the United Kingdom, (B) You may make Investments up to One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, (C) You may make Investments up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of Canada, and (D) You and Us shall meet and confer in good faith regarding whether it is commercially reasonable for Borrower to be permitted to make Investments in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in other Subsidiaries in connection with third-party commercial agreements involving such Subsidiary; (j) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Yours or Your Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Your Board of Directors; (k) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (k) shall not apply to Investments of Your in any of Your Subsidiaries; (l) Investments consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business and designated to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity prices; (m) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Your business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investments by You does not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; (n) Investment in Subsidiaries necessary to establish co-location facilities or data centers in an amount not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; (o) Permitted Acquisitions shall be permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement including the formation of any Subsidiary in connection with such Permitted Acquisitions and the initial capitalization of such Subsidiary whether by capital contribution or intercompany loans as required by law or pursuant to the applicable acquisition agreement; and (p) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $400,000 in any fiscal year.

“Permitted Liens” means any and all of the following: (i) Liens in Our favor; (ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that such Liens do not have priority over any of Our Liens and You maintain adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP; (iii) Liens securing claims or demands of materialmen, artisans, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like Persons arising in the ordinary course of Your business and imposed without action of such parties, provided that the payment thereof is not yet required; (iv) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances which do not constitute an Event of Default hereunder; and (v) Liens securing the Senior Loan Facility, provided that such Liens are subordinated to Us as evidenced by an Intercreditor Agreement acceptable to Us.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, limited liability company, institution, public benefit corporation, other entity or government (whether federal, state, county, city, municipal, local, foreign, or otherwise, including any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof).

“Promissory Note” has the meaning given to it in Section 2.

“PT” means Pacific Time.

Secured Obligations ” means Your obligation to repay to Us all Advances (whether or not evidenced by any Promissory Note), together with all principal, interest, fees, costs, professional fees and expenses, or other liabilities or obligations for monetary amounts owed by You to Us arising under this Agreement or the Promissory Notes, including the indemnity and insurance obligations in Sections 12, 15 and 21 hereof and including such amounts as may accrue or be incurred before or after default or workout or the commencement of any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy, receivership or reorganization by or against You, whether due or to become due, matured or un-matured, liquidated or un-liquidated, contingent or non-contingent, and all covenants and duties of any kind or nature, present or future, arising under this Agreement, the Promissory Notes, or any of the other Loan Documents, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, whether or not such obligations are partially or fully secured by the value of Collateral; provided , that the Secured Obligations shall not include any of Your Indebtedness or obligations arising under or in connection with the Excluded Agreements.

“Senior Loan Facility” means that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between Silicon Valley Bank and You dated as of October [ ], 2010 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, or restated).

 

   23


“Soft Costs” means freight, shipping, handling and installation costs associated with Equipment financed under this Agreement.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness subordinated to the Secured Obligations on terms and conditions acceptable to Us, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, subordination of such Indebtedness in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Secured Obligations, the subordination of the priority of any Lien at any time securing such Indebtedness to Our Liens in Your assets and properties, and the subordination of the rights of the holder of such Indebtedness to enforce its junior Lien following an Event of Default hereunder pursuant to a written subordination agreement approved by Us.

“Trademarks” means all of the following property now owned or hereafter acquired by You or in which You now hold or hereafter acquire any interest: (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, other source or business identifiers, prints and labels on which any of the foregoing have appeared or appear, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and any applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation, registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof and (b) reissues, extensions or renewals thereof.

“Trademark License” means any written agreement granting to You any right to use any Trademark or Trademark registration now owned or hereafter acquired by You or in which You now hold or hereafter acquire any interest.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in the State of California; provided, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Secured Party’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, from time to time, in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions. Unless otherwise defined herein or in the other Loan Documents terms that are defined in the UCC and used herein or in the other Loan Documents shall have the meanings given to them in the UCC.

“Warrant Agreement” means either the Warrant Agreement dated the date hereof between the Parties issued in connection with this Agreement or any other Warrant Agreement between the Parties issued in connection with this Agreement.

Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement or any Annex or Schedule hereto to a “Section,” “subsection,” “Exhibit,” “Annex,” or “Schedule” shall refer to the corresponding Section, subsection, Exhibit, Annex, or Schedule in or to this Agreement. The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including all Exhibits, Annexes and Schedules, and not to any particular Section, subsection or other subdivision.

Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders. The words “including,” “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” the word “or” is not exclusive; references to Persons include their respective successors and assigns (to the extent and only to the extent permitted by this Agreement and the Loan Documents) or, in the case of governmental Persons, Persons succeeding to the relevant functions of such Persons; and all references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of the same and any successor statutes and regulations. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any accounting term used in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall have the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations hereunder shall be computed in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

(Signature Page to Follow)

 

   24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWERS:

    You:   RINGCENTRAL, INC.
    Signature:   /s/ Robert Lawson
    Print Name:   Robert Lawson
    Title:   CFO
    You:   RCLEC, INC.
    Signature:   /s/ Robert Lawson
    Print Name:   Robert Lawson
    Title:   CFO & Treasurer
Accepted in Menlo Park, California :      

LENDER:

    Us:   TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
    Signature:   /s/ Sajal Srivastava
    Print Name:   Sajal Srivastava
    Title:   Chief Operating Officer

[Signature Page to Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement]

 

   25


EXHIBIT A

PLAIN ENGLISH PROMISSORY NOTE

This is a Plain English Promissory Note dated “[MONTH, DAY, YEAR]” by and between TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC AND RINGCENTRAL, INC . and RCLEC, INC. The words “We”, “Us”, “Our”, refer to the Lender, which is TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC. The words “You” or “Your” refers to the Borrower, which is RINGCENTRAL, INC. and RCLEC, INC., and not any individual. The words “the Parties” refers to both, TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, RINGCENTRAL, INC . and RCLEC, INC.

 

PROMISSORY NOTE INFORMATION

Facility Name

 

Equipment Loan Facility

  

Facility Number

 

0745-LO-         

  

Promissory Note Number

 

         -LO-01H/S

Principal Amount

 

$             

  

Collateral

 

Equipment

 

See Exhibit A

  

Loan Term

 

     months

Interest Rate

 

     %

  

Payment Amount

 

$             

 

Interim Payment

 

$             

 

Advance Payment

 

$[last monthly payment]

  

End of Term Payment

 

$             

Funding Date

 

             , 20     

  

First Payment Date

 

             , 20     

  

Maturity Date

 

             , 20     

 

   26


CONTACT INFORMATION

 

Name

 

TriplePoint Capital LLC

  

Address For Notices

 

2755 Sand Hill Rd., Ste. 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Tel: (650) 854-2090

Fax: (650) 854-2094

  

Contact Person

 

Sajal Srivastava, COO

Customer Name

 

RingCentral, Inc.

 

RCLEC, Inc.

  

Central Billing Address

 

1400 Fashion Island Boulevard

Suite 700

San Mateo, CA 94404

  

Contact Person

 

Robert Lawson, CFO

Tel: (650) 376-0007

Fax: (650) 376-0007

email: bob.lawson@ringcentral.com

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , Each of You, jointly and severally, hereby promise to pay to the order of TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC or the holder of this Plain English Promissory Note at 2755 Sand Hill Road, Ste. 150, Menlo Park, CA, 94025 or such other place of payment as the holder of this Plain English Promissory Note may specify from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of              /100 Dollars ($              ) together with interest at      percent (      %) per annum from the date of this Plain English Promissory Note to maturity of each installment on the principal remaining unpaid, such principal and interest to be paid as stated on Page 1 of this Plain English Promissory Note and the attached amortization schedule. In addition to Your final payment, You will pay Us an amount equal to      percent (      %) of the principal amount of this Plain English Promissory Note. Interest shall be computed daily on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest is payable. Any payments made under this Plain English Promissory Note shall not be available for re-borrowing.

This Plain English Promissory Note is the Promissory Note referred to in, and is executed and delivered in connection with, that certain Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                      , 2012 by and between the Parties (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with its terms, the “Loan Agreement”), and is entitled to the benefit and security of that Loan Agreement and the other documents executed in connection with all principal, interest, fees or other liabilities owed by You to Us. All terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same definitions when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein.

You waive presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest under the UCC or any applicable law.

This Plain English Promissory Note has been negotiated and delivered to Us and is payable in the State of California. This Plain English Promissory Note shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding any conflicts of law rules or principles that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

BORROWERS :

 

YOU:   RINGCENTRAL, INC.
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title:    

 

   27


YOU:   RCLEC, INC.
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title:    

[ATTACH AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE]

[ATTACH EXHIBIT A—EQUIPMENT]

 

   28


EXHIBIT B

ADVANCE REQUEST

 

To:   

TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC

2755 Sand Hill Road Ste. 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attention: Customer Administrations

Fax (650) 854-1850

   Date:                                   

RINGCENTRAL, INC., and RCLEC, INC., (collectively, “We” or “Us”), hereby request from TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC (“You”) an Advance in the amount of ($              ) on                      ,              (at least ten (10) business days from today) pursuant to the Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement between the Parties (the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings contained the Loan Agreement.

We instruct You to please:

 

(a)    Issue a check payable to Us           
   or         
(b)    Transfer Funds to our account           
   Bank:

Address:

ABA Number:

Account Number:

Account Name:

        

We represent that:

 

   

No event or circumstance has occurred or exists which individually or together with any other event or circumstance, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

   

The representations, covenants and warranties set forth in the Loan Agreement and in the Plain English Warrant Agreement are and shall be true, complete and correct on and as of the date the requested Advance is funded with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case, those representations and warranties remain true, complete and correct as of such date);

 

   

We are in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in any document related to this Advance (including, without limitation, Section 7 of the Loan Agreement); and

 

   

As of the date hereof and the date of the funding of the requested Advance, no fact or condition exists that would (or would, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would) constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement; and

 

   

We understand and acknowledge that You have the right to review the financial information supporting this representation and based upon such review in our sole discretion You may decline to fund the requested Advance.

 

   29


We hereby represent that Our organizational status and locations are as set forth below:

Name:

Type of Organization:

State of Organization:

Organization File Number:

We hereby represent and warrant to You that the street addresses, cities, states and postal codes of Our current locations are as follows:

Chief Executive Office:

Principal Place of Business:

Locations of Collateral:

Executed this              day of                      ,              by:

 

WE:   RINGCENTRAL, INC.
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title:    
WE:   RCLEC, INC.
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title:    

 

   30


EXHIBIT C

YOUR NAME, LOCATIONS, AND OTHER INFORMATION

1. You hereby represent and warrant and to Us that Your current name and organizational status on the Closing Date is as follows:

Name: RingCentral, Inc.

Type of Organization: Corporation

State of Organization: California

Organization File Number: C2133478

Name: RCLEC, Inc.

Type of Organization: Corporation

State of Organization: Delaware

Organization File Number: 5101145

2. You hereby represent and warrant to Us that for five (5) years prior to the date of this Agreement, You did not do business under any other name or organization or form except the following:

Name: N/A

Used during dates of:

Type of Organization:

State of Organization:

Organization File Number:

3. Your fiscal year ends on December 31.

4. Your federal employer tax identification number is 94-3322844.

5. You hereby represent and warrant to Us that the street addresses, cities, states and postal codes of Your current locations and locations where any Collateral may be located as of the Closing Date are:

 

Chief Executive Office:    1400 Fashion Island Blvd., Suite 700, San Mateo, CA 94404
Principal Place of Business:    1400 Fashion Island Blvd., Suite 700, San Mateo, CA, 94404
Other Locations:    See Attached

 

   31


Other Locations of Collateral

1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 6 th and 7 th Floors

San Mateo, CA 94404

6400 South Fiddler’s Green Circle, Suite 250

Englewood, CO 80111

9 Great Oaks Blvd

San Jose, CA 95119

7990 Science Applications Ct.

Vienna, VA 22182

534 Stockton Ave

San Jose, CA 95126

13988 Diplomat Drive

Suite 180

Dallas TX 75234

 

   32


EXHIBIT D

C ERTIFICATE OF C OMPLIANCE

This Certificate of Compliance shall reference that certain Plain English Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                      , 20      , by and between TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, RINGCENTRAL, INC. and RCLEC, INC. (the “Loan Agreement”). All terms not defined in this Certificate of Compliance shall have the same meanings as in the Loan Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, RINGCENTRAL, INC. and RCLEC, INC. hereby certifies, the following as of                      , 20      :

 

   

We are in compliance as of the date of this Certificate of Compliance with all required covenants unless otherwise noted and attached to this Certificate of Compliance.

 

   

As of the date of this Certificate of Compliance all representations and warranties in the Loan Agreement are true and correct in all material respects except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case, those representations and warranties remain true as of such date).

 

   

The locations of all Equipment on the attached list and subject to the Loan Agreement are true and correct.

 

  RINGCENTRAL, INC.
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title:    
  RCLEC, INC.
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title:    

[ATTACH LIST OF EQUIPMENT]

 

   33

Exhibit 10.17A

 

 

LOGO

F IRST A MENDMENT T O P LAIN E NGLISH E QUIPMENT L OAN A ND S ECURITY A GREEMENT

This is a FIRST AMENDMENT TO PLAIN ENGLISH EQUIPMENT LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of August 14, 2013 (the “ Amendment ”) by and between RINGCENTRAL, INC., a California corporation and RCLEC, Inc., a Delaware corporation (collectively, “ Borrower ” or “ Borrowers ”) and TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (“ Lender ”).

RECITALS

A. Borrowers and Lender are parties to the Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 22, 2012 (the “ Loan Agreement ”), pursuant to which Lender agreed to provide financial accommodations to or for the benefit of Borrowers upon the terms and conditions contained in the Loan Agreement. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, capitalized terms and matters of construction defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning given to them in the Loan Agreement.

B. Borrowers have requested that certain provisions of the Loan Agreement be amended, and Lender is willing to amend the Loan Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, Borrowers and Lender agree as follows:

1. RATIFICATION; LOAN DOCUMENTS REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT

Borrower hereby acknowledges, confirms and ratifies all of the terms and conditions set forth in, and all of its obligations under, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Loan Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Lender under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

2. AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT

A. Section 22. Section 22, “DEFINITIONS” is hereby amended by deleting “Intercreditor Agreement”, “Permitted Indebtedness” and “Senior Loan Facility” and only clause (i) of “Permitted Investment” in their entirety and replacing with the following:

 

   

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement dated as of August 14, 2013, both by and between Us and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

   

“Permitted Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness of You in favor of Us including any Indebtedness in our favor under the Growth Capital Loan Agreement between You and Us; (b) Indebtedness existing at the Closing Date and disclosed on the Disclosure Letter ; (c) Indebtedness to trade creditors, including without limitation, for the acquisition of services, supplies or inventory in the ordinary course of business; (d) Indebtedness under the Senior Loan Facility so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof does not at any time exceed Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) subject to the Intercreditor Agreement; (e) Subordinated Indebtedness, (f) Indebtedness incurred as result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business; (g) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) secured by Permitted Liens, (h) Indebtedness that otherwise constitutes Permitted Investments, (i) Indebtedness consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business and designated to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or


  commodity prices, (j) Indebtedness in a principal amount of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) outstanding at any time for the financing of software licensing, including, without limitation, Indebtedness owed to Somerset Capital Group, Ltd. in connection with the financing of software licenses with VMWare, Inc.; (k) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed $400,000 at any time, and (m) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any item of Permitted Indebtedness (a) though (l) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased.

 

   

“Senior Loan Facility” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between Silicon Valley Bank and You dated as of August 14, 2013 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, or restated).

“Permitted Investments”

(i) (x) Investments of Your Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries of Yours or You (y) Investments by You in or to any Guarantor and (z) Investments by You in Your Subsidiaries not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year except as follows: (A) You may make Investments up to One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) per fiscal quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of the United Kingdom, (B) You may make Investments up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) per fiscal quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, (C) You may make Investments upOne Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per fiscal quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of Canada, (D) You may make Investments up One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) per fiscal quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of the Netherlands, (E) You may make Investments up One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) per fiscal quarter into Your Subsidiary formed under the laws of Switzerland, and (F) You and Us shall meet and confer in good faith regarding whether it is commercially reasonable for You to be permitted to make Investments in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in other Subsidiaries in connection with third-party commercial agreements involving Your Subsidiary;

3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

 

   

Receipt by Lender of copies of this Amendment, duly executed by Borrowers and Lender;

 

   

Receipt by Lender of all legal, diligence and other fees incurred in the drafting of this Amendment and all related documents;

 

   

Receipt by Lender of a Certificate of Secretary regarding resolutions and incumbency;

 

   

Receipt by Lender of certified copy of Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws as amended through the date of this Amendment;

 

   

Receipt by Lender of the First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement of even date duly executed by Lender, Silicon Valley Bank and acknowledged by Borrower;

 

   

The absence of any Default or Event of Default; and

 

   

Such other documents as We may reasonably request.

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement were true and correct in all material respects when made and, except to the extent (a) that a particular representation or warranty by its terms expressly applies only to an earlier date or (b) set forth in a Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto, if any, are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment. Borrower further represents and warrants that there are no Defaults or Events of Default that have occurred and are continuing as of the date of this Amendment.

 

2


5. MISCELLANEOUS

 

   

Entire Agreement . The terms and conditions of this Amendment shall be incorporated by reference in the Loan Agreement as though set forth in full in the Loan Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Amendment and any other provision of the Loan Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control. Except to the extent specifically amended or superseded by the terms of this Amendment, all of the provisions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect to the extent in effect on the date of this Amendment. The Loan Agreement, as modified by this Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, constitutes the complete agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior written or oral agreements, writings, communications or understandings of the parties with respect to the subject matter the Loan Agreement.

 

   

Headings . Section headings used in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Amendment, and are not to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Amendment.

 

   

Recitals . The recitals set forth at the beginning of this Amendment are true and correct, and such recitals are incorporated into and are a part of this Amendment.

 

   

Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts made and performed in such state, without regard to the principles thereof regarding conflict of laws.

 

   

Effect . Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, from and after the date of this Amendment, each reference in the Loan Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment and each reference in the other Loan Documents to the Loan Agreement, “thereunder,” “thereof,” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

   

No Novation . Except as expressly provided in Section 2 above, the execution, delivery, and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not (a) limit, impair, constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect any right, power, or remedy of Lender under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) constitute a waiver of any provision in the Loan Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents, or (c) alter, modify, amend, or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants, or agreements contained in the Loan Agreement, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

   

Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in identical counterpart copies, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , The Parties have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:   You:   RINGCENTRAL, INC.
  Signature:  

/s/ Robert Lawson

  Print Name:  

Robert Lawson

  Title:  

CFO

  You:   RCLEC, INC.
  Signature:  

/s/ John Marlow

  Print Name:  

John Marlow

  Title:  

President

Accepted in Menlo Park, California:    
LENDER:   Us:   TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
  Signature:  

/s/ Sajal Srivastava

  Print Name:   Sajal Srivastava
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIRST AMENDMENT TO PLAIN ENGLISH EQUIPMENT LOAN and SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 

4

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries

 

Name    Jurisdiction of Incorporation
RCLEC, Inc.    Delaware
RingCentral UK Ltd.    United Kingdom
RingCentral Canada, Inc.    Canada
Xiamen RingCentral Software Co., Ltd.    China
RingCentral CH GmbH    Switzerland
RingCentral B.V.    Netherlands

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

RingCentral, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report dated June 21, 2013 included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Santa Clara, California

August 26, 2013